Home

4 - Process Centre Of Excellence.

1. Table 4 17 Transducer Block View 3 2 Table 4 20 Transducer Block View 4 3 Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter 1 ST REV 1 ST REV 74 1 INST ALERTS ACTIVE ELECT ACTIVE 39 PWA SIMULATE 74 2 INST ALERTS ACTIVE SENSOR ACTIVE 41 1 TVL PRESS CONTROL TVL PRESS SELECT 74 3 INST ALERTS ACTIVE ENVIRO ACTIVE 41 2 TVL PRESS CONTROL TVL PRESS STATE 74 4 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 42 1 BASIC SETUP ACTUATOR STYLE 74 5 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 42 2 BASIC SETUP ZERO PWR COND 74 6 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TVL HISTORY ACTIVE 42 3 BASIC SETUP TRAVEL SEN MOTION 74 7 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PERF ACTIVE 42 4 BASIC SETUP FEEDBACK CONN 74 8 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PD EVENT ACTIVE 42 5 BASIC SETUP RELAY 74 9 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PD DETAIL1 ACTIVE 42 6 BASIC SETUP MAX SUPP PRESS 74 10 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PD DETAIL2 ACTIVE 42 7 BASIC SETUP PRESS RANGE 74 11 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PD DETAIL3 ACTIVE 42 8 BASIC SETUP PRESS RANGE LO 74 12 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PD DETAIL4 ACTIVE 42 9 BASIC SETUP TVL CAL TRIGGER 74 13 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PD DETAIL5 ACTIVE 42 10 BASIC SETUP TVL TUNING SET 78 SELFTEST STATUS 42 11 BASIC SETUP PRESS TUNING SET 79 HEALTH INDEX 44 1 TRAVEL TUNE TVL INTEG ENABLE 86 1 DEVICE RECOR
2. Label Index RO Write Block R Initial D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange Value escripson Block Alarm 21 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 21 1 RW 1 Acknowledged 2 Wnacknowiedged Data Type DS 72 0 Undefined The block alarm is used for all configuration 1 Clear reported hardware connection failure or system problems ALARM_STATE 21 2 RO 2 Clear not reported in the block The cause of the alert is entered in 3 Active reported the subcode field 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 21 3 RO SUBCODE 21 4 RO VALUE 21 5 RO Alarm Summary 22 Data 05 74 Current alert status ALARM_SUM unacknowledged states unreported states and CURRENT 22 1 RO ALL 0 Discrete alarm disabled states of the alarms associated with the 1 Hi Hi alarm function block UNACKNOWLEDGED 222 RO ALL 2 Hi Alarm a UNREPORTED 223 RO ALL 9 LoLo Alarm 2 4 Lo Alarm O reported DISABLED 224 RW ALL 7 Block alarm All bits O O enabled Discrete alar Data Type Bit String 1 Hi Hi alarm Acknowledge Option 2 Hi Alarm ioe per OPTION 23 Aib aiota Alarh All bits 0 1 Enable Selection of whether alarms associated with the 4 Lo Alarm 5 block will be automatically acknowledged 7 Block alarm Alarm Hysteresis Data Type Float ALARM HYS Be uio 9 307 Hysteresis on alar
3. Label Parameter Name Block Page Numbers Al 37 4 129 4 132 4 137 DI 8 4 161 4 163 4 166 Output Discrete QUTD DO 9 4 151 4 152 4 153 4 154 ISEL 49 4 113 Output High Limit OUT HI LIM PID 28 4 85 4 91 Output Low Limit OUT LO LIM PID 29 4 85 4 91 Output Range OUT RANGE ISEL 8 4 109 Al 11 4 135 Output Scale OUT_SCALE PID 11 4 86 4 90 Output State OUT STATE DI 11 4 167 Packing Type PACKING TYPE Transducer 83 6 4 37 4 61 PD Configuration PD CONFIG Transducer 88 3 4 62 PD Detail 1 Active PD_DETAIL1_ACTIVE Transducer 74 9 4 55 PD Detail 2 Active PD_DETAIL2_ACTIVE Transducer 74 10 4 55 PD Detail 3 Active PD_DETAIL3_ACTIVE Transducer 74 11 4 55 PD Detail 4 Active PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE Transducer 74 12 4 55 PD Detail 5 Active PD DETAIL5 ACTIVE Transducer 74 13 4 56 PD Detail 6 Active PD DETAIL6 ACTIVE Transducer 74 14 4 56 PD Event Active PD EVENT ACTIVE Transducer 74 8 4 54 PD Extra PD EXTRA Transducer 88 4 4 62 PD Run PD COMMAND Transducer 88 1 4 62 PD Status PD STATUS Transducer 88 2 4 62 Performance DIAG Transducer 88 4 62 Performance Active ACTIVE Transducer 74 7 4 54 Performance Enable PERF ENABLE Transducer 75 7 4 57 PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status PWA SET STATUS Transducer 97 4 63 Port Diameter PORT DIAMETER Transducer 84 3 4 37 4 61 Port Type PORT TYPE Transducer 84 4 4 37 4 61 Pressure A
4. PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description BAD Input 2 i5 Status NC Data Type DS 65 2 constant The block input value and status Value 0 BAD Input 3 i ALL Status NC Data Type DS 65 constant The block input value and status Value 0 BAD Input 4 i ALL Status NC Data Type DS 65 N 4 constant The block input value and status Value 0 BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 1 15 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input 1 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE 1 Value then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 2 16 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input_2 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE_2 Value then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 3 T ALL constant Enable Disable for Input 3 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE 3 Value then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 4 18 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input_4 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE_4 Value then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable 1 First Good 2 Minimum Select Type 19 ALL 3 Maximum 0 Data Type Unsigned8 SELECT_TYPE 4 Middle Det
5. Label Parameter Name Block ME Page Numbers PRESSURE DIFF 38 Pressure Diff Status STATUS Transducer 38 1 4 45 6 12 Pressure Diff VALUE 38 2 Pressure Units PRESSURE UNITS Transducer 90 4 35 4 63 Private Label Distributor DISTRIBUTOR Resource 42 4 17 Al 7 4 129 4 134 Process Value PV AO 7 4 71 4 72 4 72 4 75 PID 7 4 86 4 87 4 89 Protection PROTECTION Transducer 87 4 62 DI 7 4 161 4 163 4 166 Process Value Discrete PV D DO 7 4 150 4 152 4 152 4 154 Al 18 4 130 4 135 Process Value Filter Time PV FTIME DI 16 4 163 4 167 PID 16 4 85 4 90 AO 11 4 72 4 74 4 76 Process Value Scale PV SCALE PID 10 4 89 Process Value State PV STATE DO 11 4 155 Proximity Active PROX ACTIVE Transducer 74 5 4 54 Proximity Enable PROX ENABLE Transducer 75 5 4 57 Push Down To PUSH DOWN TO Transducer 84 6 4 37 4 61 PlantWeb Alert Simulate PWA SIMULATE Transducer 39 4 40 4 45 Rate RATE PID 26 4 83 4 91 Rated Travel RATEDTRAVEL Transducer 83 3 4 37 4 61 RCAS Timeout SHED RCAS Resource 26 4 4 4 14 Readback READBACK AO 16 4 69 4 76 Readback Discrete READBACK D DO 16 4 149 4 150 4 153 4 155 Recommended Action RECOMMENDED ACTION Transducer 71 4 53 Relay Type RELAY TYPE Transducer 42 5 4 36 4 36 4 46 AO 28 4 70 4 72 4 77 Remote Cascade Input RCAS PID 32 4 83 4 91 Remote Cascade Input Discrete RCAS IN D DO 22 4 151 4 155 AO 28 4 77 Remote Cascade Output RCAS OUT PID 35
6. 120 N 60 100 120 Macrocycle gt Figure D 6 Example Link Schedule Showing Scheduled and Unscheduled Communication of devices such as a set point change Like Report Distribution reporting the transfers are queued unscheduled and prioritized Queued means the messages are sent and received in the order submitted for transmission according to their priority without overwriting previous messages Function Block Scheduling Figure D 6 shows an example of a link schedule A single iteration of the link wide schedule is called the macrocycle When the system is configured and the function blocks are linked a master link wide schedule is created for the LAS Each device maintains its portion of the link wide schedule known as the Function Block Schedule The Function Block Schedule indicates when the function blocks for the device are to be executed The scheduled execution time for each function block is represented as an offset from the beginning of the macrocycle start time January 2012 To support synchronization of schedules periodically Link Scheduling LS time is distributed The beginning of the macrocycle represents a common starting time for all Function Block schedules on a link and for the LAS link wide schedule This permits function block executions and their corresponding data transfers to be synchronized in time Network Ma
7. PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description Low Alarm LO ALM 35 UNACKNOWLEDGED 35 1 RW 0 Data Type DS 71 ALARM STATE 352 RO 0 The status of the lo alarm and its associated time TIME STAMP 35 3 RO N A 0 stamp SUBCODE 35 4 RO 0 VALUE 35 5 RO 0 Low Low Alarm 36 LO LO ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED 36 1 RW 0 Data Type DS 71 ALARM STATE 362 RO 0 The status of the lo lo alarm and its associated TIME STAMP 36 3 RO N A 0 time stamp SUBCODE 36 4 RO 0 VALUE 36 5 RO 0 Extended Parameter Output Discrete Data Typo DSG AUT D 37 OOS MAN OUT_STATE Discrete Output this is true 1 if any of the alarms selected in ALM_SEL are active 1 Hi Hi alarm Data Type Bitstring Alarm Select 2 Hi Alarm T O unselected ALM SEL 38 ALL 3 Lo Lo Alarm All bits 0 selected 4 Lo Alarm Selected alarms that activate the alarm output StdDev x Data Type Float STDDEV RO Rostive foal Standard deviation of the measurement Data Type Float StdDev 40 RO N A Positive float Capability standard deviation the best deviation CAP STDDEV that be achieved January 2012 4 137 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers View Lists Table 4 59 Function Block View 3 i i Index Parameter View lists a
8. January 2012 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 6 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Basic Setup Changes to the instrument setup may cause changes in the output pressure or valve travel Depending on the application these changes may upset process control which may result in personal injury or property damage When the DVC6000f digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller and sets up the instrument as specified on the order When mounting to a valve in the field the instrument needs to be setup to match the instrument to the valve and actuator Before beginning basic setup be sure the instrument is correctly mounted as described in the Installation section Basic Setup includes the following procedures e Device Setup Auto Travel Calibrate e Performance Tuner Optional Note The DVC6000f may keep the Transducer Block Mode Out of Service if the instrument is not properly mounted To setup and calibrate the instrument the Transducer Block Mode must be Manual and the Protection must be None When using DD methods the method will request that you change the mode but make changes in Protection automatically 3 2 Table 3 1 Factory Default Settings Setup Parameter Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Integral Gain Travel Calibration Trigger Default Setting 99 596 0 596 9 4 repeat
9. DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers MAI Function Block 4 142 PID Block 4 88 Resource Block 4 7 Transducer Block 4 41 Block Errors Resource Block 6 3 Transducer Block 6 9 Block Initialization DO Block 4 150 Block Mode D 3 Actual D 3 Target D 3 Automatic Auto D 5 Cascade Cas D 5 Initialization Manual IMan D 4 Local Override LO D 4 Manual Man D 5 Normal D 4 Out of Service O S D 4 Permitted D 3 Remote Cascade RCas D 5 Remote Output ROut D 5 Block Parameter Index 4 173 Blocks Set to Default 4 29 Bumpless Transfer 4 86 C Calib Date 4 36 Calibration 5 2 Auto Calibrate Travel 5 3 Manual Travel Calibration 5 4 Output A Pressure 5 8 Output B Pressure 5 8 Pressure Sensor 5 8 Supply Pressure Sensor 5 7 Travel Sensor 5 5 Calibration Location 4 36 Calibration Person 4 36 Channels Index 4 186 Comm Time Out 4 4 Commissioning Tag 1 30 Compel Data CD D 8 Configuration Alerts 4 29 Blocks Set to Default 4 29 Output Block Timeout 4 29 Pressure Sensors 4 30 Index 2 Connections Communication 1 29 Electrical 1 23 Pneumatic Output 1 20 Pressure 1 19 Supply 1 19 Vent 1 22 CSA Loop Schematics B 2 Nameplates B 5 Custom Characterization Table 4 26 Cycle Counter 4 33 6 11 Resetting 4 34 D DeltaV Host System Accessing Parameters Resource Block F 12 Transducer Block F 11 Bringing the Device On Line F 12 Ge
10. 1 STREV 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 54 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 6 BLOCK ERR 7 OUT 11 1 12 IN 2 13 IN 3 14 IN 4 15 DISABLE 1 16 DISABLE 2 17 DISABLE 3 18 DISABLE 4 21 SELECTED 22 OP SELECT 25 IN 5 26 IN 6 27 IN 7 28 IN 8 29 DISABLE 5 30 DISABLE 6 31 DISABLE 7 32 DISABLE 8 34 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT 34 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 34 3 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 34 4 ALARM SUM DISABLED 49 OUT D Table 4 43 ISEL Function Block View 4 Parameter 1 STREV 01 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT KEY 10 STATUS OPTS 19 SELECT TYPE 20 MIN GOOD 33 AVG USE 35 ACK OPTION 36 ALARM HYS 37 PRI 38 HI HI 39 HI PRI 40 HI LIM 41 LO PRI 42 LO LIM 43 LO LO PRI 44 LO LO LIM 50 ALM SEL January 2012 ISEL Function Block Field Communicator Menu Structure Quick Config Alert Key Min Good Output Range EU at 100 Output Range EU at 0 Output Range Units Index Output Range Decimal Select Type Common Config Min Good Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Range EU at 100 Output Range EU at 0 Output Range Units Index Output Range Decimal Select Type Advanced Contig Alert Key Static Revision Status Options Strategy Connectors Disable Analog Input 1 Status Disable Analog Input 1 Value Disable Analog Input 2 Status Disable Analog Input 2 Value
11. kee re tare alent ar Travel Calibration Auto4GalibratiOD eb reos ebbe vs Man Wal Cahita llO Acco roe DUREE Te EE e Edere Double Acting Relay sie oboe dete Le eta IE Eee SinglesAcung Relays ila lene d da n Single Acting Direct Single Acting Reverse Relay Travel SENSOR ve Ee CC E EI Dem E t e eate DVC6010f DVC6015 DVC6030f and DVC6035 Digital Valve Controllers DVC6020f and DVC6025 Digital Valve Controllers Pressure Sensor Calibration SUPDIV PIBSSUFPE etn d b ele Past qitod Paste Pressure A sio rc aide PEE ONE He DONT HEC NR ts Pressure Bso ico dep eti mo Robin SECTION ed AE On dbi tri red January 2012 5 2 5 2 5 3 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 5 7 5 7 5 8 1 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Calibration When DVC6000 digital valve controller is ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator and connects the necessary tubing then sets up and calibrates the instrument For remote mounted digital valve controllers the DVC6005f base unit ships separately from the control valve and does not include tubing
12. DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Parts Ordering Whenever corresponding with your Emerson Process 3 Management sales office about this equipment always mention the controller serial number When ordering replacement parts refer to the 11 character part number of each required part as found in the following parts list Parts which do not show part numbers are not orderable NITIDO Use only genuine Fisher replacement parts Components that are not supplied by Emerson Process 6 Management should not under any circumstances be used in any Fisher instrument Use of components not 7 supplied by Emerson Process Management may void your warranty might adversely affect the performance of the valve and could cause personal injury and property 8 damage Note 9 All part numbers are for both aluminum and stainless steel constructions unless otherwise indicated Parts Kits Conversion kit 3 listed below provides the parts required to convert a DVC6010f to a DVC6020f Conversion kit 4 provides the parts required to convert a DVC6020f to a DVC6010f Kit Description 1 Elastomer Spare Parts Kit kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller Part Number Standard 19B5402X012 Extreme Temperature Option fluorosilicone elastomers 19B5402X022 2 Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit kit contains parts to service one digital valve controller 19B5403X012 8 2 Description Part Number
13. Initial Device SetUp ee cervi ERREUR EU RU A Area 1 Reporting Alarms and Events to a Workstation Setting up WHO Sees Device Alarms Setting DeltaV Operate Device Alarm Annunciation Defaults Deciding Device Alarm Priorities January 2012 F 10 F 10 F 10 F 11 F 11 F 12 F 13 F 13 F 13 F 13 F 14 F 15 F 15 F 15 F 17 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Process Systems DeltaV System Getting Started with DeltaV Host Systems Appropriate Device Descriptions DDs installed See the Device Description Compatibility table on page E 3 For DD installation information see Appendix E Digital valve controller correctly mounted on actuator For mounting information see the Installation section of this manual and the instructions included with the mounting kit Utilities connected For information on making pneumatic and electrical connections see the Installation section of this manual For information on applying power to the segment see DeltaV books online Instrument in standby For information on placing the instrument in standby see DeltaV books online Perform the initial setup See the Basic Setup section of this manual If the valve is shipped from the factory mounted on an ac
14. 4 80 4 68 January 2012 BkcAL our CAS READBACK CAS IN z The remote setpoint value from another function block BKCAL OUT value and status required by the BKCAL IN input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control OUT z The block output and status READBACK Actual valve position Figure 4 8 Analog Output AO Function Block B2716 1 IL Analog Output AO Function Block Overview The Analog Output AO function block assigns an output value to a field device through a specified I O channel The block supports mode control signal status calculation and simulation Figure 4 9 illustrates the internal components of the AO function block and table 4 24 lists the definitions of the block parameters The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK 16 Note The AO block actual mode will not move to Auto unless e Resource Block actual mode is Auto and 27 is set to a non zero value January 2012 AO Function Block Note Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not been licensed Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing Note Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status wil
15. NOTE 1 3 4 5 6 HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION Voc 24 Isc 175 m 121 La 100 Po 105 DVC6005F VDC Vmax 17 5 VDC mA Imax 380 mA nF Ci 5 nF mH Li 0 mH mw 5 32 W FM APPROVED FM APPROVED GE42819 A Sheets 6 and 7 of 8 15 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE 7 FISCO LOOP FISCO BARRIER NOTE 2 3 4 5 6 Figure B 9 FM Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 January 2012 Loop Schematics Nameplates lt gt LOCATION 433 CL I DIV 1 GP BCD T6 CL I DIV 2 GP ABCD T6 FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC CL il DIV 1 GP EFG CL Il DIV 2 GP FG 6 CL Ill MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA AMB TEMP TO 80 INTRINSICALLY SAFE amp FISCO MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC CL M DIV 1 GP ABCDEFG PER DWG GE42819 MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE i45 PSI T4 Tamb lt 80 C T5 Tamb lt 77 C T Tamb lt 62 C ENCLOSURE NEMA 4X A FACTORY SEALED CAUTION WARNINGS ies o KEEP COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE FISHER o SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY F FISHER o REFER TO MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL CAUTIONS WARNINGS SERIAL INPUT DVC6005f GE44799 AMB TEMP 60 C TO 125 C T4 Tamb lt 125 C T5 Tamb lt 95 C T6 Tamb lt 80 C NEMA 4X XP CL DIV 1 GP ABCD DI CL 1 DIV 1 GP EFG S CL Il DIV 2 GP FG NI CL DIV 2 GP ABCD WARNING DISCONNECT POWER BEFOR
16. PlantWeb Alerts Transducer page 4 26 Relay Adjust Transducer page 5 4 Reset Options Resource page 6 4 Device Setup Transducer page 3 2 Stabilize Optimize Transducer page 4 23 Stroke Valve Transducer page 6 10 Supply Sensor Calibration Transducer page 5 7 Travel Sensor Adjust Transducer page 5 5 Define Custom Characteristic Transducer page 4 26 Travel Deviation Fallback Transducer page 4 25 Outblock Selection Transducer page 4 26 Transducer page 4 40 Performance Tuner Transducer page 3 6 4 23 Note Be sure to select the correct DD for the correct revision of DeltaV The resource files are different for each revision of DeltaV Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher All the files ar located in the manufacturer ID Folder 005100 for e xxxxxx in directory structure above A readme file is included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers E See DVSvys C i 53 DD Old Temp dell EG Backups El bin c3 ctl j 73 AmsDb 53 00DA1C 0b87a3 Figure E 2 amsdevices folder Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation on CD ROM or diskette contain the files for each registered manufacturer and their associated device s It is placed on the media starting with the release folder which
17. and sym and Capabilities file cff for the device 1 Locate or create the folder on the host system to contain all the DD and capabilities files If you are creating a folder you can name this new folder whatever you would like and it can have any path you define For this installation procedure this folder will be referred to as the base folder January 2012 Device Description Installation 2 On the CD ROM or in the website download files locate the folder with the new support files This folder is called RELEASE 3 Open this folder and select the folder named 005100 4 Copy the 005100 folder and all its subfolders from the CD ROM or website download location to the base folder If this is an update the folders already exist the system informs you that the folders already exist and asks if they should be replaced Answer Yes or OK so the folders are properly updated 5 The new support files are now installed You may have to restart applications and drivers in order for the new files to become active January 2012 DD installation is complete Consult the system documentation for commissioning new devices or updating existing devices Displaying the Device Description Version You can use the DD In Use method to display version information for the device descriptions installed on the system The DD in Use method is included with the device description DD software For information on us
18. Maintenance t Restart Actions Fault State Set Fault State Clear Fault State Instrument Options DD Information Options amp Diagnostics Options Block Alarm Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Unacknowledged Device ID Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number Field Serial Number Tag Description Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available 7 Features Available amp Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Miscellaneous Options Strategy Manufacturer Instrument Device Type Identification 3 Version Version Device Revision Function Firmware Revision gt Block Options Standby Firmware Revision AO Hardware Rev DO ITK Version Al DI PID IS OS MAI Firmware Download Travel Control Capable Pressure Control Capable Pressure Fallback Capable Resource Block RB Menu Structure Parameter Label Alert Key Menu Structure RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Alert Key Block Alarm Alarm State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Block Alarm gt Alarm State Block Alarm Unacknowledged RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Block Alarm gt Unacknowledge Block Alarm Disabled RB gt Configure
19. continued January 2012 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 1 Specifications continued Weight Options Supply and output pressure gauges or Tire Valve Mounted Instruments valves Integral mounted filter regulator Aluminum 3 5 Kg 7 7 lbs Stainless steel housing module base terminal box Low bleed relay W Inline 10 micron I 7 7 Kg 17 Siamese atge air filter Natural Gas Certified Feedback Remote Mounted Instruments Assembly PTFE Sleeve Protective Kit for aluminum DVC6005f Base Unit 4 1 Kg 9 lbs units in saltwater or particulate environments DVC6015 Feedback Unit 1 3 Kg 2 9 Ibs Declaration of SEP DVC6025 Feedback Unit 1 4 Kg 3 1 lbs Fisher Controls International LLC declares this DVC6035 Feedback Unit 0 9 Kg 2 0 1 5 product to be in compliance with Article 3 paragraph 3 of the Pressure Equipment Directive PED 97 23 EC It was designed and manufactured in accordance with Sound Engineering Practice SEP ON Materiais and cannot bear the CE marking related to PED Housing module base and terminal box ASTM compliance B85 A03600 low copper aluminum alloy However the product may bear the CE marking to Cover Thermoplastic polyester indicate compliance with other applicable European Elastomers Nitrile standard Community Directives NOTE Specialized instrument terms are defined ANSI ISA Standard 51 1 Process Instrument
20. ea 4 164 Action On Failure 4 164 SIMU AMON 4 164 Application Information 4 165 Parameter tt ates 4 166 LISIS o oerte DE EE Son tees aad pet 4 169 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 170 4 160 January 2012 ourp TRANSDUCER BLOCK OUT D The block output and status Figure 4 30 Discrete Input DI Function Block Discrete Input DI Function Block Overview The Discrete Input DI function block processes a single discrete input from a field device and makes it available to other function blocks You can configure inversion and alarm detection on the input value In the DVC6000f digital valve controller the discrete input function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection The DI function block supports mode control signal status propagation and simulation Normally the block is used in Automatic mode so that the process variable PV D 7 is copied to the output OUT D 8 You can change the mode to Manual to disconnect the field signal and substitute a manually entered value for the output In this case PV D 7 continues to show the value that will become the OUT D 8 when the mode is changed to Automatic To support
21. 4 21 197 Detailed Setup iM LA Es 4 21 Transducer Block Mode 4 21 Protection dene suu ccr 4 21 Response Control 4 22 Travel TUNNO 4 22 Pressure TUNING icc esse nep END 4 24 Travel Pressure 4 25 Input Characterization 1 4 26 Custom Characterization Table 4 26 Q tblock Selection RE LS 4 26 PS PER TE QE ETE PREMIER 4 26 Intrument Alert Conditions 4 26 PlantWeb Alerts ER prepa e vi pudeat et 4 26 Electronics AlenS dus iiri ni mts 4 27 Configuration Alerts ubeshenlebertebU eteu hides 4 29 Sensors AIerts ev ey 4 29 Environment Alerts 4 30 Travel Alerts zoo ere ce d eit e e dtl ae een to ed edes 4 31 Proximity Alerts EEUU Seeds eR Ee eR Ee ERR 4 33 Travel History Alerts 1 4 33 Pertotmance Alerts iride Rire MMC Rymer 4
22. Processor Manual Recovery TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired Processor Man Recovery Processor Shutdown TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Shutdown Inlet Pressure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Inlet Pressure Input Characterization TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization gt Input Characterization TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Input Characterization Integrator Limited Hi TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Integrator Limited Hi Integrator Limited Lo TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Integrator Limited Lo Integrator Suspended TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Integrator Suspended IOP Failure TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status IOP Failure Last Valid Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization gt Last Valid Point Leak Class TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Leak Class Length Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Units Length Units Lever Style TB gt Configure Setup
23. VALUE VALUE is pressure of air Supply Pressure supply controls channel 5 VALUE 352 RO N A N A PRESSURE A 2e Data Type DS 65 Pressure A Status STATUS Indicates the validity of STATUS 36 1 RO N A N A VALUE Pressure of primary air output ressure controls Al channel 6 VALUE 36 2 RO N A PRESSURE B Data Type 05 65 Pressure B Status STATUS indicates the validity of STATUS 37 1 RO N A N A VALUE VALUE is the E B Pressure on secondary output ressure controls Al channel 7 VALUE 37 2 RO N A 38 Data Type DS 65 PRESSURE_DIFF STATUS indicates the validity of Pressure Differential Status VALUE VALUE is the difference STATUS 38 1 ROL between PRESSURE A and Pressure Differential PRESSURE B controls Al channel VALUE 382 RO N A N A 8 Data Type Enum Uint8 When this is set to 2 all the alert ACTIVE parameters can be written except for INST ALERTS ACTIVE SHUTDOWN ALERT ACTIVE RO This allows alerts to be simulated PWA Simulate 1 Simulate Off 39 or ALL ue 1 Simulate Off ALL for testing with hosts NOTE only PWA SIMULATE RW 2 Simulate Enabled ACTIVE parameters are affected by this PWA Simulate is RW only if a jumper is installed across the Aux Terminal If no jumpered is installed across the Aux Terminal PWA Simulate is RO Grant Deny 40 GRANT DENY Data Type DS 50 GRANT 40 1 ALL all bits cleared NONE Options for controlling access of 0 Program host computer
24. Label Index RO Block R Initial Val D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange ae Data Type Unsigned16 i rd The revision level of the static data associated Static Revision 1 RO 0 to 65535 0 with the function block The revision value will be ST_REV 2 incremented each time a static pa rameter value in the block is changed M Data Type Octet String Tag Description 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application TAG_DESC of the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify STRATEGY 2 RW 0 to 65535 0 grouping of blocks This data is not checked processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT KEY RW Oilo 259 0 information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE BLK OOS until Data Type DS 69 block is Valid Bits 7 OOS 6 IMAN 5 LO 4 MAN 3 TARGET 5 1 RW ALL ed CUR configured AUTO 2 CAS 1 RCAS 0 ROUT then last valid The actual target permitted and normal modes target of the block Target The requested block mode ACTUAL SOS MAN Actual The current mode of the block OOS MAN AUTO d Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED 5 3 RW ALL AUTO CAS Normal Most common mode for Target CAS RCAS ROUT RCAS ROUT g NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL AUTO Defined Bits Data Type Bit String 1 Block Confi
25. TRAVEL SEN MOTION 423 RW oos 2 Clockwise Clockwise SETUR DataType ndm MIS 1 RShaft Pot Feedback Connection 424 RW 2 sstem Roller Pot 3 SStem Pot SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 FEEDBACK CONN OOS 3 SStem Pot 1 Relay A or C Double or Single Direct 2 Relay B Single Reverse 5 Relay C Special App Single Direct 6 Relay B Special App Single Reverse 9 Lo Bleed Relay Aor Relay A or oc i 42 5 RW oS C Double or Single C Double or SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 Direct Single Direct 10 Lo Bleed Relay B Single Reverse 13 Lo Bleed Relay C Special App Single Direct 10 Lo Bleed Relay B Special App Single Reverse Maximum Supply Pressure MAN MAX SUPP PRESS 426 RW oos gt 0 lt 150 35 psig SETUP Data Type Float Data Type Float Pressure Range Hi MAN e 5 Defines pressure corresponding to PRESS RANGE HI oos 0 lt 150 15 0 psig SETUP max pressure in pressure control mode Data Type Float Pressure Range Lo MAN _ A Defines pressure corresponding to PRESS_RANGE_LO 429 oos 7 0 lt 150 3 0 psig SETUP minimum pressure in pressure control mode Travel Calibration Trigger MAN A TVL CAL TRIGGER 42 9 RW oos 1 Aux Term ignored 1 SETUP Not available in the DVC6000f Travel Tuning Set MAN 1 2 C 12 M de Data Type Enum Uint8 TVL TUNING SET 42 10 RW ax 222 SETUP etter B through or X Pressure Tuning Set MAN 1 2
26. Actual Travel Enter the actual travel ACTUAL TRAVEL 83 4 in inches or mm for sliding stem valves or in degrees of rotation for rotary valves e Shaft Stem Diameter Enter the valve stem diameter SHAFT STEM DIA 83 5 in inches or millimeters e Packing Type Enter the valve packing construction PACKING TYPE 83 6 e Inlet Pressure Enter the valve inlet pressure PRESSURE 83 7 Outlet Pressure Enter the valve outlet pressure OUTLET PRESSURE 83 8 in psig kPa Bar inHg inH2O or kg cm Trim Seat Type Enter the valve seat type SEAT TYPE 84 1 Leak Class Enter the valve leak class LEAK CLASS 84 2 January 2012 Transducer Block e Port Diameter Enter the valve port diameter PORT DIAMETER 84 3 in inches or mm e Port Type Enter the valve port type PORT TYPE 84 4 e Flow Direction Enter the flow direction FLOWDIRECTION 84 5 through the valve e Push Down To Enter the effect on valve movement when the stem is moved down PUSH DOWN TO 84 6 e Flow Tends To Enter the effect on valve travel with increasing flow FLOW TENDS TO 84 7 e Unbalanced Area Enter the valve unbalanced area UNBALANCED AREA 84 8 in in Actuator Actuator Manufacturer Enter the manufacturer s identification number ACT MAN 221 of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted Select from the drop down list or enter the manufact
27. Configuration Error NONE Typically BLOCK ERR 6 3 Simulate Active will show Power Up for all 4 Local Override blocks that are not 5 Device Fault State scheduled Schedule the Device N Mai 5 block to execute 6 Maintenarica Soon Block alarms will FEATURES SEL 18 in 7 Input failure process variable had Bad status The not work F the resource block does hardware is bad or a bad status is being simulated eatures not have Alerts enabled 8 Output failure Enable the Alerts bit 9 Memory failure LIM NOTIFY 32 in the i resource block is not high Wy Los Statie pala Notification enough Set equal to 11 Lost NV Data MAX_NOTIFY 31 also in 12 Readback Check Failed the resource block 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now 14 Power Up This condition exists after power up until the MAI funciton executes for the first time 15 Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service January 2012 MAI Function Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter MAI Function Block Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 63 MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Parameter Name Static Revision ST REV Index Number RO RW RO Mode N A Range 0 to 65535 Initial Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data associated with
28. FISCO DEVICE Li 0 mH APPROVED FISCO TERMINATOR SS gt FISCO DEVICE gt NOTE 2 3 4 L gt SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B 15 GE42990 A Sheets 3 and 4 of 8 Figure B 14 IECEx Loop Schematics for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f January 2012 B 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers THE ENTITY CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN SUCH COMBINATION THE CRITERIA FOR INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE Vmax or Ui THE CURRENT max or li AND THE POWER Pmax Pi OF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE Voc or Uo AND THE CURRENT sc or AND THE POWER Po DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IN ADDITION THE SUM OF THE MAX UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE Ci AND MAX UNPROTECTED INDUCTANCE Li INCLUDING THE INTERCONNECTING CABLING CAPACITANCE Ccable AND CABLING INDUCTANCE Lcable MUST BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE CAPACITANCE AND INDUCTANCE La DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IF THE ABOVE CRITERIA IS MET THEN THE COMBINATION MAY BE CONNECTED Vmax or Ui 2 Voc or Imax or li 2 Isc Pmax or Pi 2 Ccoble S Li Lcable La 2 THE FISCO CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN SUCH COMBINATION THE CRITERIA FOR THE INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE
29. SETUP Travel Control Only If set to 0 will m cause integrator to wind down Travel Velocity Gain MAN R Data Type Float SERVO RATE 20 RW oos 2 0 30 SETUP Travel Control Only Rate of servo 0 Uninitialized Data Type Enum Uint8 Actuator Fail Action MAN 1 21 RW 1 Self Closing A SETUP Action performed by actuator in the 2 Self Opening Self Closing event of air pressure Data Type Uint32 E ai 22 RW ALL 0x5100 SETUP The actuator manufacturer identification number Actuator Model Number Data Type Visible String ACT MODEL NUM 23 RW ALL Nu SETUP Model number of actuator Actuator Serial Number Data Type Visible String ACT SN 24 RW ALL Null SETUP Serial number of actuator Data Type Uint32 SIVE MAN D 25 RW ALL 0x5100 SETUP The valve manufacturer identification number Valve Model Number Data Type Visible String VALVE MODEL NUM 26 AEL Ny SETUP The valve model number Valve Serial Number Data Type Visible String VALVE_SN e ACE Nul SETUP The valve serial number Valve Style 1 Sliding Stem Data Type Enum Uint8 VALVE TYPE 28 RW 5 Rotary 1 Sliding Stem SETUP Selects Rotary or Sliding Stem Calibration Location Data Type Visible String XD_CAL_LOC 29 RW ALE Null CAL Where device was last calibrated Calibration Date Pa Data Type Date XD_CAL_DATE 30 ALL Uninitialized CAL Date of last calibration TET Data Type Visible String o d Brine 3
30. block and are given here only for your reference Table 4 54 BLOCK ERR Conditions Condition Number 0 Other Condition Name and Description Block Configuration Error the selected channel carries a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering units selected in XD SCALE the L TYPE parameter is not configured or CHANNEL zero 2 Link Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution 4 Local Override 5 Device Fault State 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon 7 Input failure process variable had Bad status The hardware is bad or a bad status is being simulated 8 Output failure 9 Memory failure 10 Lost Static Data 11 Lost NV Data 12 Readback Check Failed 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now 14 Power Up This condition exists until the AI function block executes for the first time 15 Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service January 2012 Troubleshooting Refer to table 4 55 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter Al Function Block Table 4 55 Troubleshooting Symptom Mode will not leave OOS Possible Causes Target mode is not set Corrective Action Set target mode to something other than OOS Configuration error BLOCK ERR 6 will show the configuration error bit set The following are parameters that must be set before the bloc
31. 14 m I P converter ass y nozzle may have been adjusted Verify drive signal 55 to 80 for double acting 60 to 8596 for single acting with the valve off the stops Replace converter ass y if drive signal is continuously high or low see Replacing the I P Converter on page 7 7 7 18 Continued January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause 14 n Defective module base seal Action 14 n Check module base seal for condition and position If necessary replace seal Refer to Module Base Maintenance on page 7 4 14 Instrument will not calibrate has sluggish performance or oscillates 14 p Defective relay 14 p Depress relay beam at adjustment location in shroud look for increase in output pressure Remove relay inspect relay seal Replace relay seal or relay if converter ass y good and air passages not blocked refer to Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 7 8 Check relay adjustment refer to page 5 4 of the Calibration Section 14 q Defective 67CFR regulator supply pressure gauge jumps around 14 q Replace 67CFR regulator 15 Instrument will not calibrate 15 a Configuration errors 15 a Verify configuration 15 b Feedback arm bent damaged or bias spring missing damaged 15 b Replace feedback arm and bias spring see the Maintenance section Perform Device Setup see page 3 2 of the B
32. 3 The remainder of the auto calibration procedure is automatic January 2012 Calibration ACTUATOR STEM 9 0 0 20 30 40 60 551 i 2 A6536 3 IL Figure 5 1 Crossover Point Note If the instrument is in the travel control state Travel Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery or Travel with Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery you will be prompted to calibrate the pressure range If you select yes the valve is moved from 1 to 99 and Pressure Range Lo PRESS RANGE 42 8 and Pressure Range Hi PRESS RANGE HI 42 7 are set LT ARM 4 When the calibration procedure has finished you will be prompted to enter the name of the person performing the calibration procedure 5 Enter the location of the calibration procedure if desired 6 Enter the date of the calibration procedure if desired 5 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 7 Place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto and verify that the travel properly tracks the setpoint changes Manual Calibration TB Configure Setup Calibration Manual Calibration During calibration the valve will move full stroke To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process Note 096 Travel Valve Closed 100 Travel Valve Open 1 Fro
33. 40 C TO 80 C CERT NO GYJ06279 GYJ06280 MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA FISHER MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC Ex ia 5 80 6 75 C MFG LOCATION MAX SUPPLY 145 PSI FIELDBUS Ui 24VDC li 226mA Pi 1 4W Ci 5nF Li OmH ENCLOSURE NEMA 4X IP66 FISCO Ui 17 5VDC li2380mA Pi 5 32W 5 Li OmH CAUTION WARNINGS d IIB 5 lt 80 6 lt 75 o PROTECT PRODUCT FROM STATIC BUILDUP dou o DO NOT OPEN COVER WHEN CIRCUIT IS ENERGIZED SERIAL INPUT wolf 1 70 0 DVC6005f O GE29854 MAX VOLTAGE 10VDC Ui 10VDC li25mA Pi i mW Ci OuF Li 0mH CAUTIONS WARNINGS MAX CURRENT 5 mADC Ex d 4 125 5 95 C T6 Ta BO C ODO NOT OPEN COVER NEPS CERT NO GYJ06279 GYJ06280 AMB TEMP 60 125 ia lC 4 lt 125 C TS Ta 95 C T6 Ta lt 80 FISHER GE29855 OPROTECT PRODUCT FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC FROM STATIC BUILDUP MFG LOCATION ENCLOSURE NEMA 4X IP66 WHEN CIRCUIT 8 ENERGIZED Q DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 Figure B 19 NEPSI Nameplates B 14 January 2012 Appendix C Alert Conditions PlantWeb Alerts Alert Handling Alert Reporting Using PlantWeb Alerts PlantWeb Alerts PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Setting PlantWeb Alerts Using Pla
34. FISCO DEVICE NOTE 1 3 4 NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION IECEx APPROVED FISCO BARRIER 1 NOTE 2 3 4 Figure B 17 IECEx Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 B 13 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers CERT NO IECEx CSA 040004 AMB TEMP 60 C TO 125 C Ex ia T4 Ta lt 125 5 lt 95 6 lt 80 NEMA 4X IP66 Ui 30VDC li 17 5mA Pi 105mW 00 Li 0mH MAX VOLTAGE 10VDC d T4 Ta lt 125 C T5S Ta 95 6 lt 80 C CURRENT 5 mADC Ex nA T4 Ta lt 125 C 15 Ta lt 95 C T amp Ta lt 80 C Q FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MFG LOCATION 088 Figure B 18 IECEx Nameplates for FIELDVUE DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 e wo o e G FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC AMB TEMP 40 C TO 80 C CERT NO GYJ06279 GYJ06280 TTG IOWA USA FISHER 4x vorrase voc ia T5 Ta 80 C T6 Ta 75 MFG LOCATION MAX SUPPLY To PSI FIELDBUS Ui 24VDC li 226mA Pi 1 4W Ci 5nF Li 0mH gt ENG BOS URE NEMA FISCO Ui 17 5VDC li 380mA Pi 5 32W Ci 5nF Li 0mH N CAUTION WARNINGS Ex d 2 T5 Ta lt 80 C T6 Ta 75 o PROTECT PRODUCT FROM STATIC BUILDUP DO NOT OPEN COVER WHEN CIRCUIT IS ENERGIZED SERIAL INPUT cb 7 0 0 pe DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f GE29853 FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC AMB TEMP
35. nece det Actuator 0 67CFR Filter Regulator Integral Mounted Yoke Mounted Casing Mounted Regulator 2 Pressure Connections Supply GMM CN ONS o iod a ee e TIER Re RE CRGA Output Cof bellis dar Mr EE Do debe ER ofer s Single Acting Actuators Double Acting Actuators 1 Special Construction to Support Solenoid Valve Testing Vent Gonnectlians 3 2 2245 cse RUP EE FPE EU ER dn January 2012 2 5 2 5 2 7 2 11 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 15 2 16 2 18 2 18 2 18 2 18 2 19 2 19 2 20 2 21 2 21 2 21 2 22 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Electrical Connections 2 23 Connecting Fieldbus Wiring 2 23 Twisted Shielded Pair 2 23 Quick Connect Cable 2 24 Feedback Unit Connections for Remote Mounting 2 26 Communication 2 52 accedit
36. 2 0 2 and 3 Output Signal Pneumatic signal as required by the actuator up to full supply pressure Minimum Span 0 4 bar 6 psig Maximum Span 9 5 bar 140 psig Action Double Single direct and Single reverse Supply Pressure 2 Recommended 0 3 bar 5 psi higher than maximum actuator requirements up to maximum supply pressure Maximum 10 bar 145 psig or maximum pressure rating of the actuator whichever is lower Medium Air or Natural 5 Air Supply pressure must be clean dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7 0 01 A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air System is acceptable Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight w w or volume v v basis Condensation in the air supply should be minimized Natural Gas Natural gas must be clean dry oil free and noncorrosive H2S content should not exceed 20 ppm Steady State Air Consumption 9 Standard Relay At 1 4 bar 20 ps ig supply pressure Less than 0 38 normal m hr 14 scfh At 5 5 bar 80 psig supply pressure n than 3 normal m hr 49 scfh Low Bleed Relay At 7 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure Average value 0 056 normal m3 hr 2 1 scfh At 5 5 bar 80 psig supply pressure Average value 0 184 normal m3 hr 6 9 scfh Maximum Output Capacity 5 At 1 4 bar 20 psig supply pressure 10 0 normal m hr 375 scfh At 5 5 bar 80
37. Conversion Kit DVC6010f to DVC6020f or DVC6015 to DVC6025 Also see note below 19B5405X012 Note For pipe away construction also order pipe away bracket kit item 6 Conversion Kit DVC6020f to DVC6010f or DVC6025 to DVC6015 14B5072X112 Feedback Arm Kit contains feedback arm assembly qty 5 to convert a 2052 size 2 and 3 DVC6020 to a 2051 size 1 DVC6020 GE44419X012 Alignment Pin Kit kit contains 15 alignment pins key 46 14B5072X092 Pipe Away Bracket Kit DVC6020f kit contains mounting bracket key 74 and O ring key 75 Standard 19B5404X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 19B5404X022 Seal Screen Kit kit contains 25 seal screens key 231 and 25 O rings key 39 Standard 14B5072X152 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 14B5072X182 Terminal Box Kit Aluminum Standard GE44077X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers GE44078X012 Stainless Steel Standard GE44079X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers GE44080X012 Aluminum Natural Gas Approved Standard Extreme Temperature option GE44081X012 fluorosilicone elastomers GE44082X012 Stainless Steel Natural Gas Approved Standard GE44083X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers GE44084X012 Recommended spare January 2012 Kit Description Part Number 10 Converter Kit Standard 38B6041X152 For Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers 38B6
38. Lad esca Sis 4 132 BIOCGK EITOES meo ed Bb oec aea orte Eb 4 132 Troubleshooting vv ne ev OC RN Ce UR 4 133 Parameter EISE Cu een 4 134 VIEW LISTS den quuni 4 138 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 139 4 128 January 2012 ourp FIELDBUS FBUS 31A THE BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION OUT OUT D Figure 4 24 Analog Input Al Function Block Analog Input Al Function Block Overview The Analog Input Al function block processes field device measurements and makes them available to other function blocks The output value from the AI block is in engineering units and contains a status indicating the quality of the measurement The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels Use the channel number to define the variable that the Al block processes The AI block supports alarming signal scaling signal filtering signal status calculation mode control and simulation In Automatic mode the block s output parameter OUT 8 reflects the process variable PV 7 value and status In Manual mode OUT 8 may be set manually The Manual mode is reflected on the output status A discrete output OUT D 37 is provided to indica
39. Mena nds tas 4 6 e EE Seagal Ned EN 4 7 Restart Options 5 eases oi Aedes te ier Eod doni o wed 6 4 BIOCK BEITOES erectas ee E E he dtu Heo i es 4 7 Parameter List cicero t Ri dU 4 12 View Latte den Bl red eheu 4 18 January 2012 4 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Resource Block Overview The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device it has no input or output parameters The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks within the device Most of the resource block parameters are operational parameters that provide information about the instrument such as identification hardware information available options etc and are read only Configuration of the resource block involves selecting features from those that are available setting the mode setting write lock and setting up alert reporting details The following procedures address only the key resource block parameters however all resource block parameters are listed in table 4 3 Configure Setup Setup Resource Block Mode RB Configure Setup Setup Resource Block Mode Modes The resource block can be in one of two modes MODE BLK 5 Automatic Auto This is the operational mode for this block When the resource block is in the Auto mode all other function
40. Name Description Sssociate Alarms amp E vents with Area AREA Browse Enable network redundancy for this node Show integrity error when not in time sync Node is redundant Model Software Revision zi Model Major revision Minor revision x e zn z Cancel Help Figure F 6 Controller Properties Fieldbus Device Properties x General Alarms amp Displays Enable Device Alarms Enable Device Alert Re annunciation device alarms associated with ares r Displays Primary control Browse Eaceplate Browse Cancel Help THE CONTROLLER IS ASSIGNED TO AREA A A DEVICE THAT IS NOT YET ASSOCIATED WITH A CONTROL MODULE WILL DEFAULT TO THE SAME AREA AS THE CONTROLLER Figure F 7 Device Properties January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System Note 1 For devices with multiple inputs or outputs such as the 848 you need to decide which area is best for device alarm reporting and be sure to assign the correct control module to the lowest index number function block If there is no module assigned to this function block then the device will always be assigned to the same area as the controller 2 With controller area default of AREA A and the default of AREA A being assigned to all workstations you need to evaluate the alarm settings when commissioning a new fieldbus device with device alarms enab
41. PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Data Type Float Fraction of proportional action taken on error versus PV For a value of 0 6 then 60 of the UBet proportional action will be based on error and de Kiwa 73 005 gt 0 lt 1 1 0 40 on PV The value of BETA may be changed ubeta over a range of 0 1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two Degrees of Freedom Control Otherwise it is automatically set to a value of 1 or 0 based on the Structure selection Data Type Float IDeadBand s Integral action stops when ERROR is within IDEADBAND 44 00s 9 IDEADBAND proportional and derivative action continue EU of PV SCALE StdDev Data Type Float STDDEV 79 Dynamic Standard deviation of PV Cap StdDev Data Type Float CAP STDDEV a RO we Dyrismig Standard deviation of PV changes T Request zc hs ll apt Eo ce URS Data Type Bit String T REQUEST 2 Reset Tuner Operator request to initiate control autotuning T State Data Type Unsigned8 T STATE 78 RO NONE 0 Current autotuner state 0 Scan Rate Too Low Warning 1 Insufficient Process Response obsolete 2 Scan Rate Too High Warning 3 Inverse Direct Acting Error 4 PV Deviation Too Large 5 Initial PV Deviation Too T Status Large Data Type Bit String T STATUS 79 RO N A 6 PV Limited or Constant 0 Autotuner status 7 PV Bad 8 Invalid Mode for Tuning 9 BKCAL_IN Non Good or Limited 10 Out Limited 11 Bypass Active 12 Mode Changed 13 Tracking Active
42. Parameter Label A Minus B Menu Structure TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt A Minus Actual Travel TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Actual Travel Actuator Fail Action gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Fail Action Actuator Manufacturer gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Manufacturer Actuator Model Number TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Model Number Actuator Serial Number TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Size Actuator Style TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Actuator Style Advise Active TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt Simulate Active Alerts gt Advise Active Advise Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable gt Advise Enable Advise Suppress TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting gt Advise Suppress Air TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt
43. Pressure Cutoff Closed PRESS CUTOFF LO 47 2 defines the low cutoff point for the pressure in percent 96 of pre characterized setpoint Below this cutoff the pressure target is set to 2396 A Pressure Cutoff Closed of 0 596 is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading Pressure Cutoff Closed is deactivated by setting it to 25 0 e Pressure Range Hi Pressure Range Hi PRESS RANGE HI 42 7 is the high end of output pressure range Enter the pressure that corresponds with 10096 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed or 096 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is open This pressure must be greater than the Pressure Range Lo e Pressure Range Lo Pressure Range Lo PRESS RANGE LO 42 8 is the low end of the output pressure range Enter the pressure that corresponds to 096 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is closed or 100 valve travel when Zero Power Condition is open The pressure must be lessthan the Pressure Range Hi 4 25 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Input Characterization TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Input Characterization Input Characterization INPUT CHAR 50 defines the relationship between the travel target and the setpoint received from the output block Travel target is the output from the characterization function Custom Characterization Table TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Custom Characterizat
44. Proximity Travel Open Travel Open Alert Enable Travel Open Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Travel Open Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Deadband TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Travel Open Travel Open Deadband Travel Proportional Gain TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel Proportional Gain Travel Sensor Motion TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Travel Sensor Motion Travel Sensor Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Sensor Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Alert Travel Sensor Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Sensor Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Alert Enable Travel Sensor Hi Error TB Device Diagnostics St atus Self Test Status Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor Lo Error TB Device Diagnostics St atus Self Test Status Travel Sensor Lo Error Travel Sensor Manual Recovery TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Sensor Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Travel Sensor Shutdown TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Sensor Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Shutdown Travel Sensor Span Error TB Device Diagnostics Status Self Test Status Travel Sensor Span Err
45. T5 Tamb lt 95 C IP66 x 1 2 3 T6 Tamb lt 80 Ex tD A21 IP66 T130 C Tamb lt 125 C Ex tD A21 IP66 T100 C Tamb lt 95 C Ex tD A21 IP66 T85 C Tamb lt 80 C Type n Gas T4 Tamb lt 125 C Sow eee ane T5 Tamb lt 95 C IP66 Ex tD A22 IP66 T130 C Tamb lt 125 C Ex tD 22 IP66 T100 C Tamb 95 tD A22 IP66 85 Tamb 80 2012 1 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 1 6 Hazardous Area Classifications IECEx T ratur Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating fs s Enclosure Rating FIELDBUS Vmax 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Ci 5 nF du Li 0 mH Safe Pi 14W T4 Tamb lt 80 9 IP66 Ex ia T4 T5 T6 per drawing GE42990 FISCO Tear C Natural Gas Approved Vmax 17 5 VDC A DVC60x0F ae ion DVC60x0FS pu put Wades Pi 5 32 W Flameproof Gas T5 Tamb lt 80 C IP66 Ex T5 T6 222 T6 Tamb lt 75 C Natural Gas Approved Typen Gas 2 4 T5 Tamb lt 80 C IP66 Ex nC T5 T6 T6 Tamb lt 75 C Natural Gas Approved FIELDBUS Vmax 24 VDC Voc 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Isc 17 5 mA Ci 5 nF 121 nF Ed Li 0 mH La 100 mH Safe Pi 1 4W Po 105mw T4 Tamb lt 80 C E T5 Tamb 77 C 66 Ex ia T4 T5 T6 FISCO T6 Tamb lt 62 C Natural Gas Approved Vmax 17 5 VDC Voc 24 VDC I
46. Travel Sensor TB Configure Setup Calibration Travel Sensor The travel sensor is normally adjusted at the factory and should not require adjustment However if the travel sensor has been replaced adjust the travel sensor by performing the appropriate procedure See the Maintenance section for Travel Sensor Replacement procedures During a travel sensor adjustment the valve may move To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process DVC6010f DVC6015 DVC6030f and DVC6035 Digital Valve Controllers 1 Remove supply air and remove the instrument from the actuator 5 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Alignment Pin 4 Feedback Arm 46 79 Travel Sensor Shaft 7023 IL Figure 5 3 FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Showing Feedback Arm in Position for Travel Sensor Adjustment Failure to remove air pressure may cause personal injury or property damage from bursting parts 2 As shown in figure 5 3 align the feedback arm key 79 with the housing by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole marked A on the feedback arm Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the housing Note The alignment pin key 46 is
47. 3200 3200 Data Type Unsigned32 Time duration of the shortest cycle interval in 1 32 millisecond of which the resource is capable In the digital valve controller this value is fixed at 3200 100 milliseconds Memory Size MEMORY SIZE 22 RO NA 45 45 Date Type Unsigned16 Memory in kilobytes available for additional function blocks Because no additional function blocks may be added to DVC6000f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 45 Nonvolatile Cycle Time NV CYCLE T 23 RO NA Positive 576 000 Date Type Unsigned32 This parameter identifies the minimum time interval in 1 32 milliseconds between copies of NV class data to NV memory NV memory is updated only if there has been a change in the dynamic value The last value saved in NV memory will be available for the restart procedure or a power cycle A non zero value regulates the frequency of writes thus protecting the life span of the device If the value is zero data will never be automatically copied Changes made by other than publishing to NV parameters will be copied to non volatile memory immediately For DVC6000f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 576 000 18 seconds Free Space FREE SPACE 24 RO NA 0 to 100 Data Type Float Percent of memory available for additional function blocks see also MEMORY SIZE Because no additional function blocks may be added to DVC6000f instruments
48. 4 163 Publisher P D 8 Push Down To 4 37 PWA Simulate 4 40 R Rated Travel 4 37 Related Documents 1 4 Relay Adjust 5 4 Relay Type 4 36 Remote Cascade Setting 4 4 Remote Output Timeouts Setting 4 5 Remote Travel Sensor Connections 1 26 Using a 10 kOhm External Potentiometer as 1 27 Using a Two Resistor Series as 1 28 Using the DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 Feedback unit as 1 26 Resource Block Alarm Handling 4 6 Acknowledge Option 4 6 January 2012 Alert Key 4 6 Confirm Time 4 6 Limit Notify 4 6 Block Errors 4 7 BLOCK ERR Conditions 6 3 Definition D 2 Display 6 3 6 10 Instrument Field Serial Number 4 6 Strategy 4 6 Tag Description 4 6 Modes 4 4 Options Feature Selection 4 5 Fault State 4 5 Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support 4 5 PW Alarms set PV Status 4 40 Reports 4 5 Soft Write Lock 4 5 Overview 4 4 Parameter List 4 12 Setup 4 4 Setup Options 4 5 View lists 4 18 4 145 Viewing Device Information 6 3 Setup Resource Block 4 4 Resource Block Mode 4 4 Response Control 4 22 Travel Integral Dead Zone 4 23 Travel Integral Enable 4 23 Travel Integral Gain 4 23 Travel Integral Limit Hi 4 23 Travel Integral Limit Lo 4 23 Travel MLFB Gain 4 22 Travel Tuning 4 22 Travel Tuning Set 4 22 Travel Velocity Gain 4 22 Tvl Prop Gain 4 22 Restart method 6 4 Restarting the Instrument Restart Processor 6 5 Restart with Defaults 6 5 Parameter Affected B
49. 8 6 VDC li 380 mA lo 2 3 mA Ci 5nF 6 2 Li 0 mH Lo 100 mH Pi 5 32 W Po 5 mW Flameproof ER T5 Tamb lt 80 C IP66 Ex d IIB T5 T6 T6 Tamb lt 75 C Ui 10 VDC Intrinsically Safe li 5mA T4 Tamb lt 125 C Ci 0 uF T5 Tamb x 95 C 66 DVC60x5 Ex ia T4 T5 T6 Li 0 mH T6 Tamb lt 80 x 1 2 3 Pi 10 mW Flameproof T4 Tamb lt 125 C Ex d IIC T4 T5 T6 T5 Tamb 95 66 T6 Tamb lt 80 January 2012 1 13 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 1 14 January 2012 Installation Section 2 Installation Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installation in Hazardous Locations Mounting Guidelines DVC6010f on Sliding Stem Actuators up to 4 inches travel DVC6020f on Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuators 4 to 24 inches travel and Rotary Actuators DVC6030f on Quarter Turn 5 Base uou cedo etx o noted tede a ntes Wall Mounting Pipestand Mounting DVC6015 Sliding Stem Actuators up to 4 inches travel DVC6025 on Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuators 4 to 24 inches travel and Rotary Actuators DVC6035 on Quarter Turn Actuators Pressure Contro 22 12
50. A configuration error is set in BLOCK ERR and the actual mode of the block goes to Out of Service if the X values have any of the following conditions X12 lt X11 X22 lt X21 Refer to figure 4 21 for an example of LOCKVAL true and figure 4 22 for an example of LOCKVAL false The parameter LOCKVAL provides an option to specify whether OUT 1 remains at its ending level when control is switched to OUT 2 or goes to Y If LOCKVAL is true OUT 1 remains at its ending value when X is greater than X42 If LOCKVAL is false then OUT 1 goes to Y44 when X is greater than X42 Some hysteresis in the switching point may be required because the output may change by a full stroke of the valve HYSTVAL 12 contains the 4 120 OUT 1 goes to zero OUT 2 becomes 0 50 100 SP Figure 4 22 OUT with LOCKVAL False amount of hysteresis If X lt X12 HYSTVAL OUT 1 may be determined by the calculated y value If X12 HYSTVAL lt X lt X12 and X has not reached X12 since it was less than X12 HYSTVAL OUT 1 may be determined by the calculated y value If X12 HYSTVAL X X12 and X has reached X12 since it was less than X12 HYSTVAL OUT 1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting If X12 X OUT 1 may be determined by the LOCKVAL setting Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements Refer to figure 4 23 Output Splitter Configuration where PID1 2 Upstream driving controller or function block
51. DVC6000f digital valve controllers are available with several selections of control and diagnostic capability Control selections include W9132 1 Figure 1 1 FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Fisher 585C Piston Actuator e Standard Control SC Digital valve controllers with Standard Control have the AO PID ISEL OS AI MAI DO and four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer blocks e Fieldbus Control FC Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Control have the AO function block in addition to the resource and transducer blocks e Fieldbus Logic FL Digital valve controllers with Fieldbus Logic have the DO and four DI function blocks in addition to the resource and transducer block The diagnostic capabilities include e Performance Diagnostics PD Advanced Diagnostics AD e Fieldbus Diagnostics FD Performance and Advanced Diagnostics are available with ValveLink software They provide visibility to instrument alerts Fieldbus Diagnostics can be viewed with any host system January 2012 Introduction and Specifications W8115 FF Figure 1 2 Fisher Rotary Control Valve with FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Instrument Blocks The digital valve controller is a block based device For detailed information on the blocks within the digital valve controller see the Detailed Setup section of this manual All DVC6000f digital valve controlle
52. Maintenance or Advisory categories as configured by the user PlantWeb alerts when enabled can participate in the DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner alarm list and alarm summary For specific information on setting up PlantWeb Alerts in a DeltaV system refer to the PlantWeb Alerts section in Appendix F 2 When PlantWeb alert occurs the DVC6000f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists If the acknowledgment is not received within the pre specified time out period the event notification is retransmitted This reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost Mode Based PlantWeb Alerts Some PlantWeb alerts are not active unless the transducer block actual mode is Auto 1 Alerts which can be triggered by the activities of the service technician are reported only when the transducer block mode is AUTO 2 Alerts which are unrelated to service technician activities are reported in all transducer block modes Exceptions are as follows e Alerts can be simulated regardless of transducer block mode but must be enabled to be reported January 2012 e When a shutdown condition exists either currently active or latched on through the shutdown recovery parameter in the transducer block alerts are reported even though the mode of the transducer block is OOS
53. Mode 9 Value Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated with 1 RO N A 0 to 65535 0 the function block The revision value will be ST_REV 7 incremented each time a static parameter value the block is changed em Data Type Octet String Description 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII spaces The user description of the intended application of the TAG DESC block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of STRATEGY RW 919 55545 0 blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT KEY RW ALL 110 255 0 information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE BLK Data DS 69 OOS until valid Bits 7 OOS 4 MAN block is 3 AUTO TARGET 5 1 RW ALL OOS MAN AUTO configured The actual target permitted and normal modes of then last the block valid target Target The requested block mode ACTUAL 5 2 RO ALL Actual The current mode of the block OOS4MAN Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED 5 3 RW ALL OOS MAN AUTO Normal Most common mode for Target NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL AUTO 1 Block Data Type Bit String Configuration Error O Inactive Block Error 7 Input Failure Bad 1 Active 6 RO N A PV status Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated BLOCK_ERR 2 8 Output Fai
54. OS 21 4 124 Balance Time BAL TIME PID 25 4 91 Bias BIAS PID 66 4 95 Continued January 2012 4 173 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued Label Parameter Name Block E Page Numbers Al 21 4 136 AO 30 4 78 DI 19 4 168 DO 26 4 156 ISEL 24 4 111 Block Alarm BLOCK ALM MAI 17 4 144 OS 24 4 125 PID 44 4 93 Resource 36 4 6 4 16 6 4 Transducer 8 4 43 Al 6 4 129 4 134 AO 6 4 74 4 75 DI 6 4 164 4 165 4 166 DO 6 4 152 4 154 ISEL 6 4 103 4 108 4 109 Block Error BLOCK_ERR MAI 6 4 143 OS 6 4 123 PID 6 4 84 4 87 4 88 4 89 Resource 6 4 7 4 12 6 3 Transducer 6 4 41 4 42 6 3 Block Information BLOCK INFO Transducer 98 4 63 Al 5 4 129 4 134 AO 5 4 75 DI 5 4 166 DO 5 4 154 ISEL 5 4 109 Block Mode MODE BLK MAI 5 4 143 OS 5 4 123 PID 5 4 89 Resource 5 4 4 4 12 Transducer 5 4 21 4 42 6 10 Bypass BYPASS PID 17 4 90 Calibration Date XD CAL DATE Transducer 30 4 36 4 44 Calibration Location XD CAL LOC Transducer 31 4 36 4 44 Calibration Person XD CAL WHO Transducer 29 4 36 4 44 Al 40 4 132 4 137 Cap StdDev CAP_STDDEV AO 32 4 78 PID 76 4 96 AO 17 421 xdi 4 72 4 72 4 74 Cascade Input CAS IN OS 14 4 124 PID 18 4 83 4 86 4 90 Cascade Input Discrete CAS IN D DO 17 4 151 4 152 4 155 Al 15 4 135 AO 22 4 77 Channel CHANNEL D
55. POE Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code Enclosure Rating FIELDBUS Vmax 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Intrinsically Safe amp FISCO Pc 14W T4 Tamb 80 Class III III Division 1 A B C T5 Tamb 77 C NEMA 4X D E F G per drawing GE42819 FISCO Ule Natural Gas Approved Vmax 17 5 VDC 6 Tamb 62 C DVC60x0F DVC60x0FS Li 20 mH bend 2 Pi 5 32 W Explosion proof Class Division 1 GP B C D T6 T6 Tamb lt 80 NEMA 4X Natural Gas Approved Class Division 2 GP A B C D T6 Class II Division 1 GP E F G T6 Class II Division 2 GP F G T6 T6 Tamb x 80 C NEMA 4X Class 111 Natural Gas Approved FIELDBUS Vmax 24 VDC Voc 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Isc 17 5 mA Ci 5 nF 121 nF Intrinsically Safe amp FISCO Li 0 mH La 100 mH E Pi 1 4W Po 105 mw T4 Tamb lt 80 C EM Class 1 1 1 Division 1 GP A B C T5 Tamb 77 C NEMA 4X D E F G per drawing GE42819 FISCO lca toe Natural Gas Approved Vmax 217 5 Voc 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Isc 17 5 mA Ci 5 nF 121 nF DVOGDOSF Li 0 mH La 100 mH Pi 5 32 W Po 105 mW Explosion proof Class Division 1 GP B C D T6 T6 Tamb lt 80 NEMA 4X Natural Gas Approved Class I Division 2 GP A B C D T6 Class II Division 1 GP E F G T6 Class II Division 2 GP T6 T6 Tamb lt 80 4 Class 111 Natural Gas Approved Vmax 30 VDC Intrinsically Safe Imax 17 5 mA T4 Tamb x 125
56. TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Alert Cycle Counter Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Alert Enable Cycle Counter Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter Deadband Device Needs Maintenance Now TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Device Needs Maintenance Now Drive Current TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Drive Current Alert TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Drive Current Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Drive Current Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Current Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time TB gt Confi
57. control output A value of 0 disables feedforward 4 92 Continued January 2012 PID Function Block Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Update Event 43 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 43 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 73 0 Undefined This alert is generated by any changes to the UPDATE_STATE 43 2 RO N A 1 Update reported 0 static data 2 Update not reported TIME STAMP 43 3 RO N A 0 5 REVISION 43 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE INDEX 43 5 RO N A 0 Block Alarm 44 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 44 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 Data Type DS 72 2 Unacknowiedged The block alarm is used for all configuration 0 Undefined hardware connection failure or system problems 1 Clear reported in the block The cause of the alarm will be set in ALARM_STATE 44 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported 0 the subcode 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Unsigned8 TIME STAMP 44 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 44 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 44 5 RO N A 0 Alarm Summary 45 ALARM SUM CURRENT 45 1 RO ALL 1 High High Alarm Dynamic Data Type DS 74 2 High Alarm Current alert status unacknowledged states UNACKNOWLEDGED 45 2 RO ALL A v rs au unreported states and disable
58. 0 lt 100 5 SETUP Deadband Data Type Float e Alert Point Alert when valve position is less a To 77 14 RW ALL 25 to 125 25 SETUP than alert point Controls DI E c E channels 27 amp 31 regardless of alert enable state Travel Lo Deadband _ _ Data Type Float TVL LO DB 77 15 RW ALL gt 0 lt 100 5 SETUP Deadband Data Type Float E Hi Alert Point Alert when valve position is less E AN ALRT BT 77 16 RW ALL 25 to 125 125 SETUP than alert point Controls DI ES channels 28 amp 32 regardless of alert enable state Travel Hi Deadband E n Data Type Float TVL HI DB 77 17 RW ALL gt 0 lt 100 596 SETUP Deadband Data Type Float 2 Hi Hi Alert Point Alert when valve position is less SOUTH 7718 RW ALL 25 to 125 125 SETUP than alert point Controls DI Br Ax channels 29 amp 33 regardless of alert enable state Travel Hi Hi Deadband Data Type Float TVL HI HI DB 77 19 RW ALL gt 0 lt 100 5 SETUP Deadband Continued January 2012 4 59 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label PARAMETER NAME Self Test Status SELFTEST STATUS Index Number 78 RO RW RO Mode N A Range 0 2 Integrator Limited Low 3 Integrator Limited High 4 Travel Sensor Span Error 5 MLFB Error 7 Travel Sensor High Error 8 Travel Sensor Low Error 9 Pressure Sensor B 10 P
59. 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE D 10 Local Override N A Device Fault State NA 4 5 6 Maintenance Needed Soon N A 7 8 Input failure process variable has Bad status Output failure N A 9 Memory failure N A Lost Static Data Indicates that manufacturing functional 19 or thermal tests were incomplete 11 Lost NV Data N A 12 Readback Check Failed N A 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete 14 Power Up N A 15 Out of Service Indicates Out of Service Mode January 2012 4 41 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Transducer Block Parameter List Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Protection Category Indicates whether or not the parameter is writable while the PROTECTION parameter is set to a particular level indicates a read only parameter that is never writable regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter NONE indicates a read only parameter that is always writable regardless of the value of the PROTECTION parameter CAL indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE SETUP indicates a parameter that is only writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE or CAL ALL indicates a par
60. 1180 O Ui 30V li 17 5mA Pi 105mW Ci 0uF Li 0mH FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MFG LOCATION 433 SEU Me O RES MFG LOCATION 433 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 GE49159 eo wo e Figure 11 ATEX Nameplates Intrinsically Safe and Dust January 2012 B 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC IP66 32VDC MAX 145 PSI PCIE 2 ATEX 6001 MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA FISHER Ex d T5 Tamb lt 85 C T Tamb lt 75 Moe DERI ase AMB TEMP TO 85 tD A21 IP66 T90 C Tamb lt 85 C a Ex 10 A21 IP66 T80 C Tamb lt 75 C Et GE49836 COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL INPUT DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f l2G amp D 4 DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING S E IAR O 1180 AMB TEMP 60 C TO 125 C IP66 10VDC MAX 5mADC LCIE 02 ATEX 6001X 2G amp D FISHER Ex d T4 Tamb 125 C Tb5 Tamb lt 95 T Tamb lt 80 tD A21 IP66 T130 C Tamb 125 C tD A21 IP66 T100 C Tamb lt 95 1180 Ex tD A21 IP66 T85 C Tamb lt 80 C DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING Q FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MFG LOCATION 433 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 GE35168 Figure B 12 ATEX Nameplates Flameproof and Dust FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC IP66 32VDC MAX 145 PSI LelE 02 ATEX 6003X MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA FISHER Ex nCnL T5 Tamb lt 80 T Tamb
61. 12 M 2 Data Type Enum Uint8 PRESS TUNING SET OOS 23 X SETUP Letter B through M or X 4 46 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description TRAVEL CAL s Travel Count Data Type Uint16 TVL_COUNT 491 IRO TUA Raw feedback from Travel Sensor Travel Hi Calibration 432 RW MAN lt TVL_FAC_HI CAL Data Type Uint16 TVL HI CAL OOS gt TVL_LO_CAL Maximum drive calibration point Travel Lo Calibration 433 RW MAN gt TVL_FAC_LO CAL Data Type Uint16 TVL_LO_CAL OOS TVL HI CAL Minimum drive calibration point Travel Crossover MAN EN TVL CROSSOVER 43 4 RW OOS 5096 lt 100 50 CAL Data Type Float Travel Fac Hi Data Type Uint16 TVL FAC HI 43 5 RO N A Set by Factory N A Maximum value of travel sensor counts Set at factory Travel Fac Lo Data Type Uint16 TVL FAC LO 43 6 RO N A Set by Factory N A Minimum value of travel sensor counts Set at factory Travel IP Bias MAN UN AT TVL IP BIAS 43 7 RW oos 0 100 70 CAL Data Type Float Travel MLFB Bias MAN TM TVL MLFB BIAS 43 8 RW OOS 0 10096 5096 CAL Data Type Float 0 Not Calibrated RES 1 Single Point 43 9 RW Pos Calibration 2 Auto Calibration CAL Data Type Enum Uint8 E 2 Aut
62. 35 is used to set automatic acknowledgement of alarms ALARM SUM 34 indicates the current alert status unacknowledged states and disabled states of the alarms associated with the function block 4 108 Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority as shown in table 4 37 Table 4 37 ISEL Function Block Alarm Priorities Priority KE Number Priority Description 0 The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized 1 by the system The device monitors the alarm but does not report it until requested by the host system An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the 2 operator but generally does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority 1 The priority classes advise and critical have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts Block Errors Table 4 38 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the ISEL block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 38 BLOCK ERR Conditions Condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other N A Block Configuration Error If OP SELECT is not be
63. 4 161 DO Block 4 151 Converter Parts List 8 4 Removing 7 7 Replacing 7 7 Replacing Filter 7 6 IECEx Loop Schematics B 11 B 13 Nameplates B 12 B 14 IMan D 4 Inlet Pressure 4 37 Input Characterization 4 26 Input Selector ISEL block 4 103 Alarm Detection 4 108 Block Errors 4 108 BLOCK ERR Conditions 4 108 Direct Selection of Inputs 4 107 Disabling Inputs 4 107 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 115 Identification of Selected Inputs 4 108 Input Selection 4 107 Modes 4 103 Parameter List 4 109 Status Handling Limit Propagation 4 104 Quality Use and Propagation 4 103 Substatus Propagation 4 104 STATUS OPTS Supported 4 107 View lists 4 114 Installation 1 3 Instrument Detailed Setup 4 35 Instrument Alert Conditions 4 26 Integrator Frozen 4 60 6 8 Integrator Limited High 4 60 6 8 Integrator Limited Low 4 60 6 8 Failure 4 60 6 9 L Last Calibration Type 4 36 Leak Class 4 37 Index 4 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Length Units 4 36 Lever Style 4 39 Limiting Output ISEL Block 4 103 PID Block 4 85 Set Point AO Block 4 72 PID Block 4 85 Link Active Scheduler D 7 Live List Definition D 8 Loop Schematics CSA B 2 B 4 FM B 6 B 8 IECEx B 11 B 13 Lower Bench Set 4 39 Macrocycle D 9 MAI Channel Map Transducer Block 4 39 Maintenance Active 4 40 Maintenance Enable 4 35 Maintenance Suppress 4 35 Manual Travel Calibration 5 4
64. 8 is passed to OUT 9 is limited by the values of the 4 72 setpoint upward rate limit attribute SP RATE UP 19 and the setpoint downward rate limit attribute SP RATE DN 18 A limit of zero disables rate limiting As shown in figure 4 10 the block executes a percentage of the set point change each macrocycle For example if the set point rate is set at 10 per second and the macrocycle is 500 milliseconds 0 5 seconds or 5096 of 1 second then during the first macrocycle the set point will change 596 5096 of the 1096 per second rate If the macrocycle is 750 milliseconds 0 75 seconds or 7596 of 1 second then during the first macrocycle the setpoint will change 7 596 7596 of 10 When the transducer block receives the setpoint change from an AO block with rate limits it will smoothly move the valve to the requested setpoint at the rate limit configured in the AO block In Auto mode the converted SP 8 value is stored in the OUT 9 attribute In Man mode the OUT 9 attribute is set manually and is used to set the analog output defined by the CHANNEL 22 parameter You can access the actuator position associated with the output channel through the READBACK 16 parameter in OUT units and in the PV 7 attribute in engineering units The digital valve controller supports position feedback and therefore provides the actual valve position in PV 7 and READBACK 16 directly Action On Fault Detection To
65. Back Calculation Intput Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Gain Feed Forward Scale Units Index Block Error High High Limit Feed Forward Scale Decimal Bypass Low Limit Setpoint Rate Down Cascade Input Status Input Val Low Low Limit Setpoint Rate Up Cascade Input Value Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Reset Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Common Config Alarm Hysteresis Alert Key Control Options Deviation High Limit Deviation Low Limit Static Revision Status Options Strategy Tracking Scale EU at 100 Tracking Scale EU at 0 Tracking Scale Units Index Tracking Scale Decimal Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Connectors Back Calculation Input Status Back Calculation Intput Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Feed Forward Value Status Feed Forward Value Value Input Status Feed Forward Value Status Feed Forward Value Value Gain Input Status Input Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Status Output Value Process Value Status Process Value Value Remote Cascade Input Stat
66. Bypass 17 MAN 1 Off O undefined Used to override the calculation of the block BYPASS OOS 2 On uS When enabled the SP is sent directly to the output BAD Cascade Input 18 apr Staus NC Data Type DS 65 CAS IN const The setpoint value from another block Value 0 Data Type Float Setpoint Rate Down 4 Ramp rate for downward SP changes When the SP RATE DN 19 a Positive FINE ramp rate is set to zero the SP is used immediately PV per second Data Type Float Setpoint Rate UP 224 Ramp rate for upward SP changes When the SP RATE UP 20 ALE Positive PINE ramp rate is set to zero the SP is used immediately PV per second Setpoint High Limit 21 ALL PV Scale 10 must be 100 Data Type Float SP HI LIM x greater than SP LO LIM The highest SP value allowed a PV Scale 2 17 Setpoint Low Limit 22 ALL 10 must be less than 0 Data Type Float SP LO LIM SP HI LIM The lowest SP value allowed 4 90 Continued January 2012 PID Function Block Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Gain Data Type Float GAIN e greater ian 0 1 The proportional gain value Reset Data Type Float 24 ALL Positive INF The integral action time constant Seconds per RESET repeat Data Type Float The specified time
67. CL Il DIV 2 GP FG 6 CL MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA AMB TEMP TO 80 C INTRINSICALLY SAFE amp FISCO MFG LOCATION 433 MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC CL J DIV 1 GP ABCDEFG PER DWG GE42819 MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE 145 PSI T4 Tamb lt 80 C T5 Tamb 77 C T6 Tamb 62 ENCLOSURE NEMA 4X A FACTORY SEALED CAUTION WARNINGS a O GE44579 KEEP COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE APPROVED SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY REFER TO MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL CAUTIONS WARNINGS FOUNDATION SERIAL INPUT Figure 8 FM Nameplates for FIELDVUE DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f January 2012 B 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers FM APPROVED ENTITY DEVICE DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 Vmax 30 VDC Imax 17 5 mA Ci UF Li 0 mH Pi 105 mw 15 NOTE 1 LS CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS AB CD E F G NJ CLASS DIV 2 GROUPS HAZARDOUS LOCATION Voc 24 VDC Isc 17 5 mA Ca 121 nF La 100 mH Po 105 mW DVC6005F Vmax 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li O mH Pi SEE CHART NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION NOTE 7 FISCO TERMINATOR 173 FM APPROVED FISCO DEVICE Vmax Imax ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 30 VDC 17 5 mA 0 uF 0 mH 105 mW 15 CLASS Jl DIV 1 GROUPS A B CD E F G
68. CONFIGURED TO MATCH THE ALARM BANNER OR BE UNIQUELY DEFINED Figure F 8 DeltaV Alarm Summary Configuration Note If you think you should be seeing a device alarm in the alarm banner and it is not there verify that the device is shown on the AlarmSum display This display shows ALL of the alarms reporting to that workstation regardless of the device alarm annunciation settings If the device is not shown in this display then it is not reporting to this workstation or the logged on user does not have responsibility for that area The default for device alarm annunciation sounds the horn and shown in the alarm banner can be modified for all operator maintenance stations Or unique settings can be defined for specific workstations Use F 16 the workstation name to adjust settings for specific workstations in UserSettings grf For example if an installation has a Maintenance Station named MAINT then the UserRef grf then renamed to UserSettings grf would contain alarm settings for the MAINT workstation as appropriate for maintenance e g all device alarms in the alarm banner Note To easily find the device alarm configuration in UserRef or UserSettings open the display in the Standard directory right click and select EDIT SCRIPT then select Edit Find and type in DEVICE This will take you to the location in the file with the device alarm settings January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV Syste
69. DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 1 Stroke the actuator with the 10 kOhm potentiometer to the mid travel position which corresponds to the potentiometer value of 5 kOhm This will leave an equal amount of unused resistive element on both ends of the travel which is required by the digital valve controller to function properly 2 On the base unit remove the feedback connections terminal box cap refer to figure 2 17 3 If necessary install conduit between the potentiometer and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes Route the 3 conductor shielded cable between the two units refer to figure 2 23 4 Connect one wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the Terminal labeled 30k on the base unit and one end lead of the potentiometer 5 Connect the second wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the middle lead wiper of the 10 kOhm potentiometer and Terminal 2 on the base unit 6 Connect the third wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between Terminal 3 on the base unit and the other end lead of the 10 kOhm potentiometer 7 Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit Do not connect the shield or drain wire to the external potentiometer 8 Replace and tighten the base unit cover Using a Potentiometer with Two Fixed Resistors as a Remote Travel Sensor Perform the following procedures if a p
70. Data Type Bit String Acknowledge Option 0 Discrete m 0 Disable ACK_OPTION 21 m 1 Block Alarm All bits 0 1 Enable Used to set auto acknowledgement of alarms Discrete Priority Data Type Unsigned8 DISC PRI 22 ALL 0 Priority of the discrete alarm Discrete Limit Data Type Unsigned8 23 ALL PV STATE 0 State of discrete input which will generate an DISC alarm Discrete Alarm 24 DISC 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 24 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 72 1 Clear reported The discrete alarm is used for indication of a ALARM_STATE 24 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported state change in selected discrete channel 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 24 3 RO N A SUBCODE 24 4 RO N A VALUE 24 5 RO N A 4 168 January 2012 View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus DI Function Block Table 4 83 DI Function Block View 3 Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and Parameter View 4 contains static parameters with configuration 1 ST_REV and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are 5 1 MODE_BLK TARGET_MODE defined by the manufacturer 5 2 MODE_BLK ACTUAL_MODE 5 3 MODE_
71. Failed Active FAILED ACTIVE Transducer 59 4 40 4 51 Failed Alarm FAILED ALM Transducer 56 4 50 Failed Enable FAILED ENABLE Transducer 62 4 35 4 52 Failed Priority FAILED PRI Transducer 68 4 53 C 3 January 2012 Continued 4 175 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued Label Parameter Name Block MEE Page Numbers Failed Suppress FAILED MASK Transducer 65 4 35 4 52 C 3 Fault State FAULT STATE Resource 28 4 5 4 15 NO TAG 23 4 72 4 77 Fault State Time FSTATE TIME DO 19 4 182 4 155 Fault State Value FSTATE VAL AO 24 4 72 4 77 Fault State Value Discrete FSTATE VAL D DO 20 4 152 4 155 Features Available FEATURES Resource 17 4 5 4 18 6 6 Feature Selected FEATURE SEL Resource 18 4 5 4 13 Feedback Connection FEEDBACK CONN Transducer 42 4 4 38 4 46 Feed Forward Gain FF GAIN PID 42 4 86 4 92 Feed Forward Scale FF SCALE PID 41 4 86 4 92 Feed Forward Value FF VAL PID 40 4 86 4 92 Field Serial Number FIELD SN Resource 51 4 6 4 17 6 5 Field Value FIELD VAL Al 19 4 129 4 130 4 135 Field Value Discrete FIELD_VAL_D DI 17 4 163 4 164 4 167 Flow Direction FLOWDIRECTION Transducer 84 5 4 37 4 61 Flow Tends To FLOW_TENDS_TO Transducer 84 7 4 37 4 61 Free Space FREE_SPACE Resource 24 4 14 Free Time FREE_TIME Resour
72. Intrinsically Safe Dust 1 This apparatus can only be connected to an intrinsically safe certified equipment and this combination must be compatible as regards the intrinsically safe rules 2 The FISCO electrical parameters of this equipment must not exceed any following values Uos 17 5 Vilo 380 mA Pos 5 32 W 3 Operating ambient temperature 52 C or 40 to 80 C 4 For the model with aluminum body the apparatus must not be submitted to frictions or mechanical impacts 5 Covered by standards EN 60079 0 2006 EN 60079 11 2007 EN 60079 26 2007 EN 61241 0 2006 and EN 61241 11 2006 Refer to table 1 5 for additional approval information and figure B 11 for the the ATEX Intrinsic Safety Dust nameplates Flameproof Dust Operating ambient temperature 52 C or 40 C to 85 C or as indicated on the nameplate Refer to table 1 5 for additional approval information and figure B 12 for the ATEX Flameproof Dust nameplates January 2012 Type n Dust Operating ambient temperature 52 C or 40 C to 80 or as indicated on the nameplate Refer to table 1 5 for additional approval information and figure B 13 for the ATEX Type n Dust nameplates IECEx Conditions of Certification Intrinsically Safe Flameproof Type n Ex ia Ex nC Ex nA Exd 1 Warning Electrostatic charge hazard Do not rub or clean with solvents To do so could result in an explosion Ex nC Ex nA
73. January 2012 Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Hes ource Block Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number DO Block 1 ST REV 0 2 TAG DESC Spaces 3 STRATEGY 0 4 ALERT KEY 0 5 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO CAS RCAS NORMAL AUTO CAS 8 SP_D 9 OUT_D 11 PV_STATE 0 12 XD_STATE 0 14 OPTS All off 15 STATUS OPTS All off 17 CAS IN D Status BAD NC const Value 0 18 CHANNEL 22 19 FSTATE TIME 0 20 FSTATE VAL D 0 22 RCAS IN D Status BAD NoComm NoVal const Value 0 23 SHED OPT All off 27 SP RATE UP 0 28 SP RATE DN 0 Transducer Block 1 ST REV N A 2 TAG DESC NULL 3 STRATEGY 0 4 ALERT KEY 1 5 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED AUTO MAN OOS NORMAL Auto 87 PROTECTION None Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number OS Block continued 20 BKCAL 2 IN Status BAD NC const Value 0 21 BAL TIME 0 Al Block 1 ST REV 0 2 TAG DESC Spaces 3 STRATEGY 0 4 ALERT KEY 0 5 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL Auto 8 OUT 10 XD SCALE EU at 10096 100 EU 0 0 Units Index 96 Decimal point 2 11 OUT SCALE EU 10095 100 EU 0 0 Units Index s b Decimal point 2 13 OPTS disabled 14 STATUS OPTS disabled 15 CHANNEL 0 16 L_TYPE 0 17 LOW CUT 0 18 PV FTIME 0 22 ALARM SUM DISABLED 0 23 ACK OPTION Disa
74. Make sure the correct feedback arm is installed on the remote feedback unit before beginning the mounting procedure Refer to figures 2 4 2 5 and 2 6 for parts locations Also where a key number is referenced refer to figure 8 8 Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or on rotary actuators 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the 2 16 above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 If a camis not already installed on the actuator install the cam as described in the instructions included with the mounting kit For sliding stem actuators the cam is installed on the stem connector 3 If a mounting plate is required fasten the mounting plate to the actuator 4 For applications that require remote venting a pipe away bracket kit is available Follow the instructions included with the kit to replace the existing mounting bracket on the remote feedback unit with the pipe away bracket and to transfer the feedback parts from the existing mounting bracket to the pipe away bracket 5 Larger size actuators may require a follower arm extension as shown in figure 2 6 If required the follower arm extension is included in the mounting
75. Maximum Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Minimum Recorded Temperature gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Temperature Minimum Recorded Temperature Time gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Minimum Recorded Temperature Time MLFB Error gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt MLFB Error Nominal Supply Pressure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Nominal Supply Pressure Out of Service gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Out of Service Outlet Pressure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Outlet Pressure Outblock Selection TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Outblock Selection Output Block Timeout TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout Continued Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Parameter Label Output Block Timeout Alert Menu Structure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt O
76. NEMA IP66 CL DIV 1 GP BCD CL I DIV 2 GP ABCD CL Il DIV 12 GP EFG Ex ia INTRINSICALLY SAFE CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG GE42818 MAX VOLTAGE 10 MAX CURRENT 5 mADC AUTION WARNINGS O COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY REFER TO MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL CAUTION W ARNINGS FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MFG LOCATION 822 5 N E RETE MFG LOCATION 523 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 Figure B 5 CSA Nameplates for FIELDVUE DVC6005f DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION LS CLASS DIV 4 GROUPS A B CD E F G NJ CLASS I DIV 2 GROUPS A B C D DVC6010F DVC6020F DVC6030F DVC6010FS DVC6020FS DVC6030FS Vmax 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Pi SEE CHART FM APPROVED ENTITY DEVICE FM APPROVED BARRIER gt NOTE 1 3 4 5 6 Tee rem ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION LS CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS A B C D E F G DVC6010F DVC6020F DVC6030F l DVC6010FS DVC6020FS 1 DVC6030FS Vmax 17 5 VDC Imax 380 mA APPROVED FISCO DEVICE Li 0 mH Pi 5 32 W NOTE 2 3 FM APPROVED FISCO BARRIER FM APPROVED
77. Normally you will not be aware of view list usage as they are hidden by the host software Resource Block This section contains information on the DVC6000f digital valve controller resource block The resource block defines the physical resources of the device The resource block also handles functionality that is common across multiple blocks The block has no linkable inputs or outputs January 2012 Table 6 1 Resource Block BLOCK Conditions Condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other Set if a device initialization error occurred Block Configuration Error Set if FEATURE_SEL CYCLE SEL or CYCLE TYPE is set incorrectly 2 Link Configuration Error N A Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals This is not an indication 3 that the I O blocks are using simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE_D 10 Local Override N A Device Fault State N A Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates a Input failure process variable had Bad status N A Output failure N A Memory failure Indicates a pending Flash or NVM 4 5 Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active 7 8 9 failure Lost Static Data Indicates failure of the memory containing static parameters Lost NV Data Indicates failure of the memory containing non volatile parameters 12 Re
78. ROM and Non Volatile Memory NVM Non Volatile Memory NVM A type of semiconductor memory that retains its contents even though power is disconnected NVM contents can be changed during configuration unlike ROM which can be changed only at time of instrument manufacture NVM stores configuration restart data Octet See byte Parallel Simultaneous said of data transmission on two or more channels at the same time Pressure Sensor A FIELDVUE instrument internal device that senses the output pressure from the pneumatic relay Random Access Memory RAM A type of semiconductor memory that is normally used by the microprocessor during normal operation that permits rapid retrieval and storage of programs and data See also Read Only Memory ROM and Non Volatile Memory NVM Rate Amount of change in output proportional to the rate of change in input Read Only Memory ROM A memory in which information is stored at the time of instrument manufacture You can examine but not change ROM contents Seat Load Force exerted on the valve seat typically expressed in pounds force per lineal inch of port circumference Seat load is determined by shutoff requirements Software Computer programs procedures and possibly associated documentation and data pertaining to the operation of a computer system January 2012 Glossary Temperature Sensor Tuning Set A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that Preset values that id
79. Refer to table C 1 for reporting of PlantWeb Alerts Alert Handling Alert handling is diagrammed in figure C 1 There are two ways of seeing PlantWeb alerts One way is to see if the instrument alert condition causing a PlantWeb alert is detected The second is to view alerts reported to the system operator console For a PlantWeb alert to be active it has to pass four tests The first is to check if the Instrument alert condition is enabled If a condition is not enabled the instrument does not check for the alert condition Second the condition that will cause an alert must exist For example the current travel is above the Travel Limit Hi Alert Point Third the corresponding PlantWeb alert must be enabled in one or more of the three categories Failed Maintenance or Advise Fourth the transducer block mode must be correct See table C 1 Note Additional details on setting up and using Instrument Alerts can be found on page 4 26 of this manual Alert Reporting For PlantWeb alerts to be reported to the operator console they must pass four tests O Alerts must be active O Reports must be selected in Feature Select O Alert priority must be greater than 1 O Reporting must not be suppressed for those conditions that caused active alerts January 2012 Using PlantWeb Alerts Table C 1 PlantWeb Alerts Reporting Requirements PlantWeb Alert Transdu
80. The value and status required by the BKCAL IN D input of another block for output tracking OUT D The block output and status READBACK D z Actual valve position Figure 4 28 Discrete Output DO Function Block Discrete Output DO Function Block Overview The Discrete Output DO function block processes a discrete set point and outputs it to the specified channel to produce an output signal The DVC6000f digital valve controller discrete output block provides both normal open closed control and the ability to position the valve in 596 increments for coarse throttling applications The digital valve controller measures and uses actual valve position for READBACK D 16 The DO block supports mode control and simulation In operation the DO function block determines its set point and sets the output The transducer block provides a readback signal of actual position from the instrument Figure 4 28 illustrates the primary inputs and outputs of the DO function block figure 4 29 illustrates the internal components of the DO function block Table 4 71 lists definitions for the function block parameters When setting up the DO block CHANNEL 18 must be set to 22 and SHED 23 must be non zero Note Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not been licensed Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product lice
81. To enable simulation in the DI function block the simulate jumper must be 4 164 A STANDARD DISCRETE INPUT DISCRETE INPUT VALUE v A DISCRETE INPUT PROXIMITY DISCRETE INPUT VALUE v Configurable Band 1 i Figure 4 33 Proximity Discrete Input Compared to Standard Discrete Input installed For information on the installation of this jumper see the Installation section The SIMULATE D 9 parameter has three components e Simulate D enable disable determines whether the function block will use the actual process value and status or Simulate Value and Simulate Status e Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block e Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when enable disable is set to enabled To use simulate first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box then set Simulate D enable disable to enabled then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status January 2012 When SIMULATE D 9 is enabled the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter is set refer to the Block Errors description When the simulate jumper is installed the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter SELFTEST STATUS 78 is set Application Information Figure 4 33 compares the operation of a standard discrete input to a proximity discrete input With the January 2012 DI Function Block standard discrete input the discrete i
82. Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Time Travel Deviation Deadband Travel History Alerts Proximity Lo Alert Proximity Lo Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Accumulator lt lt 3 Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Alert Enable Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Accumulator Deadband Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert Cycle Counter Alert Enable Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Deadband Travel Hi Deadband Travel Lo Alert m Travel Lo Alert Enable Travel Limit Lo Alert Poin Travel Hi Hi Alert Travel Lo Deadband Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Hi Alert Point 3 Travel Open Travel Hi Hi Deadband Prox Alerts Travel Open Alert Travel Lo Lo Alert Travel Open Alert Enable Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Travel Open Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Open Travel Open Deadband Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel Closed Proximity Travel Closed Proximity Travel Closed Alert Proximity Hi Hi Alert Travel Closed Alert Enable mit Hi Hi Travel Closed Alert Point Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable Travel Closed Deadband Proximity Hi Alert OSE Proximity Hi Alert Enable Transducer Block TB Menu Structure
83. Travel Lo Alert Deadband Lo Proximity Detection Width Travel Hi Alert Point Hi Proximity Detection Center Point Travel Hi Alert Deadband Hi Proximity Detection Width Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Hi Hi Proximity Detection Center Point Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband Hi Hi Proximity Detection Width be used to set the length of time that FIELD VAL D 17 must be in a new state before that new state is reflected in PV D The PV D 7 value goes to the mode switch where it becomes OUT D 8 when the actual mode is AUTO OUT D 8 is also tested for an alarm state Note Invert is the only option that the DI block supports You can set the option only when the block mode is Out of Service Alarm Detection To select the state that initiates an input alarm and to set discrete alarm substatus in the output configure the DISC 23 parameter You can enter value between 0 and 255 A value of 255 disables the alarm When OUT D 8 matches the DISC 23 state the discrete value of an alarm is set 4 163 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 79 BLOCK ERR Conditions Condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other N A 1 Block Configuration Error CHANNEL set to 0 through 10 uninitialized Link Configuration Error N A Simulate Active Simulate is enabled Output does not reflect process conditions Device Fault State Set N
84. advanced control Default value for RCas Timeout is 20 seconds Shed Remote Cascade SHED RCAS 26 determines how long function blocks in the DVC6000f should wait before giving up on remote computer writes to RCas parameters When the timeout is exceeded the block sheds to the next mode as defined by the block shed options If Shed Remote Cascade is set to 0 the block will not shed from RCas Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Cascade field Time duration is in 1 32 milliseconds 640000 20 secs January 2012 e Shed Remote Out Note Typically this parameter does not need to be changed The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your advanced control Default value for Shed Remote Out is 20 seconds Shed Remote Out SHED ROUT 27 determine how long function blocks in the DVC6000f should wait before giving up on computer writes to ROut parameters When the timeout is exceeded the block sheds to the next mode as defined by the block shed options If Shed Remote Out is set to 0 the block will not shed from ROut Enter a positive value in the Shed Remote Out field Time duration is in 1 32 milliseconds 640000 20 secs Options RB Configure Setup Options e Diagnostic Options Diagnostic Options DIAG OPTIONS 45 shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument e Function
85. e Integral on error proportional and derivative on PV I PD Proportional on error derivative on error PD e Integral on error derivative on error ID e Integral on error derivative on PV I D Two degrees of Freedom 2DOF Reverse and Direct Action To configure the block output action set the Direct Acting control option This option defines the relationship between a change in PV 7 and the corresponding change in output With Direct Acting enabled True an increase in PV results in an increase in the output You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR 6 has an error bit set The types of block error for the PID block are defined above Process alarm detection is based on the PV 7 value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms e High HI 51 e High high HI HI 49 Low LO LIM 53 Low low LO LO 55 Additional process alarm detection is based on the difference between SP 8 and PV 7 values and can be configured via the following parameters e Deviation high DV HI LIM 57 Deviation low DV LO LIM 59 January 2012 PID Function Block Table 4 29 PID Function Block Alarm Priorities Priority ina VER Number Priority Description 0 The alarm is disabled An alarm condition with a priority of 1 can be recognized 1 by the
86. maximum supply pressure 4 36 Methods E 3 Auto Travel Calibration 5 3 Device Setup 3 2 Manual Travel Calibration 5 4 Output A Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 8 Output B Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 8 PlantWeb Alerts 4 26 C 2 Relay Adjust 5 4 Resource Block Mode 4 4 Restart 6 4 Stabilize Optimize 4 23 Stroke Valve 6 10 Supply Sensor Calibration 5 7 Transducer Block Mode 3 2 Travel Sensor Adjust 5 5 Methods Description DD Version E 5 Stabilize Optimize 4 23 MLFB Error 4 60 6 8 Modes AO Block 4 69 4 117 January 2012 DI Block 4 161 DO Block 4 149 ISEL Block 4 103 MAI Block 4 141 PID Function Block 4 83 Resource Block 4 4 Transducer Block 4 21 Module Base Removal 7 4 Replacing 7 5 Module Base Parts List 8 4 Moment Arm 4 39 Mounting 1 7 67CFR 1 18 DVC6005f base unit 1 14 DVC6010f 1 7 DVC6015 1 14 DVC6020f 1 9 DVC6025 1 15 DVC6030f 1 11 DVC6035 1 16 for Pressure Control 1 18 Pipestand 1 14 Wall 1 14 Multiple Analog Input MAI Block Application Information 4 141 Block error 4 142 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 146 Modes 4 141 Parameters 4 143 Status Handling 4 141 Troubleshooting 4 142 N Nameplates ATEX B 9 B 10 CSA B 3 B 5 FM B 7 B 9 IECEx B 12 B 14 NEPSI Intrinsic Safety Type n Flameproof B 14 natural gas as supply medium 1 19 Network Management D 9 Nominal Supply Pressure 4 39 Non Remote Modes Highest Permit
87. orderable as individual parts In most cases they are available in one of the parts kits listed under Parts Kits Note Parts with footnote numbers shown are available in parts kits Also see footnote information at the bottom of the page Key Description Part Number Housing DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f see figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 and 8 5 1 Housing 4 11 Drive 5 1 2 req d 20 Shield 52 Vent plastic DVC6010f DVC6030f and DVC6005f only 74 Mounting Bracket DVC6020f Std or pipe away and DVC6005f 22 75 O Ring DVC6020f only 245 Pipe Plug pl 5110 DVC6020f Vent away only 248 Screw hex head 4 req d DVC6005f only 249 Screw hex head 4 req d DVC6005f only 250 Spacer 4 req d DVC6005f only 267 Standoff 2 2 req d DVC6005f only 271 5 Common Parts 16 O ring 3 req d 23 Screw hex socket SST 4 req d 29 Warning label for use only with LCIE hazardous area classifications 33 Mach Screw pan hd SST 3 req d 38 Screw hex socket SST 13 3 req d 43 Cover Assembly includes cover screws Standard 38B9580X022 Extreme temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Aluminum Construction 38B9580X032 Stainless Steel Construction 38B9580X042 48 Nameplate 49 Screw self tapping 2 req d 19 63 Lithium grease not furnished with the instrument 64 Anti seize compound not furnished with the instrument 65 Lubricant
88. particular block Any change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the permitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is permitted When setting the Permitted mode there is no check against any of the other attributes Normal or Target modes Therefore the normal or target mode D 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set This will have no effect on the instrument until the user attempts to Table D 1 DVC6000f Block Modes Block Supported Mode Values Resource Auto and OOS Transducer Auto Manual and OOS AO RCas Cas Auto Man and OOS PID ROut RCas Cas Auto Man IMan and OOS ISEL Auto Man and OOS OS IMan Auto Cas and OOS Man Auto and OOS MAI Man Auto and OOS DO RCas Cas Auto Man LOW and OOS DI Auto Man and OOS 1 This mode cannot be specified as a target mode modify the Target or Normal mode At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted modes thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted e Normal mode The normal mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions The normal mode is set by the user or host System and can only be set to a permitted mode see permitted mo
89. periodic maintenance Check packing linkages diaphragms seals etc Continued January 2012 C 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued EOD Y Alert Condition What the Alert is Effect on Valve Instrument Recommended Help nd Defaul Detectin Action Default Alert Category Default 9 Performance Critical Performance Critical performance issues None Indicates control has Check I P Relay On board diagnostics Performance Critical based on continuous PD tests been lost or severely reduced Valve Actuator have detected a critical Failed Enabled internal to the instrument or Ext Tubing as performance issue that indicated may result in loss of control or severe reduction in control performance Check or replace the component indicated in the possible cause detail Performance Reduced Performance Reduced performance issues None Indicates reduced Check I P Relay On board diagnostics Performance Reduced based on continuous PD tests performance Valve Actuator have detected a Maintenance Enabled internal to the instrument or Ext Tubing as performance issue that indicated has reduced control performance Check or replace the component indicated in the possible cause detail Performance Information Performance Performance Information None Indicates information No
90. silicone sealant not furnished with the instrument 154 Retaining Ring 3 req d 237 Module Base Seal 8 4 Key Description Part Number Module Base DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f see figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 5 and 8 6 2 Module Base 13 11 Drive Screw 13 2 req d 12 O ring 19 Label Shield Assembly 13 61 Pipe Plug hex socket 13 3 req d 236 Screen for single acting direct units only 19 243 Flame Arrestor Assy 9 3 req d Converter Assembly DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f see figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 and 8 5 23 Screw hex socket SST 19 4 req d 39 O ring 1 19 41 Converter 19 169 Shroud 10 16 210 Boot nitrile 1 19 2 req d also see figure 7 4 231 Seal Screen 1 8 10 Relay DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f see figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 and 8 5 24 Relay Assembly includes shroud relay seal mounting screws Standard Single acting direct relay C 38B5786X132 Double acting relay A 38B5786X052 Single acting reverse relay B 38B5786X092 Low Bleed Single acting direct relay C 38B5786X152 Double acting relay A 38B5786X072 Single acting reverse relay B 38B5786X112 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Standard Bleed Single acting direct relay C Double acting relay A Single acting reverse relay B Low Bleed Single acting direct relay C Double acting relay A Single acting reverse relay B 38B5786X142 3
91. stored inside the digital valve controller housing 3 Loosen the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Position the feedback arm so that the surface of the feedback arm is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 4 Connect a Fieldbus power source and the Field Communicator to the instrument and LOOP terminals 5 6 Table 5 1 Travel Sensor Counts Digital Valve Controller DVC6010f DVC6015 DVC6020f DVC6025 603047 DVC60352 Counterclockwise shaft rotation DVC6030f9 DVC60352 Clockwise shaft rotation 1 Refer to figure 2 9 to determine the desired starting position for the DVC6030f based on counterclockwise potentiometer shaft rotation 2 Refer to figure 2 14 to determine the desired starting position for the DVC6035 based on potentiometer shaft counterclockwise or clockwise 3 Refer to figure 2 10 to determine the desired starting position for the DVC6030 based on clockwise potentiometer shaft rotation Travel Sensor Counts 3300 700 counts 8600 700 counts 3100 700 counts 13 400 700 counts 5 Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment set the Transducer Block Mode to Manual and the protection to None 6 From the Calibrate menu select Travel Sensor Adjust Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in table 5 1 Note In the next step be sure
92. through the hole marked A on the feedback arm Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the side of the housing Position the feedback arm so that the surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 6 Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50 000 ohms Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location The resistance should be between 40 000 and 50 000 ohms 7 Multiply the result in step 6 by 0 046 to get a calculated resistance The calculated resistance should be in the range of 1840 to 2300 ohms 8 Re range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location 9 Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 7 100 ohms Note In the next step be sure the feedback arm surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 10 While observing the resistance tighten the screw key 80 to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the resistance reading remains at the calculated resistance determined in step 7 100 ohms Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection 11 Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector 12 For the DVC6010f connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 13 Trave
93. 0 January 2012 Continued 4 167 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 80 Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Block Alarm A BLOCK_ALM 19 Dynamic O Undafinga used for all configuration UNACKNOWLEDGED 19 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged ion fail 9 2 2 Unacknowledged hardware connection failure or system problems in the block The cause of the alert 0 Undefined is entered in the subcode field The first alert 1 Clear reported to become active will set the active status in ALARM_STATE 19 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported the status parameter As soon as the 3 Active reported unreported status is cleared by the alert 4 Active not reported reporting procedure and other block alert TIME STAMP 19 3 RO N A may be reported without clearing the active SUBCODE 194 RO N A status if the subcode has changed VALUE 19 5 RO Alarm Summary 20 0 Discrete alarm Data Type DS 74 ALARM SUM 7 Block Alarm The current alert status unacknowledged states unreported states and disabled CURRENT 20 1 RO Allbits 0 states of the alarms associated with the UNACKNOWLEDGED 20 2 RO All bits 0 function block O clear reported UNREPORTED 20 3 RO All bits 0 O acknowledged O reported DISABLED 20 4 RW All bits O O enabled
94. 0 Feed Forward Scale Units Index Feed Forward Scale Decimal Feed Forward Gain PID Function Block All continued Updated Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit Deviation High Priority Deviation High Limit Deviation Low Priority Deviation Low Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Deviation High Alarm Alarm State Deviation High Alarm Time Stamp Deviation High Alarm Subcode Deviation High Alarm Float Value Deviation Low Alarm Alarm State Deviation Low Alarm Time
95. 11 Travel Pressur State uoce Rae RO inh anra ater s b e 6 11 PD Inside StatilSanoA2 s mes coser cro termico nee fT hes CoU ELM 6 11 January 2012 6 1 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers d hok deret eder c PU ole 6 11 Drive Signal nile bahia ens 6 11 Temperature Due ERR EE NEUE RR KO 6 11 COUNT ceo trieste eine Kc e E List e 6 11 Travel ACcumulatOE 5 2 6 11 ravel an a rx ra ace P Diet Bs 6 11 Pressures usc av rab vvv Re CON P IR CHRIS CN Phe ei xu bau 6 12 6 2 January 2012 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics View Lists View Lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time View lists are available for the resource and transducer blocks and the function blocks Resource Block tables 4 4 through 4 7 Transducer Block tables 4 14 through 4 20 AO Function Block tables 4 25 through 4 28 PID Function Block tables 4 32 through 4 35 IS Function Block tables 4 40 through 4 43 OS Function Block tables 4 48 through 4 51 Al Function Block tables 4 57 through 4 60 MAI Function Block tables 4 64 through 4 67 DO Function Block tables 4 72 through 4 75 DI Function Block tables 4 81 through 4 84 Note Views Lists are used by hosts for efficient monitoring of multiple parameters
96. 110 Input 4 IN 4 ISEL 14 4 107 4 110 Input 5 IN 5 ISEL 25 4 107 4 111 Input 6 IN 6 ISEL 26 4 107 4 111 Input 7 IN 7 ISEL 27 4 107 4 111 Input 8 IN 8 ISEL 28 4 107 4 111 Input Array IN ARRAY OS 16 4 124 Input Characterization INPUT_CHAR Transducer 50 4 26 4 49 6 11 Al 13 4 135 AO 14 4 72 4 74 4 76 Options IO OPTS Di 13 4 163 4 167 DO 14 4 152 4 155 ITK Version ITK VER Resource 41 4 7 4 17 6 6 Leak Class LEAK CLASS Transducer 84 2 4 37 4 61 Length Units LENGTH UNITS Transducer 92 4 36 4 63 Limit Notify LIM NOTIFY Resource 32 4 6 4 15 Linearization Type L TYPE Al 16 4 130 4 135 Lockval LOCKVAL OS 18 4 124 Al 35 4 137 Low Alarm LO ALM ISEL 47 4 113 PID 62 4 94 Low Cutoff LOW CUT Al 17 4 131 4 135 Lower Bench Set LOWER_BENCH_SET Transducer 85 4 4 39 4 62 Al 30 4 129 4 136 Low Limit LO_LIM ISEL 42 4 108 4 112 PID 53 4 87 4 93 Al 36 4 137 Low Low Alarm LO_LO_ALM ISEL 48 4 113 PID 63 4 94 Al 32 4 129 4 136 Low Low Limit LO_LO_LIM ISEL 44 4 108 4 112 PID 55 4 87 4 93 Al 31 4 129 4 136 Low Low Priority LO_LO_PRI ISEL 43 4 108 4 112 PID 54 4 87 4 93 Al 29 4 129 4 136 Low Priority LO_PRI ISEL 41 4 108 4 112 PID 52 4 87 4 93 MAI Channel 1 MAI CHANNEL 1 Transducer 95 1 4 63 MAI Channel 2 MAI CHANNEL 2 Transducer 95 2 4 63 MAI Channel 3 MAI CHANNEL 3 Transducer 95 3 4 63 MAI Channel 4 MAI CHANNEL 4 Transducer 95 4 4 63 MAI Channel 5 MAI CHANNEL 5 Transducer 95 5 4 63 MAI Channel 6 MAI CHANNEL 6 Transduce
97. 14 Disconnected 15 SP Changed T Ipgain Data Type Float T IPGAIN 30 RO 0 0 Integrated process gain T Ugain Data Type Float T UGAIN 8 RO NA 99 Ultimate gain T Uperiod Data Type Float T UPERIOD 82 no N A 0 0 Ultimate period T Psgain Data Type Float PSGAIN 83 RO 00 Process static gain T Ptimec Data Type Float PTIMEC 34 RO Des 0 0 Process time constant T Pdtime Data Type Float T PDTIME xs no 00 Process dead time T Targetop 86 ALL 2 Data Type Unsigned8 T TARGETOP Target oscillation periods T Hyster Data Float T HYSTER 87 00 Hysteresis T Relayss E Data Type Float T RELAYSS 88 BE eo a Relay step size Gain Magnifier 89 ALL 0 1 100 10 Data Type Float Scales amount of gain 4 96 Continued January 2012 PID Function Block Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block R Initial Val D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange xavue T Auto Extra DT 90 ALL 0 Data Type Unsigned8 T AUTO EXTRA DT Allow additional cycle with extra deadtime Data Unsigned8 T Auto Hysteresis 91 ALL 0 Allows calculation of hysteresis based on T AUTO HYSTERESIS CAP STDDEV T Aoperiods Data Type Unsigned8 T AOPERIODS Se RO 0 Actual oscillation periods January 2012 4 97 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers View Lists View lists allow
98. 62 Device Revision DEV REV Resource 12 4 7 4 18 6 5 Device State RS STATE Resource 7 4 12 6 3 Device String Array DEV STRING Resource 43 4 17 Device Type DEV TYPE Resource 11 4 6 4 13 6 5 Diagnostic Options DIAG OPTIONS Resource 45 4 5 4 17 6 6 Disable Analog Input 1 DISABLE 1 ISEL 15 4 107 4 110 Disable Analog Input 2 DISABLE 2 ISEL 16 4 107 4 110 Disable Analog Input 3 DISABLE 3 ISEL 17 4 107 4 110 Disable Analog Input 4 DISABLE 4 ISEL 18 4 107 4 110 Disable Analog Input 5 DISABLE 5 ISEL 29 4 107 4 111 Disable Analog Input 6 DISABLE 6 ISEL 30 4 107 4 111 Disable Analog Input 7 DISABLE 7 ISEL 31 4 107 4 111 Disable Analog Input 8 DISABLE 8 ISEL 32 4 107 4 112 Discrete Alarm DISC DI 24 4 168 Discrete Limit DISC LIM DI 23 4 163 4 168 Discrete Priority DISC PRI DI 22 4 168 Drive Current DRIVE CURRENT Transducer 54 4 27 4 50 Drive Current Alert Point DRIVE CURRENT ALHT PT Transducer 76 4 4 27 4 58 Drive Current Alert Time DRIVE CURRENT TIME Transducer 76 5 4 27 4 58 Drive Signal DRIVE SIGNAL Transducer 53 4 27 4 50 6 11 Effective Area EFFECTIVE AREA Transducer 85 2 4 39 4 62 Elect Active ELECT ACTIVE Transducer 74 1 4 54 Elect Enable ELECT ENABLE Transducer 75 1 4 57 Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS SN Resource 49 4 6 4 17 6 5 Environment Active ENVIRO ACTIVE Transducer 74 3 4 54 Environment Enable ENVIRO ENABLE Transducer 75 3 4 57 Error ERROR PID 67 4 95 Factory Serial Number FACTORY SN Resource 50 4 6 4 17 6 5
99. 69 TARGET block is Valid Bits 7 OOS 6 IMAN 5 LO 4 MAN 3 5 1 RW ALL AUTO configured AUTO 2 CAS 1 RCAS AUTO CAS then last valid The actual target permitted and normal modes AUTO RCAS target of the block ACTUAL Target The requested block mode 52 RO 90S Actual The current mode of the block OOS MAN Note Bit 6 IMAN is valid for ACTUAL only PERMITTED 53 BW ALL QOS MAN AUTO AUTO Permitted Allowed modes for Target CAS RCAS CAS RCAS Normal Most common mode for Target NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL AUTO tor Men Data Type Bit String 2 byte ns O inactive 3 Simulate Active A 4 Local Override Block Error 6 RO N A 5 Device Fault Stat Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status BLOCK ERR 5 t y associated with the hardware or software a tput Failure components associated with a block It is a bit i d string so that multiple errors may be shown See 14 Power up table 4 23 15 Out of Service Data 05 65 Process Variable PV Status set equal The process variable used in block execution pv 7 RO NA DE de Dynamic This value is converted from READBACK to show 9 stays the actuator position in the same units as the setpoint value Data Type DS 65 The SP of the analog block Can be derived from Set Point OOS CAS_IN RCAS_IN in normal modes or can track SP 8 MAN PV SCALE 10 Dynamic PV in MAN IMan or LO modes IO OPTS is used AUTO to determine v
100. ALL PV SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO LO alarm condition Continued January 2012 4 93 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Deviation High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 DV HI PRI 95 ALE 999 0 The priority of the deviation high alarm Ten Data Type Float LE RE 57 ALL PV SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the rad deviation high alarm condition Deviation Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 DV LO PRI 5 ALE 91918 0 The priority of the deviation low alarm Deviation Low Limit Data Type Float pe HH 59 ALL or PV span to 0 INF The setting for the alarm limit use to detect the S deviation low alarm condition High High Alarm 60 ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 60 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 O Undefined The HI HI alarm data which includes a value of 1 Clear reported the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the ALARM STATE 602 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O undefined State of the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Float TIME_STAMP 60 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 60 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 6
101. AN INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS CAN RECEIVE AND REMAIN INTRINSICALLY SAFE CONSIDERING FAULTS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE Voc CURRENT lo AND POWER LEVELS WHICH CAN BE DELIVERED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS CONSIDERING FAULTS AND APPLICABLE FACTORS IN ADDITION THE MAXIMUM UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE Ci AND INDUCTANCE Li OF EACH APPARATUS OTHER THAN THE TERMINATION CONNECTED TO THE FIELDBUS MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 nF AND 10 uH RESPECTIVELY IN EACH SEGMENT ONLY ONE ACTIVE DEVICE NORMALLY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IS ALLOWED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENERGY FOR THE FIELDBUS SYSTEM THE VOLTAGE Uo OR Voc OR Vf OF THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS HAS TO BE LIMITED TO THE RANGE OF 9 V TO 17 5 VDC ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE BUS CABLE HAS PASSIVE MEANING THAT THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PROVIDE ENERGY TO THE SYSTEM EXCEPT FOR A LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 50 uA FOR EACH CONNECTED DEVICE SEPARATELY POWERED EQUIPMENT NEEDS A GALVANIC ISOLATION TO ASSURE THAT THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELDBUS CIRCUIT REMAINS PASSIVE THE CABLE USED TO INTERCONNECT THE DEVICES NEEDS TO HAVE THE PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING RANGE LOOP RESISTANCE 15 TO 150 ohms km INDUCTANCE PER UNIT LENGTH L 0 4 TO 1 mH km CAPACITANCE PER UNIT LENGTH 80 TO 200 nF km C C LINE LINE 0 5 LINE SCREEN IF BOTH LINES ARE FLOATING OR C LINE LINE C LINE SCREEN IF THE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO ONE LINE LENGTH OF
102. Alert e Travel Sensor Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Travel Sensor alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 21 permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown When not enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when Travel Sensor Shutdown clears If enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service 4 29 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled Pressure Sensors e Pressure A Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable activates the Pressure A Sensor Alert e Pressure A Sensor Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 11 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Port A Pressure Sensor Alert is active the transducer Actual mode
103. Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel History Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Cycle Count Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel History Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Enable Cycle Count Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel History Cycle Counter Cycle Count Alert Point Cycle Count Deadband TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel History Cycle Counter Cycle Count Deadband Device Needs Maintenance Now gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Device Needs Maintenance Now Drive Current TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Drive Current Alert gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Drive Current Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Alert Drive Current Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Current Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Alert Time Drive Current Manual Re
104. Always TRAVEL ALWAYS Transducer 100 4 63 TRAVEL D 33 Travel D Status STATUS Transducer 33 1 4 44 6 11 Travel D VALUE 33 2 Travel Enable TRAVEL ENABLE Transducer 75 4 4 57 TRAVEL 34 Travel Status STATUS Transducer 34 1 4 45 6 11 Travel VALUE 34 2 FINAL POSITION VALUE 17 Travel Status DeCharacterization STATUS Transducer 17 1 4 44 6 11 Travel DeCharacterization VALUE 17 2 Trim Style 1 TRIM STYLE 1 Transducer 84 9 4 39 4 61 Trim Style 2 TRIM STYLE 2 Transducer 84 10 4 39 4 61 Travel Accumulator Alert Pt ACCUM ALHT PT Transducer 77 4 4 34 4 59 Travel Accumulator DB TVL ACCUM DB Transducer 77 5 4 34 4 59 Travel Active TRAVEL ACTIVE Transducer 74 4 4 54 Travel Calibration Command TVL CAL CMD Transducer 45 1 4 48 Travel Calibration Program TVL CAL PROG Transducer 45 2 4 48 Travel Calibration Status TVL CAL STATUS Transducer 45 3 4 48 Travel Calibration Trigger TVL CAL TRIGGER Transducer 42 9 4 46 Travel Closed Alert Point CLOSED PT Transducer 77 10 4 33 4 59 Travel Closed Deadband TVL CLOSED DB Transducer 77 11 4 33 4 59 Travel Count TVL COUNT Transducer 43 1 4 47 6 11 January 2012 Continued 4 183 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued Label Parameter Name Block sod Page Numbe
105. Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Block Error Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Output Discrete Status Block Mode Normal _ Status Output Discrete Value Process Value Filter Time Bleek Error Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Advanced Config Other Simulate Discrete Transducer Status DI Channel Output State Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Transducer State Outputu State Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Update Event Static Rev Options Static Revision Update Event Relative Index Status Options Status Options Block Alarm Unacknowledged DI Channel Transducer State Connectors Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Strategy 4 170 Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Discrete Alarm Alarm State Discr
106. Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT 6 13 MAN TB MAI CHANNEL MAP TRACT BESSA The block output value and status Output 7 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT_7 MAN TB MAI CHANNEL TB ACT_PRESS_B The block output value and status Output 8 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT 8 15 MAN TB MAI CHANNEL TEAC RRESS DIFF The block output value and status Update Event 16 UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 16 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined Unacknowledgsd Data Type DS 73 0 Undefined This alarm is generated whenever a static UPDATE_STATE 16 2 RO N A 1 Update reported 0 Undefined parameter is changed 2 Updated not reported TIME STAMP 16 3 RO N A 0 5 REVISION 16 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE INDEX 16 5 RO N A 0 Block Alarm 17 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 171 RW 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledggd Data Type DS 72 0 Undefined The block alarm is used for all 1 Clear reported configuration hardware connection ALARM_STATE 17 2 RO 2 not reported failure or system problems in the block 3 Active reported The cause of the alert is entered in the 4 Active not reported subcode field TIME STAMP 17 3 RO SUBCODE 17 4 RO VALUE 17 5 RO 4 144 January 2012 MAI Function Block View Lists Table 4 65 MAI Function Block View 2 A Index P
107. Check process The actual valve Travel Disabled Travel Limit Hi Alert Point position has exceeded N A the configurable travel imit in 96 Travel Limit Lo The Travel is lower than the None Check process The actual valve Disabled Travel Limit Lo Alert Point position has exceeded the configurable travel imit in 96 N A Travel Open The Travel is greater than the None Check process The actual valve Proximity Disabled Open Alert Point loop position is near the full N A open position Travel Closed The Travel is greater than the None Check process The actual valve Disabled Closed Alert Point loop position is near the full closed position Proximity Hi Hi The Travel is within the None Check process The actual valve Disabled configured band of the loop position is near the Proximity Hi configured center point None configured center Disabled point Proximity Lo None Disabled Proximity Lo Lo None Disabled Cycle Counter Cycle Counter The number of travel None Perform periodic The cycle count limit Travel History Disabled reversals has exceeded the maintenance has been exceeded Maintenance configured limit Perform periodic maintenance Check packing linkages diaphragms seals etc Travel Accumulator Travel The accumulated travel has None Perform periodic The travel accumulator Travel History Accumulator exceeded the configured limit maintenance limit has been Maintenance Disabled exceeded Perform
108. Current Alert Point The Drive Current Alert Point DRIVE CURRENT ALRT PT 76 4 is when the absolute difference between the Drive Current and Drive Signal exceeds the set threshold for greater than the Drive Current Alert Time e Drive Current Alert Time The Drive Current Alert Time DRIVE CURRENT TIME 76 5 is the maximum time that the Drive Current Alert Point can be exceeded before the Drive Current Alert is active Drive Signal e Drive Signal The Drive Signal DRIVE SIGNAL 53 displays the commanded Drive Signal being sent to the I P converter as a percentage of the maximum drive 4 27 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Drive Signal Alert The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal 10 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal 9096 and Calibrated Travel 9796 Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal 1096 and Calibrated Travel 9796 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal Alert Enable When enabled Drive Signal Alert Enable activates the Drive Signal Alert Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert This alert is active if a pending Flash or NVM failure is present e Program Memory Alert Enable When enabled Program Memory Alert Enable activates the Program Memory Alert e Program Memory Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 7
109. Data Type Float SP WAK 68 RO N A Dynamic The working set point of the block after limiting 5 and filtering is applied EU of PV SCALE Data Type Float SP FTi The time constant of the first order SP filter It is SP EHE 69 ALL Positive 0 the time in seconds required for a 63 percent change in the IN value Applied after SP rate limiting Math Form 0 Standard m Data Type Unsigned8 MATHFORM ds 008 1 Series O Standard Selects equation form series or standard 0 terms on error 1 PI terms on error D term on PV 2 1 terms on error PD term on PV K 2 Data Type Unsigned8 71 OOS 2 t ir Defines PID equation structure to apply controller action on PV 5 ID terms on error 6 1 term on error D term on PV 7 2 Deg of Freedom PID Data Type Float Fraction of derivative action taken on error versus PV For a value of 0 6 then 60 of the UG derivative action will be based on error and 40 GANNA gamma 72 OOS gt 0 lt 1 1 0 on PV The value of GAMMA may be changed ug over a range of 0 1 if STRUCTURE is set to Two Degrees of Freedom Control Otherwise it is automatically set to a value of 1 or 0 based on the Structure selection Continued January 2012 4 95 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block GAIN MAGNIFIER
110. Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Alarm output Status Alarm output Value Alarm Select StdDev Cap StdDev All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Status Process Value Value Output Status Output Value Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Transducer Scale EU at 10096 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Outpu
111. Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Alert Enable Travel Deviation Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Deadband Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Deviation Time TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Time Travel Hi Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Hi Alert Travel Hi Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Hi Deadband Travel Hi Hi Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Hi Hi Alert
112. Disable Analog Input 3 Status Disable Analog Input 3 Value Disable Analog Input 4 Status Disable Analog Input 4 Value Input 1 Status Input 1 Value Input 2 Status Input 2 Value Input 3 Status Input 3 Value Input 4 Status Input 4 Value Operator Select Status Operator Select Value Output Status Output Value Selected Status Selected Value January 2012 Online Block Error Disable Analog Input 1 Status Disable Analog Input 1 Value Disable Analog Input 2 Status Disable Analog Input 2 Value Disable Analog Input 3 Status Disable Analog Input 3 Value Disable Analog Input 4 Status Disable Analog Input 4 Value Input 1 Status Input 1 Value Input 2 Status Input 2 Value Input 3 Status Input 3 Value Input 4 Status Input 4 Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Operator Selected Status Operator Selected Value Output Status Output Value Selected Status Selected Value Status Block Error All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Output Status Output Value Output Range EU at 10096 Output Range EU at 0 Output Range Units Index Output Range Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Status Options Input 1 Status Input 1 Value Input 2 Status Input 2 Value Input 3 Status Input 3 Value Input 4 Status I
113. Ex d 2 Do not open while energized Refer to table 1 6 for additional approval information figures B 14 and B 17 for IECEx loop schematics and figures B 16 and B 18 for the IECEx nameplates NEPSI Notes for Safe Use of the Certified Product Intrinsically Safe DVC6000f digital valve controllers designated as controller hereafter have been proved to be in conformity with the requirements specified in the national standards GB3836 1 2000 and GB3836 4 2000 through inspections conducted by National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation NEPSI The Ex marking for the products is Ex ia Il CT6 T5 T4 and their Ex certificate number is GYJ06280 When using the product the user should pay attention to the items stated below 1 The correlation of approved DVC6000f digital valve controllers in specific product type Ex marking and operating ambient temperature this time is as follows January 2012 Installation m HB MET 40 C to Integral Mounting 25 DVC6030f Exiall CT5 poros e ExiallcTe 740000 Main Unit DVC6005f EE 40 C to 80 Vende Dvceots 7902010 Feedback DVCeo25 ExiallCTS pos DVC6035 Exiall EE 2 The enclosure of the controller provides a grounding terminal and the user should install a reliable grounding wire connected to it when mounting and using the controller 3
114. F 1 and F 2 to access the digital valve controller using AMS Suite Intelligent Device Manager 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu 2 Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane the left panel and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click F 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 201 AMS Suite Intelligent Device Manager File Edit View Tools Window Help amp tlele Device Connection View AMS Device Manager lli Plant Database DeltaV Network 1 LEFT CLICK TO ACCESS THE DELTAV NETWORK E Controller CTLR 93 System Delta ES H HART Card C04 DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER ICON AND NAME H 1 0 Fieldbus Card C01 Fieldbus V21FF Fieldbus Port P02 Figure F 2 Accessing the Digital Valve Controller Through AMS Device Manager Methods Transducer Block The following methods are accessed via the transducer block Device Setup Auto Travel Calibration Manual Travel Calibration Supply Sensor Calibration Output A Sensor Calibration Output B Sensor Calibration Travel Sens
115. File Edit view Object Applications Tools Help X var 1 x x Mee All Containers Contents of V21FF Ex Deltav System Library EB System Configuration E E Setup Control Strategies n Unassigned I O References ly AREA A gy Physical Network Decommissioned Nodes B 5 Control Network Type Fieldbus Resource Fieldbus Transducer RESOURCE Bir rranspucer1200 RMT FFAO_RMT1 WFF Fieldbus Function Fieldbus Function Fieldbus Function Fieldbus Function Fieldbus Function Fieldbus Function 3 Bro Fieldbus Function Bef Assigned Module DOT ieldbus Function 3 49 uo Explore ieldbus Function Eer Update Download Status Function B zZ 01 Downlaed 3 ieldbus Function Decom am ieldbus Device Al a Verify without download Mil rr Diagnose ME FF DIGITAL VALVE EE FFL commission CONTROLLER FFI amp Replace FFI Upload Function Blocks Open with AMS Device Manager Configure Setup Compare Device Diagnostics Device Variables Scan Device elf USMTN T538 9 6 SIS Network SNAP ON Linked Apps Methods Audit Trail Print Export Display device configuratior Copy OPEN WITH AMS DEVICE MANAGER Figure F 1 Navigating to AMS Device Manager Using AMS Device Manager Refer to figures
116. For information on using methods on the host system see the appropriate host system documentation Table E 1 contains the methods available in the DVC6000f the block it is found in and the page number where it is described Installing DDs on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation The following is general information that may apply when installing the DD on a DeltaV system during the Add Device Definition procedure This procedure is accessed from the DeltaV Library as shown in figure E 1 For complete information refer to the DeltaV documentation Note Before beginning the Add Device Definition procedure it is recommended that the Add Device Utility be installed on DeltaV This may help prevent installation errors from occurring January 2012 Deltav System G a Explore 5 315 AS Interfac E a Profibus DP FunctionBlo pM Add Device Definition Figure E 1 Add Device Definition Table E 1 Methods Method Block Description Location Auto Travel Calibration Transducer page 5 3 Block Error Reporting Transducer page 4 40 Transducer page 3 2 Block Mode Resource page 4 4 Display DD Version Resource page E 5 Instrument Alerts Transducer page 4 26 Manual Travel Calibration Transducer page 5 4 Output A Sensor Calibration Transducer page 5 8 Output B Sensor Calibration Transducer page 5 8
117. High Alarm HI ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 46 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 71 1 Clear reported The high alarm data which includes a value of the 2 Clear not reported alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of ALARM_STATE 46 2 RO 3 lt Active reported 9 the alarm 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 46 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 46 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 46 5 RO N A 0 Low Alarm LO ALM 47 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 47 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 71 1 Clear reported The low alarm data which includes a value of the 2 Clear not reported alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of ALARM_STATE 47 2 RO N A 3 Active reported 0 the aloha 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 47 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 47 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 47 5 RO N A 0 Low Low Alarm 48 LO LO ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 48 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 71 1 Clear reported The low low alarm data which includes a value of the 2 Clear not reported alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state of ALARM_STATE 48 2 RO 3 lt Active reported 9 the alarm 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 48 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 48 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 48 5 RO N A 0 Status Output Discrete 49 MAN Val Data Type DS 66 OUT D OOS Pr id Discrete output to indicate a selected alarm value Status 1 Hi Hi Data Type Bit String p been 50 ALL 2 Hi All bits 0 Used to select the pro
118. If necessary replace the terminal box assembly see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 7 9 1 f Defective Field Communicator ValveLink modem cable 1 f If necessary repair or replace cable 1 9 Fieldbus card defective or not compatible with PC 1 g Replace Fieldbus card 2 Device does not stay on segment 2 a Incorrect signal level 2 1 Check that segment is properly terminated see host system documentation 2 2 Wrong cable type or segment length too long See Site Planning Guide 2 83 Bad power supply or conditioner 2 b Excess noise on segment 2 b1 Check integrity of wiring connections Make sure cable shield is grounded only at the control system 2 b2 Check for corrosion or moisture on terminals in terminal box refer to page 7 9 for terminal box information 2 b3 Check for bad power supply 2 c Electronics failing 2 c Replace printed wiring board assembly see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 7 8 3 A value cannot be written to a parameter 3 a Resource block parameter Write Lock may be set to Locked 3 a Change Write Lock to Not Locked refer to page 4 4 of Detailed Setup Blocks 3 b If a transducer block parameter the mode may be incorrect or the parameter may be protected 3 b1 Check table 4 85 If necessary change the transducer block target mode to Manual 3 b2 Check table 4 85 If necessary change data protection 3 c Y
119. Il DIV 1 GROUPS ERG CLASS Il DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6005F DVC6035 Voc 24 VDC Vmax 175 voc Vmax 30 VDC Isc 17 5 380 mA CSA APPROVED 175 mA 121 Ci 5 FISCO DEVICE Ci 0 La 100mH Li 0 mH l Li 0 mH Pi 105 mW 532 Pi 105 mW NOTE 2 lt 1 CSA APPROVED FISCO TERMINATOR 1 gt SEE NOTES IN FIGURE 2 GE42818 A Sheets 6 and 7 of 8 FISCO LOOP NOTE 2 3 4 5 6 lt T Figure B 4 CSA Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6005f with DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 January 2012 Loop Schematics Nameplates CL I DIV 1 GP BCD T6 CL DIV 2 GP ABCD T6 FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC CL Il DIV 1 GP EFG 6 CL Il DIV 2 GP FG T6 CL Ill MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA AMB TEMP TO 80 Ex ia INTRINSICALLY SAFE amp FISCO MEGSEOCATION 433 MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE 145 PSI CL DIV 1 GP ABCDEFG PER DWG GE42818 T4 Tamb lt 80 C T5 Tamb lt 77 C T6 Tamb lt 62 ENCLOSURE TYPE 4X IP66 SEAL NOT REQUIRED C AUTION W ARNINGS FISHER COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE M 9 SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY REFER TO MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL CAUTIONS WARNINGS FOUNDATION SERIAL INPUT vL 7 0 Jem 0 DVC6005f GE44798 AMB TEMP 60 C TO 125 C T4 Tamb lt 125 C T5 Tamb lt 95 C T6 Tamb lt 80 C
120. OUT the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its set point and output In Cascade mode the set point equals the input value at the CAS IN D 17 parameter In Automatic or Manual mode the set point must be entered manually by the user For Note Automatic the value must be written to the SP D 8 parameter and for Manual the value must be written You can configure the supported to OUT D 9 In Remote Cascade mode the set point options in Out of Service mode only is determined by a host computer that is writing to the RCAS D 22 parameter Table 4 69 lists discrete states used by the digital valve controller for the set point The SP PV Track in Man option permits the set point to track the process variable when the block is in To further customize the output configure the Manual mode With this option enabled the set point following supported options SP tracks PV in Man SP D 8 becomes a copy of the process variable January 2012 4 151 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 69 Valve Set Point for Discrete State Table 4 70 BLOCK ERR Conditions Valve Set Point with Valve Set Point with Condition xt n Discrete State IO OPTS Invert 0 IO OPTS Invert 1 Number Condition Name and Description 0 Closed Open 0 Other N A 1 Open
121. OUT 35 RO N A Dynamic for back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Used when mode is RCAS Data Type DS 65 Block output that is provided to a supervisory Ru 36 RO N A Dynamic host for a back calculation to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Used when mode is RCAS 100 Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values engineering units 8 37 oS code and number of digits to the right of the gt decimal point associated with the external tracking value TRK VAL BAD Data Type DS 66 Tracking Input Discrete 38 ALL Status NC Discrete input that initiates external tracking of TRK IN D const the block output to the value specified by Value 0 TRK VAL BAD Data Type DS 65 Tracking Value 39 ALL Status NC The value after scaling from TRK SCALE to TRK VAL const OUT SCALE applied to OUT in LO mode when Value 0 external tracking is enabled by TRK IN D BAD Feed Forward Value 40 ALL Status NC Data Type DS 65 FF VAL const The feedforward control input value and status Value 0 100 Data Type DS 68 The high and low scale values engineering units EO Scale 41 Bae 5 code and number of digits to the right of the 2 decimal point associated with the feedforward value VAL Data Type Float Feed Forward Gain 42 MAN 0 The feedforward gain value VAL is multiplied GAIN OOS by FF GAIN before it is added to the calculated
122. Offset PRESS A OFFSET Transducer 46 4 4 49 Pressure A Scale PRESS A SCALE Transducer 46 3 4 49 Pressure B Offset PRESS B OFFSET Transducer 46 6 4 49 Pressure B Scale PRESS B SCALE Transducer 46 5 4 49 Pressure Cutoff Hi PRESS CUTOFF HI Transducer 47 1 4 25 4 49 Pressure Cutoff Lo PRESS CUTOFF LO Transducer 47 2 4 25 4 49 Pressure Integral Deadzone PRESS INTEG DEADZ Transducer 47 6 4 24 4 49 Pressure Integral Gain PRESS INTEG GAIN Transducer 47 4 4 24 4 49 Pressure Integral Hi Limit PRESS INTEG HI LIM Transducer 47 7 4 25 4 49 Pressure Integral Lo Limit PRESS INTEG LO LIM Transducer 47 8 4 25 4 49 Pressure IP Bias PRESS IP BIAS Transducer 46 7 4 49 Pressure MLFB Bias PRESS MLFB BIAS Transducer 46 8 4 49 Pressure MLFB Gain PRESS MLFB GAIN Transducer 47 11 4 24 4 49 Pressure Proportional Gain PRESS PROP GAIN Transducer 47 3 4 24 4 49 Pressure Range Hi PRESS RANGE HI Transducer 42 7 4 25 4 46 Pressure Range Lo PRESS RANGE LO Transducer 42 8 4 25 4 46 Pressure Rate Gain PRESS RATE GAIN Transducer 47 5 4 49 Pressure Tuning Set PRESS TUNING SET Transducer 42 11 4 24 4 46 PRESSURE A 36 Pressure A Status STATUS Transducer 36 1 4 45 6 10 6 12 Pressure A VALUE 36 2 PRESSURE B 37 Pressure B Status STATUS Transducer 37 1 4 45 6 12 Pressure B VALUE 37 2 Continued January 2012 4 179 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued
123. POSITION VALUE 17 Al 1342 4 TRAVEL 34 Al 1342 sig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inH 5 SUPRE PRESS 9 Al diss kao CMS sig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inH 8 PRESSUREA 98 A Ase dp 5 2 AS sig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inH PRESSURE_B ar Al 8 i55 nd unns 1 he sig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inH 3 PRESSURE DIEF aise Tees der 5 9 DRIVE SIGNAL 53 Al 1342 10 TRAVEL_DEVIATION 52 Al 1342 11 TEMPERATURE 48 Al C 1001 F 1002 12 CYCLE_COUNT 73 Al no units 1588 13 TRAVEL_ACCUMULATION 72 Al 1342 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 MAI CHANNEL MAP 95 MAI 22 SETPOINT D 32 DO OUT D 23 TRAVEL D 33 DO READBACK D 23 TRAVEL D 33 DI 24 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 0 Travel Open DI 25 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 1 Travel Closed DI 26 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 2 Travel Limit Lo Lo DI 27 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 4 Travel Limit Lo DI 28 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 3 Travel Limit Hi DI 29 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 1 Travel Limit Hi HI DI 30 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 5 Proximity Lo Lo DI 31 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 4 Proximity Lo DI 32 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 3 Proximity Hi DI 33 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 2 Proximity Hi Hi DI 4 186 January 2012 Calibration Section 5 Calibration lj Calibration v
124. Part Number Remote Mount Retrofit Kit Note This kit converts an existing DVC6000 to the remote mounted version Note that the DVC6030f cannot be converted to the DVC6035 DVC6010f to DVC6005f DVC6015 DVC6015RMTR DVC6010f to DVC6005f DVC6035 DVC6035RMTR DVC6020f to DVC6005f DVC6025 short arm DVC6025RMSA DVC6020f to DVC6005f DVC6025 long arm DVC6025RMLA Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit GE00419X012 Pipestand Wall Mounting Kit GE00420X012 Severe Service Linkage Kits 23 24 25 Note metallic parts except coil springs in the corrosion kit and parts that experience rubbing or wear in the wear kit are coated with a proprietary tungsten carbon coating Corrosion Kit DVC6010f 0 25 to 2 inch travel GE22667X012 DVC6010f 2 to 4 inch travel GE22668X012 DVC6020f short arm GE22670X012 DVC6020f long arm GE22671X012 DVC6030f rotary GE22672X012 DVC6030f linear GE22673X012 Wear Kit DVC6010f 0 25 to 2 inch travel GE22674X012 DVC6010f 2 to 4 inch travel GE22675X012 DVC6020f short arm GE22676X012 DVC6020f long arm GE22677X012 DVC6030f rotary GE22678X012 DVC6030f linear GE22679X012 Kit Spring DVC6010f 0 25 to 2 inch travel kit contains 10 bias springs with tungsten carbon coating GE37413X012 DVC6010f 2 to 4 inch travel kit contains 10 bias springs with tungsten carbon coating GE37414X012 Recommended spare DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Parts List Parts which do not show part numbers are not
125. Pressure 1 PortA Sensor Pressure Sensor Data Type Bit String 4 byte Sensor Enable 2 Port B Pressure 2 Port B O disable SENSOR_ENABLE 73 2 ALL Sensor Pressure Sensor SETUP 1 enable 3 Supply Pressure 3 Supply Sensor Alerts Enable Sensor Pressure Sensor 4 Temperature Sensor 4 Temperature Sensor Enabled Bits 0 Supply Pressure High 0 Supply Data Bit String 4 byte Environment Enable 753 RW ALL 1 Supply Pressure Low PE SETUP O disable ENVIRO ENABLE 2 Temperature High 1 enable High 5 3 Temperature Low Environment Alerts Enable 3 Temperature Low 0 Travel Deviation IS Serenata 1 Travel High High Enabled Bits 4 Bit String 4 byte TRAVEL ENABLE 75 4 RW ALL x Travel Low Low 0 Travel SETUP 1 enable 3 Travel High Deviation Travel Alerts Enable 4 Travel Low 0 Travel Open 1 Travel Closed Data Type Bit String 4 byte Proximity Enable 2 Proximity High High T O disable PROX_ENABLE udi MEL Proximity High Albis 0 SETUP 4 enable 4 Proximity Low Proximity Alerts Enable 5 Proximity Low Low Data Type Bit String 4 byte Travel History Enable 0 Cycle Counter P TVL HISTORY ENABLE 756 RW ALL Travel Accumulator 4 bits 0 SETUP Gnable Travel History Alerts Enable 0 Performance Critical Enabled Bits M Performance Enabl 1 Performance 0 Performance pampe Bit String 4 byte SERE RAMBLE 75 7 RW ALL Reduced Critical SETUP 2 Perfo
126. Pressure Integral Limit Lo Pressure Integral Limit Lo PRESS INTEG LO LIM 47 8 provides a lower limit to the integrator output The low limit is configurable from 100 to 0 of the I P drive signal Travel Pressure Control TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Travel Pressure Control e Travel Pressure State Travel Pressure State PRESS STATE 41 21 indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control position control or as an pressure control e Travel Pressure Select CAUTION When using Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery or Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery the valve travel has the potential of moving rapidly causing potential process instability when returning to Travel Control Note Travel Pressure Select must be set to Travel for double acting actuators Travel Pressure Select TVL_PRESS_SELECT 41 1 determines if the instrument is setup for position or pressure control Select Travel Pressure Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto recovery or Travel with Pressure Fallback Manual Recovery If the travel sensor fails and Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto Recovery is selected it will return to travel control when the travel sensor starts working again Travel with Pressure Fallback Manual recovery will stay in pressure control until Travel Pressure Select is changed to Travel or Travel with Pressure Fallback Auto recovery It is not necessary to enable th
127. RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type Visible String 2 8410 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type Visible Strin TRIM STYLE 2 x T ype 9 Continued January 2012 4 61 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description SPEC SHEET ACT 55 Actuator Size ACTUATOR SIZE 85 1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type Visible String Effective Area 852 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float EFFECTIVE AREA d E ype Air 1 AIR 85 3 RW ALL 2 close 0 ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 Lower Bench Set Tons LOWER BENCH SET 85 4 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Upper Bench Set v UPPER SET 85 5 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Nominal Supply Pressure TH NOMINAL SUPPLY PRESSURE 856 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Spring Rate Uns SPRING RATE 85 7 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Stroking Time Open Data Type Float STROKING TIME OPEN Bur ENT 000 Seconds Stroking Time Close Data Type Float STROKING TIME CLOSE 85 9 p RW 25 0 00 ABE Seconds Lever Style 1 Pivot Point LEVER STYLE 85 10 RW ALL 2 Rack amp Pinion 0 ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 Lever Arm Length Tuna MOMENT ARM 85 11 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Typ
128. Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Block Alarm Disabled Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Block Alarm Automatically Acknowledge Confirm Time RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Confirm Time DD Information RB gt Device Variables gt DD information Device ID RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Device ID or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Device ID Device Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Device Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt Device Revision Device State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device State Device Type RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Device Type or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Device Type Diagnostics Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Diagnostics Options Discrete Alarm Disabled RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Discrete Alarm Disabled Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Discrete Alarm Automatically Acknowledge Electronics Serial Number RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Elect S N or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Electronics Serial Number Factory Serial Number RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Fact
129. Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Control Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai ed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Control Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Deviation Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert Point Travel Deviation Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Travel Deviation Deadband Travel Deviation Time TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Travel Deviation Time Travel Deviation Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert Travel Deviation Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert Enable Travel Integral Deadzone TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning Travel Integral Deadzone Travel Integral Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai ed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Limit Hi TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo TB Configure Setup Detai e
130. Stamp Deviation Low Alarm Subcode Deviation Low Alarm Float Value Bias Error SP Work SP FTime mathform structureconfig UGamma UBeta IDeadBand StdDev Deviation High Alarm Unacknowledged Deviation Low Alarm Unacknowledged continued Cap StdDev Request T State T Status T Ipgain T Ugain T Uperiod T Psgain T Ptimec T Pdtime T Targetop T Hyster T Relayss T Gain Magnifier T Auto Extra DT T Auto Hysteresis T Aoperiods 4 101 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Input Selector Function Block Overview 4 103 MOAS i ada 4 103 Status Hahdlilhig 4 103 Quality Use and Propagation 2 2 22 442 ere er ER 4 103 Limit Propagauoli essor Seta nat tasks St tata detto ted d 4 104 Substatus Propagation tee S cus mede aba a ee Dee 4 104 STATUS OPTS Supported zero en reco res are cbe t 4 107 Input Selection Le rod oed osa o eund 4 107 Disabling gara 4 107 Direct Selection of Inputs 4 107 Identification of Selected Inputs 4 108 Alarm Detection 4 108 Block EMOS 2 etd RR pA ROME M daas 4 10
131. Status Ouput 5 Value Output 6 Status Ouput 6 Value Output 7 Status Ouput 7 Value Output 8 Status Ouput 8 Value 4 146 Online Block Error Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output 1 Status Ouput 1 Value Output 2 Status Ouput 2 Value Output 3 Status Ouput 3 Value Output 4 Status Ouput 4 Value Output 5 Status Ouput 5 Value Output 6 Status Ouput 6 Value Output 7 Status Ouput 7 Value Output 8 Status Ouput 8 Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error MAI Channel Output 1 Status Ouput 1 Value Output 2 Status Ouput 2 Value Output 3 Status Ouput 3 Value Output 4 Status Ouput 4 Value Output 5 Status Ouput 5 Value Output 6 Status Ouput 6 Value Output 7 Status Ouput 7 Value Output 8 Status Ouput 8 Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Ala
132. THE SCREEN IS CONNECTED TO ONE LINE LENGTH OF SPLICE 1 m T BOX MUST ONLY CONTAIN TERMINAL CONNECTIONS WITH NO ENERGY STORAGE CAPABILITY LENGTH OF SPUR CABLE 30 m LENGTH OF TRUNK CABLE lt 1 km AT EACH END OF THE TRUNK CABLE AN APPROVED INFALLIBLE TERMINATION WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS IS SUITABLE R 90 TO 100 ohms AND C 0 TO 22 NOTE A BUILT IN TERMINATOR IS INCLUDED ON THE FIELD SIDE AND A SELECTABLE TERMINATOR IS AVAILABLE ON THE HOST SIDE THE NUMBER OF PASSIVE DEVICES CONNECTED TO THE BUS SEGMENT 15 NOT LIMITED IN THE FISCO CONCEPT FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE REASONS IF THE ABOVE RULES ARE RESPECTED UP TO A TOTAL LENGTH OF 1000 m SUM OF THE LENGTH OF THE TRUNK CABLE AND ALL SPUR CABLES THE INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE OF THE CABLE WILL NOT IMPAIR THE INTRINSIC SAFETY OF THE INSTALLATION INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL WIRING PRACTICES OF THE COUNTRY IN USE LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER CONTROL DRAWING GE42990 A Sheet 8 of 8 Figure B 15 IECEx Loop Schematic Notes PEP CERT NO IECEx CSA 04 0004X re p arire Ex ia MFG LOCATION 433 HART T5 Ta lt 80 C T6 Ta lt 75 PER DWG GE42990 FIELDBUS FISCO PROFIBUS T4 Ta lt 80 C T5 Ta lt 77 C T6 Ta
133. Terminology 1 3 conductor shielded cable 22 AWG minimum wire size is required for connection between base unit and feedback unit Pneumatic tubing between base unit output connection and actuator has been tested to 15 meters 50 feet maximum without performance degradation 2 The pressure temperature limits in this manual and any applicable code or standard should not be exceeded 3 Gas Certified DVC6000f digital valve controllers are CSA FM ATEX and IECEx approved for use with natural gas as the supply medium 4 Normal m hour Normal cubic meters per hour at 0 C and 1 01325 bar absolute Scfh Standard cubic feet per hour at 60 F and 14 7 psia 5 Values at 1 4 bar 20 psig based on a single acting direct relay values at 5 5 bar 80 psig based on double acting relay 6 Typical value Not applicable for travels less than 19 mm 0 75 inch or for shaft rotation less than 60 degrees Also not applicable to DVC6020f digital valve controllers in long stroke applications 7 Temperature limits vary base on hazardous area approval 8 Do not use the DVC6010fS or DVC6020fS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs spacers to mount to the actuator Due to NAMUR mounting limitations do not use the DVC6030fS in high vibration service Table 1 2 Summary Results Immunity Port Phenomenon Basic Standard Test Level Performance Criteria 1 Electrostatic discharge ESD IEC 61000 4 2
134. The transducer block can also be used to perform instrument and valve diagnostics and trigger performance alerts The following procedures address only the key transducer block parameters however all transducer block parameters are listed in table 4 13 Detailed Setup Note To setup and calibrate the instrument the transducer block Mode must be Manual and the Protection must be None Transducer Block Mode TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Transducer Block Mode Modes The transducer block can be in one of three modes MODE BLK 5 January 2012 Transducer Block O Automatic Auto This is the normal mode for this block When the transducer block is in the auto mode it accepts the output from the AO or DO block as a set point and outputs a drive signal to the I P converter based upon this set point O Out of Service OOS Placing the transducer block in Out of Service mode changes the output to the zero power drive condition Manual Placing the transducer block in Manual will hold the value at the current setpoint FINAL VALUE 13 The transducer block will not accept changes from the AO or DO blocks This mode is required to change some parameters and to run some diagnostics Protection TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Protection To configure any parameters in the digital valve controller Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 in the
135. Uil CURRENT or AND POWER Pmax Pil WHICH AN INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS CAN RECEIVE AND REMAIN INTRINSICALLY SAFE CONSIDERING FAULTS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE Voc or Uo CURRENT Isc or Io AND POWER Po LEVELS WHICH CAN BE DELIVERED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS CONSIDERING FAULTS AND APPLICABLE FACTORS IN ADDITION THE MAXIMUM UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE C AND INDUCTANCE Li OF EACH APPARATUS OTHER THAN THE TERMINATION CONNECTED TO THE FIELDBUS MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 nF AND 10 uH RESPECTIVELY IN EACH SEGMENT ONLY ONE ACTIVE DEVICE NORMALLY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS S ALLOWED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENERGY FOR THE FIELDBUS SYSTEM THE VOLTAGE OR Voc OR Vt OF THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS HAS TO BE LIMITED TO THE RANGE 9 V 17 5 VDC ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE BUS CABLE HAS TO PASSIVE MEANING THAT THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PROVIDE ENERGY TO THE SYSTEM EXCEPT FOR A LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 50 uA FOR EACH CONNECTED DEVICE SEPARATELY POWERED EQUIPMENT NEEDS A GALVANIC ISOLATION TO ASSURE THAT THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELDBUS CIRCUIT REMAINS PASSIVE THE CABLE USED TO INTERCONNECT THE DEVICES NEEDS TO HAVE THE PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING RANGE LOOP RESISTANCE R 15 TO 150 ohms km INDUCTANCE PER UNIT LENGTH L 0 4 TO 1 mH km CAPACITANCE PER UNIT LENGTH 80 TO 200 nF km C C LINE LINE 0 5 LINE SCREEN IF BOTH LINES ARE FLOATING OR C C LINE LINE C LINE SCREEN IF TH
136. Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Deviation High Alarm Alarm State Deviation High Alarm Time Stamp Deviation High Alarm Subcode Deviation High Alarm Float Value Deviation Low Alarm Alarm State Deviation Low Alarm Time Stamp Deviation Low Alarm Subcode Deviation Low Alarm Float Value Bias January 2012 Deviation Low Alarm Unacknowledged Other continued Error SP Work SP FTime mathform structureconfig Ugamma UBeta IDeadBand StdDv Cap StdDev T Request T State T Status T Ipgain T Ugain T Uperiod T Psgain T Ptimec T Pdtime T Targetop T Hyster T Relayss T Gain Magnifier T Auto Extra DT T Auto Hysteresis T Aoperiods Deviation High Alarm Unacknowledged All Characteristics Block Tag Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Bl
137. Value Remote Cascade Input Discrete Status Remote Cascade Input Discrete Value Remote Cascade Output Discrete Status Remote Cascade Output Discrete Value Readback Discrete Status Readback Discrete Value Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint Rate Down Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Process Value State Transducer State Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Options Status Options Readback Discrete Status Readback Discrete Value Cascade Input Discrete Status Cascade Input Discrete Value DO Channel Fault State Time Fault State Value Back Calculation Ou
138. Vmax or Ui CURRENT or li AND POWER Pmax or WHICH AN INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS CAN RECEIVE AND REMAIN INTRINSICALLY SAFE CONSIDERING FAULTS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE Voc or Uo CURRENT or lo AND POWER Po LEVELS WHICH CAN BE DELIVERED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS CONSIDERING FAULTS AND APPLICABLE FACTORS IN ADDITION THE MAXIMUM UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE Ci AND INDUCTANCE Li OF EACH APPARATUS OTHER THAN THE TERMINATION CONNECTED TO THE FIELDBUS MUST BE LESS THAN OR EQUAL TO 5 nF AND 10 uH RESPECTIVEL Y IN EACH SEGMENT ONLY ONE ACTIVE DEVICE NORMALLY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IS ALLOWED TO PROVIDE THE NECESSARY ENERGY FOR THE FIELDBUS SYSTEM THE VOLTAGE OR Voc OR VD OF THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS HAS BE LIMITED TO THE RANGE OF 5 V TO 17 5 VDC ALL OTHER EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO THE BUS CABLE HAS TO BE PASSIVE MEANING THAT THEY ARE NOT ALLOWED TO PROVIDE ENERGY TO THE SYSTEM EXCEPT FOR A LEAKAGE CURRENT OF 50 uA FOR EACH CONNECTED DEVICE SEPARATELY POWERED EQUIPMENT NEEDS A GALVANIC ISOLATION TO ASSURE THAT THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE FIELDBUS CIRCUIT REMAINS PASSIVE THE CABLE USED TO INTERCONNECT THE DEVICES NEEDS TO HAVE THE PARAMETERS IN THE FOLLOWING RANGE LOOP RESISTANCE R 15 TO 150 ohms km INDUCTANCE PER UNIT LENGTH L 04 TO 1 mH km CAPACITANCE PER UNIT LENGTH 80 TO 200 nF km C LINE LINE 05 LINE SCREEN IF BOTH LINES ARE FLOATING OR C LINE LINE C LINE SCREEN IF
139. XD_STATE 24 SHED_OPT 13 1 GRANT_DENY GRANT 27 SP_RATE_UP 13 2 GRANT_DENY DENY 28 SP_RATE_DN January 2012 4 157 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Field Communicator Menu Structure DISCRETE OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Alert Key Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Common Config Alert Key Options Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Setpoint Discrete Status Setpoint Discrete Value Advanced Contig Fault State Time Fault State Value Discrete Process Value State Shed Options Simulate Discrete Simulate Status Simulate Discrete Simulate Value Simulate Discrete Transducer Status Simulate Discrete Transducer Value Simulate Discrete Simulate En Disable Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer State Reference DO Channel Connectors Back Calculation Output Discrete Status Back Calculation Output Discrete Value Cascade Input Discrete Status Cascade Input Discrete Value Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value 4 158 Online Back Calculation Output Discrete Status Back Calculation Output Discrete Value Block Error Cascade Input Discrete Status Cascade Input Discrete Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Discrete Status Output Discrete Value Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete
140. a safe location Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification When installing this unit in a hazardous classified location remote venting of the unit may be required depending upon the area classification and as specified by the requirements of local regional and national codes rules and regulations Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification Vent line piping should comply with local and regional codes and should be as short as possible with adequate insider diameter and few bends to reduce case pressure buildup 2 22 In addition to remote venting of the unit ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure Ensure that the housing vent opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover The relay output constantly bleeds supply medium into the area under the cover The vent opening at the back of the housing should be left open to prevent pressure buildup under the cover If a remote vent is required the vent line must be as short as possible with a minimum number of bends and elbows To connect a remote v
141. action On board diagnostics Performance Information based on continuous PD tests that may pertain to control required have detected an Advisory Enabled internal to the instrument performance abnormal performance condition No immediate action required Table C 4 Output Block PV Status FEATURE SEL Transducer Mode Active PlantWeb AO DO AO DO AO DO PV PW Alarms Set PV Status Actual Alarms PV Status PV Substatus Limit Substatus OOS X Bad Device Failure Constant Man X Bad Non specific Constant Auto Fail Uncertain Subnormal See table C 5 nable Auto Maint no Fail Uncertain Non specific See table C 5 Auto Advisory no Fail no Maint Good Advisory See table C 5 Auto None Good Non Specific See table C 5 005 X Bad Device Failure Constant Man X Bad Non Specific Constant Auto Fail Good Non Specific See table C 5 Not Enabled 7 Maint no Fail Good Non Specific See table C 5 Auto Advisory no Fail no Maint Good Non Specific See table C 5 Auto None Good Non Specific See table C 5 NOTES No Effect 1 PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit substatus SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits Table C 5 Limit Sub Status Out Transducer In Cutoff Rate Limit Block Mode Region Limited Sub Status AO DO OOS X X Constant AO DO MAN X X Constant AO AUTO High X High Limited AO AUTO Low X Low Limited AO AUTO X High High Limited AO AUTO X Low Low L
142. active PlantWeb alerts select Active PlantWeb Alerts Alert Conditions TB Device Diagnostics Alert Conditions Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest The alert conditions for each group of alerts are listed below If there are no alerts active for a particular group the group will not be displayed on the Field Communicator Electronics if an electronics alert is active it will appear under ELECT ALERTS Drive Current Drive Current Alert This alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert The Drive Signal Alert is active if one of the following conditions exist Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal 10 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel lt 97 Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal 1096 and Calibrated Travel 9796 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 January 2012 Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert This alert is active if a pending flash or NVM failure is present Static Memory Alert This alert is active when there is a failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are stored Processor Alert This alert is active when there is a failure of the main processor Processor
143. alerts are being simulated This is not an indication that the I O blocks are 3 using simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE D 10 4 Local Override N A 5 Device Fault State NA 6 Maintenance Needed Soon N A 7 Input failure process variable has Bad status N A 8 Output failure N A 9 Memory failure N A 10 Lost Static Data Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete 11 Lost NV Data N A 12 Readback Check Failed N A 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates that manufacturing functional or thermal tests were incomplete 14 Power Up N A 15 Out of Service Indicates Out of Service Mode January 2012 Device Record TB Device Diagnostics Device Record The following parameters are contained in the Device Record menu of the transducer block e Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature TEMP MAX 86 1 shows the maximum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation e Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Maximum Recorded Temperature Time TEMP MAX TIME 86 2 shows the date and time when the Temperature Maximum occurred e Minimum Recorded Temperature Minimum Recorded Temperature TEMP MIN 86 3 shows the minimum temperature the instrument has experienced since installation e Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Minimum Recorded Temperature Time TEMP MIN TIME
144. and friction during installation and use to prevent risk of ignition CSA Special Conditions of Safe Use Intrinsically Safe and FISCO Explosion proof Division 2 Dust Ignition proof No special conditions for safe use Refer to table 1 3 for approval information figures B 1 and B 4 for CSA loop schematics and figures B 3 and B 5 for the CSA nameplates 2 4 FM Special Conditions of Safe Use Intrinsically Safe and FISCO Explosion proof Non incendive Dust Ignition proof 1 When product is used with natural gas as the pneumatic medium the maximum working pressure of the natural gas supply shall be limited to 145psi 2 When product is used with natural gas as the pneumatic medium the product shall not be permitted in a Class Division 2 Group A B C D location without the proper venting installation as per the manufacturer s instruction manual 3 The apparatus enclosure contains aluminum and is considered to constitute a potential risk of ignition by impact or friction Care must be taken into account during installation and use to prevent impact or friction 4 Parts of the enclosure are constructed from plastic To prevent risk of electrostatic sparking the plastic surface should only be cleaned with a damp cloth Refer to table 1 4 for approval information figures B 6 and B 9 for FM loop schematics and figures B 8 and B 10 for the FM nameplates ATEX Special Conditions for Safe Use
145. and insert it in the recess around the SUPPLY connection on the digital valve controller Attach the 67CFR filter regulator to the side of the digital valve controller Thread a 1 4 inch socket head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator This is the standard method of mounting the filter regulator Yoke Mounted Regulator Mount the filter regulator with 2 cap screws to the pre drilled and tapped holes in the actuator yoke Thread a 1 4 inch socket head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator The O ring is not required January 2012 Casing Mounted Regulator Use the separate 67CFR filter regulator casing mounting bracket provided with the filter regulator Attach the mounting bracket to the 67CFR and then attach this assembly to the actuator casing Thread a 1 4 inch socket head pipe plug into the unused outlet on the filter regulator The O ring is not required Pressure Connections Pressure connections are shown in figure 2 17 pressure connections on the digital valve controller are 1 4 NPT internal connections Use at least 10 mm 3 8 inch tubing for all pneumatic connections If remote venting is required refer to the vent subsection Note Make pressure connections to the digital valve controller using tubing with at least 10 mm 3 8 inch diameter Supply Connections The DVC6000f can be used with air as the supply medium In addition Gas Certified DVC6000f constructio
146. are 1 SIEHEY defined by the manufacturer MODE BLKTARGET MODE 5 2 MODE_BLK ACTUAL_MODE Table 4 48 OS Function Block View 1 5 3 MODE_BLK PERMITTED_MODE Index 5 4 MODE_BLK NORMAL_MODE Number Parameter 6 BLOCK ERR 1 ST REV 7 SP 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 8 OUT 1 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 9 OUT 2 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 14 CAS IN 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 15 BKCAL OUT 6 BLOCK ERR 19 BKCAL 1 IN 7 sp 20 BKCAL 2 IN 8 OUT 1 9 OUT 2 14 CAS IN Table 4 51 OS Function Block View 4 Table 4 49 OS Function Block View 2 1 ST REV Index Parameter 3 STRATEGY Number 4 ALERT_KEY 1 ST_REV 13 STATUS_OPTS 10 OUT_1_RANGE 16 IN_ARRAY 11 OUT_2_RANGE 17 OUT_ARRAY 12 1 GRANT_DENY GRANT 18 LOCKVAL 122 GRANT DENY DENY 21 BAL TIME 4 126 January 2012 OS Function Block Field Communicator Menu Structure All Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Output 1 Status Output 1 Value Output 2 Status Output 2 Value Output 1 Range Output 1 Range Output 1 Range Output 1 Range Output 2 Range Output 2 Range EU at 100 EU at 096 Units Index Decimal EU at 100 EU at 096 Output 2 Range Units Index Output 2 Range Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Status Options Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Val
147. attain the highest permitted non remote mode until remote cascade is restored Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto if permitted until remote cascade is restored Man On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is restored Shed With No Return Options Note During Shed with No Return Options the target mode is changed while the actual mode stays the same For any shed with no return option the target mode changes as determined by the option Therefore there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non remote mode Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retai
148. back of the FIELDVUE instrument 5 Attach the travel indicator to the shaft connector or spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions 6 Attach the mounting bracket to the remote feedback unit 7 Position the remote feedback unit so that the pin on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback arm and that the bias spring loads the pin as shown in figure 2 11 Attach the remote feedback unit to the actuator or positioner plate 8 If a travel indicator scale is included in the mounting kit attach the scale as described in the mounting kit instructions 2 17 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers weld by 0 B B D NOTE 1 gt APPLY LUBRICANT W8077 FF IL CAP SCREWS O RING lt 7 SUPPLY CONNECTION Figure 2 15 Mounting the Fisher 67CFR Regulator on a FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Table 2 1 Feedback Arm Locking Requirements Digital Valve Controller Feedback Arm Alignment Hole DVC6010f B DVC6020f Not Applicable DVC6030f A Pressure Control Mounting the digital valve controller for pressure control does not require connecting the feedback linkage However if the feedback linkage is not connected the feedback arm should be locked in place Insert the special stainless steel alignment pin into either hole A or hole B of the feedback arm as shown in table 2 1 To lock the feedback arm
149. bus from a fieldbus 9 to 32 volt power supply and can be connected to the segment using a twisted shielded pair or with the quick connect cable entry option Refer to the site preparation guide for proper wire types termination length etc for a fieldbus segment Note As shipped from the factory DVC6000f digital valve controllers will not move the valve when power is applied to the instrument To avoid the valve going to an unknown position when power is applied the unit is shipped from the factory with the transducer block mode Out of Service See the Basic Setup section for information on setup and calibration and placing the instrument in service The initial value for all blocks are shown in the parameter list for each block in the Detailed Setup section Twisted Shielded Pair Refer to figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 and 8 5 for identification of parts Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion can result from the discharge of static electricity Connect a 14 AWG 2 08 mm ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents Clean with a mild detergent and water only 2 23 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers SAFETY GROUND GROUND 38 6470 E0
150. by the block You can set the option in Out of Service mode only 4 131 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Advanced Features The AI function block provided with the DVC6000f provides added capability through the addition of the following parameters ALARM SEL Allows one or more of the process alarm conditions detected by the AI function block to be used in setting its OUT D 37 parameter OUT_D Discrete output of the Al function block based on the detection of process alarm condition s This parameter may be linked to other function blocks that require a discrete input based on the detected alarm condition STDDEV and CAP_STDDEV are diagnostic parameters that can be used to determine the variability of the process Simulation To support testing you can either change the mode of the block to manual and adjust the output value or you can enable simulation through the configuration tool and manually enter a value for the measurement value and its status To enable simulation you must first install the Simulate Enable jumper across the instrument AUX terminals see page 2 30 Next you must use the configuration tool to enable the parameter SIMULATE 9 With simulation enabled the actual measurement value has no impact on the OUT 8 value or the status 4 132 Block Errors Table 4 54 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the
151. calibrated travel Travel Deviation e Travel Deviation Travel Deviation TRAVEL DEVIATION 52 displays the absolute difference in percent between Travel Target and Actual Travel e Travel Deviation Alert This alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time e Travel Deviation Alert Enable When enabled Travel Deviation Alert Enable actives the Travel Deviation Alert e Travel Deviation Alert Point The Travel Deviation Alert Point DEV ALRT PT 77 1 is the alert point for the difference expressed in percent 96 between the travel target and the actual travel When the difference exceeds the alert point for more than the Travel Deviation Time the Travel Deviation Alert is set e Travel Deviation Time Travel Deviation Time TVL DEV TIME 77 2 is the time in seconds that the travel deviation must exceed the Travel Deviation Alert Point before the alert is set e Travel Deviation Deadband Travel Deviation Deadband TVL DEV DB 77 3 is the travel in percent threshold 96 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Deviation alert once it has been set See figure 4 2 4 31 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers ALERT IS CLEARED ALERT IS SET TRAVEL ALERT HIGH POINT TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND ALERT IS CLEARE A6532 IL Figure 4 2 Travel Hi Alert Deadband Travel Limit e Travel Hi Hi Alert This a
152. close actuators i e the actuator stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked B For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates clockwise from B to A as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases 2 8 20 30 40 Tre ADJUSTMENT ARM PIN BIAS SPRING SPRING UNDER TENSION OF 508 ADJUSTMENT ARM PIN Figure 2 3 Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in Feedback Arm January 2012 CAM ROLLER POSITION MARK A LOCK WASHER CAP SCREW i SCREW HEX D SOCKET Installation 29B1665 B DOC E PLAIN WASHER ig HEX NUT ES HU A STUD CONT E Ad THREAD o o j m A LL MOUNTING PLATE E Ex 4 STUD CONT THREAD i h VENT ADAPTOR E PLAIN WASHER SPACER SECTION A A Figure 2 4 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuator Note When performing the following steps ensure there is enough clearance between the adjustment arm and the feedback arm to prevent interference w
153. define the action you wish the valve to take when the block is in CAS mode and the CAS IN 17 input detects a communication failure or is commanded to go to fault state by the upstream block or the resource block configure the following parameters OPTS 14 Determines the action OUT 9 will take upon a fault state If the OPTS 14 Fault State to Value is not selected then OUT 9 holds its last position when Fault State is set If Fault State to Value is selected OUT 9 goes to the FSTATE VAL 24 value when Fault State is set FSTATE TIME 23 The length of time in seconds that the AO block will wait to set Fault State When Fault State is set the OUT 9 value goes to either the FSTATE VAL 24 value or holds its last position depending on OPTS 14 When the block has a target mode of CAS a fault condition will be detected if the CAS IN 17 has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block FSTATE VAL 24 Determines the OUT 9 value if OPTS Fault State to Value is selected The OUT 9 value transitions to FSTATE VAL 24 after January 2012 CAS IN 2 1 macrocycle SP RATE UP V4 TRANSDUCER BLOCK TRAVEL TARGET SP B2718 1 IL 1 second gt lt 1 second gt AO Function Block lt 1 1 second Time Figure 4 10 Analog Output Function Block Timin
154. define the device and the data interface to the device file extension fhx e DeltaV Windows Resource File These files define the user interface for the device for DeltaV and include the definitions for the transducer block interface and the resource block interface file extension dll The directory structure defined by the Fieldbus Foundation for device descriptions is as follows XXxxxx yyyy rrddcc eee where es is the path to the DD structure as implemented by the host system This is typically defined as the base path to the DD since access to the specific device DD is predefined from the base folder For a DeltaV system the DDs are included with the support files and are located in a folder named amsdevices For other hosts the Fieldbus Foundation defines a folder named release that is included with the CD ROM however you do not need to retain this folder name is the 6 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the manufacturer s identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation Fisher Controls ID number is 5100 or in the folder format 005100 This number is also stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Mfg ID parameter name is the 4 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device type as defined by the manufacturer For example the device type for the DVC6000f digital valve controller is 4602 This yyyy E 2 number is stored in th
155. defined variable that provides a place to save the date of the last calibration XD CAL DATE 30 e Last Calibration Type Indicates the type of the last calibration performed on the instrument Possible values are Not Calibrated Single Point Calibration Auto Calibration Manual Calibration Valve and Actuator TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve e Valve Manufacturer Enter the identification number of the manufacturer of the valve VALVE MAN 25 on which the instrument is mounted Select from the drop down list or enter the manufacturer s identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation For Fisher the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100 e Valve Model Number Enter the valve model number VALVE MODEL NUM 261 design letter or type number for the valve on which the instrument is mounted January 2012 e Valve Serial Number Enter the serial number of the valve VALVE SN 27 on which the instrument is mounted e Valve Style Enter the type of valve VALVE TYPE 28 sliding stem or rotary on which the instrument is mounted e Valve Size Enter the size of the valve VALVE SIZE 83 1 on which the instrument is mounted e Valve Class Enter the valve pressure class rating VALVE CLASS 83 2 e Rated Travel Enter the valve rated travel RATEDTRAVEL 83 3 in inches or mm for sliding stem valves or in degrees of rotation for rotary valves
156. device has been powered up and the Resource Block is not running normally 15 Out of Service MSB The resource block actual mode is Out of Service DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults 4 8 Index Parameter Name Initial Value Continued Number Index vs Parameter Name Initial Value Resource Block Number 1 ST REV 0 AO Block continued 2 TAG DESC spaces 23 FSTATE TIME 0 3 STRATEGY 0 24 FSTATE VAL 0 4 ALERT KEY 0 26 RCAS IN 5 MODE BLK Status BAD TARGET Auto NoComm PERMITTED Auto or Out of Service NoVal NORMALE Auto const Value 0 Trk 14 GRANT DENY All bits 0 27 SHED OPT All off 18 FEATURE SEL Set by mfgr 20 CYCLE SEL 0 0 PID Block Parameters 1 ST REV 0 26 SHED RCAS 640000 p 27 SHED ROUT 640000 2 TAG DESC spaces 28 FAULT STATE 1 Clear x STRATEGY 0 32 LIM NOTIFY MAX NOTIFY g 33 CONFIRM_TIME 640000 5 MODE BLK 34 WRITE LOCK 1 Unlocked TARGET Service 37 ALARM SUM PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO CAS DISABLED All bits 0 FIGASSROUT NORMAL Auto 38 ACK OPTION Disabled 8 SP Dynamic 39 WRITE PRI 0 9 OUT Dynamic AO Block 10 SCALE 1 ST REV 0 EU 100 100 2 TAG DESC Spaces EU 0 6 0 3 STRATEGY 0 Engineering Units 96 4 ALERT KEY 0 Decimal Places 2 5 MODE BLK 11 OUT SCALE TARGET Out of Service EU 100 100 P
157. f A b 3 p Jn F SECTION pus 5 SECTION B B EE NOS PIA 5 N SECTION SECTION D D SECTION E E APPLY LUB SEALANT 48B9596 K IL SHT 1 amp 2 DOC 3 Figure 8 3 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Assembly 8 8 January 2012 Parts APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 gt SEE FIGURE 8 6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B9596 E SHT 3 DOC Figure 8 3 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Assembly continued January 2012 8 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers OUTPUT B A qi xs SECTION C C SECTION D D NO ERE LUB SEALANT THREAD LOCK I SEE FIGURE 8 6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B9597 K SHT 1 amp
158. fittings or wiring For digital valve controllers that are ordered separately recalibration of the pressure sensors generally is unnecessary However after mounting on an actuator perform the initial setup either auto or manual then calibrate travel by selecting Auto Calibration or Manual Calibration For more detailed calibration information refer to the following calibration procedures available from the Calibration menu Auto Calibration This procedure automatically calibrates the travel The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 096 and 10096 calibration points Manual Calibration This calibration procedure allows you to manually determine the 0 and 100 calibration points on the valve e Relay This procedure permits adjustment of the pneumatic relay when switching from single acting to double acting or back e Travel Sensor This procedure permits calibrating the travel sensor Normally the travel sensor is calibrated at the factory Calibrating the travel sensor should only be necessary if the travel sensor is replaced e Supply Pressure This procedure permits calibrating the supply pressure sensor Normally this sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration e Pressure A This procedure permits calibrating the Output A Sensor Normally this sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration e Pressure B This procedure permits cal
159. gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Class Valve Manufacturer TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Manufacturer Valve Model Number gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Model Number Valve Serial Number gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Serial Number Valve Size gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Size Valve Style TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Valve Style Zero Power Condition TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Zero Power Condition viii Top Level a Configure Setup RESOURCE BLOCK FIELD COMMUNICATOR MENU TREE Resource Block Mode Write Lock Comm Timeout Options Alarm Handling Identification Version Version g Device Revision Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision Hardware Rev ITK Version Configure Setup Device Diagnostics Device Variables LL Device Variables 3 Device Diagnostics m Write Lock Write Lock Write Priority Comm Timeout Shed Remote Cascade Shed Remote Out 3 Option
160. gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Lever Style Lost Static Data TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Lost Static Data January 2012 Continued DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameter Configuration Index PARAMETER LABEL PATH TO PARAMETER Lower Bench Set TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Lower Bench Set MAI Channel 1 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 1 MAI Channel 2 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 2 MAI Channel 3 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 3 MAI Channel 4 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 4 MAI Channel 5 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 5 MAI Channel 6 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 6 MAI Channel 7 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 7 MAI Channel 8 TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map MAI Channel 8 Maximum Supp Pressure TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Instrument Application Max Supp Pressure MLFB Error gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status MLFB Error Moment Arm Length TB Conf
161. i pe A 80 to 1000 MHz 10V m with 1 kHz AM at 80 Enclosure Radiated EM field IEC 61000 4 3 1400 to 2000 MHz 3V m with 1 kHz AM at 80 A 2000 to 2700 MHz 1V m with 1 kHz AM at 80 Rated power frequency rn magnetic field IEC 61000 4 8 30 A m at 50 60 Hz A Burst IEC 61000 4 4 1kV A signal control Surge IEC 61000 4 5 1kV B Conducted RF IEC 61000 4 6 150 kHz to 80 MHz at 3 Vrms A Performance criteria is 1 effect 1 A No degradation during testing B Temporary degradation during testing but is self recovering January 2012 1 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 1 3 Hazardous Area Classifications CSA Canada Certification Body Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating Temperature Code Enclosure Rating FIELDBUS Vmax 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Ci 5 nF Ex ia Intrinsically Safe amp FISCO Li 0 mH Class Division 1 GP A B C Pi 1 4W TET 2 Type 4X 66 D E F G per drawing GE42818 FISCO T6 Tamb 62 Single Seal Device Natural Gas Approved Vmax 17 5 VDC DVC60x0F Mie m f DVC60x0FS 2 51223 Li 0 mH Pi 5 32 W Explosion proof Class Division 1 GP B C D T6 22 6 T6 Tamb 80 C Natural Gas Approved Class Division 2 GP A B C D T6 Class Division 1 GP E F G T6 Class II Division 2 GP T6 224 T6 Tamb 80 C Gay aes Class III 9 Natural Gas Approved
162. in seconds for the internal Balance Time working value of bias to return to the operator set 25 ALL Positive 0 bias Also used to specify the time constant at BAL TIME f which the integral term will move to obtain balance when the output is limited and the mode is AUTO CAS or RCAS Rate a Data Type Float RATE 26 m Positive 0 The derivative action time constant in seconds Data Type DS 65 BAD The analog input value and status from another Back Calculation Input Status NC block s BKCAL OUT output that is used for BKCAL IN 27 ALL const backward output tracking for bumpless transfer i and to pass limit status Value 0 Data Type Float Output High Limit 28 ALL OUT_SCALE 10 100 Limits the maximum output value for modes other OUT_HI_LIM than manual Data Type Float Output 29 OUT SCALE 10 0 Limits the minimum output value for modes other OUT LO LIM than manual Data Type Float Back Calculation Hysteresis The amount the output value must change away BKCAL HYS 30 ACE 0 50 from the its output limit before limit status is turned off Data Type DS 65 Back Calculation Output The value and status required by the BKCAL IN BKCAL Sur 31 RO N A Dynamic input of another block to prevent reset windup and to provide bumpless transfer of closed loop control BAD NoCom D DS Status ata 08 65 ips dera input 32 ALL NoVal Target setpoint and status that is provided by a xi const
163. in the AO or DO block set to enabled the transducer block ignores the output of the AO or DO block The simulate value and status become the readback value and status to the AO or DO block and the transducer block is ignored For more information on running simulations see the Detailed Setup Blocks section of this manual the FOUNDATION fieldbus specifications and the host documentation Removing the jumper will disable the simulate which may cause the valve to move To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process Commissioning Tag The DVC6000f digital valve controller is supplied with a removable paper commissioning tag shown in figure 2 25 This tag contains both the device ID and a space to record the device s tag number The device ID is a unique code that identifies a particular device in the absence of a device tag The device tag is used as an 2 30 COMMISSIONING TAG DEVICE ID 005100XXXXFisherDVCHHMMS TAG TEAR HERE DD Rev Dev Type DEV_Rev XXXX Function Ore Osc O Block FB Logic FB Ctrl Std Ctrl SIS Opp Adv Diag Perf Diag Diag Diag 005100XXXXFisherDVCHHMMS TAG 18B9406 G Figure 2 25 Paper Commissioning Tag operational identification for the device and is usually defined by the piping and instrumentation diagram P amp ID When comm
164. in the selection algorithm DISABLE 1 8 Discrete input used to enable or disable the associated input channel OP SELECT Input used to override algorithm SELECTED The selected channel number OUT The block output and status OUT D Discrete output that signals a selected alarm condition block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Out of Service if any of the following are true e The Actual mode of the resource block is not Auto e The Input Selector block Target mode is Out of Service e The Input Selector block Target mode is Auto OP SELECT 22 is not being used and SELECT TYPE 19 is 0 In this case the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows a Block Configuration Error The Input Selector block Actual mode will be Manual if all of the above is not true and the Target mode is Manual Status Handling Quality Use and Propagation In Auto mode OUT 7 reflects the value and status of the selected input based on the following criteria A bad or disabled input is never used by any of the selection algorithms 4 103 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers IN 1 IN 2 Selection Algorithm IN 3 IN 4 DISABLE 1 DISABLE 2 DISABLE 3 DISABLE 4 OP SELECT NOTE THIS FIGURE DOES INCLUDE THE ADDITIONAL 4 INPUTS IN THE EXTENDED PARAMETERS AUTO our e MAN sELECTED SEL TYPE 5 T g P MIN_
165. insert the alignment pin through hole A or B then screw the alignment pin into the threaded hole in the side of the housing The digital valve controller can be yoke mounted or casing mounted on an actuator DVC6000f digital valve controllers set up for pressure control also can be wall or pipestand mounted Actuator Mounting 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 For yoke mounting on rotary actuators only 2 18 a If a mounting plate is required fasten the mounting plate to the actuator b If required a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2 5 c For applications that require remote venting a pipe away bracket kit is available Follow the instructions included with the kit to replace the existing mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with the pipe away bracket 3 Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 67CFR Filter Regulator A 67CFR filter regulator when used with the DVC6000f digital valve controller can be mounted three ways Integral Mounted Regulator Refer to figure 2 15 Lubricate an O ring
166. is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown When not enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when Pressure A Sensor Shutdown clears If enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Pressure B Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable activates Pressure B Sensor Alert e Supply Pressure Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Supply Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range 4 30 e Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable activates the Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert This alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control Pressure Fallback Alert Enable When enabl
167. is greater than the Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Alert Enable When enabled Travel Open Alert Enable activates the Travel Open Alert e Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Alert Point OPEN ALRT PT 77 8 is the value of the travel in percent 96 or ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Open Alert e Travel Open Deadband Travel Open Deadband TVL OPEN DB 77 9 is the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Open alert once it has been set Travel Closed This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Closed Alert Point e Travel Closed Alert This alert is active is the Travel goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point e Travel Closed Alert Enable When enabled Travel Closed Alert Enable activates the Travel Closed Alert e Travel Closed Alert Point The Travel Closed Alert is set when the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel goes below the Travel Closed Alert Point CLOSED ALRT PT 77 10 January 2012 Transducer Block e Travel Closed Deadband Travel Closed Deadband TVL CLOSED DB 77 11 is the travel in percent 90 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Closed alert once it has been set Proximity e Proximity Hi Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband e Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable When e
168. kit Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit to install the follower arm extension 6 Apply anti seize key 64 to the arm assembly pin as shown in figure 2 8 7 Mount the DVC6025 on the actuator as follows e f required a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2 5 Then attach the remote feedback unit assembly to the adaptor The roller on the remote feedback unit feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached e f no mounting adaptor is required attach the remote feedback unit assembly to the actuator or mounting plate The roller on the remote feedback unit feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached 8 For long stroke sliding stem actuators after the mounting is complete check to be sure the roller aligns with the position mark on the cam see figure 2 4 If necessary reposition the cam to attain alignment DVC6035 on Quarter Turn Actuators If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the remote feedback unit on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the remote feedback unit separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the remote feedback unit to a specific actu
169. lf an environment alert is active it will appear under ENVIRO ALERTS Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert 6 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Supply Pressure Lo Alert This alert is active if the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point Temperature Lo Alert This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Lo Alert Point e Travel lf a travel alert is active it will appear under TRAVEL ALERTS Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert This alert is active if the Travel deviation exceeds the Travel Deviation Alert Point by more than the Travel Deviation Time Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert point Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert point Travel Hi Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert This alert is active if Travel exceeds the Travel Limit Hi Alert point Travel Limit Lo Alert This alert is active if Travel is lower than the Travel Limit Lo Alert point e Proximity lf a proximity alert is active it will appear under PROX ALERTS Travel Open Travel Open Alert This alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel
170. mode Activating the track function causes the block s actual mode to revert to Local Override The TRK VAL 38 parameter specifies the value to be converted and tracked into the output when the track function is operating The TRK SCALE 37 parameter specifies the range of TRK VAL 38 When the TRK IN D 38 parameter is True and the Track Enable control option is True the TRK VAL 38 input is converted to the appropriate value and output in units of OUT SCALE 11 Set Point Tracking You can configure the method for tracking the set point by configuring the following control options CONTROL OPTS 12 e SP PV Track in Man Permits the SP 8 to track the PV 7 when the actual mode of the block is Man e SP PV Track in LO or IMan Permits the SP 8 to track the PV 7 when the actual mode of the block is Local Override LO or Initialization Manual IMan e SP PV Track in ROUT Permits the SP 8 to track the PV 7 when the actual mode of the block is RemoteOut ROUT e SP Track retained Target Causes the set point to track the RCAS or CAS parameter based on the 4 86 retained target mode when the actual mode is MAN or LO Act On IR f this option is true then when IR Initialization Requested is received on BKCAL IN 27 the SP 8 will be adjusted within setpoint limits to provide bumpless transfer when the cascade is closed If the setpoint required to provide bumpless transfer is outside the
171. of the block is LO or IMan SP Track retained Target Permits the setpoint to track the RCas or Cas parameter based on the retained target mode when the actual mode of the block is LO or Man When SP PV track options are enabled the SP Track retained target will have precedence in the selection of the value to track when the actual mode is Man and LO Simulation When simulate is active the transducer sub parameters show the actual transducer block status and value as normally passed back to the AO block The Simulate sub parameters are writable and replace actual transducer values 4 73 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Block Errors Table 4 23 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the AO block and are provided only Note When simulate is active the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block If the Output Timeout period is exceeded the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output Block Timeout Alert Application Information The configuration of an AO function block and its associated output channels depends on the specific application A typical configuration for the Analog Output involves the following attributes PV SCALE BKCAL OUT lO OPTS SHED OPT 4 74 Set the range and engineering units to values that correspond to the op eration
172. on the Field Communicator display The calibration procedure uses the valve and actuator stops as the 0 and 100 calibration points For additional information refer to Auto Calibration in the Calibration section Note Single acting relay B and C are not user adjustable However it is recommended that you check the relay adjustment for double acting relay A in new installations before proceeding with travel calibration Refer to page 5 4 for relay adjustment instructions If after completing auto setup and auto calibration the valve seems slightly unstable or unresponsive you can improve operation by selecting Performance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu Performance Tuner Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital valve controller tuning It will move the valve slightly and monitor the effects of small tuning changes until an optimum control response is achieved Because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning Access Performance Tuner by selecting Performance Tuner from the Basic Setup menu January 2012 Detailed Setup Section 4 Detailed Setup Resource Block iir xU EC EDU aciei t 4 3 Transducer Block ith o e e 4 20 AO Analog Output Function 4 68 PID Proportional Integ
173. output slope is negative and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode or e SP isless than or equal to X11 January 2012 OS Function Block Input to Output Mapping The relationship of each output to the input may be defined by a line Each line may be defined by its endpoints Examples of graphical representations of OUT 1 and OUT 2 vs SP are shown in figure 4 20 for a split range and a sequencing application Table 4 44 IN ARRAY Coordinates Coordinate X11 Start value of SP for the OUT 1 line X11 lt X12 X12 End value of SP for the OUT 1 line X11 lt X12 X21 Start value of SP for the OUT 2 line X21 lt X22 X22 End value of SP for the OUT 2 line X21 lt X22 Index Table 4 45 OUT ARRAY Coordinates Coordinate 0 Y41 Value of OUT 1 at X44 1 Y12 Value of OUT 1 at X42 2 Yo Value of OUT 2 at X21 3 Y22 Value of OUT 2 at X22 The block has the same SP structure as the PID block except that there is no limiting applied to the SP The SP may be used in Auto mode for testing The operator would use the output of the PID to accomplish the same purpose Each downstream block can be taken out of cascade if it becomes necessary to gain control of them The examples shown in figure 4 20 do not show the full range of possibilities The lines could overlap like an X or both start from the origin but have different slopes The endpoints do not hav
174. pertaining to CAS A status pertaining to RCAS or SET FSTATE 29 in the resource block To implement Fault State configure the following parameters IO OPTS 14 Determines the action OUT D 9 will take upon a fault state If the IO OPTS 14 Fault State to Value is not selected then OUT D 9 holds its last position when Fault State is set If Fault State to Value is selected OUT D 9 goes to the FSTATE VAL D 20 value when Fault State is set FSTATE TIME 19 The length of time in seconds that the DO block will wait to set Fault State When January 2012 Fault State is set the OUT D 9 value goes to either the FSTATE VAL D 20 value or holds its last position depending on 14 When the block has a target mode of CAS a fault condition will be detected if the CAS IN D 17 has a BAD status or an Initiate Fault State substatus is received from the upstream block FSTATE VAL D 20 Determines the OUT D 9 value if IO OPTS 14 Fault State to Value is selected The OUT D 9 value transitions to FSTATE VAL D 20 after FSTATE TIME 19 elapses and the fault condition has not cleared Simulation To support testing of the control strategy you can enable the SIMULATE D 17 parameter Normally the valve position value and status used for READBACK D 16 in the DO block reflect actual process values to the nearest 595 as provided by the transducer block When the SIMULATE D 17 parameter is e
175. prevent personal injury and property damage e Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken Preventive measures may include but are not limited to one or more of the following Remote venting of the unit re evaluating the hazardous area classification ensuring adequate ventilation and the removal of any ignition sources For information on remote venting of this controller refer to page 2 22 January 2012 Installation e If installing this into an existing application also refer to the WARNING at the beginning of the Maintenance section of this instruction manual Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media NITIDO To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents To do so could result in an explosion Clean with a mild detergent and water only NITIDO This unit vents the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere When installing this unit in a non hazardous non classified location in a confined area with natural gas as the supply medium you must remotely vent this unit to a safe location Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification When installing this unit in a hazardous classif
176. setpoint limits then any difference added to provide bumpless transfer will be removed in the BAL TIME 25 When one of these options is set the SP 8 value is set to the PV 7 value while in the specified mode You can select the value that a master controller uses for tracking by configuring the Use PV for BKCAL OUT control option The BKCAL OUT 31 value tracks the PV value BKCAL IN 27 on a master controller connected to BKCAL_OUT 31 on the PID block in an open cascade strategy forces its OUT 9 to match BKCAL IN 27 thus tracking the PV from the slave PID block into its cascade input connection CAS IN 18 If the Use PV for BKCAL OUT option is not selected the working set point WRK 68 is used for BKCAL OUT 81 You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only When the mode is set to Auto the SP 8 will remain at the last value it will no longer follow the PV 7 PID Equation Structures for Enhanced PID Block Note Extended parameters are not available at this time for all host systems Refer to your host system documentation or contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for additional information Configure the STRUCTURECONFIG 71 parameter to select the PID equation structure You can select one of the following choices Proportional integral and derivative on error PID January 2012 e Proportional and integral on error derivative on PV PI D
177. stand 2 14 SPACER 1 INCH 1 4 20 HEX HEAD SCREW MOUNTING BRACKET W8473 IL STANDOFF 4 INCH 1 4 20 HEX HEAD SCREW MOUNTING BRACKET W8474 IL PIPESTAND MOUNTING Figure 2 13 FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit Mounting DVC6015 on Sliding Stem Actuators Up to 102 mm 4 Inches of Travel If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the remote feedback unit on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the remote feedback unit separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on January 2012 mounting the remote feedback unit to a specific actuator model Note Refer to the DVC6005f Base Unit mounting instructions for off actuator mounting instructions The DVC6015 remote feedback unit mounts on sliding stem actuators with up to 102 mm 4 inch travel Figure 2 1 shows a typical mounting on an actuator with up to 51 mm 2 inch travel Figure 2 2 shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102 mm 2 to 4 inch travel For actuators with greater than 102 mm 4 inch travel see the guidelines for mounting a DVC6025 remote feedback unit Note While the housing differs on the DVC6015 and the DVC6010f feedback parts are the same Refer to the following guidelines w
178. starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder volume Then find an actuator in table 3 2 with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for that actuator e Travel Proportional Gain Travel Proportional Gain SERVO GAIN 18 is the proportional gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert e Travel Velocity Gain Travel Velocity Gain SERVO RATE 20 is the velocity gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert e Travel MLFB Gain Travel MLFB Gain TVL MLFB GAIN 44 5 is the minor loop feedback gain for the travel control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert January 2012 e Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Enable TVL INTEG ENABLE 44 1 is used to enable the integral setting to improve static performance by correcting for error that exists between the travel target and actual travel e Travel Integral Gain Travel Integral Gain SERVO RESET 19 also called reset is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input e Travel Integral Dead Zone Travel Integral Dead Zone TVL INTEG DEADZ 44 4 is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled The dead band is configurable fro
179. stem or shaft Glossary 1 Glossary a Glossary DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Firmware The combination of a hardware device and computer instructions and data that reside as read only software on that device Note 1 This term firmware is sometimes used to refer only to the hardware device or only to the computer instructions or data but these meanings are deprecated 2 The confusion surrounding this term has led some to suggest that it be avoided altogether The term is included here because of its use in older documentation and culture Gain The ratio of output change to input change Hardware Revision Revision number of the Fisher instrument hardware The physical components of the instrument are defined as the hardware HART acronym The acronym HART stands for Highway Addressable Remote Transducer Instrument Level Determines the functions available for the instrument Leak Class Defines the allowable leakage by a valve when it is closed Leak class numbers are listed in two standards ANSI FCI 70 2 and IEC 534 4 Linearity dynamic Linearity independent is the maximum deviation from a straight line best fit to the opening and closing curves and a line representing the average value of those curves Glossary 2 Memory A type of semiconductor used for storing programs or data FIELDVUE instruments use three types of memory Random Access Memory RAM Read Only Memory
180. system The device monitors the alarm but does not report it until requested by the host system An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the 2 operator but generally does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority 1 The priority classes advise and critical have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM HYS 47 parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters e HI PRI 50 HI PRI 48 LO PRI 52 LO LO PRI 54 e DV HI PRI 56 e DV LO PRI 58 Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority as shown in table 4 29 Application Information The PID function block is a powerful flexible control algorithm that is designed to work in a variety of control strategies The PID block is configured differently for different applications DeltaV Tune DeltaV Tune quickly and automatically determines optimal tuning parameters for PID control loops For more information on DeltaV Tune refer to DeltaV Books Online or DeltaV documentation 4 87 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Block Errors Table 4
181. the Field Communicator display to setup the instrument Table 3 2 provides the actuator information required to setup and calibrate the instrument January 2012 ACTUATOR 4 7 STEM TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT A O 20 30 40 50 5 76 1 112 15 11 ARM ADJUSTMENT ARM 2 7 2 Figure 3 1 Feedback Connection for Typical Sliding Stem Actuator Up to 4 inch Travel A6536 1 IL Note If reverse acting relay B is used you must manually set the Relay Type BASIC SETUP RELAY TYPE 42 5 to B This will not be set during Device Setup 1 Select whether Travel Travel with Pressure fallback auto recovery or manual recovery or Pressure Control is desired Refer to page 4 25 for additional information 2 Enter the pressure units kPa bar psi inHg inH2O or kg cm 3 Enter the maximum instrument supply pressure and output pressure range if required 4 Enter the manufacturer of the actuator on which the instrument is mounted If the actuator manufacturer is not listed select Other 5 Enter the actuator model or type If the actuator model is not listed select Other 6 Enter the actuator size January 2012 Basic Setup 29B1665 A DOC i Figure 3 2 Feedback Connection for Typical Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuator 4 to 24 Inches Travel 7 Indicate whether a Volume Booster i
182. the block The cause of the alert is entered in the 1 Clear reported subcode field The first alert to become active will set ALARM STATE 242 RO N A 2 Clear not reported 0 the active status in BLOCK_ERR As soon as the S Active reported Unreported status is cleared by the alert reporting 4 Active not task another block alert may be reported without reported clearing the Active status if the subcode has TIME STAMP 24 3 RO N A 0 changed SUBCODE 24 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 24 5 RO N A 0 Extended Parameters BAD In 5 Status NC Data Type DS 65 5 constant Input value and status Value 0 BAD In 6 Status NC Data Type DS 65 N 6 d constant Input value and status Value 0 BAD In 7 Status NC Data Type DS 65 N 7 2 ALE constant Input value and status Value BAD In 8 Status NC Data Type DS 65 N 8 2B ALE constant Input value and status Value 0 BAD Status NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 5 29 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input 5 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE 5 Value then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable BAD S NC tatus constant Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 6 30 ALL 0 Enable Disable for Input 6 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE 6 then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is Value not evaluated 0 Use 0 1 Disable BAD Value NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 7 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input 7 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE 7
183. the feedback arm surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 7 While observing the travel sensor counts tighten the screw that secures the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the travel sensor counts remain within the tolerances listed in table 5 1 Paint the Screw to discourage tampering with the connection 8 Disconnect the Field Communicator and Fieldbus power source from the instrument 9 Remove the alignment pin and store it in the instrument housing 10 Install the digital valve controller on the actuator DVC6020f and DVC6025 Digital Valve Controllers 1 Remove supply air and remove the instrument from the actuator Failure to remove air pressure may cause personal injury or property damage from bursting parts 2 See figure 5 5 for parts identification Disconnect the bias spring key 82 from the feedback arm January 2012 BACK EDGE OF ARM PARALLEL W BACK OF HOUSING ARM ASSEMBLY 5 ARM ASSEMBLY Pies s TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT BACK OF HOUSING TA Figure 5 4 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Travel Sensor Arm Housing Back Plane Alignment 7025 IL assembly key 84 and the arm assembly key 91 Remove the mounting bracket key 74 from the back of the digital controller Hold the arm assembly key 91 so that the arm assembly points toward the terminal box and the arm is parallel to the back of the housing
184. the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 32 PID Function Block View 1 Table 4 34 PID Function Block View 3 Index Parameter Number 1 ST REV 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 5 2 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 6 BLOCK ERR 7 PV 8 SP 9 OUT 15 IN 18 CAS IN 27 BKCAL IN 31 BKCAL OUT 32 RCAS IN 33 ROUT 35 RCAS OUT 36 ROUT OUT 38 TRK IN D 39 TRK VAL 40 FF VAL 45 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT 45 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 45 3 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 45 4 ALARM SUM DISABLED 67 ERROR 68 SP WORK 71 STRUCTURECONFIG 75 STDDEV 76 CAP STDDEV Index Parameter Number 1 ST REV 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 6 BLOCK ERR 7 8 SP 9 OUT 18 CAS IN 38 TRK IN D 39 TRK VAL 45 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT 45 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 45 3 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 45 4 ALARM SUM DISABLED Table 4 33 PID Function Block View 2 Index Parameter Number 1 ST REV 10 P
185. this parameter value is fixed at 0 Free Time FREE TIME 25 RO NA 0 to 100 Data Type Float Percent of block processing time that is free to process additional blocks Because no additional function blocks may be added to DVC6000f instruments this parameter value is fixed at 0 RCAS Timeout SHED RCAS 26 RW ALL Positive 640000 Date Type Unsigned32 Time duration in 1 32 millisecond at which to give up on computer writes to function block RCAS parameters If this time is exceeded then the function block will change to a mode other than RCAS based on the SHED OPT parameter setting Shed from RCAS mode never happens when SHED is set to zero ROUT Timeout SHED ROUT 27 RW ALL Positive 640000 Data Type Unsigned32 Time duration in 1 32 millisecond at which to give up on computer writes to function block ROUT parameters If this time is exceeded then the function block will change to a mode other than ROUT based on the SHED OPT parameter setting Shed from ROUT mode never happens when SHED ROUT is set to zero 4 14 Continued January 2012 Hesource Block Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label PARAMETER NAME Fault State FAULT STATE Index Number 28 RO RW RO Mode N A Range 1 Clear 2 Active Initial Value 1 Clear Description Data Type Unsigned8 Forces output
186. used with DI block channels 26 through 29 Refer to Travel and Prox on page 4 31 for more information on the transducer block travel alerts Oz Not Active 12 Active January 2012 DISCRETE INPUT CLEARED DEADZONE 196 OF TRAVEL s POINT FOR DOWNWARD VALVE TRAVEL DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND LM POINT OF PROXIMITY DETECTION DETERMINED BY Valve Position UPWARD VALVE TRAVEL DETERMINED BY TRAVEL ALERT DEADBAND Figure 4 32 Discrete Input Proximity Detection Function Valve Position Proximity Detection Channels 30 through 33 provide valve position proximity detection for the DI block The transducer block Travel Alert Point and Travel Alert Deadband parameters are also used with the valve position proximity but they provide a different function The Travel Alert Point for the selected channel determines the center point for the position to be detected The Travel Alert Deadband for the selected channel sets the upper and lower trigger points or the width of the proximity detection band A 196 deadzone exists above and below this band that the travel must exceed to clear the detected position Figure 4 32 illustrates the operation of the proximity detection function Travel Alert Point refers to Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and Travel Hi Hi Alert Point in table 4 78 Travel Alert Deadband refers to Travel Lo Alert Deadband Travel Hi Alert Deadba
187. www Fisher com EMERSON Dr Alananemoent 2004 2012 Fisher Controls International LLC All rights reserved Process Management
188. 0 5 RO N A 0 High Alarm 61 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 61 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 O Undefined The HI alarm data which includes a value of the 1 Clear reported alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state ALARM STATE 61 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O undefined 9f the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Float TIME_STAMP 61 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 61 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 61 5 RO N A 0 Low Alarm LO_ALM 52 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 62 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 O Undefined The LO alarm data which includes a value of the 1 Clear reported alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state ALARM STATE 622 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O undefined 9f the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Float TIME STAMP 62 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 62 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 62 5 RO N A 0 Low Low Alarm 63 LO LO ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 63 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 O Undefined The LO LO alarm data which includes a value of 1 Clear reported the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the ALARM STATE 632 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O undefined State of the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Float TIME STAMP 63 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 63 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 63 5 RO N A 0 4 94 Continued January 2012 PID Funct
189. 030 1 IL Figure 2 20 Terminal Box 1 Remove the terminal box cap key 4 from the terminal box key 3 2 Bring the field wiring into the terminal box When applicable install conduit using local and national electrical codes which apply to the application 3 The instrument is not polarity sensitive Connect one wire from the control system output card to one of the LOOP screw terminals on the pwb terminal strip assembly in the terminal box shown in figure 2 20 Connect the other wire from the control system output card to the other LOOP screw terminal in the terminal box 4 As shown figure 2 20 two ground terminals are available for connecting a safety ground earth ground or drain wire The safety ground terminal is electrically identical to the earth ground Make connections to these terminals following national and local codes and plant standards 5 Replace and hand tighten the terminal box cap on the terminal box 2 24 BLUE 2 he 2 JS S 1 2 14 NOTES 1 COLORS ARE WIRE COLORS 2 CONNECTION 18B9424 A Figure 2 21 Quick Connect Connector Quick Connect Cable Entry The DVC6000f is offered with a quick connect cable entry option shown in figure 2 21 for the FOUNDATION fieldbus signal The quick connect cable entry provides an easier and more reliable interface to fieldbus devices and support modules by providing a standard connection Refer
190. 041X132 11 Adjustment Arm Kit includes washer nut and adjustment arm 14B5072X132 12 PTFE Sleeve Kit For pot bushing assembly kit includes 10 sleeves and lubricant DVC6010f and DVC6020f GE08726X012 DVC6030f GE08727X012 13 Spare Module Base Assembly Kit kit contains module base assy key 2 drive screws qty 2 key 11 shield label key 19 hex socket cap screw qty 3 key 38 self tapping screw qty 2 key 49 pipe plug qty 3 key 61 retaining ring qty 3 key 154 screen key 236 and flame arrestors qty 3 key 243 Aluminum GE18654X012 Stainless Steel GE18654X112 14 Spare Housing Assembly Kit kit contains housing key 1 drive screw qty 2 key 11 shield key 20 and screen key 71 Aluminum DVC6010f DVC6020f GE18652X012 DVC6030f GE18653X012 Stainless Steel DVC6010f DVC6020f GE56639X012 DVC6030f GE56640X012 15 DVC6020f Cam Adjustment Tool GE12742X012 16 Spare Shroud Kit GE29183X012 kit contains shroud key 169 and hex socket cap crew qty 4 key 23 17 Travel Sensor with Feedback Arm Assembly and PTFE Sleeve Kit DVC601 Of GG09947X012 DVC6015 GG09948X012 DVC6020f GG09949X012 DVC6025 GG09950X012 Remote Mount Kits 18 Remote Terminal Box Kit Standard GE00418X012 19 Feedback Unit DVC6015 49B7986X012 DVC6025 long arm 49B7987X012 DVC6025 Short Arm 49B7987X022 DVC6035 49B7988X012 DVC6035 for GX actuator 49B7988X022 January 2012 Kit 20 21 22 Parts Description
191. 1 RW ALL Null CAL Name of person performing last 7 calibration Data Type DS_66 32 SETPOINT_D is not updated SETPOINT_D unless the DO block is selected in FEATURE_SEL STATUS indicates the validity of MAN es A 32 1 RW NONE value set by the DO block OUT STATUS VALUE is the discrete value of Setpoint D MAN 0 closed 1 open setpoint Only values of 0 1 or VALUE 32 2 TRA OOS 5 10 15 95 NONE increments of 5 up to 95 are allowed Written by DO channel 22 33 Data Type 05 66 TRAVEL D STATUS indicates the validity of Travel D Status VALUE STATUS 33 1 RO VALUE O closed 1 Travel D 0 closed 1 open 5 10 15 Controls DI Channel VALUE 33 2 POS INA f 45 2 23 Continued 4 44 January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D iption PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita Value category 34 Data Type DS 65 TRAVEL In Travel Control Actual valve Travel Status travel in of calibrated travel STATUS 34 1 RO N A N A range In Pressure Control Implied valve Travel travel in of pressure range 34 2 RO N A N A VALUE Controls Al channel 4 SUPPLY_PRESSURE Data Type DS 65 Supply Pressure Status STATUS indicates the validity of STATUS seu Re
192. 12 Installation lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 f necessary remove the existing hub from the actuator shaft 3 If a positioner plate is required attach the positioner plate to the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 4 f required attach the spacer to the actuator shaft Refer to figure 2 14 The travel indicator assembly can have a starting position of 7 30 or 10 30 Determine the desired starting position then proceed with the next step Considering the top of the remote travel sensor as the 12 o clock position in the next step attach the travel indicator so that the pin is positioned as follows e If increasing pressure from the base unit output A rotates the remote feedback units potentiometer shaft counterclockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 7 30 position as shown in figures 2 10 and 2 14 e If increasing pressure from the base unit output A rotates the remote feedback units potentiometer shaft clockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 10 30 position as shown in figures 2 9 and 2 14 Note ValveLink software and the Field Communicator use the convention of clockwise figure 2 9 and counterclockwise figure 2 10 when viewing the potentiometer shaft from the
193. 2 DOC Figure 8 4 FIELDVUE DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller Assembly January 2012 8 10 Parts 8 11 SECTION A A 3 yu XI 6 SECTION C C ccc PSSST bs ZAG 263 ot 22 Figure 8 5 FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit SECTION B B APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 49B3261 C SHT 1 2 amp 3 January 2012 29B3403 A DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers CESS NSS UL SO SECTION N 228 J Olo n SN A OUTPUT B OUTPUT SUPPLY SUPPLY WALL MOUNTING PIPESTAND MOUNTING APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES I gt SEE FIGURE 8 6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTH
194. 2 4 61 Upper Bench Set UPPER BENCH SET Transducer 85 5 4 39 4 62 Valve Class VALVE CLASS Transducer 83 2 4 37 4 61 Valve Manufacturer ID VALVE MAN ID Transducer 25 4 36 4 44 Valve Model Number VALVE MODEL NUM Transducer 26 4 36 4 44 Valve Size VALVE SIZE Transducer 83 1 4 61 Valve Serial Number VALVE SN Transducer 27 4 37 4 44 Valve Style VALVE TYPE Transducer 28 4 37 4 44 Write Alarm WRITE ALM Resource 40 4 4 4 16 Write Lock WRITE LOCK Resource 34 4 4 4 5 4 15 4 21 6 4 Write Priority WRITE PRI Resource 39 4 4 4 16 Zero Power Condition ZERO PWR COND Transducer 42 2 4 36 4 46 INST ALERTS ACTIVE Transducer 74 4 54 INST ALERTS CONFIG Transducer 76 4 58 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 Transducer 77 4 59 INST ALERTS ENABLE Transducer 75 4 57 PRESS CAL Transducer 46 4 49 PRESS TUNE Transducer 47 4 49 SPEC SHEET ACT Transducer 85 4 62 SPEC SHEET TRIM Transducer 84 4 61 SPEC SHEET VALVE Transducer 83 4 61 TRAVEL CAL Transducer 43 4 47 TRAVEL CAL RUN Transducer 45 4 48 TRAVEL TUNE Transducer 44 4 47 TVL PRESS CONTROL Transducer 41 4 45 January 2012 4 185 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 86 Block Channel Index Channel Transducer Block Parameter i icm d XD SCALE Units 1 FINAL VALUE 13 AO OUT 3 FINAL POSITION VALUE 17 AO READBACK 2 TRAVEL TARGET 49 1342 3 FINAL
195. 20f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 12 DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 14 January 2012 7 1 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output Troubleshooting oor wade foc te d aer Instrument Troubleshooting 7 2 January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Maintenance The DVC6000f digital valve controller enclosure is rated NEMA 4X and IP66 therefore periodic cleaning of internal components is not required If the DVC6000f is installed in an area where the exterior surfaces tend to get heavily coated or layered with industrial or atmospheric contaminants however it is recommended that the vent key 52 be periodically inspected to ensure it is fully open If the vent appears to be clogged the vent can be removed cleaned and replaced Lightly brush the exterior of the vent to remove contaminant and run a mild water detergent solution through the vent to ensure it is fully open Personal injury or property damage can occur from cover failure due to overpressure Ensure that the housing vent opening is open and free of debris to prevent pressure buildup under the cover NITIDO To avo
196. 27 2 kOhm 6 4kOhm 4 1 6 kOhm Communication Connections Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding A FOUNDATION fieldbus communicating device such as a Field Communicator or a personal computer running ValveLink software interfaces with the DVC6000f digital valve controller from any wiring termination point in the segment If you choose to connect the fieldbus communicating device directly to the instrument attach the device to the LOCAL connections inside the terminal box to provide local communications with the instrument 2 29 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Simulate Enable Jumper Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cap before proceeding Install a jumper across the SIMULATE ENABLE terminals to enable the instrument to accept a simulate command These terminals are marked AUX on the terminal board see figure 2 20 With the jumper in place and the simulate parameter
197. 30 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the PID block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 30 BLOCK ERR Conditions Condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other N A 1 Block Configuration Error SHED BYPASS set to 0 2 Link Configuration Error N A 3 Simulate Active N A 4 Local Override The actual mode is LO and Track Enable is set 5 Device Fault State Set N A 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon N A 7 Input failure process variable has Bad status The parameter linked to IN is indicating a Bad status 8 Output Failure N A 9 Memory Failure N A 10 Lost Static Data N A 11 Lost NV Data N A 12 Readback Check Failed N A 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now N A Power Up Set if devices was powered up with this block 14 in Out of Service OOS mode Cleared on first change of mode to other than OOS 15 Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service OOS 4 88 January 2012 PID Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter PID Function Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Block Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions
198. 34 PlantWeb Alert 4 35 PlantWeb Alert Reporting 1 4 35 Instrument 2 4 35 Valve and Actuator 4 36 PET 4 36 Bea Makes og 4 37 f oii 4 37 REGENCE et cete eL Kt ek 4 39 MAI Channel 4 39 Alert 4 40 PWA Simuate Simulate Active Alert PlantWeb Alert handling Block Errors 4 41 Parameter List oos cedes seo HO EE or co nr edid 4 42 VIEW LISTS orco o Lets Eee OR Lace int etas 4 64 4 20 January 2012 Transducer Block Overview The transducer block accepts a signal from an output block as a set point to position a valve using a pneumatic actuator Input to the transducer block is in percent Closed is 096 and open is 10096 The transducer block contains setup and calibration information and can be tuned to closely match the actuator Input characterization permits modifying the overall characteristic of the instrument actuator valve combination in order to modify the installed gain characteristic of the loop
199. 4 92 Remote Cascade Output Discrete RCAS OUT D DO 24 4 156 Remote Out Input ROUT IN PID 33 4 83 4 91 Remote Out Output ROUT OUT PID 36 4 92 Reserved TVL CAL RESERVED Transducer 45 4 4 48 Reserved A RESERVED A Transducer 80 4 60 Reserved AI RESERVED AI Transducer 81 4 60 Reserved B RESERVED B Transducer 99 4 63 Reset RESET PID 24 4 88 4 91 Restart RESTART Resource 16 4 13 ROUT Timeout SHED ROUT Resource 27 4 5 4 14 Seat Type SEAT TYPE Transducer 84 1 4 37 4 61 Selected SELECTED ISEL 21 4 108 4 110 Select Type SELECT TYPE ISEL 19 4 104 4 107 4 108 4 110 Self Test Status SELFTEST STATUS Transducer 78 4 60 4 153 4 165 Sensor Active SENSOR ACTIVE Transducer 74 2 4 54 Sensor Enable SENSOR ENABLE Transducer 75 2 4 57 Set Fault State SET_FSTATE Resource 29 4 5 4 15 NO TAG 4 180 Continued January 2012 Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued All Blocks Label Parameter Name Block ut Page Numbers 8 469 471 472 472 475 Setpoint SP OS 7 4 123 PID 8 4 83 4 86 4 87 4 89 Setpoint Discrete SP_D DO 8 4 151 4 152 4 154 SETPOINT_D 32 Setpoint D Status STATUS Transducer 32 1 4 44 6 11 Setpoint D VALUE 32 2 20 4 72 4 77 Setpoint High Limit SP HI LIM PID 21 4 85 4 90 21 4 72 4 77 Setpoint Low Limit SP LO LIM PID 22 4 85 4 90
200. 4 c Travel sensor misadjusted 14 c Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure on page 5 5 of the Calibration section 14 d Open travel sensor 14 d Check for continuity in electrical travel range If necessary replace pot bushing ass y 14 e Cables not plugged into PWB correctly 14 e Inspect connections and correct 14 f Feedback arm loose on pot 14 f Perform Travel Sensor Adjust procedure on page 5 5 of the Calibration section 14 9 Feedback arm bent damaged or bias spring missing damaged 14 9 Replace feedback arm and bias spring 14 h Configuration errors 14 h Verify configuration Use Device Setup on page 3 2 14 j Restricted pneumatic passages in converter 14 j Check screen in converter supply port of the module base Replace if necessary If passages in I P converter restricted replace converter see Replacing the I P Converter on page 7 7 14 k O ring s between converter ass y missing or hard and flattened losing seal 14 k Replace O ring s refer to the I P Converter section on page 7 6 14 1 I P converter ass y damaged corroded clogged 14 1 Check for bent flapper open coil continuity contamination staining or dirty air supply Coil resistance should be between 1680 1860 ohms Replace ass y if damaged corroded clogged or open coil see Replacing the Converter on page 7 7 14 m I P converter ass y out of spec
201. 6 11 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Program Memory Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Program Memory Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Program Memory Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Static Memory Alert This alert is active if a failure occurs in the FRAM memory where the static parameters are stored 4 28 e Static Memory Alert Enable When enabled Static Memory Alert Enable activates the Static Memory Alert e Static Memory Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 11 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Static Memory Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer exe
202. 6 T5 DVC6005f only and Ex d II CT6 T5 T4 DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 only respectively and their Ex certificate number is GYJ06279 When using the product the user should pay attention to the items stated below 1 The correlation of this approved DVC6000f digital valve controllers in specific product type Ex marking and operating ambient temperature is as follows Product Type Ex Marking 40 C to B HoT6 DVC6010f DVC6020f SO Beng 75 4 AR DVC6030f integral design Ex d Il 5 25 Ex d II BT6 uo cin DVC6005f main unit of 75 separate design Ex d Il BTS pes Ex d II CT6 po DVC6015 DVC6025 60 C to DVC6035 feedback units of Ex d II CTS 495 C separate design EET Ex d Il 2 The enclosure of the controller provides grounding terminal and the user should install a reliable grounding wire connected to it when mounting and using the controller 3 The controller s cable entrance 1 2 NPT must be fitted with a cable entry device which is Ex approved through inspection of explosion protection in conformity with relevant standards of GB3836 1 2000 and GB3836 2 2000 and has a corresponding rating of explosion protection 4 An appropriate heat resistant cable should be selected for use with the controller in an application where the ambient temperature exceeds 70 C 5 The principle of Opening equipment s cover is strictly p
203. 6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 2 for DVC6010f and 8 7 for DVC6015 key number locations 1 Insert the travel sensor assembly key 223 into the housing key 1 Secure the travel sensor assembly with screw key 72 If assembling a DVC6010f digital valve controller use step 2a If assembling a DVC6015 remote feedback unit use step 2b 2 a Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in the Replacing the Module Base procedure b Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals Note For the DVC6015 feedback unit connect the potentiometer assembly key 223 wires to the terminals as follows red terminal 1 white terminal 2 black terminal 3 3 Loosely assemble the bias spring key 78 screw key 80 plain washer key 163 and nut key 81 to the feedback arm key 79 if not already installed January 2012 4 Attach the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance or if you have a Field Communicator you can use the procedure in the Calibration section To use the multimeter perform steps 5 through 13 To use the Field Communicator skip to step 14 Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter 5 Align the feedback arm key 79 to the housing key 1 by inserting the alignment pin key 46
204. 79 4 96 T Targetop T TARGETOP PID 86 4 96 T Ugain UGAIN PID 81 4 96 T Uperiod T UPERIOD PID 82 4 96 Continued 4 182 January 2012 Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued All Blocks Label Parameter Name Block sud Page Numbers Al 2 4 134 AO 2 4 75 DI 2 4 166 DO 2 4 154 ety ISEL 2 4 109 Tag Description TAG_DESC MAI 2 4143 OS 2 4 123 PID 2 4 89 Resource 2 4 6 4 12 6 5 Transducer 2 4 35 4 42 TRAVEL TARGET 49 Target Travel Status STATUS Transducer 49 1 4 49 Target Travel VALUE 49 2 Temperature TEMPERATURE Transducer 48 4 31 4 49 6 11 Temperature Units TEMPERATURE UNITS Transducer 89 4 36 4 63 Temperature Hi Alert Point TEMP ALRT PT Transducer 76 6 4 31 4 58 Temperature Lo Alert Point TEMP LO ALRT PT Transducer 76 7 4 31 4 58 Test Read Write TEST RW Resource 8 4 12 Time Since Reset TIME SINCE RESET Resource 53 4 17 Tracking Input Discrete TRK IN D PID 38 4 86 4 92 Tracking Scale TRK SCALE PID 37 4 86 4 92 Tracking Value TRK VAL PID 39 4 83 4 86 4 92 Transducer Directory TRANSDUCER DIRECTORY Transducer 9 4 43 Transducer Error XD ERROR Transducer 11 4 43 Al 10 4 130 4 134 Transducer Scale XD SCALE AO 12 4 76 DI 10 4 167 Transducer State XD STATE DO 12 4155 Transducer Type TRANSDUCER TYPE Transducer 10 4 43 Travel Accumulator TRAVEL ACCUM Transducer 72 4 34 4 53 6 11 Travel
205. 8 Parameter iu werd iis tuta dict tuve ies qaad as 4 109 VIEW LISTS A detto Paten et Peta eus e east dus bad ease astare 4 114 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 115 4 102 January 2012 OUT OUT D DISABLE 1 1 DISABLE 212 DISABLE 3 1 DISABLE 4 71 DISABLE 5 DISABLE 61 DISABLE 7 1 DISABLE 8 7 OP 5 SELECTED FIELDBUS 56A Input Selector ISEL Function Block Overview The Input Selector ISEL function block can be used to select the first good maximum minimum average or hot backup from as many as eight input values and place it at the output The block supports signal status propagation There is no process alarm detection in the Input Selector function block Figure 4 14 illustrates the internal components of the ISEL function block Table 4 39 lists the ISEL block parameters their index numbers and descriptions Modes The ISEL function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK 5 parameter e Manual Man The block output OUT 7 may be entered manually Automatic Auto OUT 7 reflects the selected input value Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configurable parameters The target mode of a January 2012 ISEL Function Block IN 1 8 Input used
206. 86 4 shows the date and time when the Temperature Minimum occurred e Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure SUPPLY PRESS MAX 86 5 shows the maximum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation e Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time SUPP PRESS MAX TIME 86 6 shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Maximum occurred e Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure SUPP PRESS MIN 86 7 shows the minimum supply pressure the instrument has experienced since installation e Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time SUPP PRESS MIN TIME 86 8 shows the date and time when the Supply Pressure Minimum occurred 6 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output TB Device Diagnostics Stroke Valve Stroke Valve is used to confirm proper valve operation From the Transducer Block menu select Stroke Valve Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to select from the following Done Ramp Open Ramp Closed Ramp to Target Step to Target and Stop e Done Select this if you are done All ramping is stopped when DONE is selected e Hamp Open ramps the travel toward open at the rate of 1 096 per second of the ranged travel e Hamp Closed ramps the travel toward closed at the rate of 1 096 per second of t
207. 8B5786X032 38B5786X102 38B5786X162 38B5786X082 38B5786X122 Recommended spare 1 Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2 Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 3 Available in the DVC6010f to DVC6020f Conversion Kit 7 Available in the Pipe Away Bracket Kit 8 Available in the Seal Screen Kit 10 Available in the Converter Kit 13 Available in the Spare Module Base Assembly Kit 14 Available in the Spare Housing Assembly Kit 16 Available in the Spare Shroud Kit 22 Available in the Pipestand Wall Mounting Kit January 2012 GAS BLOCKING 1 LAC PRESS FIT ADAPTOR WIRING CONNECTOR W9528 Figure 8 1 Terminal Box of Natural Gas Certified FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Key Description Part Number Terminal Box DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f ded figures 8 1 8 2 8 3 8 4 and 8 5 Terminal Box 18 O ring 19 18 36 1 9 18 44 Wire Retainer pl stl 6 req d not shown 58 Set Screw hex socket SST 2 18 72 Screw hex socket SST 18 164 Terminal Box Assembly 9 Feedback Connections Terminal Box pepe see figure 8 5 Terminal Box 19 i O ring 1 9 18 36 1 9 18 44 Wire Retainer pl 6112 19 5 req d not shown 58 Set Screw hex socket SST 2 18 62 Pipe Plug hex hd SST 18 72 Screw hex socket SST 18 3 req d 262 19 263 18 Standard Extreme temperature o
208. 9 0 0 1 12 5 User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted Expert Note Use Expert tuning only if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results Stabilize Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure Proportional Gain PRESS PROP GAIN 47 3 is the proportional gain for the pressure control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert e Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure MLFB Gain PRESS MLFB GAIN 47 11 is the minor loop feedback gain for the pressure control tuning set Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert e Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Gain PRESS INTEG GAIN 47 4 also called reset is the ratio of the change in output to the change in input based on the control action in which the output is proportional to the time integral of the input Changing this parameter will also change the tuning set to Expert Pressure Integral Dead Zone Pressure Integral Dead Zone PRESS INTEG DEADZ 47 6 is a window around the Primary Setpoint in which the integral action is disabled The dead band is configurable from 0 to 2 January 2012 e Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Hi PRESS INTEG HI 47 7 provides an upper limit to the integrator output The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100 of the I P drive signal e
209. A 2 3 4 Local Override N A 5 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon N A Input failure process variable has Bad status The 7 hardware is bad or the transducer block mode is Out of Service 8 Output Failure N A 9 Memory Failure N A 10 Lost Static Data N A 11 Lost NV Data N A 12 Readback Check Failed N A 18 Device Needs Maintenance Now N A 14 Power Up Set after power up until actual mode is not Out of Service Out of Service The actual mode is Out of Service OOS The block is not being processed Block Errors Table 4 79 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DI block and are provided only for your reference Action on Failure In case of hardware failure FIELD VAL D 17 PV D 7 and OUT D 8 change to a Bad status and the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Process Variable has Bad Status If the transducer block mode is Out of Service the status of FIELD VAL D 17 PV D 7 and OUT D 8 is set to Bad Out of Service Simulation To support testing of the control strategy you can enable the SIMULATE D 9 parameter Normally the measurement value and status used for FIELD VAL D 17 in the DI block reflect actual process values as provided by the transducer block When the SIMULATE D 9 parameter is enabled value and status used for FIELD VAL D 17 is supplied by the user manually
210. A output B is not available The output A pressure is used for double acting and single acting direct applications The output B pressure is used for double acting and single acting reverse applications January 2012 Principle of Operation SOCKET HEAD SCREW TERMINAL BOX ASSEMBLY TERMINAL BOX COVER PRINTED WIRING BOARD ASSEMBLY SOCKET HEAD SCREWS 3 MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY PRESSURE GAUGES OPTIONAL RETAINING CLIPS 3 MODULE BASE SEAL SENSOR O RING ASSEMBLY HOUSING 48B7710 0515 IL I P CONVERTER SHROUD PNEUMATIC RELAY ASSEMBLY Figure A 2 FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Assembly As shown in figure A 1 the increased output A pressure causes the actuator stem to move upward Stem position is sensed through the feedback linkage by the travel sensor which is electrically connected to the printed wiring board assembly submodule The stem continues to move upward until the correct stem position is attained At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the I P drive signal This prevents any further increase in the pneumatic signal from the I P converter As the digital setpoint decreases the drive signal to the I P converter submodule decreases decreasing the I P output pressure The pneumatic relay decreases the output A pressure and increases the output B pressure The stem moves downward until the correct position i
211. A Pressure Sensor Enabled Port B Pressure The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto If Travel Pressure Control is configured as Pressure enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category Enable the Self Test Shutdown For all other Travel Pressure Control selections enable the alert to report in the Maintenance Alert Category and do not enable the Self Test Shutdown Sensor Enabled None Use default settings Supply Press Sensor Supply Press The pressure sensor reading Sensors XS Enabled is outside the functional range None Use default settings Advisory of the sensor Temperature Sensor The temperature sensor Sensors eee Sensor reading is outside the None Use default settings Advisory functional range of the sensor Pressure Fallback A travel sensor failure or large Sensors eae travel deviation has resulted in None Use default settings Maintenance fallback to pressure control Supply Pressure Environment Maintenance Supply Press High Enabled The supply pressure has exceeded the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Alert Point 145 psig Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Set the Alert Point to which ever is lower of a the maximum instrument pressure of 145 psig or b the maximum actuator casing pressure Supply Press Low
212. ACKNOWLEDGED 40 1 RW ALL 1 Acknowledged O Undefined WRITE LOCK parameter is set This alarm 2 Unacknowledged has a priority of WRITE PRI Fora 0 Undefined WRITE_ALM to be broadcast to the host the 1 Clear reported following conditions must be met ALARM_STATE 402 RO NA 2 Clearnot reported 0 Undefined The feature Reports must be selected 3 Active reported Alert communication with the host must be 4 Active not reported setup In the ALARM SUM parameter the disable TIME STAMP 40 3 RO NA 0 bit for Write Alarm must be clear SUBCODE 40 4 RO NA 0 WRITE PRI must be greater than 1 VALUE 40 5 RO NA 0 4 16 Continued January 2012 Resource Block Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Initial PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 ITK Version 41 RO N A Major version of ITK test this device has been ITK VER tested to Initial value depends on the revision of the DVC6000f Extended Parameters Private Label Distributor Data Type Unsigned32 DISTRIBUTOR 42 DNA 0x5100 Private label distributor Device String Array DEV STRING 43 Unused extended parameter Data Type Bit String 0 AO E O disabled 1 DO 2 Al 1 enabled Function Block Options AA RO 3 DI All options Indicates which function block licensing options FB O
213. ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL HI ALRT PT 7747 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL HI DB 77 18 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL HI HI ALRT PT 77 19 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL HI HI DB 82 UPGRADE PROGRESS 87 PROTECTION 4 66 January 2012 Transducer Block January 2012 4 67 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Analog Output AO Function Block Overview 4 69 tta oiseau Sura est s S E era 4 70 Mode Handling orc bp pati nter tesa ad 4 70 Shed er eunt dextre eoe Bates donne ah 4 70 Shed with Return Options 4 71 Shed with No Return Options 4 70 Status Handling 4 71 setting the Output eoo o ed eR pU Cee uu 4 71 Block PV Stats Ds loea en 4 72 Set Point Selection and 4 72 Action On Fault Detection 4 72 UO ODHOFS suci da ruo hit ni devi peated oe 4 73 Sim lallOD AB tss ded BLU ane 4 73 Application Information 4 74 Block Errors s Use elucet addon 4 74 Parameler LIST eSI oie 4 75 VIEW rr 4 79 Field Communicator Menu Structure
214. ATUS 13 1 FINAL VALUE STATUS 13 2 FINAL VALUE VALUE 13 2 FINAL VALUE VALUE 174 FINAL POSITION VALUE STATUS 17 1 FINAL POSITION VALUE STATUS 17 2 FINAL POSITION VALUE VALUE 17 2 FINAL POSITION VALUE VALUE 32 1 SETPOINT D STATUS 32 1 SETPOINT D STATUS 32 2 SETPOINT D VALUE 32 2 SETPOINT D VALUE 35 1 SUPPLY PRESSURE STATUS Table 4 15 Transducer Block View 2 35 2 SUPPLY PRESSURE VALUE 36 1 PRESSURE A STATUS Index Number Parameter 1 TSTREV 0 7 36 2 PRESSURE A VALUE 10 TRANSDUCER TYPE 37 1 PRESSURE B STATUS 14 1 FINAL VALUE RANGEEU 100 PRESPORECENAEME 38 1 PRESSURE_DIFF STATUS 14 2 FINAL VALUE RANGEEU 0 38 2 PRESSURE DIFF VALUE 14 3 FINAL VALUE RANGE UNITS INDEX 48 TEMPERATURE 14 4 FINAL VALUE RANGE DECIMAL 49 TRAVEL TARGET 15 FINAL VALUE CUTOFF HI 52 TRAVEL DEVIATION 16 FINAL VALUE CUTOFF LO 53 DRIVE SIGNAL 18 SERVO GAIN 54 DRIVE CURRENT 19 SERVO RESET 55 MLFB 20 SERVO RATE 59 FAILED ACTIVE 21 ACT FAIL ACTION 60 MAINT ACTIVE 40 1 GRANT DENY GRANT 61 ADVISE ACTIVE 40 2 GRANT DENY DENY 71 RECOMMEND ACTION 50 INPUT CHAR 72 TRAVEL ACCUM 73 CYCLE COUNT 75 1 INST ALERTS ENABLE ELECT ENABLE 75 2 INST ALERTS ENABLE SENSOR ENABLE 75 3 INST ALERTS ENABLE ENVIRO ENABLE 75 4 INST ALERTS ENABLE TRAVEL ENABLE 75 5 INST ALERTS ENABLE PROX ENABLE 75 6 INST ALERTS ENABLE TVL HISTORY ENABLE 75 7 INST ALERTS ENABLE PERF ENABLE January 2012 Transducer Block
215. Actuator Actuator Size Actuator Style TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Actuator Style Air TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Air Alert Conditions TB Device Diagnostics Alert Conditions Alert Key TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Configuration Alert Key Area Units TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Instrument Units Area Units Block Configuration Error gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Block Configuration Error Blocks Set to Default Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Configuration Blocks Set to Default Block Set to Default Alert Blocks Set to Default Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Configuration Blocks Set to Default Block Set to Default Alert Enable Calibration Date TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Calibration Calibration Date Calibration Location TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Calibration Calibration Location Calibration Person TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Calibration Calibration Person Cycle Count TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel History Cycle Counter Cycle Count TB Device Variables Overview Cycle Count Cycle Count
216. Actuator Fail Action ACTION Transducer 21 4 38 4 44 Actuator Manufacturer ACT MAN ID Transducer 22 4 37 4 44 Actuator Model Number ACT MODEL NUM Transducer 23 4 38 4 44 Actuator Serial Number ACT SN Transducer 24 4 38 4 44 Actuator Size ACTUATOR SIZE Transducer 85 1 4 38 4 62 Actuator Style ACTUATOR STYLE Transducer 42 1 4 38 4 46 Advise Active ADVISE ACTIVE Transducer 61 4 40 4 52 Advise Alarm ADVISE ALM Transducer 58 4 51 Advise Enable ADVISE ENABLE Transducer 64 4 35 4 52 Advise Priority ADVISE PRI Transducer 70 4 53 C 3 Advise Suppress ADVISE MASK Transducer 67 4 35 4 53 C 8 Air AIR Transducer 85 3 4 39 4 62 Al 24 4 129 4 136 Alarm Hysteresis ALARM_HYS ISEL 36 4 112 PID 47 4 87 4 93 Al 38 4 132 4 137 Alarm Select ALM_SEL ISEL 50 4313 Al 22 4 136 DI 20 4 168 Alarm Summary ALARM SUM ISEL 34 4 108 4 112 PID 45 4 93 Resource 37 4 6 4 16 Al 4 4 134 AO 4 4 75 DI 4 4 166 DO 4 4 154 ISEL 4 4 109 Alert Key ALERT_KEY MAI 4 4 143 OS 4 4 123 PID 4 4 89 Resource 4 4 6 4 12 Transducer 4 4 29 4 42 Area Units AREA UNITS Transducer 93 4 36 4 63 Back Calculation Hysteresis BKCAL HYS PID 30 4 91 Back Calculation Input BKCAL IN PID 27 4 83 4 86 4 91 Back Calculation Input 1 BKCAL 1 IN OS 19 4 124 Back Calculation Input 2 BKCAL 2 IN OS 20 4 124 AO 25 4 71 4 71 4 73 4 77 Back Calculation Output BKCAL OUT OS 15 4 124 PID 31 4 86 4 91 Back Calculation Output Discrete BKCAL_OUT_D DO 21 4 150 4 155
217. Advisory Active 4 40 Air 4 39 Alarm Detection Block 4 129 DI Block 4 163 ISEL Block 4 108 PID Block 4 87 Alarms Setting Priority C 3 Alert Conditions C 2 Alert Handling 4 40 Alerts Enabling Travel Alerts High and Low 4 32 Analog Input Block Advanced Features 4 132 Alarm Priorities 4 129 Block Errors 4 132 Block Modes 4 129 Channel Selections 4 130 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 139 Filtering 4 130 Parameters 4 134 Signal Conversion 4 130 Direct 4 131 Indirect 4 131 Indirect Square Root 4 131 January 2012 Index Simulation 4 132 Status Handling 4 130 Troubleshooting 4 133 View lists 4 138 Analog Output AO Block 4 69 Action on Fault Detection 4 72 Modes 4 69 4 117 Diagram 4 69 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 80 Options 4 73 Mode Handling 4 70 Output Block PV Status 4 72 Parameters 4 75 Set Point Selection and Limiting 4 72 Setting the Output 4 71 Shed Options 4 70 Simulation 4 73 Status Handling 4 71 View lists 4 79 Application Information AO Block 4 74 DI Block 4 165 PID Block 4 87 Area Units 4 36 ATEX Nameplates B 9 B 10 Auto Calibrate Travel 5 3 B Basic Setup 3 2 Stabilize Optimize 4 23 Initial Setup Factory Default Settings 3 3 Stabilize Optimize 4 23 Block Error Reporting 4 40 Block Errors Tm Block 4 132 AO Block 4 74 DI Block 4 164 DO Block 4 152 ISEL Block 4 108 Index 1
218. Alarms amp Display Tab e DeltaV v6 3 or later DeltaV Operate e MD Controllers e Fieldbus devices While device alerts are supported on all fieldbus devices devices that offer PlantWeb alerts provide significantly more useful information Series 2 H1 cards Initial Device Setup When new FF devices are commissioned on the DeltaV system device alarms are automatically enabled and default priorities are assigned to the alarms Select properties on the device then the Alarms and Displays tab as shown in figure F 5 to view whether device alarms are enabled on a particular device The Enable Device Alarms configuration option modifies the device configuration Thus changing this setting requires a download to the device Devices that F 13 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers are migrated from older DeltaV systems will have their device alarms disabled Note 1 Use the default setting of device alarms enabled If the user does not want notification of device alarms this can be configured on each individual alarm Later on you can modify the alarm configurations without downloading the device Disabling device alarms disables all of the alarms including the device communication failure alarm 2 Use the same control display for the device as for the control module 3 If you suspect a rogue device is generating extra H1 bus traffic from device alarms disabling device alarms stops the device from sending t
219. Alert This alert is active when there is a failure of the processor Configuration lf a configuration alert is active it will appear under CONFIG ALERTS Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert This alert is active if the output block has not executed for a period of time longer than the configured timeout Blocks Set to Default Blocks Set to Default Alert This alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults This will stay active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service e Sensor lf a configuration alert is active it will appear under SENSOR ALERTS Travel Sensor Travel Sensor This alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port A Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range Pressure B Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Port B Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range Supply Pressure Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Pressure Sensor reading is outside the functional range Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert This alert is active if a travel sensor failure or a gross travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert This alert is active if the temperature sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor e Environment
220. Alert Handling Simulate PlantWeb Alerts Rated Travel TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Rated Travel Relay Type TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Instrument Application Relay Type Seat Type TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Valve and Actuator Trim Seat Type Setpoint TB Device Variables Overview AO Control Pre Characterization Setpoint Setpoint Status TB Device Variables Overview AO Control Pre Characterization Setpoint Status Setpoint D TB Device Variables Overview DO Control Setpoint D Shaft Stem Diameter TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Shaft Stem Dia Simulate Active TB Device Diagnostics Status Transducer Block Error Simulate Active Simulate Jumper ON TB Device Diagnostics Status Self Test Status Simulate Jumper ON Spring Rate TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Spring Rate Spring Rate Units TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Units Spring Rate Units Static Memory Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Static Memory Alert Static Memory Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Static Memory Alert Enable Static Memory Manu
221. B gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt Supply Supply Pressure Hi Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Supply Pressure gt Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Supply Pressure Sensor Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sens
222. BLK PERMITTED_MODE Table 4 81 DI Function Block View 1 54 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE Parameter 5 1 ST REV 8 OUT D 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 17 FIELD VAL D 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 201 ALARM SUM CURRENT K MODE BEK PERMITTED MODE 20 2 ALARM_SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 23 MODE BEENORMAE MODE 20 3 ALARM_SUM UNREPORTED 6 BLOCK_ERR 20 4 ALARM_SUM DISABLED 7 PV D 8 OUT D 17 FIELD VAL D 20 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT 20 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 203 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED Table 4 84 DI Function Block View 4 20 4 ALARM SUM DISABLED Index Parameter Number 1 ST REV 3 STRATEGY Table 4 82 DI Function Block View 2 4 ALERT KEY Index 13 lO OPTS Number Parameter 14 STATUS OPTS 1 ST REV 15 CHANNEL 10 XD STATE 16 PV FTIME 11 OUT STATE 21 ACK OPTION 12 1 GRANT DENY GRANT 22 DISC PRI 12 2 GRANT DENY DENY 23 DISC LIM January 2012 4 169 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Field Communicator Menu Structure Quick Config Online All Alert Key Process Value Discrete Status Process Value Discrete Value Common Config Block Error Field Value Discrete Status Field Value Discrete Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Alert Key Output Discrete Status Block Mode Permitted Discrete Limit Output Discrete Value Block Mode Normal Options Block Mode Target
223. Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Acknowledge Option ACK OPTION 38 determines if the block alarm will be automatically acknowledged e Discrete Alarm Disabled The Write Alarm WRITE ALM 40 is used to alert when parameters are writeable to the device Alarm Summary ALARM SUM 37 determines if the Discrete Alarm is disabled 4 6 e Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Acknowledge Option ACK OPTION 38 determines if the Write Alarm associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged Identification RB Configure Setup Identification e Device ID The 32 character Device ID DEVICE ID 54 e Electronics Serial Number The Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS SN 49 set at the factory Factory Serial Number The Factory Serial Number FACTORY SN 50 is the instrument serial number set at the factory e Field Serial Number The Field Serial Number FIELD SN 51 is the serial number of instrument assigned in field Tag Description The Tag Description DESC 2 is used to assign a unique 32 character description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block e Strategy Strategy STRATEGY 31 permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the block is located The blocks may be grouped by plant area plant equipment etc Enter a value between 0 and 65535 in the Strategy field e Manufacturer M
224. Block Options Function Block Options OPTIONS 44 shows which function blocks are available in the instrument e Miscellaneous Options Miscellaneous Options MISC OPTIONS 46 indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled Features Available Features Available FEATURES 17 indicates which Resource Block Options features are available Reports Reports enables alert and event reporting Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed See Alerts on page 4 26 Fault State Fault state enables the ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by shedding mode See parameter January 2012 Resource Block descriptions for Set Fault State SET FSTATE 291 and Clear Fault State FSTATE 30 in table 4 3 and Action on Fault Detection Soft Write Lock Soft Write lock permits using Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 to prevent any external change to parameter values Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally but the configuration is locked Also see Write Lock on page 4 4 Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support permits the instrument to treat each PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host Without Multi Bit Alarm Support an individual PlantWeb alert must be acknowledged before another PlantWeb alert can be broadcast to the Host e Features Selected Note Typically this pa
225. Block actual mode is Out of Service 6 a Change the block target mode to an operational mode see FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication Appendix D and host system documentation 7 Transducer block Setpoint FINAL VALUE 13 is not being automatically updated from the AO block 7 a Transducer block mode in not Auto 7 a Change transducer block mode to Auto 7 b AO block is not active 7 b Change Outblock Selection to AO Control 8 Transducer block setpoint Setpoint D SETPOINT D 32 is not being automatically updated from the DO block 8 a Transducer block mode is not Auto 8 a Change transducer block mode to Auto 8 b DO block is not active 8 b Change Outblock Selection to DO Control 9 Valve does not move when the set point is changed 9 a A function block actual mode is Out of Service or Transducer Block Actual mode is Out of Service or Manual 9 a1 Change the target mode to an operational mode see FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication Appendix D and host system documentation 9 a2 Verify that the correct block AO or DO is configured in Feature Select in the resource block Only the selected out block is able to set the transducer setpoint and move the valve 9 b Pneumatic connections are incorrect or supply pressure is incorrect 9 b Check pneumatic connections and supply pressure Be sure supply pressure regulator is set correctly see Pressure Connections on page 2 19 of the I
226. C Class Division 1 GP Ci 0 uF T5 Tamb lt 95 NEMA 4X D E F G per drawing GE42819 Li 2 0 mH T6 Tamb 80 Pi 105 mw DVC60x5 T4 Tamb 125 C Explosion proof 1 2 3 1 Division 1 GP A B C D T5 Tamb lt 95 NEMA 4X Class Division 1 A B C T6 Tamb 80 Class Division 2 GP A B C D t Class II Division 1 GP Uae 2 Y NENA AX Class II Division 2 GP F G ene a Class III T6 Tamb lt 80 C January 2012 1 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 1 5 Hazardous Area Classifications ATEX Certificate ATEX Type DVC60x0F DVC60x0FS x 1 2 3 Certification Obtained Intrinsically Safe 11GD Gas Ex ia IIC T4 T5 T6 Ga Dust Ex iaD 20 T100 C Tamb lt 80 C Da Ex iaD 20 T100 C Tamb lt 77 C Da Ex iaD 20 T85 C Tamb lt 62 C Da Natural Gas Approved Entity Rating FIELDBUS Ui 24 VDC li 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Pi 1 4W FISCO Ui 17 5 VDC li 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Pi 5 32 W Temperature Code T4 Tamb lt 80 C T5 Tamb lt 77 C T6 Tamb lt 62 C Enclosure Rating IP66 Flameproof amp I2GD Gas Ex d IIC T5 T6 Dust Ex tD A21 IP66 T90 C Tamb lt 85 C Ex tD A21 IP66 T80 C Tamb x 75 C Natural Gas Approved IP66 Typen Gas Ex T5 T6 Dust Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb x 80 Ex tD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb x 75 Natural Gas A
227. CTION L our STATUS CALC STATUS OPTS PV FTIME FIELDBUS FBUS 02A OUT D DISCRETE OUTPUT THAT SIGNALS A SELECTED ALARM CONDITION Figure 4 26 Analog Input Function Block Schematic You can choose from direct indirect or indirect square root signal conversion with the L TYPE 16 parameter Direct Direct signal conversion allows the signal to pass through the accessed channel input value or the simulated value when simulation is enabled PV Channel Value Indirect Indirect signal conversion converts the signal linearly to the accessed channel input value or the simulated value when simulation is enabled from its specified range XD SCALE 10 to the range and units of the PV 7 and OUT 8 parameters OUT SCALE 11 EU 10026 EU 0 EU 00 100 OUT SCALE values January 2012 Indirect Square Root Indirect Square Root signal conversion takes the square root of the value computed with the indirect signal conversion and scales it to the range and units of the PV 7 and OUT 8 parameters eax EU 10096 EU 0 EU 20 100 OUT SCALE values When the converted input value is below the limit specified by the LOW CUT 17 parameter a value of zero is used for the converted value PV 7 This option is useful to eliminate false readings when the differential pressure measurement is close to zero Note Invert is the only option supported
228. Closed 1 Block Configuration Error SHED OPT or CHANNEL set to 5 595 Closed 0 uninitialized 10 1096 Closed 2 Link Configuration Error N A 15 1596 Closed 3 Simulate active Simulation is enabled and the block is using 20 2096 Closed a simulated valie in 5 execution 25 2596 Closed 4 Local Override Device in fault state Actual mode LO 30 30 Closed Device Fault State Set DO block in fault state after 5 FSTATE TIME because of Bad status IFS substatus on 35 35 Closed CAS D or Resource block commanded fault state 40 40 Closed Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates a Maintenance 45 4596 Closed 6 PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is 50 50 Closed enabled See page 4 40 55 55 Closed Input failure process variable has Bad status PV has bad 60 60 Closed 7 status and Feature Select in the Resource block has the Out 5 Readback bit set or the transducer block mode is Out of 65 6596 Closed Service 70 70 Closed 8 Output failure PV has bad status or the transducer block 75 7596 Closed mode is Out of Service 80 80 Closed 9 Memory Failure N A 85 8596 Closed 10 Lost Static Data N A 90 9096 Closed 11 Lost NV Data N A 95 9596 Closed 12 Readback Check Failed N A 100 Open Closed Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates Failed 13 PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled See page 4 40 Power Up This condition exists after power up until actual PV D 7 and a man
229. Com Date Type DS 66 Remote Cascade Input Discrete 22 ALL Status NoVal Target set point and status provided by a RCAS IN D const supervisory host to a discrete control or output block Value 0 January 2012 Continued 4 155 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 71 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description O Uninitialized 1 Normal Shed Normal Return 2 Normal Shed No Return 3 Shed to Auto normal return 4 Shed to Auto no Data Type Unsigned8 return Target mode Defines action to be taken on remote control changes to Auto on device timeout detection of a shed Normal Return actual mode changes to the next Shed Option condition lowest priority non remote mode permitted but SHED GET 23 ALL 5 Shed to Manual 0 returns to the target remote mode when the normal return remote computer completes the initialization 6 Shed to Manual No handshake return Target mode No Return Target mode changes to the next changes to MAN on lowest priority non remote mode permitted The detection of a shed target remote mode is lost so no return occurs condition 7 Shed to retained target normal return 8 Shed to retained target no return Change target to retained target Data Type DS 66 Block set point and status after ramping pr
230. D FISCO BARRIER CSA APPROVED FISCO TERMINATOR NOTE 2 3 4 5 6 lt 1 FISCO LOOP gt SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B 2 GE42818 A Sheets 3 and 4 of 8 Figure B 1 CSA Loop Schematics for FIELDVUE DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 2 January 2012 Loop Schematics Nameplates NOTES THE ENTITY CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN SUCH COMBINATION THE CRITERIA FOR INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE Vmax or Ui THE CURRENT max 1 AND THE POWER Pmax or Pi OF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE Voc or Uo AND THE CURRENT or AND THE POWER DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IN ADDITION THE SUM OF THE MAX UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE AND MAX UNPROTECTED INDUCTANCE Li INCLUDING THE INTERCONNECTING CABLING CAPACITANCE Ccable AND CABLING INDUCTANCE Lcablel MUST BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE CAPACITANCE AND INOUCTANCE La DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IF THE ABOVE CRITERIA IS MET THEN THE COMBINATION MAY BE CONNECTED Vmax or Ui gt Voc or Uo or li gt Isc or lo Pmax or Pi Ci Ccable Li Lcable s La 2 THE FISCO CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN SUCH COMBINATION THE CRITERIA FOR THE INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE Vmax or
231. D TEMP MAX 44 2 TRAVEL TUNE TVL 86 2 DEVICE RECORD TEMP MAX TIME 44 3 TRAVEL TUNE TVL INTEG LO 86 3 DEVICE RECORD TEMP MIN 44 4 TRAVEL TUNE TVL INTEG DEADZ 86 4 DEVICE RECORD TEMP MIN TIME 44 5 TRAVEL TUNE TVL MLFB GAIN 86 5 DEVICE RECORD SUPP PRESS MAX 47 1 PRESS TUNE PRESS CUTOFF HI 86 6 DEVICE RECORD SUPP PRESS MAX TIME 47 2 PRESS TUNE PRESS CUTOFF LO 86 7 DEVICE RECORD SUPP PRESS MIN 47 3 PRESS TUNE PRESS PROP GAIN 86 8 DEVICE RECORD SUPP PRESS MIN TIME 47 4 PRESS TUNE PRESS INTEG GAIN 47 5 PRESS TUNE PRESS RATE GAIN Table 4 18 Transducer Block View 4 1 47 6 PRESS TUNE PRESS INTEG DEADZ Index Number Parameter 47 7 PRESS TUNE PRESS INTEG HI He STARE gt J 47 8 PRESS TUNE PRESS INTEG LO 3 STRATEGY 47 9 PRESS TUNE PRESS INTEG 4 ALERT KEY 47 10 PRESS TUNE PRESS INTEG IC LO 10 TRANSDUCER TYPE 47 11 PRESS TUNE PRESS MLFB GAIN 22 ACT MAN ID 62 FAILED ENABLE 23 MODEL NUM 63 ENABLE 24 ACT SN 64 ADVISE ENABLE 25 VALVE MAN ID 65 FAILED MASK 26 VALVE MODEL NUM 66 MASK 67 ADVISE MASK Table 4 19 Transducer Block View 4 2 68 FAILED PRI Index Number Parameter 69 PRI 1 ST REV 70 ADVISE_PRI 27 VALVE_SN 28 VALVE_TYPE 29 XD_CAL_LOC 30 XD_CAL_DATE 31 XD_CAL_WHO 89 TEMPERATURE_UNITS 90 PRESSURE_UNITS 91 TVL_UNITS 92 LENGTH_UNITS 93 AREA_UNITS 94 SPRING_RATE_UNITS January 2012 4 65 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 21 Tra
232. DE 8 4 RO N A BLOCK ERR 0 N A Value of parameter at alarm time for a single VALUE 8 5 RO N A alarm 0 for multiple 0 N A alarms Transducer Directory Data Type Array 2 of Unit16 TRANSDUCER DIRECTORY 5 RO NA 1 Vt Not used Transducer Type Data Type Uint16 TRANSDUCER TYPE 10 RO 106 106 Identifies the type of the transducer Transducer Error 11 RO Valid Numbers 0 No 0 N A Data Type Uint8 XD ERROR or ERROR Error Error code for the transducer block Collection Directory Data Type Array 5 of Unit32 COLLECTION DIRECTORY 15 RO 11 11 11 11 Not used FINAL VALUE 13 Data Type DS 65 In Travel Control Setpoint for valve travel in 96 prior to Setpoint Status MAN 1 RW dog N A NONE characterization In Pressure Control Setpoint for implied valve travel as 96 or pressure range prior to characterization FINAL VALUE is not updated Setpoint MAN unless the AO block is selected in VAEUE 13 2 RW oos 25 to 125 N A NONE FEATURE_SELECT For example FINAL_VALUE still has last value written by AO channel 1 when DO is in control Setpoint Range FINAL_VALUE_RANGE 15 Data 05 68 su High and Low range limit values EU_100 14 1 RO N A 100 100 N A engineering units code and EU 0 14 2 RO N A 0 0 N A number of digits to the right of the UNITS INDEX 143 RO N A PERCENT 1342 N A decimal place to be used to display DECIMAL 144 RO 2 2 Te inal value Data Type Float When the serv
233. DVC6030f Quarter turn rotary applications Remote Mounted Instrument DVC6005f Base unit for 2 inch pipestand or wall mounting DVC6015 Feedback unit for sliding stem applications DVC6025 Feedback unit for rotary or long stroke sliding stem applications DVC6035 Feedback unit for quarter turn rotary applications DVC6000f digital valve controllers can be mounted on Fisher and other manufacturers rotary and sliding stem actuators Function Block Suites Standard Control throttling control Includes PID ISEL OS Al MAI DO and four DI function blocks Fieldbus Control throttling control Contains the AO function block Fieldbus Logic discrete on off Includes DO and four DI function blocks Block Execution Times AO Block 15 ms Block 15 ms PID Block 20 ms BLock 35 ms ISEL Block 20 ms DO Block 15 ms OS Block 20 ms DI Block 15 ms Electrical Input Voltage Level 9 to 32 volts Maximum Current 19 mA Reverse Polarity Protection Unit is not polarity sensitive Termination Bus must be properly terminated per ISA SP50 guidelines Digital Communication Protocol FOUNDATION fieldbus registered device Physical Layer Type s 121 Low power signaling bus powered Entity Model I S 511 Low power signaling bus powered FISCO I S Fieldbus Device Capabilities Backup Link Master capable Device Description Compatibility Firmware Revision DD Compatibility
234. Drive Current e Drive Current Drive Current DRIVE CURRENT 54 displays the measured Drive Current actually flowing through the converter in percent of maximum drive January 2012 Transducer Block e Drive Current Alert This alert is active when the difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time e Drive Current Alert Enable When enabled Drive Current Alert Enable activates the Drive Current Alert e Drive Current Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown for the Drive Current alert When enabled and the alert condition is present the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the Zero Power Condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e Drive Current Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when Drive Current Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Drive
235. E IN THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLERS HOUSING NOTE DVC6030f TRAVEL COUNTS COUNTERCLOCKWISE 3100 700 STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT Figure 2 10 Explanation of FIELDVUE DVC6030f Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement if Counterclockwise Orientation is Selected for Iravel Sensor Motion in ValveLink Software or the Field Communicator HOLEA HOLE B TRAVEL INDICATOR PIN FEEDBACK ARM BIAS SPRING 48B4164 B DOC Figure 2 11 Positioning Travel Indicator Pin in the Feedback Arm Viewed as if Looking from the FIELDVUE DVC6030f toward the Actuator January 2012 Note ValveLink software and the Field Communicator use the convention of clockwise figure 2 9 and counterclockwise figure 2 10 when viewing the potentiometer shaft from the back of the FIELDVUE instrument 5 Attach the travel indicator to the shaft connector or spacer as described in the mounting kit instructions 6 Attach the mounting bracket to the digital valve controller 7 Position the digital valve controller so that the pin on the travel indicator engages the slot in the feedback arm and that the bias spring loads the pin as shown in figure 2 11 Attach the digital valve controller to the actuator or positioner plate 8 If a travel in
236. E OPENING IS CL DIV 1 GROUPS PER DWG GE42819 WARNING SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY USE FIELD WIRING SUITABLE FOR AT LEAST 90 C Tamb lt 80 C 105 C Tamb lt 100 C 150 C Tamb lt 125 C Q MAX VOLTAGE 10 VDC MAX CURRENT 5 mADC FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MFG LOCATION 391 N 1 MFG LOCATION 371 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 30C0386 Figure B 10 FM Nameplates for FIELDVUE DVC6005f DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 IP66 32VDC 145 PSI MAX FISHER CONTROLS INTC ELC LCIE 02 ATEX 6002X MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA Ex ia T4 Tamb S 80 C T amp Tamb lt 77 lt 62 C Ga MFG LOCATION 077 5 8050 iaD 20 T100 C Tamb lt 80 C Da 20 100 Tamb 77 C Da 20 TB5 C Tamb 62 C Da Q Ui 24V li 380mA Pi 14W Ci 5nF Li mH FISCO Ui 17 5V li 380mA Pi 5 32W 5 Li OmH 1180 Uo 24V lo 17 5mA Po 105mW Co 12inF Lo 100mH FOR TYPE DVC6005F ONLY porn of De Oe DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f AMB TEMP 60 125 C IP66 10 0 MAX 5mADC MAX 2 LCIE 02 ATEX 6002X Ex itque up FISHER Ga Ex ia T4 Tamb lt 125 C 5 lt 95 C 6 lt 80 20 T135 C Tamb lt 125 C Ex iaD 20 T100 C Tamb 95 C 20 T85 C Tamb lt 80
237. E SCREEN S CONNECTED TO ONE LINE LENGTH OF SPLICE 1 m T BOX MUST ONLY CONTAIN TERMINAL CONNECTIONS WITH NO ENERGY STORAGE CAPABILITY LENGTH OF SPUR CABLE 30 m LENGTH OF TRUNK CABLE lt 1 km AT EACH END OF THE TRUNK CABLE AN APPROVED INFALLIBLE TERMINATION WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS IS SUITABLE R 90 TO 100 ohms AND C 0 TO 22 uF NOTE A BUILT IN TERMINATOR IS INCLUDED ON THE FIELD SIDE AND A SELECTABLE TERMINATOR IS AVAILABLE ON THE HOST SIDE THE NUMBER OF PASSIVE DEVICES CONNECTED TO THE BUS SEGMENT IS NOT LIMITED IN THE FISCO CONCEPT FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE REASONS IF THE ABOVE RULES ARE RESPECTED UP TO A TOTAL LENGTH OF 1000 m SUM OF THE LENGTH OF THE TRUNK CABLE AND ALL SPUR CABLES THE INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE OF THE CABLE WILL NOT IMPAIR THE INTRINSIC SAFETY OF THE INSTALLATION 3 INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CANADIAN ELECTRICAL CODE CEC PART 1 AND ANSI ISA RP12 6 4 MAXIMUM SAFE AREA VOLTAGE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 Vrms 5 RESISTANCE BETWEEN INTRINSICALLY SAFE GROUND AND EARTH GROUND MUS BE LESS THE ONE OHM 6 LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 7 IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST BE CSA APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER S CONTROL DRAWING GE42818 A Sheet 8 of 8 Figure B 2 Notes for CSA Loop Schematics CL DIV 1 GP BCD T6 CL DIV 2 GP ABCD 6 FISHER CONTR
238. EL 8 95 1 through 95 8 Transducer block parameters available to each channel 1 FINAL VALUE 2 TRAVEL TARGET 3 FINAL POSITION VALUE 4 TRAVEL 5 SUPPLY_PRESS 6 ACT_PRESS_A 7 ACT_PRESS_B 8 ACT_PRESS_DIFF 9 DRIVE_SIGNAL 10 TRAVEL_DEVIATION 11 TEMPERATURE 12 CYCLE COUNT 13 TRAVEL ACCUM 4 39 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 10 Output Block PV Status FEATURE SEL Transducer Mode Active PlantWeb AO DO AO DO AO DO PV PW Alarms Set PV Status Actual Alarms PV Status 2 PV Substatus Limit Substatus OOS Device Failure Constant Man X Bad Non specific Constant Auto Fail Uncertain Subnormal See table 4 11 Enabled Auto Maintenance no Fail Uncertain Non specific See table 4 11 Auto ANIS Fail no Good Advisory See table 4 11 Maintenance Auto None Good Non Specific See table 4 11 OOS X Bad Device Failure Constant Man X Bad Non Specific Constant Auto Fail Good Non Specific See table 4 11 Not Enabled Auto Maintenance no Fail Good Non Specific See table 4 11 Auto Advisory Fail no Good Non Specific See table 4 11 Maintenance Auto None Good Non Specific See table 4 11 NOTES X No Effect 1 PV limit substatus reflects only READBACK limit substatus SP limit substatus reflects only out block rate limits 2 Firmware Revision 1 1 and earlier will set AO DO PV Status to Bad if Feedback Sensor has failed ie Travel Sensor Fail However
239. ERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO CAS RCAS EU 0 0 NORMAL Auto Engineering Units 8 SP Dynamic Decimal Places 2 9 OUT Dynamic 13 CONTROL_OPTS 0 Bypass enable 11 PV SCALE 14 STATUS_OPTS All off EU 100 100 15 IN EU 0 0 Status BAD Engineering Units NC Decimal Places 2 const Value 0 12 100 16 PV FTIME 0 EU 096 0 17 BYPASS 0 Engineering Units 96 18 CAS IN Decimal Places 2 Status BAD 14 OPTS All off NC 15 STATUS OPTS All off const i Value 0 19 SP RATE DN INF const 20 SP_RATE_UP INF 0 21 SP HI LIM 100 18 SP RATE DN INF 22 SP_LO_LIM 0 19 SP_RATE_UP INF 23 GAIN 1 20 SP HI LIM 100 24 RESET INF 21 SP_LO_LIM 0 25 BAL TIME 0 22 CHANNEL 1 analog valve input 26 RATE 0 Continued 27 BKCAL IN Status BAD NC const Value 0 Continued January 2012 Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Resource Block Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number Number PID Block continued PID Block continued 28 OUT HI LIM 100 66 BIAS 29 OUT LO LIM 0 69 SP FTIME 0 30 BKCAL HYS 0 5 70 MATHFORM 0 32 RCAS IN 71 STRUCTURECONFIG 0 Status BAD 72 GAMMA NoCom 73 NoVal 74 IDEABAND 0 const ISEL Block alue 0 Trk 1 ST REV 5 33 ROUT IN Status BAD 2 TAG DESC Spaces NoCom 3 STRATEGY 0 NoVal 4 ALERT KEY 0 cons
240. ERWISE SPECIFIED Figure 8 8 FIELDVUE DVC6025 Digital Valve Controller Assembly 8 14 January 2012 SECTION C C TTROS S j JA SS iN T 4 ya Ur PN XN SECTION B B APPLY LUB SEALANT THREAD LOCK SECTION A A NOTE 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B7988 A Figure 8 9 FIELDVUE DVC6035 Digital Valve Controller Assembly January 2012 8 15 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 8 16 January 2012 Principle of Operation Appendix A Principle of Operation Digital Valve Controller Operation A 2 January 2012 A 1 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 9 32 VOLT FIELDBUS AUXILIARY TERMINALS TERMINAL BOX PRINTED WIRING BOARD VP CONVERTER E0408 1 IL DIGITAL SETPOINT VALVE TRAVEL FEEDBACK SUPPLY PRESSURE VALVE AND ACTUATOR Figure A 1 FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Block Diagram Digital Valve Controller Operation DVC6000f digital valve controllers have a single module base that may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing The master module contains the following submodules current to pneumatic I P converter printed wiring board assembly and pneumatic relay The relay position is detected by sensing the magnet on the relay beam via a detector o
241. ERWISE SPECIFIED 49B3261 C SHT 2 amp 3 DOC Figure 8 5 FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit continued 8 12 January 2012 Parts 64 9 47 is G 64 4236 SINGLE ACTING DIRECT SINGLE ACTING REVERSE DOUBLE ACTING APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTE 1 gt FOR SINGLE ACTING DIRECT OUTPUT B IS PLUGGED 2 gt FOR SINGLE ACTING REVERSE OUTPUT A IS PLUGGED 48B7710 K SHT 2 DOC Figure 8 6 Typical FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Gauge Configuration 2 ES a ome WTS Gaz L L 3 SECTION B B irs SECTION D D SECTION A A APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTE 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 2 Figure 8 7 FIELDVUE DVC6015 Digital Valve Controller Assembly 8 13 January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 256 49 254 261 253 258 44 E SECTION B B SECTION A A APPLY LUB SEALANT THREAD LOCK NOTE 1 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTH
242. Enabled The supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Alert Point 19 psig Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Double Acting Actuators Set the Alert Point above the minimum required for valve shutoff and no greater than 1 psig below the supply regulator setting Single Acting Actuators Set the Alert Point above the minimum required for valve shutoff and no greater than 1 psig below the supply regulator setting This is generally about 3 psig above the actuator upper bench set stroking pressure January 2012 Continued 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Temperature Limit Environment Advisory Alert Condition and Default Temperature High Enabled What the Alert is Detecting The temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point Related Parameters and Default Alert Point 186 Guidelines for Setting Use default settings Other alert points may be chosen to indicate changes in the instrument environment Temperature Low Enabled The temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point Alert Point 63 F Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Set the Alert Point at 40 F if the instrument uses Nitrile elastomers and 63 F if it uses Fluorosilicone elastomers Ot
243. FIELDBUS Vmax 24 VDC Voc 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Isc 17 5 mA Ci 5 nF 121 nF Ex ia Intrinsically Safe amp FISCO Li 0 mH La 100 mH Class Division 1 GP A B C Pi 1 4 W Pec doom TET 2 2 4 66 D E F G per drawing GE42818 FISCO T Tamb 62 Single Seal Device Natural Gas Approved Vmax 17 5VDC Voc 24 VDC Imax 380 mA Isc 17 5 mA Ci25nF 121 nF DVC6005F Li 0 mH La 100 mH Pi 5 32 W Pi 105 mW Explosion proof Class Division 1 GP B C D T6 io T6 Tamb 80 C dices viis E Natural Gas Approved Class I Division 2 GP A B C D T6 Class Division 1 GP E F G T6 Class II Division 2 T6 224 T6 Tamb 80 C A Class 111 Natural Gas Approved Vmax 30 VDC Ex ia Intrinsically Safe Imax 17 5 mA T4 Tamb lt 125 C Class 1 11 Division 1 A B C Ci 0 uF T5 Tamb lt 95 C Type 4X IP66 D E F G per drawing GE42818 Li 0 mH T6 Tamb lt 80 C Pi 105 mW Explosion proof 155200 E i MET T5 Tamb lt 95 Type 4X IP66 Class Division 1 GP B C D T Tamb lt 80 Class Division 2 GP A B C D T4 Tamb lt 125 Class II Division 1 GP E F G T5 Tamb lt 95 Type 4X IP66 Class II Division 2 GP F G T6 Tamb lt 80 1 8 January 2012 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 4 Hazardous Area Classifications FM United States
244. FISCO TERMINATOR 1 gt NOTE 2 3 4 5 6 FISCO LOOP 1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE 7 GE42819 A Sheets 3 and 4 of 8 Figure B 6 FM Loop Schematics for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 6 January 2012 Loop Schematics Nameplates THE ENTITY CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN SUCH COMBINATION THE CRITERIA FOR INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE Vmax or UD THE CURRENT l AND THE POWER Pmax or Pi OF THE INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS MUST BE EQUAL TO OR GREATER THAN THE VOLTAGE Voc or Uo AND THE CURRENT Isc or lo AND THE POWER DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IN ADDITION THE SUM OF THE MAX UNPROTECTED CAPACITANCE C AND MAX UNPROTECTED INDUCTANCE Li INCLUDING THE INTERCONNECTING CABLING CAPACITANCE Ccable AND CABLING INDUCTANCE Lcablel MUST BE LESS THAN THE ALLOWABLE CAPACITANCE AND INDUCTANCE DEFINED BY THE ASSOCIATED APPARATUS IF THE ABOVE CRITERIA IS MET THEN THE COMBINATION MAY BE CONNECTED Vmax or Ui gt Voc or or li gt Isc or l Pmax or Pi Ci Ccable x Li Leable x La 2 THE FISCO CONCEPT ALLOWS INTERCONNECTION OF INTRINSICALLY SAFE APPARATUS TO ASSOCIATED APPARATUS NOT SPECIFICALLY EXAMINED IN SUCH COMBINATION THE CRITERIA FOR THE INTERCONNECTION IS THAT THE VOLTAGE Ymax or Ui CURRENT or AND POWER Pmax or Pil WHICH
245. Field Communicator Menu Structure Quick Config Al Channel Linearization Type Transducer Scale EU at 10096 Transducer Scale EU at 096 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Output Scale EU at 10096 Output Scale EU at 096 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Common Config Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis Alert Key High High Limit High High Priority High Limit High Priority Options Linearization Type Low Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Limit Low Priority Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Scale EU at 10096 Output Scale EU at 096 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Process Value Filter Time Advanced Contig Low Cutoff Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer Scale EU at 10096 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Reference Al Channel Connectors Output Status Output Value January 2012 Online Block Error Field Value Status Field Value Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output Status Output Value Process Value Status Process Value Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant
246. G Control Selector Block CS P PD Controller Block PD PID Controller Block PID Ratio Station Block RA Analog Output Block AO and Discrete Output Block DO Function blocks perform process control functions such as analog input Al and analog output AO functions as well as proportional integral derivative PID functions The standard function blocks provide a common structure for defining function block inputs outputs control parameters events alarms and modes and combining them into a process that can be implemented within a single device or over the fieldbus network This simplifies the identification of characteristics that are common to function blocks The Fieldbus Foundation has established the function blocks by defining a set of parameters used in all function blocks called universal parameters The Fieldbus Foundation has also defined a standard set D 2 of function block classes such as input output control and calculation blocks Each of these classes have a set of parameters established for it Additionally they have published definitions for transducer blocks commonly used with standard function blocks Examples include temperature pressure level and flow transducer blocks Fieldbus Foundation specifications and definitions allow vendors to add their own extended parameters as well as their own algorithms This approach permits extending function block definitions as new requirem
247. GOOD S w Figure 4 14 Input Selector Function Block Schematic e For a selection algorithm to use an input with status of Uncertain the STATUS OPTS 10 parameter must have Use Uncertain as Good e STATUS OPTS 10 is applied before selection e f the number of good inputs is less than MIN GOOD 20 or if the number of inputs evaluated is 0 the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Bad e f an input is disabled or its status is Bad and is selected via SELECT 22 then the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Bad If the quality of the input is Uncertain and the selection for the STATUS OPTS 10 parameter is Use Uncertain as Good then the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Uncertain Otherwise the status of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Good Noncascade When the block is in the Manual mode the status and substatus of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be as follows e Substatus will be non specific and the limit will be constant Quality of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Uncertain if STATUS OPTS 10 is Uncertain if in Manual mode Otherwise the quality of OUT 7 and SELECTED 21 will be Good Noncascade Limit Propagation Refer to figure 4 15 When SELECT TYPE 19 is Average Not Limited is propagated unless all inputs 4 104 have the same limit status If all inputs have the same limit status the limit status of the inputs is propagated If SELECT TYPE 19 is M
248. HE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER POWERS PLANTWEB BY POWERS 2 CAPTURING AND DELIVERING VALVE DIAGNOSTIC DATA COUPLED WITH VALVELINK SOFTWARE nt D THE DVC6000f PROVIDES USERS WITH AN ACCURATE PICTURE OF VALVE PERFORMANCE INCLUDING 4 ACTUAL STEM POSITION INSTRUMENT INPUT SIGNAL AND PNEUMATIC PRESSURE TO THE ACTUATOR USING THIS INFORMATION THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER DIAGNOSES NOT ONLY ITSELF BUT ALSO THE VALVE AND ACTUATOR TO WHICH IT IS MOUNTED FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller xi Introduction and Specifications Section 1 Introduction and Specifications NB Scope of Manual 1 2 Instrument Description 1 2 Using this 1 4 Specificallons Lec bd ek acies do da es 1 4 Related 1 4 Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines 1 4 Related Documents eru UM opens 1 4 Educational Services eed aet eid ek mend bad oe d tens 1 4 January 2012 1 1 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Scope of Manual This instruction manual includes specifications installation operating and maintenance information for FIELDVUE DVC6000f digital valve controllers This manual describes device setup using
249. I 15 4 161 4 167 DO 18 4 151 4 155 MAI 7 4 143 Clear Fault State CLR FSTATE Resource 30 4 5 4 15 NO TAG Collection Directory COLLECTION DIRECTORY Transducer 12 4 43 Communication Error Count COMM ERROR COUNT Transducer 86 9 4 62 Confirm Time CONFIRM TIME Resource 33 4 6 4 15 4 174 Continued January 2012 Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued All Blocks Label Parameter Name Block sud Page Numbers Control Options CONTROL OPTS PID 12 4 86 4 90 Custom Points CUSTOM POINTS Transducer 51 4 50 Cycle Counter CYCLE COUNT Transducer 73 4 33 4 53 6 11 Cycle Counter Alert Point CYCLE COUNT ALHT PT Transducer 77 6 4 34 4 59 Cycle Counter Deadband CYCLE COUNT DB Transducer 77 7 4 34 4 59 Cycle Selection CYCLE SEL Resource 20 4 14 Cycle Type CYCLE TYPE Resource 19 4 14 DD Resource DD RESOURCE Resource 9 4 12 DD Revision DD REV Resource 13 4 13 Detailed Status DETAILED STATUS Resource 52 4 17 Deviation High Alarm DV HI ALM PID 64 4 95 Deviation High Limit DV HI LIM PID 57 4 87 4 94 Deviation High Priority DV HI PRI PID 56 4 87 4 94 Deviation Low Alarm DV LO ALM PID 65 4 95 Deviation Low Limit DV LO LIM PID 59 4 87 4 94 Deviation Low Priority DV LO PRI PID 58 4 87 4 94 Device ID DEVICE ID Resource 54 4 6 4 17 6 5 Device Record DEVICE RECORD Transducer 86 4
250. In general when a control region is in trouble the upstream controller is limited so it will not drive further into that region When you want to move to the other active region you can put the upstream controller into Man mode and move it or you can drop the good downstream block out of Cas mode for one evaluation cycle and then restore Cas mode This initializes the upstream controller to the remaining good region of control January 2012 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter OS Function Block Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 47 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated with the ST REV 1 RO N A 0 to 65535 0 function block The revision value will be incremented E each time a static parameter value in the block is changed M Data Type Octet String Tag Desenpuon 2 RW ALL bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the TAG DESC block Data Type Unsigned 16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of STRATEGY 3 ALL 010 65535 0
251. Instruction Manual D103189X012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers January 2012 Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Introduction and Specifications This manual applies to Installation Device Type 4602 Device Revision 2 Basic Setup Hardware Revision 1 Firmware Revision 2 0 Detailed Setup DD Revision 2 and 3 Instrument Level FD PD AD Calibration Standard Control SC Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Fieldbus Control FC Maintenan nd Troubleshootin Fieldbus Logic FL aintenance and Troubleshooting Parts Principle of Operation Loop Schematics Nameplates Using PlantWeb Alerts FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Device Description DD Installation Operating with a DeltaV System Glossary RO Index T s M d E E gt me EMERSON www Fisher com Configure Setup LL Basic Setup Detailed Setup Calibration Top Level Configure Setup Device Diagnostics TRANSDUCER BLOCK FIELD COMMUNICATOR MENU TREE r Response Control Basic Setup P Device Setup Performance Tuner gt gt Detailed Setup Transducer Block Mode Protection Response Control Alerts Instrument Valve and Actuator 4 MAI Channel Map Alert Handling Travel Tuning Pressure Tuning Travel Tuning Travel Pr
252. Key Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 096 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Common Config Alert Key Options Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 096 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Advanced Config Fault State Time Fault State Value Shed Options Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Static Revision Status Options Strategy Transducer Scale EU at 10096 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Reference AO Channel Connectors Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Output Status Output Value 4 80 Online Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Block Error Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Ou
253. LL 3 lt Restart with 1 Run Allows a manual restart to be initiated For RESTART defaults details see Restarting the Instrument in this 4 Restart processor section 1 Reports supported E 2 Fault State 1 1 S a String Features supported 2 1 1 Active 17 RO ALL 3 Software Write 3 1 FEATURES Shows the supported resource block options lock supported 10 1 f 10 Reannunciation Options are turned on and off via FEATURE SELECT supported 1 Reports Supported 2 Fault State Data Type Bit String Feat Selected supported 1 0 Inactive ENU Beer 18 RW ALL 3 Software Write ap 1 Active T lock supported 10 0 Shows the selected resource block options 10 Reannunciation For details see Device Features in this section supported Continued January 2012 4 13 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label PARAMETER NAME Cycle Type CYCLE TYPE Index Number RO RW RO Mode NA Range 0 Scheduled Initial Value Description Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active Identifies the block execution methods available for this resource may be scheduled completion of block execution Cycle Selection CYCLE SEL 20 ALL 0 Scheduled 0 0 Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active Identifies the block execution method selected for this resource Minimum Cycle Time MIN CYCLE T 21 RO NA
254. LT STATE 37 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT 37 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 37 3 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 374 ALARM SUM DISABLED 44 FB OPTIONS 52 DETAILED STATUS 53 TIME SINCE RESET 54 DEVICE ID 4 18 January 2012 Table 4 7 Resource Block View 4 S Parameter 1 STREV 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT KEY 10 MANUFAC ID 11 DEV TYPE 12 DEV REV 13 DD REV 15 HARD TYPES 17 FEATURES 19 CYCLE TYPE 21 MIN CYCLE T 22 MEMORY SIZE 31 MAX NOTIFY 38 ACK OPTION 39 WRITE PRI 41 ITK VER 42 DISTRIBUTOR 43 DEV STRING 45 DIAG OPTIONS 46 MISC OPTIONS 47 1 FIRMWARE REVISION FIRMWARE REV MAJOR 47 2 FIRMWARE REVISION FIRMWARE REV MINOR 47 3 FIRMWARE REVISION FIRMWARE REV BUILD 47 4 FIRMWARE FIRMWARE REV 47 5 FIRMWARE REVISION DIAG CAL REV 47 6 FIRMWARE REVISION FIRMWARE REV ALL 48 HARDWARE REV 49 ELECTRONICS SN 50 FACTORY SN 51 FIELD SN 55 1 STBY FIRMWARE REV STBY FIRMWARE REV MAJOR 55 2 STBY FIRMWARE REV STBY FIRMWARE REV MINOR 55 3 STBY FIRMWARE REV STBY FIRMWARE REV BUILD 55 4 STBY FIRMWARE REV STBY IO FIRMWARE REV 55 5 STBY FIRMWARE REV STBY DIAG CAL REV 55 6 STBY FIRMWARE REV STBY FIRMWARE REV ALL January 2012 Resource Block 4 19 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Transducer Block Overview
255. MAI Channel CHANNEL 21 only 0 undefined This variable must be set to 21 Channel assignments to the 8 outputs is done through CHANNEL MAP parameter in transducer block 1 FINAL VALUE 2 TRAVEL TARGET S FINAL POSITION VALUE 4 TRAVEL 5 SUPPLY PRESS 6 ACT PRESS A 7 ACT PRESS B 8 ACT PRESS DIFF 9 DRIVE SIGNAL 10 TRAVEL DEVIATION 11 TEMPERATURE 12 CYCLE COUNT 13 TRAVEL ACCUM Ouput 1 OUT 1 OOS MAN Channel assigned by TB MAI CHANNEL MAP TB FINAL VALUE Data Type DS 65 The block output value and status Output 2 OUT 2 OOS MAN Channel assigned by TB MAI CHANNEL MAP TB TRAVEL TARGET Data Type DS 65 The block output value and status Output 3 OUT 3 10 OOS MAN Channel assigned by TB MAI CHANNEL MAP TB FINAL POSITION VALUE Data Type DS 65 The block output value and status January 2012 Continued 4 143 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 63 MAI Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Parameter Name Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Output 4 11 OOS Channel assigned by TB TRAVEL Data Type DS 65 OUT 4 MAN TB MAI CHANNEL The block output value and status Output 5 OOS Channel assigned by Data Type DS 65 OUT 5 12 MAN TB MAI CHANNEL MAP TB SUPPLY PRESS The block output value and status Output 6 OOS
256. MIT 32 Scaling OUT SCALE EU100 values Change OUT SCALE 11 or VALUES set values within range January 2012 4 133 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Al Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 56 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions 4 134 Label Index RO Write Block han Initial Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange Value Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated ST REV 1 RO N A 010 65535 0 with the function block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Tag Description Data Type Octet String 9 p 2 ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of TAG DESC the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping STRATEGY ALL 01065535 0 of blocks This data is checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key 4 ALL 110255 0 The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT KEY information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE_BLK Data Type DS 69 oos OOS until block valid Bits 7 O
257. O N A 5 Standby Actual 5 Standby E us the function block application state Mode OOS 6 Failure Actual Mode OOS This parameter may be used in interoperability P pups 177 8 0 testing to read and write all standard data ms types supported by the Fieldbus Foundation Data Type Visible String DD Resource String identifying the VFD tag of the resource DD_RESOURCE 9 Spaces that contains the Device Description for this resource Continued January 2012 Resource Block Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Initial ee PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description Data Type Unsigned32 Manufacturer identification number used by an interface device or host to locate the DD file for the resource All manufacturer identification numbers are maintained by the Fieldbus Foundation A host usually will have a base Manufacturer Id directory for DD files In this directory is a 10 RO N A 0x5100 subdirectory for each manufacturer id In each MANUFAC ID manufacturer id subdirectory is a directory for each device type made by that manufacturer The device type directories contain files named by combining the device revision for the particular device type with the revision of the device description The manufacturer id for Fisher is 0x005100 Data Type Unsigned16 Device Type Manufacturer s model number a
258. OLS INTL LLC CL I DIV 1 GP EFG T6 CL Il DIV 2 GP FG T6 CL Ill MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA AMB TEMP TO 80 Ex ia INTRINSICALLY SAFE amp FISCO MFG LOCATION 433 MAX VOLTAGE 30 VDC CL 1 DIV 1 GP ABCDEFG PER DWG GE42818 MAX SUPPLY PRESSURE 145 PSI T4 Tamb lt 80 T5 Tamb lt 77 C T6 Tamb lt 62 ENCLOSURE TYPE 4X IP66 A Q SEAL NOT REQUIRED CAUTION W ARNINGS o KEEP COVER TIGHT WHILE CIRCUITS ARE ALIVE 9 SUBSTITUTION OF COMPONENTS MAY IMPAIR INTRINSIC SAFETY REFER TO MANUAL FOR ADDITIONAL CAUTIONS WARNINGS FOUNDATION SERIAL INPUT cL 0 7 pwe Figure B 3 CSA Nameplates for FIELDVUE DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f GE44578 January 2012 B 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Ee NOTE DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 Vmax 30 VDC CSA APPROVED Imax 17 5 mA ENTITY DEVICE Ci 0 UF Li 0 mH Pi 105 mW NOTE 1 CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS A B C D CLASS Il DIV 1 GROUPS CLASS III HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION DVC6005F Voc 24 Vmax 24 VDC Isc 17 5 mA Imax 380 mA Ca 121 nF Ci 5 nF La 100 mH Li 0 mH Pi SEE CHART CSA APPROVED BARRIER gt NOTE 1 3 4 5 6 NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION CSA APPROVED FISCO BARRIER 7 ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASS DIV 4 GROUPS CLASS
259. OP CONTROL OUT THE BLOCK OUTPUT AND STATUS B2720 IL Figure 4 11 Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block PID Function Block Overview The PID function block combines all of the necessary logic to perform proportional integral derivative PID control The block supports mode control signal scaling and limiting feedforward control override tracking alarm limit detection and signal status propagation The block supports two forms of the PID equation Standard and Series You can choose the appropriate equation using the MATHFORM 70 parameter The Standard ISA PID equation is the default selection 1 TaS 5 1 x Standard Out GAIN x ex x Series Out GAIN x ex x 1 ze 5 7 F d January 2012 PID Function Block where GAIN proportional gain value Tr integral action time constant RESET parameter in seconds S laplace operator derivative action time constant RATE parameter fixed smoothing factor of 0 1 applied to RATE F feedforward control contribution from the feedforward input VAL E error between setpoint and process variable To further customize the block for use in your application you can configure filtering feedforward inputs tracking inputs setpoint and output limiting PID equation structures and block output action Table 4 31 lists the PID block parameters and their descriptions units of measure and index numbers and f
260. OS 4 MAN 3 AUTO TARGET 5 1 RW ALL MAN is configured The actual target permitted and normal modes of then last valid AUTO the block target Target The requested block mode ACTUAL 5 2 RO ALL OOS Actual The current mode of the block OOS MAN Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED 5 3 RW ALL OOS MAN AUTO AUTO Normal Most common mode for Target NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL AUTO 1 Block Configuration Error Data Type Bit String Block Error 3 Simulate Active O Inactive BLOCK ERR 6 RO 7 Input Failure Bad 1 Active zi PV Status Error status associated with the hardware or 14 Power up Software for the AI block 15 Out of Service Data Type DS 65 i valve 7 RO SE E Reflects the scaled value from the configured m channel Units set by OUT SCALE and L TYPE Primary Output Data Type DS 68 OUT 8 OOS OUT_STATE The block output value and status Simulate 9 SIMULATE SIMULATE STATUS 9 1 ALL 0 Data Type DS 82 SIMULATE VALUE 9 2 ALL 0 A group of data that contains the current TRANSDUCER STATUS 9 3 RO 0 transducer value and status the simulated TRANSDUCER VALUE 9 4 RO 0 transducer value and status and the ENT enable disable bit O Not Initialized 1 simulate ENABLE DISABLE 9 5 ALL 1 Simulation Disabled died 2 Simulation Active Data Type DS 68 EU at 100 100 Transducer scaling XD SCALE is applied to the Transducer Scale 10 OOS EU at 10 0 value from the channel to produce the FIELD VAL XD SCALE Units Index 96 in percent
261. Output Selection and Limiting 4 85 Set Pont Tracking ou crc herba rares RE abd 4 86 PID Equation Structures erecti ERE er 4 86 Reverse and Direct Action 4 87 Alarm Detection 4 87 Application Information 4 87 BIOCKEITOELS hentia core aie ceeded 4 88 Parameter aU date a rtt eri gia 4 89 VIEW EISIS qui ee eL 4 98 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 100 4 82 January 2012 BKCAL_IN BkcaL our BKCAL IN THE ANALOG INPUT VALUE AND STATUS FROM ANOTHER BLOCK S BKCAL OUT OUTPUT THAT IS USED FOR BACKWARD OUTPUT TRACKING FOR BUMPLESS TRANSFER AND TO PASS LIMIT STATUS CAS IN THE REMOTE SETPOINT VALUE FROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK FF_VAL THE FEEDFORWARD CONTROL INPUT VALUE AND STATUS IN THE CONNECTION FOR THE PROCESS VARIABLEFROM ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK IN D INITIATES THE EXTERNAL TRACKING FUNCTION VAL THE VALUE AFTER SCALING APPLIED TO OUT IN LOCAL OVERRIDE MODE BKCAL OUT THE VALUE AND STATUS REQUIRED BY THE BKCAL IN INPUT OF ANOTHER FUNCTION BLOCK TO PREVENT RESET WINDUP AND TO PROVIDE BUMPLESS TRANSFER TO CLOSED LO
262. PTIONS 4 PID enabled are enabled One bit for each block type that is 5 ISEL supported Unlicensed blocks cannot be 6 OS scheduled and the Actual block mode will 7 MAI remain OOS 1 FD Fieldbus Diagnostics Data Type Enum Diagnostic Options 45 RO NA 2 AD Advanced y Indicates which diagnostics licensing options DIAG_OPTIONS Diagnostics are enabled Initial value depends on the 3 PD Performance licensed DVC6000f options Diagnostics 0 Software Download Data Type Bit String 10 Travel Control 0 1 0 Disable o 46 RO NA 10 1 1 Enable 11 Pressure Control Indicates which miscellaneous licensing Capable options are enabled 12 Fallback Capable Firmware Revision 47 FIRMWARE_REVISION Data T Tu F ata Type Uin FIRMWARE TE MAJOR 1 RO NA 0 265 Describes software revision information This is FIRMWARE_REV_MINOR 47 2 RO NA 0 255 the revision of the firmware that is currently in FIRMWARE REV BUILD 47 3 RO NA 0 255 use lO FIRMWARE REV 474 RO NA 0 255 Initial value depends on revision of DVC6000f DIAG CAL REV 47 5 RO NA 0 255 Data Type Visible String Describes software revision information The range of this parameter consists of 47 1 FIRMWARE REV ATG RO NA through 47 5 values converted to text and inked together Initial value depends on revision of DVC6000f en T Data Type Uint8 Hardware Revision Hardware revision i pui HARDWARE REV 48 RO NA number Factory Set Describe electron
263. Pa 1133 inHg 1155 inH20 1146 kg cm2 1145 6 PRESSURE A TB 36 psig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inHg 1155 inH20 1146 2 1145 7 PRESSURE 37 psig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inHg 1155 inH20 1146 kg cm2 1145 8 PRESSURE DIFF TB 38 psig 1143 bar 1137 kPa 1133 inHg 1155 inH20 1146 kg cm2 1145 9 DRIVE SIGNAL TB 53 96 1342 10 TRAVEL DEVIATION TB 52 96 1342 11 TEMPERATURE TB 48 1001 1002 12 CYCLE COUNT TB 78 no units 1588 13 TRAVEL ACCUMULATION TB 72 96 1342 1 Refer to table 4 13 for transducer block parameter descriptions and table 4 24 for AO parameter descriptions OUT mode in man OUT mode in auto 63 of Change FIELD VAL TIME seconds FIELDBUS FBUS 03A PV FTIME Figure 4 25 Analog Input Function Block Timing Diagram Status Handling The AI block only gets Good Non Specified Unlimited or Bad Device Failure for status from the transducer This is reflected in FIELD VAL STATUS 19 1 PV STATUS 7 1 is the same as FIELD VAL STATUS 19 1 OUT STATUS 8 1 can also reflect Bad Out of Service in addition to PV STATUS 7 1 values In the STATUS OPTS 14 parameter you can select from the following options to control the status handling Propagate Fail Forward lf the status from the sensor is Bad Device failure or Bad Sensor failure propogate it to OUT without generating an alarm The use of these sub status in O
264. Removing the Converter 7 7 Replacing the I P Converter 7 7 Printed Wiring Board PWB Assembly Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 7 8 Replacing the Printed Wiring Board 7 8 Setting the Printed Wiring Board Switch 7 8 Pneumatic Relay Removing the Pneumatic 1 7 8 Replacing the Pneumatic Relay 7 8 Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves 7 8 Terminal Box Removing the Terminal BOX 7 9 Replacing the Terminal Box 7 9 Travel Sensor Disassembly DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit 0 7 10 DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 10 DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Rotary 7 10 Assembly DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit 7 11 DVC60
265. S AND DVC6005f BASE UNIT Figure 2 17 Pressure Connections January 2012 FOUNDATION FIELDBUS H1 SEGMENT CONTROL LINE Installation 24 48 VDC 110 220 VAC etc Port A y ols e 3 AT Port B DVC6000f DIGITAL VALVE SUPPLY PRESSURE CONTROLLER WITH RELAY C MONITORING LINE 1 4 18 NPT X 3 8 OD TUBING ELECTRICAL WIRING hAAAAAAAAI OW MAAAAAAA UU SPRING RETURN ACTUATOR Figure 2 18 Pneumatic Hookup for Solenoid Testing W9132 1 Figure 2 19 FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Fisher 585C Piston Actuator Single Acting Actuators When using a single acting direct digital valve controller relay A or C on a single acting actuator connect OUTPUT A to the actuator pneumatic input When using a single acting reverse digital valve controller relay B on a single acting actuator connect OUTPUT B to the actuator diaphragm casing January 2012 Double Acting Actuators DVC6000f digital valve controllers on double acting actuators always use relay A With no instrument Fieldbus power Zero Power Condition OUTPUT A is at 0 pressure and OUTPUT B is at full supply pressure when the relay is properly adjusted To have the actuator stem retract into the cylinder with Zero Power Condition connect OUTPUT A to the upper actuator cylinder connection Connect OUTPUT B to the lower cylinder connection Figure 2 19 shows the digital valve con
266. SOURCE See figure F 4 To access device variables left click on Device Variables and then on Resource RESOURCE See figure F 4 Bringing the Device On Line To completely configure the digital valve controller for use in a fieldbus loop the following conditions must be met Refer to DeltaV On Line Help or documentation for detailed information on accomplishing these steps 1 A place holder must be created a place holder is an electronic representation of the digital valve controller that exists in the DeltaV database with no associated physical device 2 Device must be commissioned Commissioning the device involves downloading applicable parameters from the device place holder to the physical device January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System 3 Any additional configuration that is required such as setting alarms cutoffs and other resource block and transducer block parameters See the Detailed Setup section of this manual 4 Define the control strategy 5 Associate I O to the digital valve controller 6 The device is now ready to be downloaded PlantWeb Alerts Fieldbus devices detect and report their device alarms to a DeltaV system or other host system This includes detecting whether an alert condition is active reporting the alarm to DeltaV and later clearing the alarm when the condition is no longer active Whether a particular alert condition can be suppressed disabled or configured off lin
267. SPLICE 1 m T BOX MUST ONLY CONTAIN TERMINAL CONNECTIONS WITH NO ENERGY STORAGE CAPABILITY LENGTH OF SPUR CABLE 30 m LENGTH OF TRUNK CABLE lt 1 km AT EACH END OF THE TRUNK CABLE AN APPROVED INFALLIBLE TERMINATION WITH THE FOLLOWING PARAMETERS IS SUITABLE R 90 TO 100 ohms AND C 0 TO 22 NOTE BUILT IN TERMINATOR IS INCLUDED ON THE FIELD SIDE AND A SELECTABLE TERMINATOR IS AVAILABLE ON THE HOST SIDE THE NUMBER OF PASSIVE DEVICES CONNECTED TO THE BUS SEGMENT IS NOT LIMITED THE FISCO CONCEPT FOR INTRINSICALLY SAFE REASONS IF THE ABOVE RULES ARE RESPECTED UP TO A TOTAL LENGTH OF 1000 m SUM OF THE LENGTH OF THE TRUNK CABLE AND ALL SPUR CABLES THE INDUCTANCE AND CAPACITANCE OF THE CABLE WILL NOT IMPAIR THE INTRINSIC SAFETY OF THE INSTALLATION 3 INSTALLATION MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA70 AND ANSI ISA RP12 06 01 4 MAXIMUM SAFE AREA VOLTAGE SHOULD NOT EXCEED 250 Vrms S RESISTANCE BETWEEN INTRINSICALLY SAFE GROUND AND EARTH GROUND MUS BE LESS THE ONE OHM 6 LOOPS MUST BE CONNECTED ACCORDING TO THE BARRIER MANUFACTURER S INSTRUCTIONS 7 IF HAND HELD COMMUNICATOR OR MULTIPLEXER IS USED IT MUST BE FM APPROVED WITH ENTITY PARAMETERS AND INSTALLED PER THE MANUFACTURER S CONTROL DRAWING GE42819 A Sheet 8 of 8 Figure B 7 Notes for FM Loop Schematics CL I DIV 1 GP BCD T6 CL DIV 2 GP ABCD T6 FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC CL Il DIV 1 GP EFG T6
268. Setpoint Range FINAL VALUE RANGE Transducer 14 4 43 AO 18 4 72 4 77 Setpoint Rate Down SP RATE DN DO 28 4 156 PID 19 4 85 4 90 AO 19 4 72 4 77 Setpoint Rate UP SP RATE UP DO 27 4 156 PID 20 4 85 4 90 FINAL VALUE Setpoint Status STATUS Transducer 13 4 43 6 10 Setpoint VALUE Shaft Stem Diameter SHAFT STEM DIA Transducer 83 5 4 37 4 61 AO 27 4 70 4 71 4 74 4 77 Shed Options SHED OPT DO 23 4 150 4 156 PID 34 4 84 4 85 4 92 Shutdown Alerts SHUTDOWN ALERTS ACTIVE Transducer 74 15 4 56 Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY Transducer 76 2 4 28 4 58 Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER Transducer 76 1 4 28 4 58 Al 9 4 132 4 134 Simulate SIMULATE AO 10 4 76 DI 9 4 161 4 164 4 166 Simulate Discrete SIMULATE D DO 10 4 153 4 154 Firmware Revision SOFTWARE REVISION Resource 47 4 7 4 17 SP FTime SP FTIME PID 69 4 85 4 95 SP Work SP WRK PID 68 4 86 4 95 Spring Rate SPRING RATE Transducer 85 7 4 39 4 62 Spring Rate Units SPRING RATE UNITS Transducer 94 4 36 4 63 Al 1 4 134 AO 1 4 75 DI 1 4 166 DO 1 4 154 ISEL 1 4 109 Static Revision ST REV MAI 1 4 143 OS 1 4 123 PID 1 4 89 Resource 1 4 12 Transducer 1 4 42 January 2012 Continued 4 181 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued Label Parameter Name Block E Pa
269. Splitter Split range function block being described January 2012 OS Function Block Figure 4 23 Output Splitter Configuration AO Receiver of OUT 1 for 0 50 range of SP PID2 Receiver of OUT 2 for 50 100 range of SP CAS of the Splitter receives the OUT of PID1 BKCAL IN of PID1 receives BKCAL OUT of the Splitter CAS IN of the AO receives OUT 1 of the Splitter and PID2 receives OUT 2 of the Splitter BKCAL 1 of the Splitter receives BKCAL OUT of the AO and BKCAL IN 2 of the Splitter receives BKCAL OUT of PID2 The discussion in this section defines the behavior which is used to handle the initial value calculation and status which can in turn be sent to PID1 This behavior is defined in such a way that no bumps are generated by changing modes and that PID1 does not wind up The splitter utilizes special handling for cascade initialization because it has two independent outputs When a downstream block indicates to the splitter that it wants to initialize by asserting IR initialization request on its BKCAL OUT one of two things happens Under some circumstances it is possible to pass an initialization request from a downstream block back up to the block upstream of the splitter so that all three blocks balance for bumpless transfer to cascade mode Otherwise the requested splitter output goes to the requested value by placing an internal offset between that output and the output of the curve and then r
270. Status then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable Continued January 2012 4 111 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 39 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description BAD Value NC Data Type DS 66 Disable Analog Input 8 32 ALL constant Enable Disable for Input 8 If parameter is TRUE DISABLE 8 Status then input is disabled If parameter status is BAD it is 0 Use 0 not evaluated 1 Disable Data Type Unsigned8 Number used to average 33 1108 0 Number used to average the output The number of AVG USE 9 min and max dropped is the number of inputs minus AVG USE Alarm Summary 34 ALARM SUM 5 Data Type DS 74 CURRENT 2 RO 1 Hi Hi Current alert status unacknowledged states UNACKNOWLEDGED 34 2 RO NA 2 Hi unreported states and disabled states of the alarms UNREPORTED 24 3 RO NA 3 LoLo associated with the function block DISABLED 344 RW AL 410 1 Hi Hi Data Type Bit String Acknowledge Option 2 Hi Selection of whether alarms associated with the block OPTION 35 ALL 3 Lo Lo 0 will be automatically acknowledged n 0 Disable 4 Lo 1 Enable Alarm Hysteresis Data Type Float ALARM_HYS ACE 0 16 30 0 50 Hysteresis on alarms High High Priority Data
271. T D MAN result of executing the function Simulate Discrete 9 SIMULATE D SIMULATE STATUS 9 1 ALL 0 Data Type DS 83 SIMULATE VALUE 92 ALL 0 Allows the transducer discrete input or output zi to the block to be manually supplied when TRANSDUCER STATUS is RO 0 simulate is enabled When simulation is TRANSDUCER VALUE 9 4 RO ALL 0 disabled the simulate value and status track O Not initialized 1 Simulation the actual value and status ENABLE DISABLE 9 5 1 Simulation Disabled pose 2 Simulation Active 4 166 Continued January 2012 DI Function Block Table 4 80 Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block R Initial Val D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange Data Type Uint16 Transducer State 10 ALL 0 Index to the text describing the states of a XD STATE discrete for the value obtained from the transducer Data Type Unsigned16 Output Po 11 ALL 0 Index to the text describing the states of a discrete output Grant Deny Data Type DS 70 GRANT DENY 12 Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to GRANT 124 ALL 0 Program All bits 0 operating tuning and alarm parameters of 1 Tune the block 2 Alarm il GRANT 0 1 granted DENY 12 2 ALL 3 Local All bits O DENY 0 NA 1 denied Data Type Bit String 0 Disable u
272. TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Limit Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Limit Lo Pressure MLFB Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure Proportional Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Prop Gain Pressure Range Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai Hi led Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Control Pressure Range Pressure Range Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai Lo led Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Control Pressure Range Continued January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameter Configuration Index PARAMETER LABEL PATH TO PARAMETER Pressure Tuning Set TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Tuning Set Pressure A TB Device Variables Overview Pressures Pressure A Pressure A Sensor Failure TB gt Device Diagn
273. TION fieldbus refer to the FOUNDATION fieldbus Technical Overview available from the Fieldbus Foundation and Fieldbus Installations in a DeltaV System available from your Emerson Process Management sales office Related Documents Other documents containing information related to DVC6000f digital valve controllers include e Bulletin 62 1 DVC6000f Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers D103199X012 e Bulletin 62 1 DVC6000 S1 Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000 Digital Valve Controller Dimensions D103308X012 e Fisher FIELDVUE DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller Quick Start Guide D103202X012 e Valvelink Software Help or Documentation e Field Communicator User s Manual e DeltaV Online Help or documentation All documents are available from your Emerson Process Management sales office Also visit our website at www FIELDVUE com Educational Services For information on available courses for DVC6000f digital valve controllers as well as a variety of other products contact Emerson Process Management Educational Services Registration P O Box 190 301 S 1st Ave Marshalltown IA 50158 2823 Phone 800 338 8158 or Phone 641 754 3771 FAX 641 754 3431 e mail education emerson com January 2012 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 1 Specifications Available Configurations DVC6010f Sliding stem applications DVC6020f Rotary and long stroke sliding stem applications over 102 mm 4 inch travel
274. The XD SCALE units code must match Decimal Point 2 the channel units code if one exists or the block will remain in OOS mode after being configured Continued January 2012 Al Function Block Table 4 56 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Write Block Initial PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description Data Type DS 68 ex The high and low scale values engineering units OUT SCALE 11 OOS Units index code and number of decimal places to be used in Decimal Point 2 displaying the OUT parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as OUT Grant Deny 12 GRANT DENY Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of host computer Valid Bits s and local control panels to operating tuning and GRANT Tes REL 0 Program APIS alarm parameters of the block 1 Tune GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 12 2 ALL 2 Alarm All bits 0 DENY O N A 1 denied 3 Local Data Type Bit String Options e 0 Disable OPTS 13 OOS 10 Low cutoff All bits O 1 Enable User options for Output Control 3 Propagate Failure forward Data Type Bit String Status Options 6 Uncertain if Limited 0 Disable STATUS_OPTS 14 005 Bad if Limited All bits 0 1 8 Uncertain in Man User options for Status Mode Al Channel Data Type Unsigned16 15 OOS See table 4 53 0 Undefined Used to select the type of th
275. The ramp rate for SP down in AUTO CAS and SP RATE DN RCAS modes Measured in PV units sec 4 156 January 2012 View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain DO Function Block Table 4 74 DO Function Block View 3 operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Farameter Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and 1 SREY View 4 contains static parameters with configuration 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE defined by the manufacturer 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE Table 4 72 DO Function Block View 1 6 BLOCK ERR 7 PV D Parameter 8 SPD 1 ST REV 9 OUT D 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 16 READBACK D 5 2 BLK ACTUAL MODE 17 CAS IN 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 21 BKCAL OUT D 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 22 RCAS IN D 6 BLOCK ERR 24 RCAS OUT D 7 PV D 8 SP D 9 OUT D i READBACK D Table 4 75 DO Function Block View 4 17 CAS IN D Index Parameter Number 1 STREV 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT KEY Table 4 73 DO Function Block View 2 14 lO OPTS Index 15 STATUS OPTS Number Parameter 18 CHANNEL 1 ST_REV 19 FSTATE_TIME 11 PV_STATE 20 FSTATE_VAL_D 12
276. The values for intrinsically safe parameters and maximum internal equivalent parameters of the controller are as follows Max Input Max Input Max Input Max Internal Voltage Current Power Equivalent Parameter Ui V li mA Pi W Ci nF Li mH 24 226 1 4 5 0 17 5 380 5 32 5 0 4 As amain unit of a separate design product the values for intrinsically safe output parameters of DVC6005f are as follows Max Output Max Output Max Output Max Equivalent Voltage Current Power Parameter allowed Uo V lo mA Po mW Co uF Lo mH 8 6 2 3 5 8 2 100 5 While the controller forms an intrinsically safe explosion protection system together with an associated equipment the following requirements must be met Uo lt Ui lo lt li Po xPi Co gt Ci Lo zLi Note Where Cc and Lc represent distributing capacitance and inductance of the connecting cable respectively 6 The connection cable between the product and associated equipment should be a cable with insulation screen and sheath The screen should be connected to the ground 7 An appropriate heat resistant cable should be selected for use with the controller in an application where the ambient temperature exceeds 70 C 8 When using and maintaining the product in the field cleaning the plastic surface of the product with 2 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers dry cloth is strictly prohibit
277. Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Hi Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Hi Hi Deadband Travel Integral Dead Zone TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Dead Zone Travel Integral Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Gain Travel Integral Limit Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Lo Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Alert vii Continued Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Parameter Label Travel Lo Alert Enable Menu Structure gt Configure Setup gt Detail
278. Type Unsigned8 HI_HI_PRI id ACE B TOUS x Priority of the alarm High High Limit 38 ALL 0 Data Type Float HI HI LIM E Value of analog input which will generate an alarm High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 PRI 99 RUE OTOS 9 Priority of the alarm High Limit 40 ALL 0 Data Type Float HI LIM Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO PRI 1 dius Priority of the alarm Low Limit 42 ALL 0 Data Type Float LO LIM x Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO LO PRI ALL 9 Priority of the alarm Low Low Limit 44 ALL 0 Data Type Float LO LO LIM Value of analog input which will generate an alarm High High Alarm 45 ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 45 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 71 1 Clear reported The high high alarm data which includes a value of 2 Clear not reported the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the state ALARM_STATE 45 2 RO N A 3 Active reported 0 5r the alami 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 45 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 45 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 45 5 RO N A 0 Continued 4 112 January 2012 ISEL Function Block Table 4 39 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Bade Initial Description PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Mode g Value
279. UT is determined by this option Through this option you may determine whether alarming sending out an alert will be done by the block or propagated downstream for alarming Uncertain if in Manual mode The status of the Output is set to Uncertain when the mode is set to Manual 4 130 Note 1 The instrument must be in Out of Service mode to set the status option 2 The AI block only supports the Uncertain if in Manual and Propagate failure Unsupported options are not grayed out they appear on the screen in the same manner as supported options Channels Filtering The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input You can adjust the filter time constant in seconds using the PV FTIME 18 parameter Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature Signal Conversion You can set the signal conversion type with the Linearization Type L TYPE 16 parameter You can view the converted signal in percent of XD SCALE 10 through the FIELD VAL 19 parameter 100 X Channel Value EU 00 EU 100 EU 0 FIELD VAL XD SCALE values January 2012 ANALOG MEASUREMENT HI HI LIM Hi_LIM LO LO LIM LO LIM CHANNEL ALARM HYS LOW CUT SIMULATE FIELD VAL OUT SCALE XD SCALE NOTES OUT BLOCK OUTPUT VALUE AND STATUS IO OPTS Al Function Block ALARM TYPE ALARM DETE
280. UTO RCAS target the block Target The requested block mode ACTUAL 5 2 RO ALL OOS 6 Actual The current mode of the block OOS MAN AUTO M Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED 5 3 RW ALL GAS RCAS AUTO CAS Normal Most common mode for Target RCAS NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL AUTO CAS 1 Block Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active Data Type Bit String 4 Local Override O Inactive Block Error 5 Device Fault State 1 Active BLOCK ERR 6 RO Set Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated 7 Input Failure Bad with the hardware or software components PV Status associated with a block It is a bit string so that 8 Output Failure multiple errors may be shown 14 Power up 15 Out of Service i Data Type DS 66 is 7 RO N A a Vos Dynamic The discrete process variable calculated from READBACK_D Mon OOS Setpoint Discrete Data Type DS 66 SP_D 8 The discrete target block output value set point Data Type DS 66 9 MAN OUT STATE Position target of valve 0 closed 1 open 2 100 OUT D position the value in 5 steps Simulate Discrete 10 SIMULATE D SIMULATE STATUS 10 1 ALL 0 Data Type DS 83 SIMULATE VALUE 10 2 ALL 0 Allows the transducer discrete input or output to TRANSDUCER STATUS 10 3 RO 0 the block to be manually supplied when simulate is TRANSDUCER VALUE 10 4 RO 0 enabled When simulation is disabled the simulate EXER va
281. Undefined fixed priority of 2 For a BLOCK_ALM to be 1 Clear reported broadcast to the host the following conditions ALARM STATE 36 2 RO NA 2 Clear not reported 0 Undefined must be met 2 reported The feature Reports must be selected Active not reported Alert communication with the host must be TIME STAMP 36 3 RO NA 0 setup SUBCODE 36 4 RO NA 0 In the ALARM SUM parameter the disable VALUE 36 5 RO NA 0 bit for Block Alarm must be clear Alarm Summary 37 ALARM SUM 0 Discrete alarm m CURRENT 37 1 RO NA 7 Block Alarm All bits 0 Data Type DS 74 0 Discrete alarm O clear acknowledged reported enabled UNACKNOWLEDGED 372 RO 7 Block Alarm All bits 0 Current alert status unacknowledged states 0 Discrete alarm unreported states and disabled states of the UNREPORTED 373 RO NA 7 BISEN on Allbits 0 alarms associated with the function block The DOO MON Resource block only has two alarms Write 0 Discrete alarm m Alarm and Block Alarm DISABLED 37 4 RW ALL 7 Block Alarm All bits 0 Data Type Bit String 0 Discrete Alarm 0 Disable 38 RW ALL Write Lock off s d 1 Enable 7 Block Alarm Selection of whether alarms associated with the block will be automatically acknowledged Data Unsigned8 OE ER 39 RW ALL 01015 0 Priority of the alarm generated by setting WRITE to Unlocked Write Alarm 40 WRITE ALM Data Type DS 72 O Undefined This alarm is generated when Unlocked in the UN
282. V SCALE 11 OUT SCALE 12 1 GRANT DENY GRANT 12 2 GRANT DENY DENY 17 BYPASS 21 SP HI LIM 22 SP LO LIM 28 OUT HI LIM 29 OUT LO LIM 4 98 January 2012 PID Function Block Table 4 36 PID Function Block View 4 2 Index ot e Number Parameter 1 ST REV 2 66 Because individual views limited ize View List 4 has two parts SPIFTIME Sice 70 MATHFORM 71 STRUCTURECONFIG 72 GAMMA ugamma 78 BETA Table 4 35 PID Function Block View 4 1 zi IBERDBANE E Parameter 1 ST REV 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT KEY 13 CONTROL OPTS 14 STATUS OPTS 16 PV FTIME 19 SP RATE DN 20 SP RATE UP 23 GAIN 24 RESET 25 BAL TIME 26 RATE 30 BKCAL HYS 34 SHED OPT 37 TRK SCALE 41 FF SCALE 42 FF GAIN 46 ACK OPTION 47 ALARM HYS 48 PRI 49 HI LIM 50 HI PRI 51 LIM 52 LO PRI 53 LO LIM 54 LO LO PRI 55 LO LO LIM 56 DV HI PRI 57 DV HI LIM 58 DV LO PRI 59 DV LO LIM January 2012 4 99 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Field Communicator Menu Structure Quick Config Advanced Config Online Alert Key Control Options Deviation High Limit Deviation Low Limit Back Calculation Hysteresis Feed Forward Gain Feed Forward Scale EU at 100 Feed Forward Scale EU at 096 Back Calculation Input Status
283. Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Air Alert Conditions TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Alert Conditions Alert Key TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Alert Key Area Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Area Units Block Configuration Error TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Block Configuration Error Blocks Set to Defaults Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Blocks Set to Defaults gt Block Set to Defaults Alert Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Blocks Set to Defaults gt Block Set to Defaults Alert Enable Calibration Date TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Date Calibration Location TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Location Calibration Person TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Calibration Person Custom Characterization Table TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Custom Characterization Table Cycle Counter TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Cycle Counter gt Cycle Counter TB gt Device Variables Cycle Count Cycle Counter Alert
284. Version Information Firmware Revision Status RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status Standby Firmware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information Standby Firmware Revision Strategy RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Strategy RB gt Device Variables gt Identification Strategy Tag Description RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Tag Description RB gt Device Variables gt Identification Tag Description Write Alarm Alarm State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Write Alarm Alarm State Write Alarm Disabled RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Write Alarm Write Alarm Disabled Write Lock RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Lock RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Write Lock Write Priority RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Priority January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System Introduction Note This appendix does not necessarily provide the latest information on the DeltaV system For the latest information on using the DeltaV system refer to the on line help or documentation supplied with the system This appendix provides specific instructions for performing basic setup operations on the DeltaV host System It is not a comprehensive resource ra
285. ability Tester used by the Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable This device revision meets the requirements of version 5 Options RB Device Variables Options The following parameters are contained in the the Options menu of the resource block Diagnostic Options Diagnostic Options DIAG OPTIONS 45 shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument e Function Block Options Function Block Options OPTIONS 44 shows which function blocks are licenced and enabled in the instrument e Miscellaneous Options Miscellaneous Options MISC OPTIONS 46 indicates which miscellaneous licensing options are enabled Features Available Features FEATURES 17 shows the supported resource block options DD Information RB Device Variables DD Information DD Information contains information about the Device Description DD January 2012 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Transducer Block This section contains information on the DVC6000f digital valve controller transducer block Descriptions of all transducer block parameters are included The transducer block decouples function blocks from the local output functions required to command output hardware The transducer block typically contains setup and calibration information Device Diagnostics Active PlantWeb Alerts TB Device Diagnostic Active PlantWeb Alerts To view the
286. able Performance Reduced g Pe ormance Reduced Alert ormance Reduced Alert Enable Performance Critical amp ormance Critical Alert ormance Critical Alert Enable ormance Critical 34 3f Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert Temperature Hi Alert Enable Temperature Hi Alert Point Lo Alert Temperature Lo Alert Enable Temperature Lo Alert Point Pressure A Sensor Alert Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable Pressure A Sensor Shutdown Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Pressure B Sensor Alert Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable Supply Pressure 3 Travel Alerts Travel Target Travel Travel Deviation Travel Limit Supply Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point 5506565 Travel Hi Lo Travel Hi Lo Travel Hi Alert Travel Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert Travel Deviation Alert Enable
287. able 4 24 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Ran Initial Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange Value Update Event 29 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 29 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 99099 Data 05 73 0 Undefined This alert is generated by any changes to static UPDATE_STATUS 29 2 RO N A 1 Update reported 0 Undefined data 2 Update not reported TIME STAMP 29 3 RO N A 0 5 REVISION 29 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE INDEX 29 5 RO N A 0 Block Alarm 30 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 30 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 72 1 Clear reported The block alarm is used for all configuration ALARM_STATE 302 RO N A 2Clearnotreported 0 Undefined Pardware connection failure or system problems 3 Active reported in the block 4 Active not reported TIME_STAMP 30 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 30 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 30 5 RO N A 0 Extended Parameters StdD Data Type Float STDDEV 31 RO N A positive float Dynamic Standard Deviation To support DeltaV Variability measurement Data Type Float Cap StdDev T ias CAP STDDEV 32 RO N A positive float Dynamic Capability Standard Deviation To support DeltaV Variability measurement 4 78 January 2012 AO Function Block View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters
288. ables gt Options gt Features Available Features Selected RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Features Selected Field S N RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Field S N Field S N RB gt Device Variables gt Identification Field S N Hardware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information Hardware Revision ITK Version RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt Version Information ITK Version Manufacturer RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Manufacturer Manufacturer RB gt Device Variables gt Identification Manufacturer Maximum Alerts Allow RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt All Alarms Maximum Alerts Allow Maximum Alert Possible RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Alarm Handling gt All Alarms Maximum Alerts Possible Miscellaneous Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options Resource Block Error RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Resource Block Error RCas Timeout RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Comm Timeout gt RCas Timeout ROut Timeout RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Comm Timeout gt ROut Timeout Firmware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Version gt
289. accurately Data Type Float Drive Current Alert Time F DRIVE CURRENT TIME 76 5 RW ALL 0 25 lt 120 seconds 5 sec SETUP percent different drive signal not reaching I P accurately Temperature Hi Alert Point Data Type Float TEMP HI ALRT PT 70 67 TEE sem Tob ueg F SETUP Temperature HI Limits Temperature Lo Alert Point Data Type Float TEMP LO ALRT PT VOX ERN 63 63 SETUP Temperature LO Limits Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point _ i 7 Data Type Float SUP PRES HI ALRT PT 70 8 145 psig SETUP Maximum supply pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Data Type Float SUP PRES LO PT ud ci id 15 psig SETUP Minimum supply pressure Continued 4 58 January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita Value category 77 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 m Data Type Float 771 RW gt 0 lt 125 5 SETUP Alerts when difference between sp and pv is too large for too long Travel Deviation Time Tyne TVL DEV TIME 77 2 RW ALL gt 0 lt 120seconds 10 sec SETUP Data Type Float Travel Deviation Dead
290. ack arm or feedback arm assembly is removed from the digital valve controller the travel sensor must be re calibrated Because of the diagnostic capability of the DVC6000f digital valve controller predictive maintenance is available through the use of ValveLink software Using the digital valve controller valve and instrument maintenance can be enhanced thus avoiding unnecessary maintenance For information on using ValveLink software refer to the software help 7 4 Module Base Maintenance To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before replacing the module base in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous The digital valve controller contains a module base consisting of the I P converter printed wiring board assembly and pneumatic relay The module base may be easily replaced in the field without disconnecting field wiring or tubing Tools Required Table 7 1 lists the tools required for maintaining the DVC6000f digital valve controller Removing the Module Base Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section To remove the module base for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f digital valve controllers perform the following steps Refer to figures 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 respectively for key number locations To avoid personal injury or equipment damage from bursting of parts turn off t
291. action or select EXIT to exit Restart Select Help not the Help button to get information on restart actions There are two different restarts Restart Processor and Restart with Defaults When selecting either of these options Restart informs you of the consequences of this action and January 2012 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics asks if you want to continue Select Yes to perform the restart action select No to select another action or exit Restart informs you when the restart is completed You must acknowledge the message to continue Restart Processor Performing a Restart Processor has the same effect as removing power from the instrument and re applying power Configuration and calibration do not change Restart with Defaults Performing a Restart with Defaults should be done with care This restart resets most of the static and non volatile parameters for all of the blocks in the instrument to their initial value as listed in table 4 2 After a Restart with Defaults you should place the instrument in service the transducer block mode to auto and run Device Setup and download the instrument configuration from the control System to properly setup the instrument You also may need to re establish communication links and trends e Fault State Fault State FAULT STATE 28 when active indicates that the resource block is currently forcing the output block to perform its FSTATE 28 action Selecting Fa
292. adback Check Failed NA Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates a Failed 13 PlantWeb Alert condition is active 14 Power Up Indicates the device has been powered up and the Resource Block is not running normally 15 Out of Service MSB The resource block actual mode is Out of Service R Device Diagnostics Resource Block Error RB Device Diagnostics Resource Block Error Block Error BLOCK ERR 6 indicates an error status associated with hardware or software for the resource block Table 6 1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the resource block and are provided only for your reference Device State RB Device Diagnostics Device State Device State 5 STATE 7 indicates the state of the function blocks Four states are possible Initialization tThe instrument enters this state upon restart or failure The function blocks are in 6 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers the IMan mode During the initialization state all unreported function block alarms are automatically confirmed and acknowledged Once the instrument is considered operational block execution is scheduled and the instrument state moves to Online O Online The instrument will be in this state if it is operational The function blocks are initially in the Auto mode but can be changed to a higher level
293. address the first device to start will use its programmed address Each of the other devices will be given one of four temporary addresses between 248 and 251 If a temporary address is not available the device will be unavailable until a temporary address becomes available Commission devices use addresses 20 35 and standby devices use addresses 232 247 January 2012 Link Active Scheduler LAS There is only one active Link Active Scheduler LAS for the entire fieldbus control system The digital valve controller includes an LAS The Link Active Scheduler operates as the bus arbiter for the link and recognizes and adds new devices to the link removes non responsive devices from the link e distributes Data Link DL and Link Scheduling LS time on the link Data Link Time is a network wide time periodically distributed by the LAS to synchronize all device clocks on the bus Link Scheduling time is a link specific time represented as an offset from Data Link Time It is used to indicate when the LAS on each link begins and repeats its schedule It is used by System management to synchronize function block execution with the data transfers scheduled by the LAS polls devices for process loop data at scheduled transmission times e distributes a priority driven token to devices between scheduled transmissions The DVC6000f can be designated to act as the backup Link Active Scheduler LAS in the event that the LAS
294. affecting performance of the instrument these surfaces must be free of dust dirt scratches and contamination Ensure the module base seal is in good condition Do not reuse a damaged or worn seal 1 Ensure the module base seal key 237 is properly installed in the housing key 1 Ensure the O ring key 12 is in place on the module base assembly 2 Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required January 2012 7 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers FOUNDATION fieldbus TRAVEL SENSOR 0 62004 A 0 6205 Dvc6o10t BB 6020 0 60304 TERMNAL DVC6005t BOX TERMINAL BOX CONNECTOR PINS REMOVED FOR CONNECTOR KEYING SENSOR CONNECTOR GE39341 Figure 7 2 Back View of PWB Assembly Sub Module 3 Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB assembly key 50 The connector is keyed so proper orientation is required 4 Insert the module base key 2 into the housing key 1 5 Install three socket head screws key 38 in the module base into the housing If not already installed press three retaining rings key 154 into the module base Evenly tighten the screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 16 Nem 138 Ibfein Personal injury property damage or disruption of process control can result if the cable assemblies wiring are damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly Ensure
295. ail status Data Type Bit String 4 byte 0 Drive Current 1 Program Memory 2 Static Memory Indicates what caused an 3 Processor or I O Instrument Shutdown Bit remains Shutdown Alerts Processor set even if condition has passed if SHUTDOWN_ALERTS_ACTIVE 74 15 RO N A All bits 0 N A Shutdown Recovery is Manual All 4 Travel Sensor 5 Port A Pressure Sensor 6 Output Block Timeout 7 31 Reserved bits are cleared when MODE_BLK TARGET is written Always enabled whenever the corresponding SHUTDOWN_TRIGGER is enabled 1 These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL 4 56 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description 75 INST ALERTS ENABLE Enabled Bits 0 Drive Current 0 Drive Current 1 Drive Signal 1 Drive Signal 2 Program Memory 2 Program Data Type Bit String 4 byte Electronics Enable 3 Static Memory Memory O disable ELECT ENABLE 75 1 RW ALL 4 Processor 3 Static Memory SETUP 1 enable 5 Processor 4 Processor Electronic Alerts Enable 6 Output Block Timeout 5 I O Processor 7 Blocks Set to Defaults 7 Block Set to Default Enabled Bits 0 Travel Sensor 0 Travel Sensor 1 Port A
296. ain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets Note When selecting a tuning set for a DVC6015 DVC6025 or DVC6035 remote mount unit it may be necessary to reduce the tuning set due to the effects of the long tubing between the digital valve controller and the actuator In addition you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the proportional gain velocity gain and minor loop feedback gain Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically change the tuning set to X expert 4 22 Table 4 8 Gain Values for Preselected Travel Tuning Sets Travel Travel Minor Proportional Gala Loop Feedback Gain Gain C 4 4 3 0 35 D 4 8 3 0 35 E 5 5 3 0 35 F 6 2 3 1 35 G 7 2 3 6 34 H 8 4 4 2 31 9 7 4 8 27 J 11 3 5 6 23 K 13 1 6 0 18 L 15 5 6 0 12 M 18 0 6 0 12 X Expert User Adjusted User Adjusted User Adjusted Note Use Expert tuning if standard tuning has not achieved the desired results Stabilize Optimize may be used to achieve the desired results more rapidly than Expert tuning Table 3 2 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators These tuning sets are recommended starting points After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument you may have to select either a higher or lower tuning set to get the desired response For an actuator not listed in table 3 2 you can estimate a
297. al Recovery TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Static Memory Manual Recovery Static Memory Shutdown TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Static Memory Shutdown Stroke Time Close TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Reference Stroke Time Close Stroke Time Open TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Reference Stroke Time Open Supply Pressure Maximum TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Supp Pressure Max Supply Pressure Maximum Time TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Supp Pressure Maximum Time Supp Pressure Minimum TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Supp Pressure Minimum Supp Pressure Minimum Time TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Supp Pressure Minimum Time Supply Pressure TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Supply Pressure TB Device Variables Overview Pressures Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Pressure Hi Alert Enable Supply Pres
298. al valve controller icon in the All Containers pane and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click January 2012 5 Locate Configure Setup in the Actions menu see figure F 3 and left click to access Configuration and Setup parameters 6 Left click on Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCER to access the transducer block parameters Refer to table F 1 for the transducer block configuration menu Note To access diagnostic parameters left click on Device Diagnostics and then on Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCER See figure F 4 To access device variables left click on Device Variables and then on Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCER See figure F 4 F 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 21 Fisher DYC6000f SC rev 1 Rev 1 E File Actions Help Anl xl x Configure Setup Basic Setup DIGITAL VALVE P f Digital Valve Controller TRANSDUCE CRANSDUCER 7 Basic Setup Step 1 Detailed Setup Setup Wizard Start here to configure and calibrate a Overview P DVC6OD0f p4 Response Control 2 Alerts Instrument Valve and Actuator 3 MAI Channel Map Supe Alert Handling Performance Optimize response to cont
299. alue of SP in MAN IMan or LO If no IO OPTS for SP tracking are set SP will freeze when mode changes from CAS or RCAS Data Type DS 65 Output MAN The primary value and status calculated by the OUT d GOS OUT SCALE Dynamic block in Auto mode OUT may be set manually in Man mode Continued January 2012 4 75 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 24 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block R Initial D 222 PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange Value escription Simulate 10 SIMULATE SIMULATE_STATUS 10 1 RW ALL 0 Data Type DS 82 SIMULATE VALUE 10 2 RW ALL 0 Allows the analog input to be manually supplied TRANSDUCER STATUS 10 3 RO ALL 0 when simulate is enabled When simulation is TRANSDUCER VALUE 10 4 RO ALL 0 disabled the simulate value and status track actual value amp status 0 Not Initialized 1 Simulation ENABLE DISABLE 10 5 RW ALL 1 Simulation Disable Disabled 2 Simulation Active 4 Data 05 68 Process Value Scale Eb 1 high and low scale values engineering units PV SCALE 11 RW 005 Units index M code and number of decimal places to be used in Decimal Point 2 displaying the PV parameter and parameters which have the same scaling as PV Data Type DS 68 EU at 100 100 only The high and low scale values and engineering Transducer Scale 12 RO oos EU at 0 0 only units co
300. alve Controllers Discrete Output Function Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 71 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO PA PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated with ST REV 1 RO N A to 65535 0 the function block The revision value will be T incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Tag Description Data Type Octet String 9 2 RW ALL bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of TAG DESC the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping STRATEGY P RW ALL 01065535 0 of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT KEY 1 RW ALL 110255 0 information be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE BLK OOS OOS until Data Type DS 69 MAN block is Valid Bits 7 OOS 5 LO 4 MAN 3 AUTO TARGET 5 1 RW ALL AUTO configured 2 CAS 1 RCAS AUTO CAS then last valid The actual target permitted and normal modes of A
301. ameter that is writable while the value of the PROTECTION parameter is NONE CAL or SETUP amp CAL e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Label Index Mode Initial Val protect Description PARAMETER_NAME Number RW 9 value Category Data Type Uint16 The revision level of the static data ed Increments by one each time a Static Revision 1 RO N A 0 to 65535 N A N A static parameter is written The ST REV value is reset 0 whenever Restart with Defaults is performed See Restarting the Instrument Tag Description Data Type String TAG DESC NULE SETUP The description of the block Strategy Data Type Uint16 STRATEGY x RW ALL 04065535 0 SETUP Used to help group blocks Data Type Uint8 The identification number of the Alert Ke plant unit Devices in a loop or plant y 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 1 SETUP section can be assigned with a ALERT_KEY common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts Block Mode 5 Data Type DS 69 MODE BLK The actual target permitted and normal modes TARGET 5 1 RW ALL 7 00S NONE Target The requested block ACTUAL 52 RO NA N A N A mode 3 AUTO Actual The current mode of 4 MANUAL 3 AUTO the block PERMITTED 5 3 RW ALL 7 00S 4 MANUAL NONE Permitted Al
302. amping that offset to zero in BAL TIME seconds after the cascade is made up The splitter normally runs with both outputs connected to blocks in cascade mode If one or both of the blocks is not in cascade mode special limiting action is taken Specifically if one block indicates that it is not in cascade by NI not invited status on its BKCAL OUT then the BKCAL OUT of the splitter asserts limits at the range extremes of the block that is still in cascade January 2012 Table 4 46 OUT ARRAY Coordinates BKCAL BKCAL BKCAL N1 our NI NI NI Not Specified BKCAL OUT limited to X21 low and OK x22 high OK NI OK BKCAL OUT limited to X11 and X12 high IR NI IR Initialize cascade to value given by curve X1 vs Y1 IR OK OK Initialize OUT 1 using internal offset from Y1 Initialize cascade to value given by Du m curve X2 vs Y2 OK IR OK Initialize OUT 2 using internal offset from Y2 Note 1 OK means the cascade is closed Note 2 Recommend using the average of 1 and BKCAL 2 or just SP mode Even if the upstream controller does not want to operate in that range there will be no reset windup when it can move into the range If both downstream blocks show NI then the splitter can only wait until one of them requests cascade initialization BKCAL OUT of the splitter can hold the upstream block at the value of the SP The actual mode i
303. and local control 1 Tune panels to operating tuning and 2 Alarm alarm parameters of the block Has 3 Local A no effect on the DVC6000f DENY 40 2 RW ALL all bits cleared NONE GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 0 N A 1 denied Travel Pressure Control 41 TVL_PRESS_CONTROL 1 Travel 2 Pressure Data Type Enum Uint8 Travel Pressure Select 3 TVL PRESS Auto Selects whether travel sensor or TVL_PRESS_SELECT iic ALL Recv SETUP port A pressure is used for 4 TVL PRESS Man feedback Recv Data Type Enum Uint8 Travel Pressure State 1 Travel A TVL PRESS STATE 41 2 RO N A 2 Pressure N A Indicates which sensor is used for feedback Continued January 2012 4 45 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description Basic Setup 42 BASIC SETUP 1 Spring amp Diaphragm Actuator Style MAN 2 Piston Dbl w o Spring 1 Spring amp ACTUATOR STYLE 421 RW OOS 3 Piston Dbl w Spring Diaphragm SETUP Data Typs Enum 4 Piston Sgl w Spring Data Type Uint8 Zero Power Condition MAN 1 Valve Closed Enum Identifies whether the valve ZERO_PWR_COND joe OOS 2 Valve Open 1 Valve Closed SETUP is open or closed when instrument power is lost Travel Sensor Motion MAN 1 Counter Clockwise 1 Counter
304. anufacturer Identification ID 10 identifies the manufacturer of the instrument It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100 e Device Type Device Type DEV TYPE 11 identifies the type of device It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For a DVC6000f digital valve controller the device type is 0x4602 e Diagnostics Options Diagnostic Options DIAG OPTIONS 45 shows the diagnostic options available in the instrument January 2012 Version RB Configure Setup Setup Version e Device Revision The Device Revision DEV REV 12 is the manufacturer s revision number associated with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource e Firmware Revision Firmware Revision FIRMWARE REVISION 47 identifies the revision of the firmware that is currently in use e Standby Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision STBY FIRMWARE REVISION 55 identifies the revision of the alternative firmware e Hardware Revision Hardware Revision HARDWARE REV 48 identifies the revision of the electronic hardware ITK Version ITK Version ITK VER 41 identifies the major version of the Interoperability Tester used by the Fieldbus Foundation in certifying the device as interoperable This device revision meets the requirements of version 5 January 2012 Resource Bl
305. arameter View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be Number accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain 1 ST REV operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and Table 4 66 MAI Function Block View 3 View 4 contains static parameters with configuration Index A E s arameter and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are Number defined by the manufacturer 1 ST REV 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE Table 4 64 MAI Function Block View 1 53 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE index 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE Number arameter 6 BLOCK ERR 1 ST REV 8 OUT 1 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 9 OUT 2 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 10 OUT 3 5 8 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 11 OUT 4 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 12 OUT 5 6 BLOCK ERR 13 OUT 6 8 OUT 1 14 OUT 7 9 OUT 2 15 OUT 8 10 OUT 3 11 OUT 4 12 OUT 5 Table 4 67 MAI Function Block View 4 13 OUT 6 14 OUT 7 ae ic Parameter 15 OUT 8 1 ST REV 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT KEY 7 CHANNEL January 2012 4 145 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Field Communicator Menu Structure Quick Config MAI Channel Common Config Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Advanced Config Static Revision Strategy Reference MAI Channel Connectors Output 1 Status Ouput 1 Value Output 2 Status Ouput 2 Value Output 3 Status Ouput 3 Value Output 4 Status Ouput 4 Value Output 5
306. as shown in figure 5 4 3 Loosen the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft Position the arm assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 4 Connect a fieldbus power source and the Field Communicator to the instrument LOOP and LOOP terminals 5 Before beginning the travel sensor adjustment set the Transducer Block Mode to Manual and the protection to None 6 From the Calibrate menu select Travel Sensor Adjust Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator display to adjust the travel sensor counts to the value listed in table 5 1 Note In the next step be sure the arm assembly outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 7 While observing the travel sensor counts tighten the screw that secures the arm assembly to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the travel sensor counts remain January 2012 Calibration within the tolerances listed in table 5 1 Paint the Screw to discourage tampering with the connection 8 Disconnect the Field Communicator and Fieldbus power source from the instrument 9 Apply anti seize key 64 to the pin portion of the arm assembly key 91 10 Replace the mounting bracket on the back of the instrument and reconnect the bias spring between the feedback arm assembly and the arm assembly on the travel sensor shaft 11 Install the digital valve controller on the actuator Pressure Sensor Ca
307. asic Setup Section 15 c Feedback arm loose on travel sensor 15 c Perform Travel Sensor Calibration procedure refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7 10 15 d Travel sensor mis adjusted 15 d Perform Travel Sensor calibration procedure refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7 10 15 e Cables not plugged into PWB correctly 15 e Inspect connections and correct 15 f Broken travel sensor wire s 15 f Inspect wires for broken solder joint at pot or broken wire Replace travel sensor refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7 10 15 9 Open travel sensor 15 0 Check for continuity in electrical travel range If necessary replace travel sensor refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7 10 15 h Travel sensor frozen will not turn 15 h Rotate feedback arm to ensure it moves freely If not replace the travel sensor refer to the Travel Sensor section on page 7 10 16 ValveLink diagnostic tests provide erroneous results 16 a Defective pressure sensor s 16 a Replace PWB see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 7 8 16 b Pressure sensor O ring s missing 16 b Replace O ring s 17 Cannot perform advanced diagnostics 17 a Instrument does not have proper tiering 17 a Upgrade tiering 18 A PlantWeb alert is active but not reported broadcast automatically 18 a PlantWeb alerts in firmware 1 5 and higher are mode based Transducer block mo
308. ass Flow Estimate Continued 4 54 January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label PARAMETER NAME PD Detail 1 Active PD DETAIL1 ACTIVE Index Number 74 9 RO RW ALL Range 0 Primary Plugged 1 Nozzle Plugged 2 I P Latched 3 Reserved 4 Relay Jammed 5 Relay Cross Misadj 6 Relay Bias Diaph Leak 7 Relay Port A Diaph Leak 8 Relay Port B Diaph Leak 9 Reserved 10 Valve Stuck Low or Sensor Arm Damage 11 Valve Stuck High or Sensor Arm Damage 12 Piston Ring Leak 13 Reserved 14 Low Supply Pressure 15 External Leak 16 SOV Trip 17 Air Line Blocked 18 Reserved 19 Reserved 20 Unknown Initial Value All bits 0 Protect Category N A Description Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 Performance Diagnostic Critical possible cause PD Detail 2 Active PD DETAIL2 ACTIVE 74 10 ALL Reserved All bits O N A Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 Performance Diagnostic Detail status PD Detail 3 Active PD DETAIL3 ACTIVE 74 11 ALL 0 Primary Plugging 1 I P Nozzle Plugging 2 Calibration Shift 3 Reserved 4 Relay Cross Misadj 5 Relay Port A Diaph Leak 6 Relay Port B Diaph Leak 7 Reserved 8 Piston Ring Leak 9 Reserved 10 Reserved 11 Low Supply Pressure 12 Reserv
309. at they are not reported Even if reporting is suppressed the bit in Advise Active ADVISE ACTIVE 61 is still set Instrument TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Instrument e Tag Description The Tag Description TAG DESC 2 is 32 character description used to assign a unique description to each block within the digital valve controller to describe the intended application for the block e Pressure Units Define the output and supply pressure units PRESSURE UNITS 90 in either psi bar or kPa 4 35 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Deadband exceeded new Reference Point established This amount of change is Deadband Reference added to the Travel Point Accumulator Deadband 5 A6534 IL Figure 4 5 Travel Accumulator Deadband set at 1095 e Temperature Units Enter the temperature units TCEMPERATURE UNITS 89 in degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius The temperature is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller s printed wiring board e Travel Units Define the units for valve travel TVL UNITS 91 in inches centimeters millimeters or degrees e Length Units Define the units for valve dimensions LENGTH UNITS 92 in inches centimeters or millimeters Area Units Define the units for actuator area AREA UNITS 93 in inches centimeter o
310. ation 18 Shutdown Alert Enabled Bits 0 Drive Current e Data Type Bit String 4 byte mpaireg 0 disable 4 Blocks Set to Failed Enable 62 RW ALL Same as for Default ALL 1 enable FAILED_ENABLE FAILED_ACTIVE above 5 Travel Sensor Failed alert enable Enable allows E detection of alert All alerts can be 15 Performance disabled Critical 18 Shutdown Alert Enabled Bits 1 Drive Signal 3 Output Block Timeout Data Type Bit String 4 byte Maintenance Enable Same as for 9 Supply MAINT ENABLE 63 ALL MAINT_ACTIVE above j ALL Maintenance alert enable Enable allows detection of alert All alerts Deviation 13 Travel can be disabled Accumulator 14 Cycle Counter 16 Performance Reduced Enabled Bits 8 Temperature Data Type Bit String 4 byte Sensor Advise Enable 64 RW ALL Same as for 9 Supply ALL 1 enable ADVISE_ENABLE ADVISE ENABLE above Pressure Sensor Advise alert enable Enable allows 10 Temperature detection of alert All alerts can be Limit disabled 12 Travel Limit Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Failed alert mask MASK controls Failed Suppress Same as for whether an alert is reported If alert 65 RW ALL All bits 0 ALL is enabled the alert condition is evaluated and the ACTIVE parameter is updated to reflect if alert is active or not If the bit is set reporting is suppressed Default is all bits cleare
311. ation The following describes limit propagation AO Block e f the valve position is below the low cutoff value the AO block READBACK status limit is LOW LIMITED e f the valve position is above the high cutoff value the AO block READBACK status limit is HIGH LIMITED e f the transducer block actual mode is Auto and the above conditions are not true the AO block READBACK status limit is LIMITED January 2012 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Host System LAS Link Active Scheduler Device X PzPublisher S Subscriber CD Compel Data DT Data Transfer Packet B2713 1 IL Device Y Device Z Figure D 4 Scheduled Data Transfer e f the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service the AO block READBACK status limit is CONSTANT DO Block e f the transducer block actual mode is Auto the DO block READBACK D status is NOT LIMITED e f the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service the DO block READBACK D status is CONSTANT The control strategy should be configured to monitor the Analog Output block status and take action where appropriate when the status is no longer Good Network Communication Figure D 3 illustrates a simple fieldbus network consisting of a single segment Device Addressing Fieldbus uses addresses between 0 and 255 Addresses 0 through 15 are typically reserved for group addressing and for use by the data link layer If there are two or more devices with the same
312. ation options available autocalibrate standard or autocalibrate extended Autocalibrate extended is used for large actuators or actuators with accessories Auto Calibration requires user interaction only when the Feedback Connection is SStem Pot If the Feedback Connection is SStem Roller Pot no user interaction is required For valves with the SStem Pot Feedback Connection interaction provides a more accurate crossover adjustment 1 Select the method of crossover adjustment manual last value or default Manual adjustment is recommended If you select Last Value the crossover setting currently stored in the instrument is used and there are no further user interactions with the auto calibration routine go to step 3 If you select Default an approximate value for the crossover is sent to the instrument and there are no further user interactions with the auto calibration routine go to step 3 If you select Manual the Field Communicator prompts you to adjust the arm until the feedback arm is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 After you have made the adjustment step 2 press OK and go to step 3 2 The Field Communicator displays a menu to allow you to adjust the crossover Select the direction and size of change required to set the feedback arm so it is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 If another adjustment is required repeat step 2 Otherwise select Done and then Next and go to step 3
313. ator model January 2012 DVC6035 FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT DVC6035 FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR CLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE COUNTERCLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT NOTE DVC6035 TRAVEL COUNTS NOTE DVC6035 TRAVEL COUNTS COUNTERCLOCKWISE 3100 700 CLOCKWISE 13400 700 Figure 2 14 FIELDVUE DVC6035 Travel Indicator Installation Note Refer to the DVC6005f Base Unit mounting instructions for off actuator mounting instructions STARTING POSITION OF THE TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE INSTRUMENT Figure 2 7 shows an example of mounting on on a quarter turn actuator Refer to figure 2 7 for parts locations Also where a key number is referenced refer to figure 8 9 Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on quarter turn actuators Note While the housing differs on the DVC6035 and the DVC6030f feedback parts are the same 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use January 20
314. ature Lo Alert Point Temperature Sensor Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert Temperature Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Temperature Sensor Temperature Sensor Alert Enable Temperature Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Instrument gt Units Temperature Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Travel TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel gt Travel TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt AO Control Post Characterization Travel Travel D TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt DO Control Travel D Travel DeChar TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt AO Control Pre Characterization Travel DeChar Travel Status TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt AO Control Post Characterization Travel Status Trend TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Trend Trim Style 1 TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Trim Style 1 Trim Style 2 TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Trim Style 2 Travel Accumulator TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator TB
315. aximum Notify RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Maximum Notify Miscellaneous Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options or RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Miscellaneous Options Resource Block Error RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Resource Block Error Shed Remote Cascade RB gt Configure Setup gt Communication Time Out gt Shed Remote Cascade Shed Remote Out RB gt Configure Setup gt Communication Time Out gt Shed Remote Out Standby Firmware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Standby Firmtware Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt Standby Firmware Revision Strategy RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Strategy or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Strategy Tag Description RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Tag Description RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Tag Description Write Alarm Alarm State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Write Lock gt Alarm State Write Lock RB gt Configure Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Lock or RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Write Lock gt Write Lock Write Priority RB gt Configure Setup gt Write Lock gt Write Priority THE FIELDVUE DVC6000f DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER IS A CORE COMPONENT OF THE PLANTWEB DIGITAL PLANT ARCHITECTURE T
316. band set at 10 See figure 4 4 You can reset the Cycle Counter by configuring it as zero Cycle Counter Alert This alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Counter Alert Point It is cleared after you reset the Cycle Counter to a value less than the alert point Cycle Counter Alert Enable When enabled Cycle Counter Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between the Cycle Counter and the Cycle Counter Alert point Cycle Counter Alert Point Cycle Counter Alert Point CYCLE COUNT ALRT PT 77 6 is the value of the Cycle Counter in cycles which when exceeded sets the Cycle Counter Alert Cycle Counter Deadband Cycle Counter Deadband CYCLE COUNT DB 77 7 is the area around the travel reference point in percent 96 of ranged travel that was established at the last increment of the Cycle Counter This area must be exceeded before a change in travel direction can be counted as a cycle See figure 4 4 Travel Accumulator e Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator TRAVEL ACCUM 72 records the total change in travel in percent 90 of ranged travel since the accumulator was last cleared The value of the Travel Accumulator increments when the magnitude of the change exceeds the Travel 4 34 Accumulator Dead band See figure 4 5 You can reset the Travel Accumulator by configuring it to zero e Travel Accumulator Alert This alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds
317. band Tyne DEV DB 773 RW ALL gt 0 lt 100 296 SETUP Data Type Float Data Type Uint32 Roint 77 4 RW ALL gt 0 1 000 000 SETUP Alerts when accumulated travel is ACCUM PT too much Travel Accumulator Deadband Data Type Float TVL ACCUM DB 77 5 RW ALL 0 100 196 SETUP Deadband Cycle Count Alert Point Alerts when number of cycles is too CYCLE COUNT ALRT PT 77 6 RW ALL gt 0 1 000 000 SETUP arge Cycle Count Deadband Data Type Float CYCLE COUNT DB 77 7 RW ALL 0 100 1 SETUP Deadband Data Type Float Travel Open Alert Point Alert when valve is open Control TVL_OPEN_ALRT_PT RWY ALL 25 to 125 99 5 SETUP DI channel 24 regardless of alert enable state Travel Open Deadband _ Data Type Float TVL OPEN DB 77 9 RW ALL gt 0 lt 100 1 SETUP Deadband Data Type Float Travel Closed Alert Point Alerts when valve closed Controls TVL CLOSED ALRT PT LAON ALL 25 to 125 0 5 SETUP DI channel 25 regardless of alert enable state Travel Closed Deadband 2 Data Type Float TVL CLOSED DB 77 11 RW ALL gt 0 lt 100 196 SETUP Deadband Data Type Float E Lo Alert Point Alert when valve position is less N 18 Y e 18 7742 RW 25 to 125 25 SETUP than alert point Controls DI za ri channels 26 amp 30 regardless of alert enable state Travel Lo Lo Deadband t Data Type Float TVL LO LO DB 77 13 RW ALL gt
318. bled 24 ALARM HYS 0 5 25 HI PRI 0 26 HI HI LIM 0 27 PRI 0 28 HI LIM 0 29 LO PRI 0 30 LO LIM 0 31 LO LO PRI 0 32 LO LO LIM 0 37 OUT D 38 ALM SEL unselected MAI Block 1 ST REV 0 2 TAG DESC spaces 3 STRATEGY 0 4 ALERT_KEY 0 5 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL Auto 7 CHANNEL 8 OUT 1 TB FINAL VALUE 9 OUT 2 TB TRAVEL TARGET 10 OUT 3 TB FINAL POSITION VALUE 11 OUT 4 TB TRAVEL 12 OUT 5 TB SUPPLY PRESS 13 OUT 6 TB ACT PRESS A 14 OUT 7 TB ACT PRESS B 15 OUT 8 TB ACT PRESS DIFF Continued January 2012 4 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Resource Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter e Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Initial 4 12 PARAMETER NAME Number Rw Mode Range Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data Increments Static Revision by one each time a static parameter changes ST_REV 1 RO m 0 to 65535 0 The value is reset to 0 whenever a Restart with Defaults is performed See Restarting the Instrument Data Type Octet String Tag Description The user description of the intended application TAG DESC 2 RW Spaces of the block Null characters are no
319. bled See page 4 40 Power Up This condition exists after power up until 14 actual mode is not Out of Service 15 Out of Service The block is in Out of Service OOS mode January 2012 AO Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability RO Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter AO Function Block Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 24 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Block Initial m PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 Static Revision The revision level of the static data associated ST REV 1 RO N A 0 to 65535 0 with the function block The revision value will be ES incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Taq Description Data Type Octet String 9 p 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of TAG DESC the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to identify grouping STRATEGY RW ALL 01065535 0 of blocks This data is checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key The identification number of the plant unit This ALERT KEY RW ALL 110255 8 information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE BLK OOS until pata Type 05
320. bled Travel Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Alert e Travel Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Alert is set if the ranged travel rises above the Travel Hi Alert Point TVL HI ALRT PT 77 16 Once the alert is set the ranged travel must fall below the alert high point set by the Travel Hi Deadband before the alert is cleared See figure 4 2 e Travel Hi Deadband Travel Hi Deadband TVL HI DB 77 17 is the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Hi Alert once it has been set See figure 4 2 e Travel Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Alert point e Travel Lo Alert Enable When enabled Travel Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo alert e Travel Lo Alert Point The Travel Alert Lo alert is set when the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel goes below the Travel Lo Alert Point TVL LO ALRT PT 77 14 e Travel Lo Deadband Travel Lo Deadband TVL LO DB 77 15 is the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel required to clear a travel lo alert once it has been set See figure 4 3 January 2012 Proximity Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts Note See page 4 163 for additional details on using Proximity detection Travel Travel displays the actual position of the valve in percent 96 of calibrated travel Travel Open e Travel Open Alert This alert is active if the Travel
321. blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Alert Ke Data Type Unsigned8 y 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0 The identification number of the plant unit This information ALERT_KEY may be used the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE BLK shee Data 05 69 itted f th TARGET 54 RW 3 AUTO configured Mose target permitted and normal modes of the 2 CAS xum ks t Target The requested block mode valid large Actual The current mode of the block ACTUAL 52 RO OOS Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target PERMITTED 53 RW OOS AUTO CAS cs TO NORMAL 5 4 RW AUTO CAS 1 Block Data Type Bit String Configuration Error O Inactive Block Error 7 Input Failure Bad 1 Active 6 RO N A PV Status Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated with BLOCK ERR 7 8 Output Failure the hardware or software components associated with a 14 Power up block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be 15 Out of Service shown Setpoint Data Type DS 65 SP PV SCALE 10 Analog setpoint of the block Data Type DS 65 PEE 8 25 DR The primary analog output value calculated as a result of z executing the function the first output value and status Data Type DS 65 Output 2 9 MAN OUT SCALE The primary analog output value calculated as a result of OUT 2 OOS 10 executing the function the second output value and status EU at 100 100 Data Ty
322. blocks are allowed to function normally O Out of Service OOS Placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution by setting their modes to Out of Service as well The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service but the function block target modes are retained Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect the mode of the transducer block 4 4 Write Lock RB Configure Setup Write Lock e Write Lock Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters The Firmware Write Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock see Features When Write Lock is set to Locked no writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked When locked the device functions normally updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms When Write Lock is set to Not Locked the Write Alarm WRITE ALM 40 alert is active e Write Priority Write Priority WRITE PRI 39 sets the priority for Write Alarm The lowest priority is O The highest is 15 Communication Time Out RB Configure Setup Communication Time Out e Shed Remote Cascade Note Typically this parameter does not need to be changed The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory Perform this procedure only if a remote computer is sending setpoints from your
323. calibrate Extended Set Filter 1 Operating CAL Data Type Enum Uint8 Resets to 1 after a write Travel Calibration Prog TVL_CAL_PROG 45 2 RO N A 0 N A Data Type Uint8 Travel Calibration Status TVL CAL STATUS 45 3 RO N A 0 auto cal complete 1 calibration complete 2 auto cal in progress 3 manual cal in progress 4 crossover marked 5 upper position marked 6 lower position marked T calibration error 8 Performance Tuner active 9 Performance Tuner Success 10 Performance Tuner Error No movement 11 Performance Tuner Error Accessories unstable 12 Performance Tuner Error Other no bits set N A Data Type Bit String 2 bytes All bits set to 0 when mode changes from OOS 0 FALSE 1 TRUE Reserved TVL CAL RESERVED 45 4 Reserved 4 48 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita Value category escrpson PRESS CAL 46 Supply Pressure Scale MAN Vna SUPP PRESS SCALE 46 1 RW oos 0 CAL Data Type Float Supply Pressure Offset MAN SUPP PRESS OFFSET 46 2 RW OOS 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type Uint16 ji Ap
324. ce 25 4 14 Function Block Options FB_OPTIONS Resource 44 4 5 4 17 6 6 Gain GAIN PID 23 4 83 4 91 Al 12 4 135 AO 13 4 76 DI 12 4 167 DO 13 4 155 Grant Deny GRANT_DENY ISEL 9 4 109 OS 12 4 124 PID 12 4 90 Resource 14 4 13 Transducer 40 4 45 Hard Types HARD TYPES Resource 15 4 13 Hardware Revision HARDWARE REV Resource 48 4 7 4 17 Health Index HEALTH INDEX Transducer 79 4 60 Al 34 4 136 High Alarm HI ALM ISEL 46 4 113 PID 61 4 94 Al 33 4 136 High High Alarm ALM ISEL 45 4 112 PID 60 4 94 Al 26 4 129 4 136 High High Limit HI HI LIM ISEL 38 4 108 4 112 PID 49 4 87 4 93 Al 25 4 129 4 136 High High Priority HI HI PRI ISEL 37 4 108 4 112 PID 48 4 87 4 93 Al 28 4 129 4 136 High Limit ISEL 40 4 108 4 112 PID 51 4 87 4 93 Al 27 4 129 4 136 High Priority HI PRI ISEL 39 4 108 4 112 PID 50 4 87 4 93 4 176 Continued January 2012 Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued All Blocks Label Parameter Name Block 5 Hystval HYSTVAL OS 22 4 124 IDeadBand IDEADBAND PID 74 4 96 Inlet Pressure INLET PRESSURE Transducer 83 7 4 37 4 61 Input IN PID 15 4 90 Input 1 1 ISEL 11 4 107 4 109 Input 2 IN 2 ISEL 12 4 107 4 110 Input 3 IN 3 ISEL 13 4 107 4
325. ce Information instrument alert PERF ENABLE 75 7 January 2012 PD Inside Status PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics PD Run PD Run enables or disables Performance Diagnostics in the instrument PD Inside Selecting PD Off disables PD Inside Selecting PD On enables PD Inside Performance Critical e Performance Critical Alert This alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance has been dramatically reduced e Performance Critical Alert Enable When enabled Performance Critical Alert Enable activates the Performance Critical Alert Performance Reduced e Performance Reduced Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a reduction in performance e Performance Reduced Alert Enable When enabled Performance Reduced Alert Enable activates the Performance Reduced Alert Performance Information e Performance Information Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to control performance e Performance Information Alert Enable When enabled Performance Information Alert Enable activates the Performance Information Alert PlantWeb Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable Failed Enable Failed Enable FAILED ENABLE 62 enables or disables conditions that can cause a failed alert A failed alert indicates a failure within the
326. ce Variables and Diagnostics Pressure B Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Pressure A Sensor Failure ndicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Supply Sensor Failure indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed IOP Failure indicates the I O processor has failed Drive Current Alert Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive Current Alert Time Simulate Jumper ON Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6000f between the two AUX terminals Block Error Table 6 2 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 and XD ERROR 11 parameters Conditions in italics are not applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference Table 6 2 Transducer Block BLOCK ERR and XD ERROR Conditions condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other N A Block Configuration Error Indicates that one of the 1 following parameters have been configured out of the proper range 15 16 47 1 47 2 46 3 46 5 42 7 42 8 2 Link Configuration Error N A Simulate Active Indicates that
327. cer Block Mode Actual Drive Current AUTO Drive Signal AUTO Processor Impaired Any Mode Output Block Timeout Any Mode Block Set to Defaults Any Mode Travel Sensor AUTO Output Pressure Sensor Any Mode Supply Pressure Sensor Any Mode Temperature Sensor Any Mode Supply Pressure AUTO Temperature Limit AUTO Travel Deviation AUTO Travel Limit AUTO Cycle Counter AUTO Travel Accumulator AUTO Performance Critical AUTO Performance Reduced AUTO Performance Information AUTO Pressure Fallback AUTO Feature Select in the Resource block determines if reporting by the instrument is supported Refer to page 4 5 for additional information on Feature Select Failed Priority FAILED PRI 68 Maintenance Priority MAINT 69 and Advise Priority ADVISE_PRI 70 determine the PlantWeb alert priorities Although 16 priorities are available only three are actually meaningful for PlantWeb alerts If the priority is 0 no reporting occurs If the priority is 1 reporting is simulated within the instrument but the alert is not actually reported over the bus The alert condition is reported for priorities 2 through 15 with the higher priorities taking precedence over the lower priorities Failed Suppress FAILED MASK 65 Maintenance Suppress MAINT MASK 66 and Advise Suppress ADVISE MASK 67 determine which of the alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported PlantWeb Alerts Set Block Status If a PlantW
328. cess alarm conditions that will 3 Lo Lo gt cause the OUT D parameter to be set 4 Lo January 2012 4 113 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 40 ISEL Function Block View 1 Table 4 42 ISEL Function Block View 3 Parameter 1 ST REV 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 54 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 6 BLOCK ERR 7 OUT 11 1 12 IN 2 13 IN 3 14 IN 4 15 DISABLE 1 16 DISABLE 2 17 DISABLE 3 18 DISABLE 4 21 SELECTED 22 OP SELECT 25 IN 5 26 IN 6 27 IN 7 28 IN 8 29 DISABLE 5 30 DISABLE 6 31 DISABLE 7 32 DISABLE 8 34 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT 34 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 34 3 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 34 4 ALARM SUM DISABLED Table 4 41 ISEL Function Block View 2 ee Parameter 1 ST_REV 8 OUT_RANGE 9 1 GRANT_DENY GRANT 9 2 GRANT_DENY DENY 4 114
329. changes to some of the parameters in a block requires that the block be Out of Service Initialization Manual IMan Only the AO DO OS and PID blocks support this mode When one of these blocks detects a loss of a correct path to the downstream block such as when the downstream block is in the OOS Man or LO mode it enters the IMan mode For example when the transducer block enters the OOS mode the AO block enters the IMan mode Local Override LO Only the AO DO and PID blocks support this mode If the PID block enters the LO mode the block output follows the tracking value TRK VAL if external tracking is enabled by TRK IN D In the AO and DO block the block enters LO mode when the block detects that fault state is active In this case the output is determined by the selection for Manual Man If the data status of a function block s input is bad or its target mode is Man the block enters January 2012 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication the manual mode In this mode the function block does not update its OUT value If the target is Man the user may write a desired value to the output Automatic Auto The block performs the specified calculations based on the local set point and outputs the result independently without interfacing with another block The user can write to the set point of a block in this mode Any block outputs continue to update Cascade Cas The block performs the spe
330. channels No scaling or other MAI Ch 5 conversion will be done Values will 95 2 RW 1 through 13 2 SETUP be sent in the currently defined MAI CHANNEL 2 005 units If set to 0 then no output to MAI Channel 3 MAN MAI status will be set to BAD CHANNEL 3 95 3 RW_ 1 through 13 3 SETUP i rINAL VALUE 2 TRAVEL TARGET 954 RW MAN through 13 4 SETUP 3 FINAL_POSITION_VALUE MAI CHANNEL 4 OOS 4 TRAVEL MAI Channel 5 MAN 5 SUPPLY_PRESS CHANNEL 5 95 5 RW oos 1 through 13 5 SETUP 6 ACT PRESS A MAI Channel 6 MAN 7 PRESS B CHANNEL 6 95 6 RW oos 1 through 13 6 SETUP 8 ACT_PRESS_DIFF MAI Channel 7 MAN ngu 95 7 RW 1 through 13 7 SETUP 10 TRAVEL DEVIATION MAI CHANNEL 7 OOS 11 TEMPERATURE MAI Channel 8 MAN 122CYCLE COUNT CHANNEL 8 95 8 RW oog 1 through 13 8 SETUP i5 TRAVEL ACCUM Data Type Enum Uint8 Output Block Selection MAN 1 AO Block Controls which output block AO or OUTBLOCK SEL 96 RW oos 2 DO Block Block SETUP the transducer block will respond to Data Type Enum Uint8 Controls whether the status of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status MAN 1 No PV fed back to the output block PWA SET STATUS 9 RW oos 2 Yes SETUP from the transducer block will be affected by an active PlantWeb alert 0 Travel feedback sensor detected 1 Output Block Scheduled Block Information 2 Trigger Capturin
331. ci 13 OOS 0 Invert All bits 0 1 Enable Allows you to select how the signals are processed Data Type Bit String 3 Propagate Failure 0 Disable 14 OOS Forward All bits 0 1 Enable 8 Uncertain in MAN mode Options the user may select for the block processing of status O undefined 23 Valve Position or Pressure Discrete 24 PV gt 97 25 PV 3 26 PV Below LO LO limit Below Data Type Unsigned16 DI Channel ee Defines the functionality of the discrete input CHANNEL 15 onc ell Es ide ADONE A a zu 0 See Selection for details Refer to table 30 Within Proximity of 4 76 LOLO 1 31 PV Within Proximity of LO 32 within Proximity of HI 33 within Proximity of HI HI Data Type Float Process Value Filter Time 16 ALL Positive 0 Time that FIELD VAL D must be in a new PV FTIME state before the change is reflected to PV D and OUT D Data Type DS 66 Field Value Discrete 17 RO 0 Raw value of the field device discrete input FIELD VAL D with a status reflecting the transducer condition Update Event 18 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 18 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O Undefined Data 05 73 0 Undefined This alert is generated by any change to the UPDATE_STATE 18 2 RO N A 1 Update Reported O Undefined static data 2 Updated not reported TIME_STAMP 18 3 RO N A 0 STATIC_REVISION 18 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE_INDEX 18 5 RO N A
332. cified calculations based on the set point from another block via the cascade input parameter and outputs the result Any block outputs continue to update Remote Output ROut The block outputs are set to the value of the remote output parameter that is written by a host computer or others To prevent a sudden change in output the block s calculations are initialized when a change in mode occurs Remote Cascade RCas The block performs the specified calculations based on a set point from a host computer or others via the remote cascade input and outputs the result If the block has any outputs these continue to update Examples of Modes for Various Operational Statuses Table D 2 shows examples of block mode combinations in a digital valve controller however it does not show all combinations When a block changes mode or the data status signal changes for some reason the other blocks connected to that block identify the change by detecting the change in status of an input signal and change their modes too For example when the data status of BKCAL IN in a PID block changes to bad the PID block automatically changes its mode to Iman to initialize the control of its downstream block The respective modes to which each block should enter upon occurrence of a communication error and at a restart and the handling of signals in each mode may be defined in the block s option parameters such as IO OPTS and STATUS For deta
333. ck There is no alarm detection in the AO function block To select the manner of processing the SP and the channel output value configure the setpoint limiting options the tracking options and the conversion and status calculations Output Block PV Status The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the transducer block SET STATUS 97 the Transducer Block mode and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms Refer to table 4 10 Set Point Selection and Limiting To select the source of the SP 8 value use the MODE 5 attribute In Automatic Auto mode the local manually entered SP 8 is used In Cascade Cas mode the SP 8 comes from another block through the CAS IN 17 input connector In RemoteCascade RCas mode the SP 8 comes from a host computer that writes to RCAS IN 28 The range and units of the SP 8 are defined by the PV SCALE 1 1 attribute In Manual Man mode the SP 8 automatically tracks the PV 7 value when you select the SP PV Track in Man I O option in IO OPTS 14 This option can be used to minimize valve movement when the AO block is transitioned from Manual mode to Auto You can disable this option in OOS mode only The SP 8 value is limited to the range defined by the setpoint high limit attribute 20 and the setpoint low limit attribute SP LO 21 In Auto mode the rate at which a change in the SP
334. covery TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Manual Recovery Drive Current Shutdown TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Current Drive Current Shutdown Drive Signal TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Signal Drive Signal TB Device Variables Overview Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert Enable Effective Area TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Effective Area Feedback Connection TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Feedback Connection Flow Direction TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Trim Flow Direction Flow Tends To TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Trim Flow Tends To Processor Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Alert I O Processor Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Electronic gt Processor Impaired I O Processor Alert Enable
335. ct Setpoint to control valve position Data Type Float Ens ATE ME 23 ALL Positive seconds 0 Time from failure detection to reaction if failure still exists Data Type Float ATE AL 24 ALL PV Scale 10 0 Preset value to use if O_OPTS Fault State to Value or Use Fault State Value on Restart is set up Data Type DS 65 Back Calculation Output Status Limits The value and status required by the BKCAL_IN BKCAL OUT 25 RO N A Dynamic input of another block to prevent reset windup E Value and to provide bumpless transfer to closed loop control BAD NoCom Remote Cascade Input Be P Status NoVal Data Type DS 65 RCAS const Target SP and status by supervisory host Value 0 Trk Defined by FF spec O Invalid 1 Normal Shed Normal Return 2 Normal Shed No Return 3 Shed to Auto normal return 4 Shed to Auto no return Target mode changes to Auto on detection of a shed M Data Type Unsigned8 ED OBI 27 ALL Manual 0 Defines the action to be taken when the set point normal return is not updated in a remote mode 6 Shed to Manual No return Target mode changes to MAN on detection of a shed condition 7 Shed to retained target normal return 8 Shed to retained target no return Change target to retained target Remote Cascade Output Status Data 05 65 RCAS OUT eL RO NA Value Dynamic Block set point and status after ramping Continued January 2012 4 77 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers T
336. ctions menu as shown in figure F 3 and right click once 6 Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and left click to start the method January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System ACTIONS CONFIGURE 32 SETUP amp Configure Setup Compare Device Diagnostics c Device Variables Scan Device ISDUCE RESOURCE BLOCK METHODS SNAP ON Linked Apps gt Calibration Management gt Restat z DD Information Basic Setup Calibrate Plant Web Alert Handling Stroke Valve Audit Trail Record Manual Ey nt Help etup Wizard Response Control Stabilize Optimize Performance Tuner Tvl Deviation Fallback AOJDO Control Start here to configure and calibrate a DVC6000f Optimize response to control signal changes TRANSDUCER BLOCK METHODS Configure Setup at Device Diagnostics Device Variables B TRANSDUCER1200 last synchronized 6 25 2007 11 39 16 AM Time Current s Cancel OK Figure F 3 Actions Menu Accessing Parameters Transducer Block For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the transducer block refer to the Detailed Setup section of this manual Refer to figures F 2 F 3 and F 4 for information on accessing transducer block parameters 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu 2 Locate the digit
337. cts as necessary to achieve a desired process condition A simple control loop measures only one variable More sophisticated control loops measure many variables and maintain specified relationships among those variables January 2012 Glossary Controller A device that operates automatically to regulate a controlled variable Crossover Point The mid point of the stroking range of a sliding stem actuator A visual indication of the crossover point is found when the slot in the instrument feedback arm forms a 90 degree angle with the valve stem Deadband Region around a reference point that must be exceeded before a new event occurs Deviation Usually the difference between set point and process variable More generally any departure from a desired or expected value or pattern Device ID Unique identifier embedded in the instrument at the factory Drive Signal The signal to the I P converter from the printed wiring board It is the percentage of the total microprocessor effort needed to drive the valve fully open In most applications drive signal ranges from 55 to 75 Feedback Arm The mechanical connection between the valve stem linkage and the FIELDVUE Instrument travel sensor Feedback Signal Indicates to the instrument the actual position of the valve The travel sensor provides the feedback signal to the instrument printed wiring board assembly A mechanical linkage connects the travel sensor to the valve
338. cute transducer control function e Static Memory Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused Static Memory Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled e Processor Alert This alert is active if a failure occurs in the main processor e Processor Alert Enable When enabled Processor Alert Enable activates the Processor Alert e Processor Alert This alert is active if a failure occurs in the I O processor e I O Processor Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 11 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Processor Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function e O Processor Man Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 2 permits enabling or disabling Automatic recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will
339. d 1 These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL 4 52 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita value Category escripson Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Maintenance alert mask MASK Maintenance Suppress Same as for contol Whether an alerte MAINT MASK 66 RW ALL MAINT ACTIVE above All bits 0 ALL reported alert is enabled the alert condition is evaluated and the ACTIVE parameter is updated to reflect if alert is active or not If the bit is set reporting is suppressed Default is all bits cleared Data Type Bit String 4 byte O disable 1 enable Advise alert mask MASK controls Advise Suppress Same as for whether an alert is reported If alert 67 RW ALL All bits 0 ALL is enabled the alert condition is ADVISE_MASK ADVISE_ENABLE above evaluated and the ACTIVE parameter is updated to reflect if alert is active or not If the bit is set reporting is suppressed Default is all bits cleared Failed Priority Data Type Uint8 FAILED_PRI EN ALE 2 SETUR Failed alert priority Maintenance Priority Data Type Uint8 MAINT_PRI E jd rods 2 Maintenance alert priority Advise Priority Data Type Uint8 ADVISE PRI 70 RW EE 972 2 SETUP Advise al
340. d DVC6015 only 258 Label cover 19 260 Hex Nut SST 2 req d 261 Nameplate 265 Plug 19 DVC6015 and DVC6035 only Recommended spare 2 Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 3 Available in the DVC6010f to DVC6020f Conversion Kit 4 Available in the DVC6020f to DVC6010f Conversion Kit 19 Available in Feedback Unit Kit 21 Available in Feedback Unit Termination Strip Kit January 2012 34 64 5 P H 72 KA ES LEA m NN 3 7 LF D IE SECTION A A 46 e 154 2 D 38 23 W B 169 2 G 24 APPLY LUB SEALANT NOTES 1 gt SEE FIGURE 8 6 FOR GAUGE CONFIGURATIONS Parts SUPPLY AJ hss ESSET E V B SECTION C C 237 SECTION D D SECTION E E 2 APPLY LUBRICANT KEY 65 TO ALL O RINGS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 48B7710 K SHT 1 amp 2 DOC 29B3403 A Figure 8 2 FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Assembly January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers ZA 63 246 VEA ZA
341. d If the selected input remains good it stays selected If the originally selected input returns to good status the selection does not change Selection changes only if the currently selected input goes bad Disabling Inputs Use the parameters DISABLE 1 15 DISABLE 2 16 DISABLE 3 17 DISABLE 4 18 DISABLE 5 29 DISABLE 6 30 DISABLE 7 81 and DISABLE 8 32 to disable the corresponding inputs An input that is disabled will not be used by any of the selection algorithms The status of the disable parameter must be Good Good Cascade or Uncertain with a STATUS OPTS 10 of Use Uncertain as Good in order to be evaluated If the status of the disable parameter is Bad its last usable value is maintained and acted upon If the device restarts losing the last usable value the last usable value is set to disabled IN 1 through 8 and DISABLE 1 through DISABLE 8 are non volatile type parameters so if they are Linked they will automatically have Bad status until connections are re established If they are not Linked they will be restored with the previous value from NVM across device restarts Direct Selection of Inputs The parameter SELECT 22 can be used to select a particular input If SELECT 22 is non zero the selection algorithm is bypassed and the value of SELECT 22 is interpreted as the input number to select If the SELECT 22 value is greater than the number of inputs
342. d Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Integral Gain TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel Integral Gain Travel Limit Hi Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert Travel Limit Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Limit Hi Alert Enable Travel Hi Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Hi Alert Point Continued January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameter Configuration Index PARAMETER LABEL PATH TO PARAMETER Travel Hi Deadband TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Hi Deadband Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Enable Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Limit Hi Hi Deadband TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Hi Hi D
343. d affecting performance of the instrument take care not to damage the module base seal or guide surface Do not bump or damage the bare connector pins on the PWB assembly Damaging either the module base or guide surface may result in material damage which could compromise the instruments ability to maintain a pressure seal 4 Pull the module base straight out of the housing key 1 Once clear of the housing swing the module base to the side of the housing to gain access to the cable assemblies 5 The digital valve controller has two cable assemblies shown in figure 7 1 which connect the module base via the printed wiring board assembly to the travel sensor and the terminal box Disconnect TERMINAL BOX MODULE BASE ASSEMBLY HOUSING CABLE TO TERMINAL BOX PRINTED WIRING TRAVEL SENSOR BOARD ASSEMBLY W8073 FF Figure 7 1 Printed Wiring Board Cable Connections these cable assemblies from the printed wiring board assembly on the back of the module base Replacing the Module Base To replace the module base for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f digital valve controllers perform the following steps Refer to figures 8 2 8 3 and 8 4 respectively for key number locations Refer to figure 7 2 for a view of the back of the PWB assembly sub module Note Inspect the guide surface on the module and the corresponding seating area in the housing before installing the module base assembly To avoid
344. d ka o dat S Ed 2 29 Simulate Enable 2 30 COMMISSIONING Tag eor wea ces etes 2 30 2 2 January 2012 Installation The DVC6000f can be used with either air or natural gas as the supply medium If using natural gas as the pneumatic supply medium natural gas will be used in the pneumatic output connections of the DVC6000f to any connected equipment In normal operation the unit will vent the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere unless it is remotely vented When using natural gas as the supply medium in a non hazardous location in a confined area remote venting of the unit is required Failure to do so could result in personal injury property damage and area re classification For hazardous locations remote venting of the unit may be required depending upon the area classification and as specified by the requirements of local regional and national codes rules and regulations Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury property damage and area re classification Note Gas Certified DVC6000f digital valve controllers are CSA FM ATEX and IECEx approved for use with natural gas as the supply medium Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts Before proceeding with any Installation procedures e Always wear protective clothing gloves and eyewear to
345. d states of the Low i 1 alarms associated with the function block UNREPORTED 45 3 RO ALL 5 Deviation High Alarm 6 Deviation Low Alarm DISABLED 45 4 RW ALL 7 Block Alarm 1s han High Alarm Data Type Bit String 2 High Alarm 3 0 Disable 3 Low Low Alarm Acknowledge Option 46 N A 4 Low Alarm Allbits o 1 ACK OPTION 5 Deviation High Alarm Used to set auto acknowledgment of alarms 6 Deviation Low Alarm 7 Block Alarm Data Type Float Alarm Hysteresis The amount the alarm value must return to within ALARM HYS ar n 0 to 50 0 50 the alarm limit before the associated active alarm condition clears High High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 HI HI PRI 48 ALE 018 19 9 The priority of the HI Alarm e Data Type Float ee 49 ALL PV SCALE or INF 4INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI HI alarm condition High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 HI_PRI 3H ALL 9 619 The priority of the HI alarm High Limit Data Type Float y 51 ALL SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the HI alarm condition Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO PRI ae 0 The priority of the LO alarm Low Limit Data Type Float d TM 53 ALL PV SCALE or INF INF The setting for the alarm limit used to detect the LO alarm condition Low Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO LO PRI 34 oH pots 0 The priority of the LO LO alarm Low Cow Limit Data Type Float TO To 55
346. d to one or more of the following Remote venting of the unit re evaluating the hazardous area classification ensuring adequate ventilation and the removal of any ignition sources For information on remote venting of this controller refer to page 2 22 Severe personal injury or property damage may occur from an uncontrolled process if the instrument supply medium is not clean dry oil free and noncorrosive 2 19 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers While use and regular maintenance of a filter that removes particles larger than 40 micrometers in diameter will suffice in most applications check with an Emerson Process Management field office and industry instrument air quality standards for use with corrosive air or if you are unsure about the amount of air filtration or filter maintenance Supply pressure must be clean dry air that meets the requirements of ISA Standard 7 0 01 A maximum 40 micrometer particle size in the air system is acceptable Further filtration down to 5 micrometer particle size is recommended Lubricant content is not to exceed 1 ppm weight w w or volume v v basis Condensation in the air supply should be minimized Alternatively natural gas may be used as the supply pressure medium Gas Certified DVC6000f digital valve controllers Gas must be clean dry oil free and noncorrosive H2S content should not exceed 20 ppm A 67CFR filter regulator with 5 micrometer filter or equiva
347. de The user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and based on the results determine if the block is operating normally Table D 1 lists the modes supported by each block contained in the digital valve controller Changing the block mode requires accessing the Block Mode parameter For information on using the host system to change the block mode via this parameter see the appropriate host documentation Note A downstream block changing to Out of Service impacts the mode of the upstream block Refer to the block hierarchy in figure D 2 D 4 RESOURCE BLOCK ANALOG OUTPUT PID BLOCK J AO BLOCK TRANSDUCER BLOCK NOTES 1 CHANGING THE RESOURCE BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE CHANGES ALL FUNCTION BLOCKS TO OUT OF SERVICE BUT DOES NOT AFFECT THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK 2 CHANGING A DOWNSTREAM BLOCK TO OUT OF SERVICE AFFECTS THE UP STREAM BLOCK FOR EXAMPLE WHEN THE TRANSDUCER BLOCK IS OUT OF SERVICE THE AO BLOCK MODE WILL CHANGE TO IMAN INITIALIZE MANUAL Figure D 2 Digital Valve Controller Block Hierarchy Example Note There in no mode associated with the FOUNDATION fieldbus Loop Mode is dependent on the blocks within the Loop Explanation of Modes Out of Service OOS The functions performed by the block are not executed If the block has any outputs these typically do not update and the status of any values passed to downstream blocks will be BAD To make
348. de are read only This parameter XD_SCALE Units index only determines the number of digits to the right of the Decimal Point 2 decimal point used with the value obtained from the transducer for a specified channel Grant Deny 13 Data Type DS 70 GRANT_DENY Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and GRANT 134 RW ALL program All bits 0 alarm parameters of the block 2 Alarm 7 GRANT 1 granted 0 N A DENY 13 2 RW ALL 3 Local All bits 0 DENY 1 denied 0 N A 1 SP tracks PV in Man 3 SP tracks PV in LO or Iman 4 SP Track retained target in Man or LO 5 Increase to Close 6 Fault State to value Data Type Bit String 2 byte Options O freeze O disable OPTS 14 OOS 1 go to Fault State All bits 0 1 enable E value Allows you to select the type of tracking and the 7 Use Fault State output value when a fault condition occurs value on restart 8 Target to Man if Fault State activated 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT 0 5 1 Data Bit String O disable Status Options 15 oos 4 Propagate Failure All bits 0 1 enable STATUS OPTS Backward Options the user may select for the block processing of status Data Type DS 65 Readback is the de characterized valve position Status as reported by the transducer block parameter Hasdback FINAL POSITION VALUE 17 This correlates READBACK 16 RO N A with the AO block parameter OUT 9 which is the setpoint to the
349. de changes tuning changes and upload download Unscheduled transfers use either report distribution or client server type of reporting for transferring data All of the devices on the fieldbus are given a chance to send unscheduled messages between transmissions of scheduled data The LAS grants permission to a device to use the fieldbus by issuing a pass token PT message to the device When the device receives the PT it is allowed to send messages until it has finished or until the token hold time has expired whichever is the shorter time The message may be sent to a single destination or to multiple destinations e Report Distribution This type of communication is used to broadcast and multicast event and trend reports e Client Server This type of communication is used for request response exchanges between pairs January 2012 FouNDATION Fieldbus Communication Macrocycle Start Time Offset from macrocycle start time 0 for Execution Device 1 1 1 1 1 1 LI 1 Offset from macrocycle start time 20 for Al Communication bod i 1 1 Scheduled Communication Unscheduled Communication Device 2 PID Communication 0 20 40 60 80 B2715 1 IL 1 1 1 1 Offset from macrocycle i LI 1 start time 50 for AO 1 i LI 1 100 Offset from macrocycle start time 30 for Execution Start of Next Macrocycle Sequence Repeats
350. de may be in MAN or OOS 18 a Check transducer block mode Change to AUTO if appropriate 19 Field Communicator does not turn on 19 a Battery pack not charged 19 a Charge battery pack Note Battery pack can be charged while attached to the Field communicator or separately The 475 Field Communicator is fully operable while the battery pack is charging Do not attempt to charge the battery pack in a hazardous area January 2012 7 19 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers DVC6000f Troubleshooting Checklist Reference 1 Instrument serial number as read from nameplate What is the firmware version of the DVC6000f What is the hardware version of the DVC6000f What is the Diagnostic Tier of the DVC6000f FD AD PD What is the Control Tier of the DVC6000f SC FL FC 6 What is the address of the DVC6000f Mode and Status 7 What are the DVC6000f Block Modes aR Actual Modes Resource Block Transducer Block Analog Output Block Target Modes Resource Transducer Block Analog Output Block Permitted Modes Resource Block Transducer Block Analog Output Block 8 What is the status of the individual function blocks Operational 9 Does the digital valve controller respond to the control signal Yes No If No describe 10 Is it on Travel or Pressure control 11 What are the following parameter readings Setpoint Drive Signal 96 S
351. ded Supply Pressure Time SUPP PRESS MIN TIME Transducer 86 8 4 62 6 9 Minimum Recorded Temperature TEMP MIN Transducer 86 3 4 62 6 9 Minimum Recorded Temperature Time TEMP MIN TIME Transducer 86 4 4 62 6 9 Miscellaneous Options MISC OPTIONS Resource 46 4 5 4 17 6 6 MLFB MLFB Transducer 55 4 50 Moment Arm Length MOMENT ARM Transducer 85 11 4 39 4 62 Moment Arm Style LEVER STYLE Transducer 85 10 4 39 4 62 Nominal Supply Pressure NOMINAL SUPPLY PRESSURE Transducer 85 6 4 39 4 62 Nonvolatile Cycle Time NV CYCLE T Resource 23 4 14 Number used to average AVG USE ISEL 33 4 112 Operator Selected OP SELECT ISEL 22 4 107 4 110 Outlet Pressure OUTLET PRESSURE Transducer 83 8 4 37 4 61 Al 8 4 129 4 134 AO 9 4 69 4 71 4 71 4 72 4 75 Output OUT ISEL 7 4 109 PID 9 4 86 4 89 MAI 8 4 143 Output 1 OUT_1 OS 8 4 123 Output 1 Range OUT_1_ RANGE OS 10 4 123 MAI 9 4 143 Output 2 OUT 2 OS 9 4 123 Output 2 Range OUT 2 RANGE OS 11 4 124 Output 3 OUT 3 MAI 10 4 143 Output 4 OUT 4 MAI 11 4 144 Output 5 OUT 5 MAI 12 4 144 Output 6 OUT 6 MAI 13 4 144 Output 7 OUT 7 MAI 14 4 144 Output 8 OUT 8 MAI 15 4 144 Output Array OUT ARRAY OS 17 4 124 Output Block Timeout OUTPUT BLK TIMEOUT Transducer 76 3 4 29 4 58 Output Block Selection OUTBLOCK SEL Transducer 96 4 63 4 178 Continued January 2012 Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued All Blocks
352. device that will make the device or some part of the device non operational Table C 2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts January 2012 Transducer Block e Maintenance Enable Maintenance Enable MAINT ENABLE 63 enables or disables conditions that can cause a maintenance alert A maintenance alert indicates the device or some part of the device needs maintenance soon Table C 2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts Advise Enable Advise Enable ADVISE ENABLE 64 enables or disables conditions that can cause an advisory alert An advisory alert indicates informative conditions that do not have a direct impact on the device s primary functions Table C 2 lists the available PlantWeb alerts PlantWeb Alert Reporting TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting e Failed Suppress Failed Suppress FAILED MASK 65 determines which of the failed alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported Even if reporting is suppressed the bit in Failed Active FAILED ACTIVE 59 is still set e Maintenance Suppress Maintenance Suppress MAINT MASK 66 determines which of the maintenance alert conditions are suppressed so that they are not reported Even if reporting is suppressed the bit in Maintenance Active MAINT ACTIVE 60 is still set Advise Suppress Advise Suppress ADVISE MASK 671 determines which of the advise alert conditions are suppressed so th
353. diagnostics Data Type Bit String 88 3 o NONE Bit string for configuring PD setup B and options PD Extra Data Type Uint32 PD EXTRA 88 4 RW ALL 0 NONE Extra 32 bit integer for sending 5 values to PD Continued 4 62 January 2012 Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Transducer Block Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description Temperature Units 1001 nn TEMPERATURE UNITS 89 RW ALL 1905 C SETUP Data Enum Uint8 kPa 1133 bar 1137 Pressure Units psig 1143 EA PRESSURE_UNITS 90 RW ALL inHg 1155 kPa SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 inH20 1146 2 1145 1012 Data Type Enum Uint8 Travel Units mm 1013 Travel units for spec sheet TVL_UNITS 91 RW ALL in 1019 mm SETUP ACTUAL TRAVEL and deg 1005 RATEDTRAVEL only Length Units spen 5 LENGTH UNITS x id pae Mile 3 EN BEP ACTUAL TRAVEL OR z RATEDTRAVEL Area Units 2 1025 93 RW 2 1027 cm SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 AREA UNITS in2 2 1030 Spring Rate Units 1165 1 SPRING RATE UNITS 94 RW ALL Ib in 1596 N m SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 95 Data Type Uint16 This defines MAI CHANNEL MAP which transducer block channels MAI Channel 1 MAN will be sent to each of the 8 MAI MAI CHANNEL 1 95 1 RW oos 1 through 13 1 SETUP
354. dicator scale is included in the mounting kit attach the scale as described in the mounting kit instructions 2 13 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 10C1796 A Doc 2 MOUNTING HOLES 8 6 34 Figure 2 12 FIELDVUE DVC6005f Digital Valve Controller with Mounting Bracket Rear View DVC6005f Base Unit For remote mounted digital valve controllers the DVC6005f base unit ships separately from the control valve and does not include tubing fittings or wiring See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model For remote mounted instruments mount the DVC6005f base unit on a 50 8 mm 2 inch pipestand or wall The included bracket is used for either mounting method Wall Mounting Refer to figures 2 12 and 2 13 Drill two holes in the wall using the dimensions shown in figure 2 12 Attach the mounting bracket to the base unit using four spacers and 25 4 mm 1 inch 1 4 20 hex head screws Attach the base unit to the wall using suitable screws or bolts Pipestand Mounting Refer to figure 2 13 Position a standoff on the back of the base unit Using two 101 6 mm 4 inch 1 4 20 hex head screws loosely attach the base unit to the pipestand with the mounting bracket Position the second standoff then using the remaining 101 6 mm 4 inch hex head screws securely fasten the base unit to the pipe
355. e Note After I P converter submodule replacement calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Replacing the I P Filter A screen in the supply port beneath the I P converter serves as a secondary filter for the supply medium To replace this filter perform the following procedure January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting O RING LOCATED CONVERTER OUTPUT PORT SCREEN FILTER LOCATED CONVERTER SUPPLY PORT Figure 7 3 Filter Location 1 Remove the I P converter key 41 and shroud key 169 as described in the Removing the I P Converter procedure 2 Remove the screen key 231 from the supply port 3 Install a new screen in the supply port as shown in figure 7 3 4 Inspect the O ring key 39 in the I P output port if necessary replace it 5 Reinstall the converter key 41 and shroud key 169 as described in the Replacing the I P Converter procedure Removing the I P Converter 1 Remove the front cover key 43 if not already removed 2 Refer to figure 7 4 Using a 2 5 mm hex socket wrench remove the four socket head screws key 23 that attach the shroud key 169 and I P converter key 41 to the module base key 2 3 Remove the shroud key 169 then pull the I P converter key 41 straight out of the module base key 2 Be careful not to damage the two electrical leads that come out of the base of the I P convert
356. e Enter the lever style LEVER STYLE 85 10 for rotary actuators as either Pivot Point or Rack and Pinion Lever Arm Length Defines the lever arm length MOMENT ARM 85 11 for rotary actuators e Effective Area Enter the actuator effective area EFFECTIVE AREA 85 2 in in2 cm2 or e Air Select Opens or Closes indicating the effect of increasing air pressure AIR 85 3 on the valve travel Upper Bench Set Enter the upper actuator operating pressure UPPER BENCH SET 85 5 e Lower Bench Set Enter the lower actuator operating pressure LOWER BENCH SET 85 4 Nominal Supply Pressure Enter the nominal instrument supply pressure NOMINAL SUPPLY PRESSURE 85 6 e Spring Rate Enter the actuator spring rate SPRING RATE 85 7 in Ibsein or Nem January 2012 Transducer Block Reference e Trim Style 1 Enter the valve trim style TRIM STYLE 1 84 9 e Trim Style 2 Enter the valve trim style TRIM STYLE 2 84 10 e Stroking Time Open Enter the time required to stroke the valve from closed to open STROKING TIME OPEN 85 8 e Stroking Time Close Enter the time required to stroke the valve from open to close STROKING TIME CLOSE 85 9 MAI Channel Map TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup MAI Channel Map Allows the user to specify which transducer block parameter is available through each of the MAI Block channels CHANNEL 1 through CHANN
357. e Float 86 These parameters can only reset DEVICE RECORD through VL DD Temperature Maximum Data Type Float TEMP MAX Sed RO 8999 99 NA Highest temperature recorded Temperature Maximum Time j TEMP MAX TIME 86 2 RO N A Zero time N A Data Type Time Value Temperature Minimum Data Type Float TEMP MIN 86 3 RO NA 9939 99 Lowest temperature recorded Temperature Minimum Time TEMP MIN TIME 86 4 RO N A Zero time N A Data Type Time Value Supply Pressure Maximum Data Type Float SUPP PRESS MAX 96 3 00 15 Highest supply pressure recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Time e SUPP PRESS MAX TIME 86 6 RO N A Zero time N A Data Type Time Value Supply Pressure Minimum Data Type Float SUPP PRESS MIN 86 7 RO NA 9999 99 Lowest supply pressure recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Time SUPP PRESS MIN TIME 86 8 RO N A Zero time N A Data Type Time Value Comm Error Count COMM ERROR COUNT 86 9 RW N A 0 SETUP Not used by the DVC6000f 1 None Data Type Enum Protection 2 Calibration ONE ip If setting 87 RW ALL E ibrati Calibration is at or above a parameters PROTECTION amp Calibration protection level then that parameter is read only PERF DIAG m PD Run AUTO 1 PD x Data Type Enum PD_COMMAND 88 1 RW MAN 2 PD Off SPD OR NONE Controls whether PD will run or not PD Status 1 Not Running Data Type Enum PD STATUS REE 2 Running NONE Status of performance
358. e Travel Sensor Alert for Pressure Fallback to occur January 2012 Transducer Block e Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback occurs when the instrument detects that the travel sensor is outside of its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual travel It switches to Pressure Control and no longer uses the travel sensor to position the valve e Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Hi FINAL VALUE CUTOFF HI 15 defines the high cutoff point for the travel in percent 96 of pre characterized setpoint Above this cutoff the travel target is set to 123 096 of the ranged travel Travel Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it to 125 096 e Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Cutoff Lo FINAL VALUE CUTOFF LO 16 defines the low cutoff point for the travel in percent 96 of pre characterized setpoint Below this cutoff the travel target is set to 23 A Travel Cutoff Lo of 0 596 is recommended to help ensure maximum shutoff seat loading Travel Cutoff Lo is deactivated by setting it to 25 0 Pressure Cutoff Open Pressure Cutoff Open PRESS CUTOFF HI 47 11 defines the high cutoff point for the pressure in percent 96 of pre characterized setpoint Above this cutoff the pressure target is set to 123 0 A Pressure Cutoff Open of 99 5 is recommended to ensure valve goes fully open Pressure Cutoff Hi is deactivated by setting it 12596 e Pressure Cutoff Closed
359. e and Actuator Valve Valve Model Number Valve Serial Number TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Valve Serial Number Valve Size TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Valve Size TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Valve Style Zero Power Condition TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Application Zero Power Condition January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table F 2 Resource Block RB Parameter Configuration Index PARAMETER LABEL PATH TO PARAMETER Alert Key RB Configure Setup Setup Alarm Handling Alert Key Block Alarm Alarm State RB Device Diagnostics Status Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Disabled RB Configure Setup Setup Alarm Handling Block Alarm Block Alarm Disabled Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge RB Configure Setup Setup Alarm Handling Block Alarm Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge RB Configure Setup Setup Alarm Handling Write Alarm Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Confirm Time RB Configure Setup Setup Alarm Handling All Alarms Confirm Time Device ID RB Configure Setup Setup Identification Identification Device ID RB Device Variables Instrument Identificati
360. e are all determined by the device For Fieldbus the DeltaV system is responsible for knowing which devices have alarms ensuring that alarms are properly represented such as after controller switchovers and reporting to operators Event Chronicle AMS OPC Alarms and Events server etc So the only alarms DeltaV shows for a Fieldbus device are those the device has defined as alarms and has reported to DeltaV All device alarms are configured and processed in the DeltaV system identically to process alarms This means that how the alarms are communicated within the system what workstations are notified alarm annunciation graphical representations event recording acknowledgement etc are identical for process and device alarms This ensures that device alarms and process alarms are available to all users and applications in a consistent fashion Setting up PlantWeb Alerts This section walks you through the steps and considerations to implement PlantWeb alerts DeltaV Hardware and Software Requirements The first step to implement PlantWeb alerts is to have the correct hardware and software January 2012 Fieldbus Device Properties xi General Alarms amp Displays Enable Device Alarms Enable Device Alert Re annunciation device alarms associated with area Displays Browse Faceplate FFDEV fp Browse Primary control Cancel Figure F 5
361. e instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Type parameter name DEV TYPE is the 2 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device revision as defined by the manufacturer It is stored in the instrument Resource Block in the parameter Device Revision parameter name DEV REV is the 2 digit hexadecimal equivalent of the device description DD revision that applies to the device as defined by the manufacturer The host will always use the latest version of the DD that it finds for a particular device revision When part of the name of a capabilities file this value is always the same as the value of the DD REV parameter stored in the Resource Block of the instrument The value of the DD REV parameter represents the earliest version of the DD that is compatible with the device revision of the instrument is a 2 digit hexadecimal equivalent for the capabilities files cff revision as defined by the manufacturer The latest revision of the capabilities files for a particular device revision is the file with the largest value for this number is the file extension At this time five extensions exist for files they are sym This extension denotes a device description DD symbol file as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation e ffo This extension denotes a complete tokenized device description for the instrument as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation e cff This extension denotes capabilities file for th
362. e instrument as defined by the FOUNDATION Fieldbus Common File Format specification e fhx This extension denotes DeltaV device definition file e dil This extension denotes a windows resource file used by DeltaV reg This extension denotes a DeltaV registry file e alm This extension denotes a DeltaV alarm file DeltaV version 6 only January 2012 Device Description Installation Device Description and Methods FOUNDATION fieldbus technology uses Device Descriptions DD and function blocks to achieve interoperability between instruments and control systems or hosts from various manufacturers The DD provides information to describe the data interface to the device The following table describes the compatibility between the DVC6000f firmware revisions and DD revisions Device Description Compatibility Firmware Revision DD Compatibility 2 0 2 and 3 For fieldbus devices in addition to providing parameter definitions and other information required by the control system to communicate with the fieldbus device the DD may also include methods Methods can be used for a variety of functions including automatic calibration setting protection setting up the instrument etc These methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup calibrate and perform other functions on the instrument How the method prompts the user and how messages appear is determined by the host system
363. e making another adjustment stabilization may take up to 30 seconds or more for large actuators January 2012 ADJUSTMENT DISC Calibration FOR SINGLE ACTING DIRECT RELAYS ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION UNTIL IT CONTACTS THE FOR DOUBLE ACTING RELAYS ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO DECREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE FOR DOUBLE ACTING RELAYS ROTATE ADJUSTMENT DISC IN THIS DIRECTION TO INCREASE OUTPUT PRESSURE Figure 5 2 Relay A Adjustment Shroud Removed for Clarity With the the low bleed relay option stabilization may take up to two minutes longer than the standard relay Relay A may also be adjusted for use in single acting direct applications Rotate the adjustment disc as shown in figure 5 2 for single acting direct operation Single Acting Relays If the unused port is monitoring pressure ensure that the pressure source conforms to ISA Standard 7 0 01 and does not exceed the pressure supplied to the instrument Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage caused by loss of process control Single Acting Direct Relay The single acting direct relay is designated by Relay C on a label affixed to the relay itself Relay C requires no adjustment January 2012 Single Acting Reverse Relay The single acting reverse relay is designated by Relay B on a label affixed to the relay itself Relay B is calibrated at the factory and requires no further adjustment
364. e or explosion may result if power is not disconnected before removing the cap e Remove electrical power before disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections e When disconnecting any of the pneumatic connections or any pressure retaining part natural gas will seep from the unit and any connected equipment into the surrounding atmosphere Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken Preventive measures may include but are not limited to one or more of the following Remote venting of the unit re evaluating the hazardous area classification ensuring adequate ventilation and the removal of any ignition sources For information on remote venting of this controller refer to page 2 22 7 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers e Ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed before putting this unit back into service Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion CAUTION When replacing components use only components specified by the factory Always use proper component replacement techniques as presented in this manual Improper techniques or component selection may invalidate the approvals and the product specification as indicated in table 1 1 It may also impair operations and the intended function of the device Note If the feedb
365. e should be between 40 000 and 50 000 ohms 8 Multiply the result in step 7 by 0 042 to get a calculated resistance The calculated resistance should be in the range of 1680 to 2100 ohms 9 Re range the multimeter to a resistance of 3000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location 10 Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 8 100 ohms Note In the next step be sure the feedback arm outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 11 While observing the resistance tighten the screw key 80 to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the resistance reading remains at the calculated resistance determined in step 8 x 100 ohms Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection 12 Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector 13 For the DVC6030f only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 14 Travel sensor replacement is complete Install the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the Installation section Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor Perform these January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field C
366. e the multimeter to a resistance of 7000 ohms between pins 2 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location 8 Hold the arm assembly key 91 in a fixed position so that the arm is parallel to the housing back plane and pointing toward the terminal box Position the arm assembly so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 9 Adjust the travel sensor shaft to obtain the calculated resistance determined in step 6 100 ohms January 2012 BIAS SPRING KEY 82 FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 84 ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 91 NOTE INSTALL BIAS SPRING WITH SMALLER DIAMETER HOOK CONNECTED TO ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 91 AND WITH BOTH HOOK OPENINGS TOWARD CENTER OF BRACKET Figure 7 7 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Bias Spring key 82 Installation Note In the next step be sure the arm assembly outer surface remains flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 10 While observing the resistance tighten the screw key 80 to secure the feedback arm to the travel sensor shaft Be sure the resistance reading remains at the calculated resistance determined in step 6 100 ohms Paint the screw to discourage tampering with the connection 11 Disconnect the multimeter from the travel sensor connector 12 Apply anti seize key 64 or equivalent to the pin portion of the arm assembly key 91 13 Position the mounting bracket over the back
367. e to lie within 0 100 Limits in the external blocks may effect the useful range of a line Units of percent are used in the examples because the common application of this block is to valves but any units may be used to suit the application The following parameters as paired coordinates are used to specify the output splitter operation X11 X12 Y12 X21 Y21 X22 Yoo Where is the value of SP associated with OUT n and and refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve respectively Yng is the value of OUT n and and Ypo refer to the 1st and 2nd coordinates of the nth curve respectively By specifying the coordinates as shown in tables 4 44 and 4 45 the endpoints of the lines are defined The contents of the respective X s are held in the ARRAY parameter and the contents of the respective Y s are held in the OUT ARRAY parameter If a set of points are specified such that a 4 119 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Split Range Xi Y11 X21 Y21 Sequencing X22 Y22 100 X12 Y12 Xi Y11 X21 Figure 4 20 Split Range and Sequence Operation OUT 1 remains at end point when OUT 2 is non zero OUT 1 OUT 2 0 50 100 SP Figure 4 21 OUT with LOCKVAL True region of the input range is not specified then the corresponding OUT n will be set to the closest endpoint of the input value either high or low when the specified region is exceeded
368. eadband Travel Limit Lo Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Limit Lo Alert Travel Limit Lo Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Limit Lo Alert Enable Travel Limit Lo Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Limit Lo Deadband TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Hi Lo Travel Lo Deadband Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Limit Lo Lo Deadband TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Limit Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel MLFB Gain TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel MLFB Gain Travel Open Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Travel Open Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts
369. eb Alert is active the AO or DO Block Readback parameter status may change This behavior is controlled with the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status PWA SET STATUS 97 parameter in the transducer block Setting PlantWeb Alerts Refer to table C 2 for information on setting PlantWeb alerts When selected PlantWeb alarms will set the PV status according to table C 4 Using PlantWeb Alerts Refer to table C 3 for information on using PlantWeb alerts C 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Drive Current Electronics Failed Alert Condition and Default Drive Current Enabled What the Alert is Detecting The difference between the expected Drive Current and the actual Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Time Related Parameters and Default Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto Alert Point 50 Alert Time 5 sec Guidelines for Setting Use default settings Drive Signal Electronics Maintenance Drive Signal Enabled If one of the following conditions exist Where Zero Power Condition is defined as closed Drive Signal 10 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel 9796 Where Zero Power Condition is defined as open Drive Signal 10 and Calibrated Travel 9796 Drive Signal gt 90 and Calibrated Travel gt 3 U
370. ect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in the Replacing the Module Base procedure b Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals Note For the DVC6035 feedback unit connect the potentiometer assembly key 223 wires to the terminals as follows red terminal 1 white terminal 2 black terminal 3 4 Loosely assemble the bias spring key 78 screw key 80 plain washer key 163 and nut key 81 to the feedback arm key 79 if not already installed 5 Attach the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance or if you have a Field 7 14 Communicator you can use the procedure in the Calibration section To use the multimeter perform steps 6 through 14 To use the Field Communicator skip to step 15 Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter 6 Align the feedback arm key 79 to the housing key 1 by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole marked A on the feedback arm Fully engage the alignment pin into the tapped hole in the housing Position the feedback arm so that the outer surface is flush with the end of the travel sensor shaft 7 Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50 000 ohms Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location The resistanc
371. ed Clear reported 6 4 Clear not reported O Active reported O Active not reported Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Unacknowledged BLOCK ALARM UNACKNOWLEDGED 36 1 1 Undefined 2 Acknowledged 3 Unacknowledged Maintenance RB Device Diagnostics Maintenance Restart Actions Restarting the instrument may cause loss of process control To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure of process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process You can restart the instrument to reset parameters links etc within the instrument However due to the effect that a restart can have on the instrument and therefore the control loop restarting the instrument should be used cautiously and only as a last measure The following procedure describes how to use Restart Options to restart the instrument with a Field Communicator You can also restart the instrument using ValveLink software or from a host system using the Restart method included with the device description DD software You can restart the instrument any time it is connected to an active segment To restart the instrument select Resource Block Configure Setup and Restart Options on the Field Communicator 1 Restart informs you about what can happen when an instrument restart is performed Select Yes to continue or No to abort without restarting 2 Select the desired restart
372. ed 13 External Leak 14 Reserved 15 Travel Calibration Shift 16 Unknown 17 Reserved 18 Reserved All bits O N A Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 active Performance Diagnostic Reduce possible cause PD Detail 4 Active PD_DETAIL4_ACTIVE 74 12 ALL Reserved All bits O N A Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 Performance Diagnostic Detail status January 2012 Continued 4 55 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description 0 Relay Disengaged 1 Insufficient Pressure Differential 2 Travel Calibration Error 3 Reserved 4 High Supply Pressure 5 Reserved Data Type Bit String 4 byte 6 Near a Travel Cutoff O inactive Or Stop 1 PD Detail 5 Active 7 Reserved m Performance Diagnostic Detail PD DETAIL5 ACTIVE 7413 ROM ALL 8 Spec Sheet Fields All bits 0 N A status Incomplete 9 Sensor Failure Bits which when set will trigger 10 Pressure Control PERF_ACTIVE bit 2 Active 11 Transducer Block Mode OOS 12 Not Authorized for PD 13 PD Run Disabled 14 Trigger Data Available Data Type Bit String 4 byte 2 O inactive 74 14 ROW ALL Reserved All bits 0 N A 1 Performance Diagnostic Det
373. ed Pressure Fallback Alert Enable activates the Pressure Fallback Alert Temperature Sensor e Temperature Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Temperature Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Temperature Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Temperature Sensor Alert Enable activates the Temperature Sensor Alert Environment Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts Supply Pressure e Supply Supply SUPPLY PRESSURE VALUE 35 2 displays the instrument supply pressure in kPa bar or psi e Supply Pressure Hi Alert This alert is active when the supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point e Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable When enabled Supply Pressure Hi Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Hi Alert e Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point The Supply Pressure Hi Alert is active when supply pressure exceeds the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point SUP PRES ALRT PT 76 8 e Supply Pressure Lo Alert This alert is active when the supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point January 2012 e Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable When enabled Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable activates Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point SUP PRES LO ALRT PT 76 9 When the supply pressure falls below the supply pressure alert point the supply pressure alert is active To disable t
374. ed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Open gt Travel Open Alert Point Travel Open Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Open gt Travel Open Deadband Travel Proportional Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Proportional Gain Travel Sensor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Travel Sensor gt Travel Sensor Alert Travel Sensor Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Travel Sensor gt Travel Sensor Alert Enable Travel Sensor Hi Error gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor Lo Error gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Travel Sensor Lo Error Travel Sensor Manual Recovery gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Travel Sensor gt Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Travel Sensor Motion TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Travel Sensor Motion Travel Sensor Shutdown gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Travel Sensor gt Travel Sensor Shutdown Travel Sensor Span Error gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Stat
375. ed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Alert Enable Travel Lo Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Hi Lo gt Travel Lo Deadband Travel Lo Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Alert Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Travel Lo Lo Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Limit gt Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel MLFB Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel MLFB Gain Travel Open Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Open gt Travel Open Alert Travel Open Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Open gt Travel Open Alert Enable Travel Open Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detail
376. ed to avoid the risk of producing electrical spark 9 The user must not be allowed to replace at will the electric components of the product on his own to avoid damage to the intrinsically safe performance of explosion protection of the product 10 The user must follow the relevant rules specified by the product instruction manual the 13th Section of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment Maintenance of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment of GB3836 13 1997 standard the 15th Section of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment Electric Installation in Hazardous Locations except for coal mine of GB3836 15 2000 standard and the Electric installation construction and acceptance test code for electric equipment mounting engineering in an explosive and fire hazardous environment of GB50257 1996 standard while performing installation operation and maintenance for the product Refer to figure B 19 for NEPSI nameplates Flameproof DVC6000f digital valve controllers designated as controller hereafter have been proved to be in conformity with the requirements specified in the national standards GB3836 1 2000 and GB3836 2 2000 through inspections conducted by National Supervision and Inspection Centre for Explosion Protection and Safety of Instrumentation NEPSI The Ex markings for the products Ex d 11 B H2T6 T5 DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f only Ex d II BT
377. eedback Arm of a FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller e f no mounting adaptor is required attach the digital valve controller assembly to the actuator or mounting plate The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached 8 For long stroke sliding stem actuators after the mounting is complete check to be sure the roller aligns with the position mark on the cam see figure 2 4 If necessary reposition the cam to attain alignment DVC6030f on Quarter Turn Actuators If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the 2 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers AT 0 PSI HOLE IN THE DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLERS HOUSING DVC6030f FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT OUTPUT A ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT STARTING POSITION OF THE ACTUATOR TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY IF INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A DRIVES THE INDICATOR COUNTERCLOCKWISE THE POTENTIOMETER SHAFT WILL ROTATE CLOCKWISE AS VIEWED FROM THE BACK OF THE FIELDVUE INSTRUMENT NOTE DVC6030f TRAVEL COUNTS CLOCKWISE 13400 700 STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A IN THIS POSITION THE B HOLE IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH INCREASING PRESSURE FROM DVC6030
378. en the block is set to Manual mode OUT D 7 is set to Good Non cascade Constant status Selection To select the associated with the discrete measurement configure the value of the CHANNEL 15 parameter In the digital valve controller the four classes of channels are e Valve travel Open Closed limit switch e Variable limit switch based on transducer block travel alarm settings e Proximity position detection based on transducer block travel alarm settings The CHANNEL 15 parameter for each of the four DI blocks available in the digital valve controller may be set independently to achieve the desired position detection The DI block CHANNEL 15 definitions are listed in table 4 76 Refer to the following descriptions for details of the operation of these channels 4 161 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Discrete Signal FIELD VAL D Invert Option SIMULATE Alarm Detection Figure 4 31 Discrete Input Function Block Schematic Table 4 76 Channel Selection for the Discrete Input Function Block Selection Transducer Block Parameter 1 obese Bit Number 2 23 TRAVEL D 33 N A 24 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 0 Travel Open 25 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 1 Travel Closed 26 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 2 Travel Limit Lo Lo 27 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 4 Travel Limit Lo 28 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 3 Trave
379. enance Now Out of Service Actuator Manufacturer Actuator Model Number Actuator Style Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size Actuator Fail Action Feedback Connection Travel Sensor Motion Lever Style Lever Arm Length Effective Area Air Upper Bench Set Lower Bench Set Nominal Supply Pressure Spring Rate ALERTS MENU ON FACING PAGE Alerts Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts gt Elect Alerts Di rive Current Drive Signal Configuration Alerts Processor Impaired 39 Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert Program Memory Alert Enable Program Memory Shutdown Program Memory Manual Recovery Static Memory Alert Static Memory Alert Enable eR Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Default Alert Key 4 Blocks Set to Default Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable r 3 Sensor Alerts Travel Sensor Pressure Sensors Pressure Fallback 3 Pressure Fallback Temperature Sensop _ Pressure Fallback Alert Pressure Fallback Alert Enable Environment Alerts Supply Pressure Temperature Sensor Drive Current Drive Current Drive Current Alert Drive Current Alert Enable Drive Cur
380. ens GA 1 21 E o Counterclockwise goag a Tel 1 4 Sept rat For operating mode air closes GA 1 41 Spring amp Diaphragm Clockwise P460 P462 3025 P900 M RShaft Pot Specify 225 x 2 Air to GX 750 Spring amp Diaphragm K SStem Pot Open Close 1200 M Counterclockwise Clockwise 16 Air to Extend 32 Spring amp Diaphragm E SStem Pot Clockwise 70 K 16 Baumann Air to Retract 32 E SStem Pot Counterclockwise 70 K 10 Spring amp Diaphragm E Rotary 25 H RShaft Pot Specify 54 J 1 Values shown are for relay A and C Reverse for relay B 2 X Expert tuning Proportional Gain 4 2 Velocity Gain 3 0 Minor Loop Feedback Gain 18 0 3 4 January 2012 Basic Setup Table 3 3 Gain Values for Preselected Tuning Sets Travel Pressure Tuning Set Minor Loop gt Minor Loop Proportional Gain Velocity Gain Feedback Gain Proportional Gain Integrator Gain Feedback Gain B 2 0 3 0 35 0 5 0 3 35 C 4 4 3 0 35 2 2 0 1 35 D 4 8 3 0 35 2 4 0 1 35 E 5 5 3 0 35 2 8 0 1 35 F 6 2 3 1 35 3 1 0 1 35 G 7 2 3 6 34 3 6 0 1 34 H 8 4 4 2 31 4 2 0 1 31 9 7 4 8 27 4 8 0 1 27 J 11 3 5 6 23 5 6 0 1 23 K 13 1 6 0 18 6 6 0 1 18 L 15 5 6 0 12 7 8 0 1 12 M 18 0 6 0 12 9 0 0 1 12 X Expert NA NA NA NA NA NA e Feedback Connection Select RShaft Pot SStem Roller Pot or SStem Pot For rotary valves enter RShaft Pot For sliding stem valves if the feedback linkage consists of a connect
381. ent to DVC6010f and DVC6030f digital valve controllers remove the plastic vent key 52 figures 8 2 and 8 4 The vent connection is 3 8 NPT internal Typically 12 7 mm 0 5 inch tubing is used to provide a remote vent To connect a remote vent to a DVC6020f digital valve controller replace the standard mounting bracket key 74 figure 8 3 with the vent away bracket key 74 Install a pipe plug in the vent away mounting bracket key 74 Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the Installation section of this manual The vent connection is 3 8 NPT internal Typically 12 7 mm 0 5 inch tubing is used to provide a remote vent Use 10 mm 0 275 inch outside diameter tubing to connect the 1 4 NPT digital valve controller output connection to the pneumatic actuator input connection If a volume tank is used to attenuate flow instabilities the volume needs to be at least 1 64 liters 100 cubic inch but not greater than 4 1 liters 250 cubic inch To tune the digital valve controller for an assembly equipped with a volume tank select a tuning set for an actuator with roughly the same volume Do not use tuning set B when a volume tank is present Alternatively flow fluctuations may be attenuated by placing a 0 9 mm 0 035 inch fixed restriction between the regulator and the output A list of fixed restriction orifice specifications is presented in table 2 2 January 2012 Table 2 2 Fixed Orifice Rest
382. entify gain and rate settings measures the instruments internal temperature for a FIELDVUE instrument The tuning set and supply pressure together determine an instrument s response to input signal changes Travel Movement of the valve stem or shaft which Watch Dog Timer changes the amount the valve is open or closed A timer that the microprocessor must pulse periodically If the microprocessor is unable to pulse the timer the instrument shuts down Travel Sensor A device within the FIELDVUE instrument that Zero Power Condition senses valve stem or shaft movement The travel The position of the valve open or closed when sensor is mechanically connected to the valve the electrical segment power to the instrument is stem or shaft removed Zero Power Condition ZPC is determined by relay and actuator action where for Relay A and C Port A will be at atmosphere Tuning pressure and if double acting Port B will be at The adjustment of control terms or parameter supply pressure For Relay B Port B will be at values to produce a desired control effect supply pressure Glossary DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 2 Notes Glossary 4 January 2012 Index A Actual Travel 4 37 Actuator Fail Action 4 38 Actuator Manufacturer ID 4 37 Actuator Model Number 4 38 Actuator Serial Number 4 38 Actuator Size 4 38 Actuator Style 4 38 Addressing D 7 Advise Enable 4 35 Advise Suppress 4 35
383. ents are discovered and as technology advances Each block has a tag name Service personnel need only know the tag name of the block to access or change the appropriate block parameters Input events may affect the operation of the algorithm An execution control function regulates the receipt of input events and the generation of output events during execution of the algorithm Upon completion of the algorithm the data internal to the block is saved for use in the next execution and the output data is snapped releasing it for use by other function blocks Once the inputs are snapped the algorithm operates on them generating outputs as it progresses Algorithm executions are controlled through the setting of internal parameters Internal parameters do not appear as normal input and output parameters However they may be accessed and modified remotely as specified by the function block Figure D 1 illustrates the internal structure of a function block When execution begins input parameter values from other blocks are snapped in by the block The input snap process ensures that these values do not change during the block execution New values received for these parameters do not affect the snapped values and will not be used by the function block during the current execution Function blocks are also capable of performing short term data collection and storage for reviewing their behavior Instrument Specific Blocks In addi
384. er 4 Ensure that the O ring key 39 and screen key 231 stay in the module base and do not come out with the I P converter key 41 Replacing the Converter 1 Refer to figure 7 3 Inspect the condition of the O ring key 39 and screen key 231 in the module January 2012 SHROUD KEY 169 SOCKET HEAD SCREWS 4 KEY 23 CONVERTER KEY 41 Bs q BOOTS KEY 210 Figure 7 4 Converter base key 2 Replace them if necessary Apply silicone lubricant to the O rings 2 Ensure the two boots key 210 shown in figure 7 4 are properly installed on the electrical leads 3 Install the I P converter key 41 straight into the module base key 2 taking care that the two electrical leads feed into the guides in the module base These guides route the leads to the printed wiring board assembly submodule 4 Install the shroud key 169 over the I P converter key 41 5 Install the four socket head screws key 23 and evenly tighten them in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 1 6 Nem 14 Ibfein 6 After replacing the I P converter calibrate travel to maintain accuracy specifications PWB Printed Wiring Board Assembly Refer to figures 8 2 through 8 6 for key number locations The PWB assembly key 50 is located on the back of the module base assembly key 2 Note If the PWB assembly submodule is replaced configure and calibrate the digital valve contr
385. er 43 3 4 47 Travel Lo Deadband TVL LO DB Transducer 77 15 4 32 4 59 Travel Lo Lo Alert Point LO LO PT Transducer 77 12 4 32 4 59 Travel Lo Lo Deadband TVL LO LO DB Transducer 77 13 4 32 4 59 Travel MLFB Bias TVL MLFB BIAS Transducer 43 8 4 47 Travel MLFB Gain TVL MLFB GAIN Transducer 44 5 4 22 4 47 Travel Open Alert Point TVL OPEN ALRT PT Transducer 77 8 4 33 4 59 Travel Open Deadband TVL OPEN DB Transducer 77 9 4 33 4 59 Travel Pressure Select TVL PRESS SELECT Transducer 41 1 4 25 4 45 Travel Pressure State TVL PRESS STATE Transducer 41 2 4 45 6 11 Travel Proportional Gain SERVO GAIN Transducer 18 4 22 4 44 Travel Sensor Motion TRAVEL SEN MOTION Transducer 42 3 4 38 4 46 Travel Tuning Set TVL TUNING SET Transducer 42 10 4 22 4 46 Travel Units TVL UNITS Transducer 91 4 36 4 63 Travel Velocity Gain SERVO RATE Transducer 20 4 22 4 44 UBeta BETA ubeta PID 73 4 96 UGamma GAMMA ugamma PID 72 4 95 Unbalanced Area UNBALANCED AREA Transducer 84 8 4 37 4 61 Al 20 4 135 AO 29 4 78 DI 18 4 167 DO 25 4 156 ISEL 23 4 111 Update Event UPDATE EVT MAI 16 4 144 OS 23 4 124 PID 43 4 93 Resource 35 4 16 Transducer 7 4 42 4 184 Continued January 2012 All Blocks Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued Label Parameter Name Block sud Page Numbers Upgrade Progress UPGRADE PROGRESS Transducer 8
386. ercent of ranged travel The accumulator only increments when travel exceeds the deadband Then the greatest amount of change in one direction from the original reference point after the deadband has been exceeded will be added to the Travel Accumulator Travel Count TB Device Variables Travel Count Travel Count COUNT 43 11 is the Travel Sensor readback displayed in A D counts 6 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Pressures TB Device Variables Pressures e Supply Supply SUPPLY PRESSURE VALUE 35 2 shows the value of the supply pressure in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O or kg cm e Pressure A Pressure A PRESSURE A VALUE 36 2 shows the value of Output Pressure A in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O or kg cm 6 12 e Pressure B Pressure B PRESSURE B VALUE 37 2 shows the value of Output Pressure B in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O or kg cm e A Minus B A Minus B PRESSURE DIFF VALUE 38 2 shows the value of the output pressure differential in psi bar kPa inHg inH2O kg cm January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Module Base Maintenance Removing the Module Base 7 4 Replacing the Module Base 7 5 SubModule Maintenance Converter Replacing the I P 7 6
387. ermines the selector action 5 Average 6 Hot Spare Data Type Unsigned8 Min Good 20 ALL 1 4 0 The minimum number of inputs which are good is MIN GOOD 0 initial value only ess than the value of MIN GOOD then set the OUT status to bad Selected male Data DS 66 ata Type DS SELECTED 21 RO N A ae Dynamic The integer indicating the selected input number BAD Data Type DS 66 Status NC An operator settable parameter to force a given input Operator Select 22 ALL constant to be used OP SELECT Value 0 0 8 Continued 4 110 January 2012 ISEL Function Block Table 4 39 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial Description PARAMETER_NAME Number RW Mode ange Value Update Event 23 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 23 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined due DS 73 Los ce d 1 Update Reported is alert is generated by any change to the static UPDATE STATE 23 2 RO N A 2 Updated not 0 data reported TIME STAMP 23 3 RO N A 0 5 REVISION 23 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE INDEX 23 5 RO N A 0 Block Alarm 24 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined Data 05 72 UNACKNOWLEDGED 24 1 RW N A 0 The block alarm is used for all configuration Unac owe ge hardware connection failure or system problems in 0 Undefined
388. ers Multiple Analog Input MAI Function Block Overview 4 141 TLS i sai aces uaa aide a ed 4 141 Status TAMING t ra iran d becas 4 141 Application Information 4 141 Troubleshooting 4 142 Block BITOIS oos net Nat cate Ad ete stehe 4 142 Parameter LISE oorr re eo aep E 4 143 Ete ES Asteroid hl ined ibo 4 145 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 146 4 140 January 2012 OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 3 OUT 4 OUT 5 OUT 6 OUT 7 FIELDBUS FBUS 31A OUT 8 Out1 The block output value and status for the first channel Figure 4 27 Multiple Analog Input MAI Function Block Multiple Analog Input MAI Function Block Overview The Multiple Analog Input MAI function block has the ability to process up to eight field device measurements and make them available to other function blocks The output values from the MAI block are in engineering units and contain a status indicating the quality of the measurement The measuring device may have several measurements or derived values available in different channels Use the channel numbers to define the variables that the MAI block processes The MAI block supports mode control In Automat
389. ert priority Recommended Action Data Type Uint16 RECOMMENDED ACTION RO N A 01065535 0 Fix for most serious condition Data Type Uint32 Travel Accumulator Write Anything 2 5 72 RW ALL i CAL Total travel expressed in integer TROVEESSGGUM Read Actal terms Controls Al channel 13 Data Type Uint32 Cycle Count Write Anything Number of cycle transitions above CYCLE COUNT m PN ACE Read Actual CAL a certain threshold of movement Controls Al channel 12 January 2012 Continued 4 53 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita Category INST ALERTS ACTIVE 14 0 Drive Current 1 Drive Signal SMS Falle Data Type Bit String 4 byte Electronics Active 1 n O inactive ELECT ACTIVE 741 ROW ALL 3 Static Memory All bits 0 N A 1 active Processor Processor Electronics Alert status Block Set to Defaults 4 5 6 Output Block Timeout 7 0 Travel Sensor 1 Port A Pressure Sensor ON A Sensor Active co Mu 1 its 7 SENSOR ACTIVE 74 2 ROW ALL 2 tessa All bits 0 N A 1 active OUPRYY Sensor Alert status Sensor 4 Temperature Sensor 5 Pressure Fallback 0 Supply Pressure High Data Type Bit Str
390. es m 463 RW Bog CAL Data Type Float 46 4 RW Bs 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type Uint16 jo p he 465 RW Bog CAL Data Type Float jig Ma 46 6 RW Bie 0 to 16383 CAL Data Type Uint16 467 RW BAY 0 100 70 CAL Data Type Float Pressure MLFB Bias MAN PRESS MLFB 46 8 RW OOS 0 100 50 CAL Data Type Float PRESS_TUNE M Pressure Cutoff Hi MAN 25 125 EAS PRESS CUTOFF HI 47 1 RW OOS gt CUTOFF LO 99 50 SETUP Data Type Float Pressure Cutoff Lo MAN 25 125 A PRESS CUTOFF LO 47 2 RW OOS CUTOFF HI 0 5096 SETUP Data Type Float Pressure Proportional Gain MAN 2 Data Type Float PRESS PROP GAIN 5 58 Gosti 22 SETUP proportional gain Pressure Integral Gain MAN _ Data Type Float PRESS INTEG GAIN 47 43 RW OOS gt 0 lt 32 01 SETUP Integral resets per second Pressure Rate Gain MAN E _ Data Type Float PRESS RATE GAIN Ao RW Gas 0 SETUP Derivative gain Pressure Integral Dead Zone MAN _ Data Type Float PRESS_INTEG_DEADZ eee eee pene SETUP integrator Deadzone 1 2 width Pressure Integral Limit Hi MAN gt 0 lt 100 Data Type Float PRESS_INTEG_HI_LIM sie OOS gt INTEG_LO 20 SETUP Integrator limits Pressure Integral Limit LO 0 gt 100 Data Type Float PRESS INTEG LO LIM 469 OOS INTEG HI 20 SETUP Integrator limits PER S E ER 479 RW gt 2 100 lt 100 12 No
391. ess Control Input Characterization Custom Characterization Table Outblock Selection Travel Pressure Control amp Travel Pressure State Travel Pressure Select Travel Deviation Pressure Fallback Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo Pressure Cutoff Open Pressure Cutoff Closed Pressure Range Hi Pressure Range Lo Travel Tuning Set Travel Proportional Gain Travel Velocity Gain Travel MLFB Gain Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Gain Travel Integral Dead Zone Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo Performance Tuner Stabilize Optimize L Pressure Tuning MAI Channel Map amp MAI Channel 1 MAI Channel 2 MAI 3 simulate Active MAI Channel 4 Alarms MAI Channel 5 MAI Channel 6 Failed Active MAI Channel 7 Maint Active MAI Channel 8 Advise Active gt Alert Handling PlantWeb Alert Simulate Simulate Active Alerts PlantWeb Alert Handling PlantWeb Alert Handling amp PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status Block Error Reporting Device Variables J4 c ORT Device Variables amp All Block Modes AO Control Pre Char AO Control Post Char DO Control Input Characterization Travel Press
392. essure A Sensor Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Alert Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Pressure A Sensor Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Pressure Sensors Pressure A Sensor Shutdown Pressure B Sensor Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Pressure Sensors Pressure B Sensor Alert Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor gt Pressure Sensors Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable Pressure Cutoff Close TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai Close led Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Control Pressure Cutoff Pressure Cutoff Open TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai Open led Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Control Pressure Cutoff Pressure Integral Deadzone TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning Pressure Integral Deadzone Pressure Integral Gain
393. ete Alarm Time Stamp Discrete Alarm Subcode Discrete Alarm Discrete Value Process Value Filter Time Field Value Discrete Status Field Value Discrete Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Discrete Priority Discrete Limit Discrete Alarm Unacknowledged Discrete Alarm Alarm State Discrete Alarm Time Stamp Discrete Alarm Subcode Discrete Alarm Discrete Value January 2012 DI Function Block January 2012 4 171 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Block Parameter 4 173 Block Channel 4 186 4 172 January 2012 Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index All Blocks Label Parameter Name Block Index Page Numbers Number Al 23 4 136 DI 21 4 168 Acknowledge Option OPTION ISEL 35 4 108 4 112 PID 46 4 93 Resource 38 4 6 4 16 Actual Travel ACTUAL TRAVEL Transducer 83 4 4 37 4 61
394. eter Definitions Continued Label PARAMETER NAME Advise Alarm ADVISE ALM Index Number 58 RO RW Mode Range Initial Value Protect Category Description Data Type DS 71 Used to report alerts to host System UNACKNOWLEDGED 58 1 RW N A O Undefined 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged O Undefined NONE ALARM STATE 58 2 RO N A 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported 2 Clear not reported 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported O Undefined N A TIME STAMP 58 3 RO N A N A SUBCODE 58 4 RO N A N A VALUE 58 5 RO N A N A Data Type Float Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm 0 for multiple alarms Failed Active FAILED ACTIVE 59 Drive Current Drive Signal Processor Impaired Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Defaults Travel Sensor Outlet Pressure Sensor 7 Supply Pressure Sensor 8 Temperature Sensor 9 Supply Pressure 10 Temperature Limit 11 Travel Deviation 12 Travel Limit 13 Travel Accumulator 14 Cycle Counter 15 Performance Critical 16 Performance Reduced 17 Performance Information 18 Shutdown Alert All bits 0 N A Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 active Failed Alert Status Maintenance Active MAINT_ACTIVE 60 Drive Current Drive Signal Processor I
395. etpoint Rate Up Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit AO Channel Fault State Time Fault State Value Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value StdDev Cap StdDev January 2012 AO Function Block January 2012 4 81 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers PID Function Block Overview 4 83 MOOdGS Las reae US sta 4 83 Mode oir rri o SUR t pide 4 84 Shed ier nt dex eR eds puc ccce deu Gath cd Gee le LER Qood 4 84 Shed with Return Options 4 84 Shed with No Return Options 4 85 Status Handling uia cuia bre rae ore Ease brecha 4 85 Set Point Selection and 4 85 PUPS NEN doo cito od 4 85 Feedforward Calculation 4 86 Output oe exce E tir ER e ex eic 4 86
396. f FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT 19B3879 A DOC 1 Figure 2 9 Explanation of FIELDVUE DVC6030f Travel Indicator Starting Position and Movement if Clockwise Orientation is Selected for Iravel Sensor Motion in ValveLink Software or the Field Communicator actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model Figure 2 7 shows the DVC6030f digital valve controller mounted on a quarter turn actuator Refer to figure 2 7 for parts locations Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on quarter turn actuators Note Due to NAMUR mounting limitations do not use the stainless steel DVC6030f in high vibration service 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above 2 12 measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 f necessary remove the existing hub from the actuator shaft 3 If a positioner plate is required attach the positioner plate to the ac
397. failure can result if the feedback wiring connecting the base unit with the remote feedback unit shares a conduit with any other power or signal wiring Do not place feedback wiring in the same conduit as other power or signal wiring Using the DVC6015 DVC6025 amp DVC6035 Feedback Unit as a Remote Travel Sensor The feedback unit mounts on the actuator and is connected to the base unit mounted on a pipestand or wall with a 3 conductor shielded cable Connect the feedback unit to the base unit as follows refer to figure 2 22 January 2012 1 On the feedback unit remove the housing cap 2 On the base unit remove the feedback connections terminal box cap see figure 2 17 3 If necessary install conduit between the feedback unit and the base unit following applicable local and national electrical codes Route the 3 conductor shielded cable between the two units 4 Connect one wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between terminal 1 on the feedback unit and terminal 1 on the base unit 5 Connect the second wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between terminal 2 on the feedback unit and terminal 2 on the base unit 6 Connect the third wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between terminal 3 on the feedback unit and terminal 3 on the base unit 7 Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit Note Do not connect the shield o
398. for DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f and DVC6005f B 12 Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 13 Nameplates for DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 B 14 NEPSI Narneplates z oes e Gir eee eos e ie B 14 January 2012 B 1 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers This section includes loop schematics required for wiring of intrinsically safe installations It also includes the approvals nameplates If you have any questions contact your Emerson Process Management sales office HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS A B C D CLASS Il DIV 1 GROUPS CLASS Ill DVC6010F DVC6020F DVC6030F DVC6010FS DVC6020FS DVC6030FS 24 l l 1 l l 1 1 1 380 mA 1 5 nF l 1 l l 1 t l Vmax CSA APPROVED max ENTITY DEVICE Pi e 3 zm SEE CHART 1 0 CSA APPROVED BARRIER NOTE 1 3 4 5 6 lt 4 ENTITY FIELDBUS LOOP HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION CLASS DIV 1 GROUPS ABCD CLASS Il DIV 4 GROUPS CLASS Ill DVC6010F DVC6020F DVC6030F DVC6010FS DVC6020FS DVC6030FS 1 1 1 1 1 Vmax 17 5 VDC l 1 1 1 1 1 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH CSA APPROVED FISCO DEVICE CSA APPROVE
399. function blocks that are not Out of Service to the fault state condition While this parameter is active the output function blocks will go to an actual mode of Local Override LO and will perform their fault state actions see Action On Fault Detection for the output blocks on pages 4 72 and 4 152 of this section This parameter is used to test the fault state behavior that normally occurs when there is a communication problem between devices This parameter is changed by the SET_FSTATE and CLR_FSTATE parameters so long as the feature Fault State is selected see Feature Selection index number 18 in this table Set Fault State SET_FSTATE 29 RW ALL 1 Off 2 Set 1 Off Data Type Unsigned8 Selecting Set changes the parameter FAULT_STATE to Active This is essentially a write only parameter as it will always read OFF because it is defined as momentary Writing a value of OFF has no affect To use this parameter the feature Fault State must be selected see Features Selected on page 4 5 Clear Fault State CLR_FSTATE 30 RW ALL 1 Off 2 Clear 1 Off Data Type Unsigned8 Selecting Clear changes the parameter FAULT_STATE to Clear and clears the output function blocks of the FAULT_STATE if the field condition if any has cleared This is essentially a write only parameter as it will always read OFF because it is defined as momentary Writing a value of OFF has no affect To use this pa
400. g Diagram FSTATE TIME 23 elapses and the fault condition has not cleared Options The I O options parameter IO OPTS 14 allows you to select how the signals are processed You set I O options in Out of Service mode only The following I O options are available in the AO block Use PV for BKCAL OUT Changes the BKCAL_OUT 25 value to the PV 7 value When the Use PV for BKCAL OUT option is not enabled False the OUT 25 value is the working setpoint value Target to Man if Fault State Activated Set the target mode to Man thus losing the original target if Fault State is activated This latches an output block into the manual mode Use Fault State value on Restart Use the value of FSTATE VAL 24 for SP 8 when power is restored or if the device is restarted otherwise use the last value saved in non volatile memory This does not act like Fault State it only uses the value of FSTATE VAL 24 January 2012 Fault State to Value The output action to take when a fault occurs if not selected use hold last value if selected use FSTATE VAL 24 Increase to Close lIf the Increase to Close bit is set the value to the transducer is inverted e g 2096 becomes 80 SP PV Track in Man Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the target mode of the block is MAN SP PV Track in LO or IMan Permits the setpoint to track the process variable when the actual mode
401. g Eu BLOCK INFO 98 RO 3 Output Block in Data Type Bit String 2 bytes Normal Mode 4 Write Lock is on 5 Resource Block in Auto Mode Reserved B mw A RESERVED B 99 RW Data Type Bit String 4 bytes Trave Always 100 RO Data Type 5 65 TRAVEL ALWAYS January 2012 4 63 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and View 4 contains static parameters with configuration and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are defined by the manufacturer Table 4 14 Transducer Block View 1 Note Because individual views are limited in size View Lists 3 and 4 have multiple parts Table 4 16 Transducer Block View 3 1 4 64 Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter she ST RE hh 1 ST_REV 5 1 MODE_BLK TARGET 5 1 MODE_BLOCK TARGET 5 2 MODE_BLK ACTUAL 5 2 MODE_BLOCK ACTUAL 5 3 MODE_BLK PERMITTED 5 3 MODE_BLOCK PERMITTED 5 4 MODE_BLK NORMAL 5 4 MODE_BLOCK NORMAL 6 BLOCK_ERR 6 BLOCK_ERR 10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE 10 TRANSDUCER_TYPE 11 XD_ERROR 11 XD ERROR 13 1 FINAL VALUE ST
402. ge Numbers Al 14 4 130 4 135 AO 15 4 76 DI 14 4 167 Status Options STATUS_OPTS DO 15 4 155 ISEL 10 4 104 4 107 4 109 OS 13 4 124 PID 14 4 90 Standby Firmware Revision STBY FIRMWARE REV Resource 55 4 7 4 18 6 6 Al 39 4 132 4 137 StdDev STDDEV AO 31 4 78 PID 75 4 96 Al 3 4 134 AO 3 4 75 DI 3 4 166 DO 3 4 154 ISEL 3 4 109 Strategy STRATEGY MAI 3 4 143 OS 3 4 123 PID 3 4 89 Resource 3 4 6 4 12 6 5 Transducer 3 4 42 Stroking Time Close STROKING TIME CLOSE Transducer 85 9 4 39 4 62 Stroking Time Open STROKING TIME OPEN Transducer 85 8 4 39 4 62 Structureconfig STRUCTURECONFIG PID 71 4 86 4 95 Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point SUP PRES HI PT Transducer 76 8 4 30 4 58 Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point SUP PRES LO ALHT PT Transducer 76 9 4 31 4 58 Supply Pressure Offset SUPP PRESS OFFSET Transducer 46 2 4 49 Supply Pressure Scale SUPP PRESS SCALE Transducer 46 1 4 49 SUPPLY PRESSURE 35 Supply Pressure Status STATUS Transducer 35 1 4 30 4 45 6 12 Supply Pressure VALUE 35 2 T Aoperiods T AOPERIODS PID 92 4 97 T Auto Extra DT T AUTO EXTRA DT PID 90 4 97 T Auto Hysteresis T AUTO HYSTERESIS PID 91 4 97 T Gain Magnifier T GAIN MAGNIFIER PID 89 4 96 T Hyster T HYSTER PID 87 4 96 T IPGAIN PID 80 4 96 T Pdtime T PDTIME PID 85 4 96 T Psgain T PSGAIN PID 83 4 96 T Ptimec T PTIMEC PID 84 4 96 T Relayss T RELAYSS PID 88 4 96 T Request T REQUEST PID 77 4 96 State 5 78 4 96 T Status T STATUS PID
403. ght be 5 Travel Limit Hi The Travel has exceeded the Alert Point 125 Use the Alert Points and Deadband to Disabled Travel Limit Hi Alert Point Deadband 5 configure the Proximity Alerts below rave N A Travel Limit Lo he Travel is lower than the Alert Point 25 Use the Alert Points and Deadband to Disabled Travel Limit Lo Alert Point Deadband 5 configure the Proximity Alerts below Travel Open The Travel is greater than the Alert Point 99 596 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled Open Alert Point Deadband 5 Block Travel Closed The Travel is greater than the Alert Point 0 596 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled Closed Alert Point Deadband 5 Block Proximity Hi Hi Alert Point 12596 Enable and set to report Travel with DI rus Disabled Deadband 5 Block roxim JA ity Proximity Hi Ier Alert Point 12594 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled 22 E Deadband 596 nfigur n Proximity Lo Comic eaten Alert Point 25 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled Deadband 5 Block Proximity Lo Lo Alert Point 25 Enable and set to report Travel with DI Disabled Deadband 5 Block Cvcle Counter The number of travel Bellows Seal Bonnets enable the alert Travel History Cycle Counter feversal has exceeded the Alert Point 1 000 000 in the Maintenance Alert Category Use y Disabled Deadband 196 the bellows manufacturer s cycle
404. gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Enable Travel Accumulator Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Accumulator Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Deadband Travel Closed Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert Travel Closed Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert Enable Travel Closed Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert Point Travel Closed Deadband TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Proximity gt Travel Closed Travel Closed Deadband Travel Count TB gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Travel Count Travel Cutoff Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai ed
405. guration Error 0 inactive Block Error 4 Local Override 1 active 6 RO N A 7 Input Failure Bad PV Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status BLOCK_ERR status associated with the hardware or software 14 Power up components associated with a block It is a bit 15 Out of Service string so that multiple errors may be shown Process Value Data Type DS 65 PV 7 RO The process variable used in block execution OOS Data Type DS 65 Setpoint 7 The target block setpoint value It is the result of SP 8 4 10 Dynamic setpoint limiting and setpoint rate of change AUTO ded limiting Status Dynamic Output 9 MAN OUT SCALE 10 y DS 65 OUT OOS The block output value and status Value EU at 100 100 Data Type DS 68 Process Value Scale 10 oos EU at 0 0 The high and low scale values engineering units PV SCALE Units index 96 code and number of digits to the right of the Decimal Point 2 decimal point associated with PV Continued January 2012 4 89 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block R Initial Val D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ange EU at 100 100 Data Type DS 68 Output Scale T 005 EU at 0 0 The high and low scale values engineering units OUT SCALE Units index 96 code and number of digits to the
406. gure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Alert Time Drive Current Manual Recovery TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Manual Recovery Drive Current Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Current gt Drive Current Shutdown Drive Signal TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Signal gt Drive Signal TB gt Device Variables gt Drive Signal Drive Signal Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Signal gt Drive Signal Alert Drive Signal Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Drive Signal gt Drive Signal Alert Enable Effective Area TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Effective Area Failed Active TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt Simulate Active Alerts gt Failed Active Failed Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable gt Failed Enable Failed Suppress TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting gt Failed Suppress Feedback Connection TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Se
407. hat the alert is generated Blocks Set to Default Blocks Set to Default If the resource block has Configuration Enabled undergone Restart with None Use default settings Maintenance Defaults Shutdown Alert A user configured Self Test Configuration N A Shutdown condition has taken None Use default settings Maintenance the instrument to OOS C 4 Continued January 2012 Using PlantWeb Alerts Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Travel Sensor Sensors Failed Alert Condition and Default Travel Sensor Enabled What the Alert is Detecting The travel feedback is within acceptable limits Related Parameters and Default Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto Guidelines for Setting Double Acting Actuators Enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category Self Test Shutdown is generally not enabled Single Acting Actuators If Travel Pressure Control is configured as Travel with Pressure Fallback enable the alert and configure it to report in the Maintenance Alert Category Do not enable Self Test Shutdown Travel Pressure Control is configured as Travel Enable the alert and configure it to report in the Failed Alert Category Self Test Shutdown is generally not enabled Output Press Sensor Sensors Maintenance Port
408. he alarms 4 If the Alarms and Displays tab is not shown then you either do not have an MD controller or the device is on a Series 1 H1 card Area Assignment Controllers use this area assignment to report node status e g not communicating Devices and control modules use this area assignment to determine where to send their alarms Area A is the default area assignment for all controllers and workstations see figures F 6 and F 7 Also by default Area A is assigned to all workstations Alarms and Events subsystem This means that all controller status problems are sent to all workstations by default A fieldbus device will change its area association once the device is configured to a control module In addition the device is assigned to the same place in the logical hierarchy as this control module So if the control module is under a unit the device is also considered under this same unit The device is automatically associated with the same area as the control module that uses the lowest index number function block in the device This block is usually the primary input or output function block of the device This ensures that wherever the control F 14 module is reporting information all device information that may also be relevant is also reported CTLR1 Properties il General Controller Advanced Licensing Object type Controller Modified Oct 29 2004 4 34 55 PM Modified by ADMINISTRATOR
409. he short feedback arm 54 mm 2 13 inches from roller to pivot point Verify that the correct feedback arm is 2 10 FOLLOWER ARM EXTENSION MACHINE SCREW LOCK WASHER HEX NUT CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET 29B1673 A DOC CAM Figure 2 6 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller with Long Feedback Arm and Follower Arm Extension Mounted on a Rotary Actuator installed on the digital valve controller before beginning the mounting procedure Refer to figures 2 4 2 5 and 2 6 for parts locations Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with 4 to 24 inches of travel or on rotary actuators 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressur and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the January 2012 29 1703 DOC MOUNTING Installation FEEDBACK ARM TRAVEL INDICATOR PIN TRAVEL INDICATOR 19B3879 A DOC Figure 2 7 Mounting a FIELDVUE DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller on a Rotary Actuator Fisher 1032 Size 425A Shown pneumatic actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while working on the equipment 2 If a camis not already installed on the actuator install the cam as described in the instr
410. he supply pressure alert set Supply Pressure Alert Point to zero Temperature Limit e Temperature Degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius The temperature TEMPERATURE 48 is measured from a sensor mounted on the digital valve controller s printed wiring board e Temperature Hi Alert This alert is active if the temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point e Temperature Hi Alert Enable When enabled Temperature Hi Alert Enable activates the Temperature Hi Alert e Temperature Hi Alert Point The Temperature Hi Alert is active when the instrument temperature exceeds the Temperature Hi Alert Point TEMP HI ALRT PT 76 6 e Temperature Lo Alert This alert is active if the temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point e Temperature Lo Alert Enable When enabled Temperature Lo Alert Enable activates the Temperature Lo Alert e Temperature Lo Alert Point The Temperature Lo Alert is active when the instrument temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point TEMP LO ALRT PT 76 7 January 2012 Transducer Block Travel Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts Note The alerts contained in this section are valid for both travel and pressure control Travel Target Travel target is the output from the characterization function Travel Travel TRAVEL VALUE 34 2 displays the actual position of the valve in percent 96 of
411. he transducer block Transducer Blocks Transducer blocks connect function blocks to local input output functions They read sensor hardware and write to effector actuator hardware This permits the transducer block to execute as frequently as necessary to obtain good data from sensors and ensure proper writes to the actuator without burdening the function blocks that use the data The transducer block also isolates the function block from the specific characteristics of the physical I O January 2012 Block Modes All blocks have modes The mode determines the source of the set point the destination of the output how the block executes and the relationship between setpoint and output The block mode is determined by the Block Mode parameter It is a structured parameter composed of the attributes actual target permitted and normal The following defines each of the attributes e Target mode The Target mode is the mode requested by the user or host system Only one mode is allowed to be set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter Actual mode This is the current mode of the block The actual mode may differ from the target mode due to operating conditions of the block Permitted mode The permitted mode defines the modes allowed for the block This is set by the user or host system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the
412. he ranged travel e Hamp to Target ramps the travel to the specified target at the rate of 1 096 per second of the ranged travel e Step to Target steps the travel to the specified target e Stop stops the command Trend TB Device Variables Trend Trend chart of Setpoint FINAL VALUE VALUE 13 2 Travel TRAVEL VALUE 34 2 and Pressure A PRESSURE A VALUE 36 2 Device Variables All Block Modes TB gt Device Variables gt All Block Modes Block Mode Target The Target TARGET 5 1 mode is the mode requested by the user or host system Generally only one mode is allowed to be set and it must be a permitted mode as defined by the permitted attribute of the mode parameter Additionally all cascade targets Cas Rcas must have AUTO set 6 10 Block Mode Actual This is the current mode of the block The actual ACTUAL 5 2 mode may differ from the target mode due to operating conditions of the block Note Block Mode Actual drops the AUTO bit for the cascade targets For example target mode might have Cas and Auto set but actual mode will only have Cas set Block Mode Permitted The permitted PERMITTED 5 3 mode defines the modes allowed for the block This is set by the user or host system but is restricted by the instrument to modes supported by the instrument for the particular block Any change request to the Target or Normal attribute is checked against the pe
413. he setpoint specified by the output function block and the desired valve position January 2012 Travel Pressure State TB Device Variables Travel Pressure State Travel Pressure State PRESS STATE 41 21 indicates if the instrument is being used for travel control position control or as an I P pressure control PD Inside Status TB Device Variables PD Inside Status PD Inside Status shows the status of Performance Diagnostics Protection TB Device Variables Protection Indicates the status of Protection Drive Signal TB Device Variables Drive Signal Drive Signal DRIVE SIGNAL 53 indicates the drive signal as a percentage of the maximum drive available going to the I P converter from the printed wiring board In most applications the drive signal ranges between 50 and 75 of the maximum drive signal Temperature TB Device Variables Temperature Temperature TEMPERATURE 48 displays the internal temperature of the instrument in either degrees Fahrenheit or Celsius Cycle Counter TB Device Variables Cycle Counter Cycle Counter CYCLE COUNT 73 records the number of times the travel changes direction The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle Travel Accumulator TB Device Variables Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator TRAVEL ACCUM 72 indicates the total change in travel in p
414. he supply pressure to the digital valve controller and bleed off any excess supply pressure before attempting to remove the module base assembly from the housing 1 For sliding stem applications only a protective shield for the feedback linkage is attached to the side of the module base assembly see figures 2 1 and 2 2 Remove this shield and keep for reuse on the replacement module The replacement module will not have this protective shield January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Table 7 1 Tools Required Tool Size Use Phillips Screwdriver Relay printed wiring board assembly and cover screws Hex key 5mm Terminal box screw Hex key 1 5 mm Terminal box cover screw Hex key 2 5 mm I P converter screws Hex key 5mm Travel sensor screws Hex key 6mm Module base screws Open end wrench 1 2 inch Connector Arm screw DVC6010f Hex key 9 64 inch Feedback arm screw Open end wrench 7 16 inch DVC6010f mounting bolts Hex key 3 16 inch DVC6020f mounting bolts 2 Unscrew the four captive screws in the cover key 43 and remove the cover from the module base key 2 3 Using a 6 mm hex socket wrench loosen the three socket head screws key 38 These screws are captive in the module base by retaining rings key 154 Note The module base is linked to the housing by two cable assemblies Disconnect these cable assemblies after you pull the module base out of the housing CAUTION To avoi
415. hen mounting on sliding stem actuators with up to 4 inches of travel Where a key number is referenced refer to figure 8 7 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment 2 Attach the connector arm to the valve stem connector 3 Attach the mounting bracket to the remote feedback unit housing 4 f valve travel exceeds 2 inches a feedback arm extension is attached to the existing 2 inch feedback arm Remove the existing bias spring key 78 from the 2 inch feedback arm key 79 Attach the feedback arm extension to the feedback arm key 79 as shown in figure 2 2 5 Mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 6 Set the position of the feedback arm key 79 on the remote feedback unit to the zero drive position January 2012 Installation zero pressure from Port A with Relay A by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole on the feedback arm as follows For air to open actuators i e the actuator stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked A For this style actuator the feedback ar
416. her alert points may be chosen to indicate changes in the instrument environment Travel Deviation Travel Deviation The Travel Deviation has exceeded the Travel Deviation Alert Point 596 Enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category Use the default settings with valves that are 4 inch and smaller with PTFE packing systems With other valves the user can refine the settings with ValveLink software Dynamic Error Band and Step Response Tests Set the related parameters as Meters Enabled Alert Point by more than the 22 follows Travel Deviation Time Tvl Dev Alert Point set equal times 2 the Maximum Dynamic Error minimum 3 Tvl Dev DB set equal to the Dynamic Error Band minimum 296 Tvl Dev Time set equal to the T98 time for a Step Test from 0 to 100 Travel minimum 10 seconds Enable this alert for critical loops where Travel Limit Hi Hi The Travel has exceeded the Alert Point 125 it is important to alert an operator if the Disabled Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point Deadband 5 valve is approaching the wide open 2 E position A typical setting might be 9596 rave Menon Enable this alert for critical loops where Travel Limit Lo Lo The Travel is lower than the Alert Point 25 it is important to alert an operator if the Disabled Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point Deadband 5 valve is approaching the closed position A typical setting mi
417. iables and Diagnostics Setpoint Status Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Setpoint Value FINAL VALUE STATUS 13 21 Good Uncertain or Bad e Travel DeChar Travel FINAL POSITION VALUE VALUE 17 2 shows the value of the travel in percent of ranged travel Travel always represents how far the valve is open AO Control Post Characterization TB Device Variables AO Control Post Char Travel Target Travel target is the output from the characterization function e Travel Travel TRAVEL VALUE 34 2 displays the actual position of the valve in percent 96 of calibrated travel e Travel Status Shows the Foundation Fieldbus status of Travel Value TRAVEL STATUS 34 11 Good Uncertain or Bad DO Control TB Device Variables DO Control Setpoint D Discrete Setpoint SETPOINT D VALUE 32 2 shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values 0 closed 1 open 5 10 15 setpoint 5 units This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in MAN mode or will be written automatically by the DO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode e Travel D Travel TRAVEL D VALUE 33 2 shows the value of the setpoint in discrete values 0 closed 1 open 5 10 15 setpoint in 596 units Input Characterization TB Device Variables Input Characterization Input Characterization INPUT CHAR 50 defines the relationship between t
418. ibrating the Output B sensor Normally this sensor is calibrated at the factory and should not need calibration 5 2 Note The Transducer Block Mode must be set to Manual and the Protection set to None before the instrument can be calibrated Travel Calibration There are two procedures available for calibrating travel Auto Calibration e Manual Calibration Note Prior to Calibration several parameters need to be set up Travel mode needs to be selected in TVL PRESS CNTL 41 and in Basic Setup BASIC SETUP 42 the following parameters must be configured Actuator Style ACTUATOR STYLE 42 1 Zero Power Condition ZERO PWR COND 42 2 Feedback Connection FEEDBACK CONN 42 4 Relay Type RELAY TYPE 42 5 and Travel Tuning Set TVL TUNING SET 42 10 Autocal will automatically set Travel Sensor Motion TRAVEL SEN MOTION 42 3 however this will need to be selected prior to Manual Calibration These parameter are set automatically by Device Setup with the exception of Relay Type RELAY TYPE 42 5 Relay Type needs to be changed only if relay B is used January 2012 Auto Calibration TB Configure Setup Calibration Auto Calibration During calibration the valve will move full stroke To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process There are two auto travel calibr
419. ic mode the block s output parameters OUT 1 to OUT 8 8 through 15 reflects the process variable PV values and status In Manual mode OUT may be set manually The Manual mode is reflected in the output status Table 4 63 lists the MAI block parameters and their units of measure description and index numbers Modes The MAI Function Block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK 5 parameter e Manual Man The block output OUT 1 to OUT 8 8 through 15 may be set manually January 2012 MAI Function Block Automatic Auto OUT 1 to OUT 8 8 through 15 reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when the simulation is enabled Out of Service OOS The block is not processed PV is not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configurable parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes Status Handling In Man mode the OUT status constant limit is set to indicate that the value is a constant and the OUT status is Good OUT X status will be Bad if the transducer detects a problem with sensor associated with the channel Application Information The intended use is for applications where it is necessary to convey DVC6000f measurements from a function The configuration of the MAI function block and its ass
420. ic hardware revision information Data Type Visible String Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS SN 49 RO NA NA Factory Set Electronics serial number set by manufacturing Factory Serial Number Data Type Visible String FACTORY SN Spaces Instrument serial number set by manufacturing Field Serial Number Data Type Visible String FIELD SN 1 RW NA Any String Spaces Instrument serial number set in the field Data Type Uint32 Detailed Status DETAILED STATUS 52 RO NA NA 0 Not used Number of seconds since the last time Time Since Reset TIME SINCE RESET 53 RO NA NA 0 DVC6000f was restarted Restart due to power up or restart command Device ID Data Type Visible String 54 RO NA NA Device ID Unique 32 character ID used to identify the DEVICE ID 2 device Continued January 2012 4 17 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 3 Resource Block Parameter Definitions Continued PARAMETER NANE Nube EM Mode Range Vas Description STBY_FIRMWARE_REV 99 STBY FIRMWARE REV MAJOR 55 1 RO NA 0 255 3 Data Type Uint8 STBY FIRMWARE REV MINOR 552 RO NA 0 255 Describes firmware revision information This STBY FIRMWARE REV BUILD 55 3 RO NA 0 255 i is the revision of the alternative firmware STBY IO FIRMWARE REV 55 4 RO NA 0 255 nitial value depends
421. id static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents To do so could result in an explosion Clean with a mild detergent and water only NITIDO Avoid personal injury or property damage from sudden release of process pressure or bursting of parts Before performing any maintenance procedures on the DVC6000f digital valve controller e Always wear protective clothing gloves and eyewear to prevent personal injury e Do not removed the actuator from the valve while the valve is still pressurized e Disconnect any operating lines providing air pressure electric power or a control signal to the actuator Be sure the actuator cannot suddenly open or close the valve January 2012 Use bypass valves or completely shut off the process to isolate the valve from process pressure Relieve process pressure from both sides of the valve e Vent the pneumatic actuator loading pressure and relieve any actuator spring precompression Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment Check with your process or safety engineer for any additional measures that must be taken to protect against process media When using natural gas as the supply medium or for explosion proof applications the following warnings also apply e Remove electrical power before removing the housing cap Personal injury or property damage from fir
422. iddle and the number of inputs used by the algorithm is greater than one Not Limited is propagated unless all selected inputs have the same limit status in which case the limit status of the inputs is propagated If SELECT TYPE 19 is Middle and a single input or if Maximum or Minimum then If the selected input is a constant and Middle Constant is propagated Otherwise if the selected input is a constant and Maximum or Minimum propagate low if Maximum propagate high if Minimum If the selected input is not a constant propagate selected input limit as is When SELECT TYPE 19 is First Good or Hot Spare or if SELECT 22 is non zero propagate selected input limit as is Substatus Propagation Refer to figure 4 16 For SELECT TYPE 19 of Maximum Minimum First Good Hot Spare and Middle with only one input simply propagate substatus as is For SELECT TYPE 19 of Maximum and Minimum with more than one input with the same value propagate substatus if all inputs are the same For SELECT TYPE 19 of Average or Middle with more than one input propagate NonSpecific January 2012 ISEL Function Block Propagate No selected input limit status Yes SELECT TYPE Average same limit status Propagate Not Limited All inputs with same limit status More than 1 SELECT_TYPE i input Middle Propagate that limit status No No Propaga
423. ide a linear response 2 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 9 MOUNTING ADAPTOR CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET A MACHINE SCREW 29B2094 A DOC TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH SHORT FEEDBACK ARM FISHER 1052 SIZE 33 ACTUATOR SHOWN MACHINE SCREW CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET BL 29B1672 A DOC CAM TYPICAL MOUNTING WITH LONG FEEDBACK ARM FISHER 1061 SIZE 30 68 ACTUATOR SHOWN Figure 2 5 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Rotary Actuator Note Do not use the stainless steel DVC6020fS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs spacers to mount to the actuator The DVC6020f digital valve controller uses a cam designed for linear response and roller as the feedback mechanism Figure 2 4 shows an example of mounting on sliding stem actuators with travels from 4 inches to 24 inches Some long stroke applications will require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss Figures 2 5 and 2 6 show the DVC6020f mounted on rotary actuators As shown in figure 2 5 two feedback arms are available for the digital valve controller Most long stroke sliding stem and rotary actuator installations use the long feedback arm 62 mm 2 45 inches from roller to pivot point Installations on 1051 size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use t
424. identify STRATEGY 3 FIM ALL 0 to 65535 0 grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Key The identification number of the plant unit ALERT KEY 4 ACI 110255 0 This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode 5 MODE BLK OOS until Data Type DS 69 OOS block is Valid Bits 7 005 4 3 AUTO TARGET 5 1 RW ALL MAN configured The actual target permitted and normal AUTO then last valid modes of the block target Target The requested block mode Actual The current mode of the block ACTUAL Bie RO Son Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED 53 RW ALL OOS MAN AUTO i neu Normal Most common mode for Target NORMAL 5 4 RO ALL AUTO Defined Bits Bi 1 Block Configuration pale Bit String E O Inactive 107 1 Active Block Error 3 Simulate Active 7 S BLOCK ERR 6 RO N A 7 Input Failure Bad PV Dynamic This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software Status components associated with a block Multiple TEMO E errors may be shown see table 4 79 15 Out of Service y Data Type DS 66 The process variable used in block Valug Disorete 7 RO N A Dynamic execution Value is converted from ETAT V Readback to show the actuator position in the same units as the set point value i Data Type DS 66 Output Diserete 8 095 OUT STATE The primary discrete value calculated as a OU
425. ied location remote venting of the unit may be required depending upon the area classification and as specified by the requirements of local regional and national codes rules and regulations Failure to do so when necessary could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification Vent line piping should comply with local and regional codes and should be as short as possible with adequate inside diameter and few bends to reduce case pressure buildup DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers In addition to remote venting of the unit ensure that all caps and covers are correctly installed Failure to do so could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installation in Hazardous Locations Certain nameplates may carry more than one approval and each approval may have unique installation wiring requirements and or conditions of safe use These special instructions for safe use are in addition to and may override the standard installation procedures Special instructions are listed by approval Failure to follow these conditions of safe use could result in personal injury or property damage from fire or explosion and area re classification The apparatus enclosure contains aluminum and is considered to constitute a potential risk of ignition by impact or friction Avoid impact
426. if the Travel Sensor fails and the instrument falls back to pressure PV Status will remain good Table 4 11 Limit Sub Status Out Transducer In Cutoff Rate Limit Block Mode Region Limited Sub Status AO DO OOS X X Constant AO DO MAN X X Constant AO AUTO High X High Limited AO AUTO Low X Low Limited AO AUTO X High High Limited AO AUTO X Low Low Limited AO AUTO None None Not Limited DO AUTO X High High Limited DO AUTO X Low Low Limited DO AUTO X None Not Limited NOTE X No Effect Alert Handling TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alert Handling PlantWeb Alert Simulate When enabled PlantWeb Alert Simulate PWA SIMULATE 39 allows the user to write to the following PlantWeb and Instrument alert parameters Failed Active Maintenance Active Advise Active Environment Active Travel Active Proximity Active Travel History Active Performance Active PD Event Active PD Detail 1 Active PD Detail 2 Active PD Detail 3 Active PD Detail 4 Active PD Detail 5 Active PD Detail 6 Active This provides a way to simulate these alerts for testing In order to enable PWA Simulate the Aux Terminal must be jumpered 4 40 PlantWeb Alert Simulate is cleared on a power cycle It can also be cleared manually or by removing the Aux terminal jumper Simulate Active Alerts e Failed Active Permits simulating an active Failed alarm FAILED ACTIVE 59 e Mainte
427. igure 4 12 PID Function Block Schematic Service The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of service You can configure the Man Auto Cas and OOS modes as permitted modes for operator entry Mode Handling Shed Options RCAS Mode Only Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED OPT 34 A block climbs and 4 84 sheds through the same path For example if SHED OPT 34 specifies that a block should shed to Auto then if the block target mode is set to RCas the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas You can configure the shed option as follows Shed With Return Options Remote cascade or remote output connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade or remote output in other words the remote cascade or remote output target mode stays in effect Normal On failure of a remote connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non remote mode until the remote connection is restored Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is January 2012 the next highest permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target modes On failure of a remote connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote connection the block attempt
428. igure 4 12 illustrates the internal components of the PID function block Modes The PID function block supports the following modes e Manual Man The block output OUT 9 may be set manually Automatic Auto The SP 8 be set manually and the block algorithm calculates OUT 9 e Cascade Cas The SP 8 is calculated in another block and is provided to the PID block through the CAS IN 18 connection e RemoteCascade RCas The SP 8 is provided by a host computer that writes to the RCAS 32 parameter e RemoteOutput ROut The OUT 9 is provided by a host computer that writes to the ROUT IN 33 parameter Local Override LO The track function is active OUT 9 is set by TRK VAL 39 The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Local override e Initialization Manual IMan The output path is not complete for example the cascade to slave path might not be open In IMan mode OUT 9 tracks BKCAL 27 Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The OUT 9 status is set to Bad Out of 4 83 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Feedforward Calculation RCAS OUT Setpoint Limiting Operator Setpoint SP HI LIM SP LO LIM SP RATE DN SP RATE UP Scaling and Filtering PV SCALE PV FILTER TRK SCALE OUT SCALE B2721 IL LO LIM LO LO LIM ROUT OUT ROUT IN Output Limiting OUT HI LIM OUT LO LIM OUT SCALE Operator Output F
429. igure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Moment Arm Nominal Supply Pressure TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Nominal Supply Pressure Out of Service gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Transducer Block Error Out of Service Outlet Pressure TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Outlet Pressure Output Block Timeout TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Configuration Output Block Timeout Output BIk Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Configuration Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Output Block Timeout Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Configuration Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Enable Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery TB Configure Setup Detai Recovery ed Setup Alerts Configuration Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Manual Output Block Timeout Shutdown TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Configuration Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Shutdown Packing Type TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Packing Type PD Inside Status TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Performance PD Inside Status PD In
430. ilar to the 4 38 29B1665 A DOC i Figure 4 7 Feedback Connection for Typical Long Stroke Sliding Stem Actuator 4 to 24 Inches Travel linkage shown in figure 4 6 enter SStem Pot If the feedback linkage consists of a roller that follows a cam similar to the linkage shown in figure 4 7 enter SStem Roller Pot e Travel Sensor Motion Note The Travel Sensor Motion is set automatically by Device Setup or during the Auto Calibration procedure Select Clockwise or Counterclockwise Travel Sensor Motion TRAVEL SEN MOTION 42 3 establishes the proper valve travel sensor feedback rotation If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process Determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft January 2012 For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the shaft to turn clockwise enter Clockwise If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise enter Counterclockwise For instruments with relay If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the shaft to turn clockwise enter Clockwise If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise enter Counterclockwise Lever Styl
431. illating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV 7 span can be set using the ALARM HYS 24 parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters e HI PRI 27 e HI HI PRI 25 e LO PRI 29 e LO LO PRI 81 Alarms are grouped into five levels of priority as shown in table 4 52 Table 4 52 Al Function Block Alarm Priorities Priority m Number Priority Description The priority of an alarm condition changes to 0 after the condition that caused the alarm is corrected An alarm condition with a priority of 1 is recognized by the System but is not reported to the operator An alarm condition with a priority of 2 is reported to the 2 operator but generally does not require operator attention such as diagnostics and system alerts Alarm conditions of priority 3 to 7 are advisory alarms of increasing priority Alarm conditions of priority 8 to 15 are critical alarms of increasing priority 0 1 The priority classes advise and critical have no relationship to Plant Web Alerts 4 129 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 53 Channel Selections for the Analog Input Function Block Index Channel Parameter Block XD SCALE Units 2 TRAVEL TARGET TB 49 96 1342 3 FINAL POSITION VALUE TB 17 96 1342 4 TRAVEL TB 34 96 1342 5 SUPPLY PRESS TB 35 psig 1143 bar 1137 k
432. ils see the detailed descriptions of each function block January 2012 Table D 2 Examples of Block Mode Combinations and Operational statuses for an Instrument with Standard Control m Blocks Operational Status PID AO TB Initial Setup and oos oos calibration Modification of some transducer block Manual parameters Constant valve position m Auto Auto control PID Single loop control Auto Cas Auto Primary PID Auto PID Cascade loop control Secondary PID Cas Cas Auto 1 TB Transducer Block Device Descriptions Device Descriptions are specified definitions that are associated with blocks Device descriptions provide for the definition and description of blocks and their parameters Device descriptions may also include a set of processing routines called Methods Methods provide a procedure for accessing and manipulating a series of parameters within a device such as for setup and calibration Methods are used for a variety of functions including automatic calibration setting protection and setting up the instrument These Methods are a predetermined sequence of steps for information required to setup calibrate and perform other functions on the instrument Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation Every FOUNDATION fieldbus parameter has a value and a status The status attribute is divided into three components Quality Quality substatus and a Limit The Q
433. imited AO AUTO None None Not Limited DO AUTO X High High Limited DO AUTO X Low Low Limited DO AUTO X None Not Limited NOTE X No Effect C 12 January 2012 Appendix D FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Function Block Function Blocks Instrument Specific Blocks 5255 s Fe ERR aig han EE VER deserted Resource Blocks Transducer Blocks Block Modes Explanation of Modes Examples of Modes for Device Descriptions Various Operation Statuses Transducer Block Status and Limit Propagation Status Propagation Limit Propagation Network Communication Device Addressing Link Active Scheduler Device Communications Scheduled Transfers Unscheduled Transfers Function Block Scheduling Network Management January 2012 D 2 D 2 D 2 D 2 D 2 D 3 D 3 D 4 D 5 D 5 D 5 D 6 D 6 D 7 D 7 D 7 D 8 D 8 D 8 D 9 D 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication DVC6000f digital valve controllers use the FOUNDATION fieldbus to communicate with o
434. inch travel All sliding stem actuators except 585C size 60 49 2267 012 585C size 60 19 mm 0 75 inch to 104mm 4 inch travel 49B3844X012 163 Plain Washer SST 19 Key Description Part Number 223 Potentiometer Bushing Assy Standard Elastomers DVC6010f DVC6020f 9 31447 012 DVC6030f GE31448X012 Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers DVC6010f and DVC6020f GE31450X012 DVC6030f GE31451X012 DVC6015 and DVC6025 19 GE31453X012 DVC6035 19 GE31454X012 DVC6020f and DVC6025 see figures 8 3 and 8 8 74 Mounting Bracket DVC6025 only also in Housing parts for DVC6020f 82 Bias Spring 5510 83 Bearing Flange PTFE based 2 req d 84 Feedback Arm Assy SST 85 E ring pl 119 2 req d 86 Plain Washer pl 580 2 req d 87 Follower Post 5510 88 Roller SST PTFE 89 Spring Lock Washer pl 5113 90 Nut pl stl 91 Arm Assy SST 92 Screw hex socket 4 req d 93 Torsion Spring Feedback Arm DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 see figures 8 7 8 8 and 8 9 23 Screw hex 19 21 2 req d 44 Wire Retainer pl 6119 21 9 req d 49 Screw self tapping 2 req d 58 Set Screw hex socket 9 62 Pipe Plug hex hd SST 19 131 Retainer Wire 251 Feedback housing 19 252 Assembly Plate Shield 19 DVC6015 only 253 Terminal bracket 9 21 254 Terminal Strip 19 21 255 Terminal 19 256 O ring fluorosilicone 19 257 Machine Screw pan head 19 2 req
435. ing Output selection is determined by the mode and the set point In Automatic Cascade or Remote Cascade mode the output is computed by the PID control equation In Manual and Remote Output mode the output may be entered manually see also Set Point Selection and Limiting You can limit the output by configuring the OUT 28 and OUT LO LIM 29 parameters Filtering The filtering feature changes the response time of the device to smooth variations in output readings caused by rapid changes in input You can adjust the filter time constant in seconds using the PV FTIME 16 or FTIME 69 parameters Set the filter time constant to zero to disable the filter feature 4 85 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Feedforward Calculation The feedforward value VAL 40 is scaled SCALE 41 to a common range for compatibility with the output scale OUT SCALE 11 A gain value FF GAIN 42 is applied to achieve the total feedforward contribution Output Tracking Output tracking is enabled through the control options You can set control options in Manual or Out of Service mode only The Track Enable control option must be set to True for the track function to operate When the Track in Manual control option is set to True the operator cannot override the tracking function in Manual mode When Track in Manual is False the operator can override the tracking function when the block is in Manual
436. ing 1 used and SELECT TYPE 0 This implies OP SELECT status is good and actual mode is AUTO 2 Link Configuration Error N A 3 Simulate Active N A 4 Local Override N A 5 Device Fault State Set N A 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon N A Input failure process variable has Bad status Set if any IN or any DISABLE or SELECT is bad and connected 7 This means that a status of BAD NC would not cause an input failure but a status of BAD LUV or BAD no LUV would cause and input failure Output failure Set if OUT quality is bad and the Actual mode is not Out of Service 8 Memory Failure N A 10 Lost Static Data N A 11 Lost NV Data N A 12 Readback Check Failed N A 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now N A 14 Power Up Set if the Target mode is Out of Service when powered up until the mode is changed 15 Out of Service The block is in Out of Service OOS mode January 2012 Input Selector Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter ISEL Function Block Double indentations and shaded Index Numbers indicate sub parameters Table 4 39 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Block Range Initial Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW
437. ing 4 byte Environment Active 1 1 Supply Pressure Low O inactive ENVIRO ACTIVE 743 ROU ALL 2 Temperature High Al bits 0 1 active 3 Temperature Low Environment Alert status ye Travel Deviation Data Type Bit String 4 byte Travel Active 1 Travel High High O inactive 1 ite T TRAVEL ACTIVE 744 ROM ALL Travel Low Low All bits 0 N A 1 3 Travel High Travel Alert stat 4 Travel Low 0 Travel Open 1 Travel Closed Data Type Bit String 4 byte Proximity Active 1 2 Proximity High High a O inactive PROX ACTIVE 745 ROM 3 Proximity High 1 active 4 Proximity Low Proximity Alert status 5 Proximity Low Low Data Type Bit String 4 byte Travel History Active 1 0 Cycle Counter E O inactive TVL HISTORY ACTIVE 746 ROM ALL 1 Travel Accumulator All bits 0 NA 1 active Travel History Alert status 0 Performance Critical Data Type Bit String 4 byte Performance Active 1 Performance O inactive PERF ACTIVE 747 ROW ALL Reduced All bits O N A 1 active 2 Performance Performance Diagnostic Alert Information status 0 High I P Drive Signal 1 Low I P Drive Signal 2 High Air Mass Flow 3 Large Travel Deviation Data Type Bit String 4 byte 4 Low Supply Pressure O inactive D EUN OUS 748 ROW ALL 5 High Supply Pressure All bits 0 N A 1 active 6 High Crossover Performance Diagnostic event Pressure status 7 Low Crossover Pressure 8 No Air M
438. ing methods see the host system documentation DD in Use displays the version number displayed in the format device type device revision DD revision The Min Compatible DD revision displayed is the latest device description revision that is compatible with the displayed device revision This method is available via the resource block E 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers E 6 January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System Appendix F Operating with a DeltaV System Getting Started core e kd du Mara Transducer Block Parameter Configuration Index Resource Block Parameter Configuration Index Introd cllOH 355 o CO oe eR Eben Sap terns Software Functionality System Requirements Accessing Status Page Methods Ecoprensa A Transducer Bloki ettet t ctt P Dco test tec ote ra t tactics Resource BlOCI scar nez ecu IER Pcia ie de ale cdd Accessing Parameters Transdu cet BIlOoGi s d renta ic Ret e Rec i e Pr Re eR Resource BlOCks a e Bringing the Device On Line PlantWeb Alerts 2 ous ned LESE Setting up PlantWeb Alerts EK RR Sed DeltaV Hardware and Software Requirements
439. ing the Terminal Box procedure 7 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 7 Apply silicone lubricant to the O ring key 36 and install the O ring over the 2 5 8 inch threads of the terminal box Use of a tool is recommended to prevent cutting the O ring while installing it over the threads 8 Apply lubricant key 63 to the 2 5 8 inch threads on the terminal box to prevent seizing or galling when the cap is installed 9 Screw the cap key 4 onto the terminal box 10 Install a set screw key 58 into the cap key 4 Loosen the cap not more than 1 turn to align the set Screw over one of the recesses in the terminal box Tighten the set screw key 58 11 Apply sealant key 64 to the conduit entrance plug key 62 and install it into the unused conduit entry of the terminal box Travel Sensor Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section Replacing the travel sensor requires removing the digital valve controller from the actuator To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before replacing the travel sensor in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous Disassembly DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6015 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 2 for DVC6010f and 8 7 for DVC6015 key number locations 1 Remove piping and fittings from the instrument 2 Disconnect the ad
440. instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model The DVC601 Of digital valve controller mounts sliding stem actuators with up to 102 mm 4 inch travel Figure 2 1 shows a typical mounting on an actuator with up to 51 mm 2 inch travel Figure 2 2 shows a typical mounting on actuators with 51 to 102 mm 2 to 4 inch travel For actuators with greater than 102 mm 4 inch travel see the guidelines for mounting a DVC6020f digital valve controller January 2012 Note Do not use the stainless steel DVC6010fS in high vibration service where the mounting bracket uses standoffs spacers to mount to the actuator Refer to the following guidelines when mounting on sliding stem actuators with up to 4 inches of travel Where a key number is referenced refer to figure 8 2 1 Isolate the control valve from the process line pressure and release pressure from both sides of the valve body Shut off all pressure lines to the actuator releasing all pressure from the actuator Use lock out procedures to be sure that the above measures stay in effect while you work on the equipment 2 Attach the connector arm to the valve stem connector 3 Attach the mounting bracket to the digi
441. int Temperature Lo Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Temperature Limit Temperature Lo Alert Point Temperature Maximum TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Temperature Maximum Temperature Maximum Time TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Temperature Maximum Time Temperature Minimum TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Temperature Minimum Temperature Minimum Time TB Device Diagnostics Device Record Temperature Minimum Time Temperature TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Temperature Limit Temperature gt Device Variables gt Overview gt Temperature Temperature Hi Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Environment Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert Temperature Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert Enable Temperature Lo Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Environment Temperature Limit Temperature Lo Alert Temperature Lo Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Temperature Limit Temperature Lo Alert Enable Temperature Lo Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Temperature Limit Temper
442. ion Block Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Deviation High Alarm 64 DV HI ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 64 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 0 Undefined The DV HI alarm data which includes a value of 1 Clear reported the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the ALARM_STATE 64 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O undefined State of the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Float TIME STAMP 64 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 64 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 64 5 RO N A 0 Deviation Low Alarm 65 DV LO ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 65 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O undefined 2 Unacknowledged Data Type DS 71 O Undefined The DV LO alarm data which includes a value of 1 Clear reported the alarm a timestamp of occurrence and the ALARM STATE 65 2 RO N A 2 not reported O undefined State of the alarm 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported VALUE Data Type Float TIME STAMP 65 3 RO N A 0 SUBCODE 65 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 65 5 RO N A 0 Extended Parameters Bi Data Type Float 66 ALL OUT SCALE 10 0 The bias value used to calculate output for a PD structure Error Data Type Float ERROR 67 RO N A Dynamic The error SP PV used to determine the control action SP Work
443. ion Table You can select from the three fixed input characteristics shown in figure 4 1 or you can select a custom characteristic Figure 4 1 shows the relationship between the travel target and travel set point for the fixed input characteristics You can specify 21 points on a custom characteristic curve Each point defines a travel target in of ranged travel for a corresponding set point in 96 of ranged set point Set point values range from 25 0 to 125 Before modification the custom characteristic is linear You cannot modify the custom points if the Input Characterization INPUT CHAR 50 is set to custom Outblock Selection TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Outblock Selection Outblock Selection OUTBLOCK SEL 96 defines which output function block will control the setpoint of the valve The output block that is not selected will shed its mode to reflect that it does not have control of the valve Alerts The DVC6000f provides two levels of alerts Instrument alerts and PlantWeb alerts Instrument Alert Conditions Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest To view these alerts the user must open the appropriate status screen on a host such as DeltaV ValveLink software or a Field Communicator PlantWeb Alerts Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be repo
444. ion determine what alarms are annunciated on a particular workstation Annunciated means sound the horn and shown in the alarm banner Alarm List display etc There are two different approaches that can be used to adjust the device alarm filtering for a particular workstation e Adjust the default DeltaV Operate alarm settings in the UserRef UserSettings file e Adjust the individual device alarm priorities By default DeltaV Operator Stations have all process alarms are annunciated and show up on the Alarm Banner Alarm List graphical displays etc on all operator workstations Also by default the device alarms with priority settings below WARNING 8 are NOT annunciated or shown in the alarm banner The low priority device alarms can be shown in graphics and on summaries defined to not be limited by the alarm settings The DeltaV Maintenance Station uses the same DeltaV Operate alarm setting for device alarm annunciation This license only shows device alarms on Maintenance Station graphics NO process alarms are shown in the alarm banner or ANY alarm summary Thus device alarms and process alarms can be either combined and or separated for specific user installations based on their operating philosophy Setting DeltaV Operate Device Alarm Annunciation Defaults DeltaV Operate has default settings in the UserRef grf file for what priority of device alarms will annunciate and show in the alarm banner The default DeltaV O
445. is disconnected from the segment As the backup LAS the DVC6000f will take over the management of communications until the host is restored The host system may provide a configuration tool specifically designed to designate a particular device as a backup LAS Otherwise this can be configured manually as follows 1 Access the Management Information Base MIB for the DVC6000f D 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Host System Schedule X Y 7 LAS Link Active Scheduler PzPublisher S Subscriber PT Pass Token M Message B2714 1 IL Device X Device Y Device Z Figure D 5 Unscheduled Data Transfer 2 To activate the LAS capability write 0x02 to the BOOT OPERAT FUNCTIONAL CLASS object Index 605 To deactivate write 0 01 Restart the processor Only one device can communicate at a time Permission to communicate on the bus is controlled by a centralized token passed between devices by the LAS Only the device with the token can communicate The LAS maintains a list of all devices are a member of the bus This list is called the Live List Two types of tokens are used by the LAS A time critical token compel data CD is sent by the LAS according to a schedule A non time critical token pass token PT is sent by the LAS to each device in numerical order according to address Device Communication Scheduled Transfers Information is transferred between devices over the fieldbus using th
446. is in Cas mode and the CAS IN 17 input goes bad the block sheds mode to the next permitted mode Setting the Output To set the output for the AO block you must first set the mode to define the manner in which the block determines its setpoint In Manual mode the value of the output attribute OUT 9 must be set manually by the user and is independent of the setpoint In Automatic mode OUT 9 is set automatically based on the value specified by the set point SP 8 in engineering units and the Options attribute In addition you can limit the SP 8 value and the rate at which a change in the SP 8 is passed to OUT 9 In Cascade mode the cascade input connection CAS IN 17 is used to update the SP 8 The back calculation output BKCAL OUT 25 is wired to the back calculation input BKCAL IN 27 of the upstream block that provides CAS IN 17 This provides bumpless transfer on mode changes and windup protection in the upstream block 4 71 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Note You must wire BKCAL OUT 25 to BKCAL IN 27 of the upstream block that provides CAS IN 17 Otherwise the AO will not initialize properly and the setpoint at CAS IN 17 will not be passed to OUT 9 An analog readback value such as valve position is shown by the process value PV 7 attribute in engineering units To support testing you can enable simulation which allows you to manually set the channel feedba
447. issioning more than one device on a fieldbus segment identifying which device is at a particular location can be tedious without tags The removable tag provided with the digital valve controller can be used to link the device ID and the physical installation location The installer should note the physical location in both places on the removable commissioning tag and tear off the bottom portion This should be done for each device on the segment The bottom portion of the tags can be used for commissioning the segment in the control system Prior to commissioning the device ID is displayed by the host system if no device tag is configured in the digital valve controller electronics Typically the placeholder displays the device tag The information on the paper tag enables the engineer to match the device ID to the correct placeholder As an ordering option the factory can enter a device tag into the digital valve controller electronics during the manufacturing process If this option is specified the device tag is displayed at the host system prior to commissioning rather than the device ID This makes the job of commissioning the device easier January 2012 Basic Setup Section 3 Basic Setup Basic Setup Transducer Block Mode miis EET DeviGe Set p RE TD eee Performance
448. ith the bias spring 7 Apply anti seize key 64 to the pin of the adjustment arm As shown in figure 2 3 place the pin into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against the side of the arm with the valve travel markings 8 Install the external lock washer on the adjustment arm Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut 9 Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired valve travel marking Tighten the flanged hex nut 10 Remove the alignment pin key 46 and store it in the module base next to the I P assembly January 2012 11 After calibrating the instrument attach the shield with two machine screws DVC6020f on Long Stroke 4 to 24 Inch Travel Sliding Stem Actuators and Rotary Actuators If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you purchased the digital valve controller separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the digital valve controller on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the digital valve controller to a specific actuator model Note All cams supplied with FIELDVUE mounting kits are characterized to prov
449. justment arm from the connector arm and the feedback arm see figures 2 1 and 2 2 7 10 3 Remove the instrument from the actuator 4 Loosen the screw key 80 that secures the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft 5 Remove the feedback arm key 79 from the travel sensor shaft If disassembling a DVC6010f digital valve controller use step 6a If disassembling a DVC6015 remote feedback unit use step 6b 6 a Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure b Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminals 7 Remove the screw key 72 that fastens the travel sensor assembly to the housing 8 Pull the travel sensor assembly key 223 straight out of the housing DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 3 for DVC6020f and 8 8 for DVC6025 key number locations 1 Remove piping and fittings from the instrument 2 Remove the digital valve controller from the actuator 3 Disconnect the bias spring key 82 from the feedback arm assembly key 84 and the arm assembly key 91 Remove the mounting bracket key 74 from the back of the digital controller If the torsion spring key 93 needs to be replaced ensure that the shaft on which it is installed is smooth and free of rough spots Replace the entire feedback arm assembly if necessary 4 Loosen the screw key 80 that secures the arm asse
450. k is allowed out of OOS CHANNEL 15 must be set to a valid value and cannot be left at initial value of 0 e XD SCALE 10 UNITS INDEX must match the units in the transducer block channel value e L TYPE 16 must be set to Direct Indirect or Indirect Square Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0 Resource block The actual mode of the Resource block is OOS See Resource Block Diagnostics for corrective action Block is not scheduled and therefore cannot execute to go Schedule to Target Mode Schedule the block to execute Process and or block alarms will not work Features FEATURES SEL 18 in the resource block does not have Alerts enabled Enable the Reports Supported bit TORNE LIM_NOTIFY 32 in the resource block is not high enough Notification Set equal to MAX_NOTIFY 31 also in the resource block Status Options STATUS_OPTS 14 has Propagate Fault Forward bit set This should be cleared to cause an alarm to occur Value of output does not make sense Linearization Type L_TYPE 16 must be set to Direct Indirect or Indirect Square Root and cannot be left at an initial value of 0 Scaling parameters are set incorrectly e XD SCALE EUO and EU100 should match that of the Scaling transducer block channel value e OUT SCALE EUO and EU100 are not set properly Cannot set HI LIMIT 28 HI HI LIMIT Limit values are outside the OUT SCALE EUO and 26 LO LIMIT 30 or LO LO LI
451. l TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure A Sensor Manual Recovery Recovery Pressure A Sensor Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure A Sensor Shutdown Pressure B TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt Pressure Pressure B Sensor Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure B Sensor Alert Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure B Sensor Alert Enable Pressure B Sensor Failure TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Self Test Status Pressure B Sensor Error Pressure Cutoff Closed TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Cutoff Closed Pressure Cutoff Open TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Cutoff Open Pressure Fallback Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Fallback gt Pressure Fallback Alert Pressure Fallback Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Fallback gt Pressure Fallback Alert Enab
452. l Deviation Absolute value of TRAVEL DEVIATION 52 N A Oto100 TRAVEL TARGET 49 TRAVEL 34 Controls AI channel 10 Drive Signal Data Type Float DRIVE SIGNAL ERO Controls channel 9 Drive Current Tyne DRIVE_CURRENT 54 RO N A to 100 N A Data Type Float MLFB 55 RO N A 100 to 100 N A Data Type Float MLFB i Data Type DS 71 Failed Alarm FAILED ALM 56 Used to report alerts to host System 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 56 1 RW ALL 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined NONE 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported ALARM_STATE 56 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O Undefined N A 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 56 3 RO N A 0 N A SUBCODE 56 4 RO N A 0 N A Data Type Float Value of parameter at alarm time VALUE 56 5 RO 0 nS for single alarm 0 for multiple alarms Data Type DS 71 Maintenance Alarm MAINT ALM 57 Used to report alerts to host System 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 571 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined NONE 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported ALARM_STATE 57 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported O Undefined N A 3 Active reported 4 Active not reported TIME STAMP 57 3 RO N A 0 N A SUBCODE 57 4 RO N A 0 N A Data Type Float VALUE 575 RO N A 0 N A Value of parameter at alarm time for single alarm 0 for multiple alarms 4 50 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Param
453. l Limit Hi 29 INST ALERTS ACTIVE TRAVEL ACTIVE 74 4 1 Travel Limit Hi Hi 30 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 5 Proximity Lo Lo 31 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 4 Proximity Lo 32 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 3 Proximity Hi 33 INST ALERTS ACTIVE PROX ACTIVE 74 5 2 Proximity Hi Hi 1 Refer to table 4 13 for parameter descriptions 2 See pages 4 31 and 4 33 Travel ALerts and Prox Alerts for information on accessing these alerts Refer to Appendix F for information on accessing these alerts through DeltaV Valve Travel Channel 23 provides valve travel 0 Closed 1 100 open 5 5 open 10 10 open 15 15 open etc Open Closed Limit Switch Channels 24 and 25 provide valve open and closed limit switch functionality for the DI block These channels will detect if the valve position is more than the Travel Open Alert Point for open detection or less than the Travel Closed Alert Point for closed detection These channels provide an adjustable deadband to clear the detected position Oz Not Active 12 Active 4 162 Variable Limit Switch Channels 26 through 29 provide variable limit switch functionality for the DI block Trip points for this limit switch functionality are based on the Travel Alert settings in the transducer Block The DI function block provides the same type of position detection as the travel alerts in the transducer block Table 4 77 lists the transducer block parameters
454. l be Bad Not Connected if the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly From the transducer block method Outblock Selection select the desired output block see page 4 26 Modes The Analog Output function block supports the following modes Manual Man You can manually set the output to the I O channel through the OUT 9 attribute This mode is used primarily for maintenance calibration and diagnostics Automatic Auto The block output OUT 9 reflects the target operating point specified by the setpoint SP 8 attribute Typically the setpoint is set by the user Cascade Cas The SP 8 attribute is set by another function block through a connection to CAS IN 17 The SP 8 value is used to set the OUT 9 attribute automatically This is the most frequently used mode in the digital valve controller Note The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO CAS MAN or RCAS 4 69 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers e RemoteCascade RCas The SP 8 is set by a host computer by writing to the RCAS IN 28 parameter The SP 8 value is used to set the OUT 9 attribute automatically Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The output channel is maintained at the last value and the status of OUT 9 is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR 6 attribute shows Out of Service e Initialization Manual Iman The path to the output hardware is br
455. l sensor replacement is complete Install the digital valve controller on the actuator 7 11 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers KEYED PIN 2 PIN 1 Y d PIN 3 TRAVEL SENSOR i Igi CONNECTOR DVC6010f DVC6020f AND DVC6030f NOTE THE POTENTIOMETER RESISTANCE BETWEEN PINS 2 AND 3 CAN BE MEASURED AT THE CONNECTOR INSERT TWO SHORT LENGTHS OF 22 AWG WIRE INTO THE PIN 2 AND 3 RECEPTACLES IN THE CONNECTOR CLIP ON LEADS FROM A DVM DIGITAL VOLTMETER TO MEASURE THE RESISTANCE TRAVEL SENSOR WIRES REMOTE MOUNT FEEDBACK UNITS DVC6015 DVC6025 AND DVC6035 AGABUIL Figure 7 6 Potentiometer Resistance Measurement Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator 14 For the DVC6010f connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 15 For both the DVC6010f and the DVC6015 perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section 7 12 DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6025 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 3 for DVC6020f and 8 8 for DVC6025 key number locations 1 Insert the travel sensor assembly key 223 into the housing Secure the travel sensor assembly with screw key 72 If assembling a DVC6020f digital valve contr
456. larm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Alarm Output Status Alarm Output Value Alarm Select 4 115 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Output Splitter Function Block Overview 4 117 om oe voa vellus up 4 117 Status Handling esaet is 4 117 Limit Handlings ie euo et ead b edad d stein 4 119 Input to Output Mapping 4 119 Initialization and Back Calculation Requirements 4 120 Parameter otras E 4 123 oso e ed Ete er ibo 4 126 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 127 4 116 January 2012 RCAS OUT 1 IN c OUT 2 Figure 4 17 Output Splitter OS Function Block Output Splitter OS Function Block Overview The Output Splitter block provides the capability to drive two control outputs from a single input Each output is a linear function of some
457. le Pressure Integral Dead Zone TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Integral Dead Zone Pressure Integral Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Limit Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Integral Limit Lo Pressure MLFB Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure Proportional Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure Range Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Range Hi Pressure Range Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Pressure Range Lo Pressure Tuning Set TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Pressure Tuning gt Pressure Tuning Set Pressure Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Pressure Units Continued Transducer Block TB Me
458. led If the device detects a FAILED or COM FAIL alarm prior to being assigned to a control module this device alarm will be reported and annunciated to all workstations This is because all workstations have Area A assigned Consider lowering the priority of these alarms to ADVISORY until the end of the commissioning process Reporting Alarms and Events to a Workstation Device alarm and event reporting is no different than control module reporting Alarm and event reporting to workstations is determined by assigning areas to workstations The workstation area assignment is all you need to do to ensure that you have all of the information device and process for that area This is important so that ALL of the information about an area both the process and device information is available at any workstation that is responsible for that area That way the Event Chronicle has a complete record for that area and any user can drill into a graphic or tag and access all of the information This DOES NOT determine WHO views the device alarms Who views the alarms is determined by filtering at each workstation Now that all of the device and process information is assigned to a workstation the next step is to decide January 2012 what priority of device and process alarms cause alarm annunciation to the users on that workstation Setting up WHO Sees Device Alarms The priority of the alarms and the settings at that workstat
459. lent may be used to filter and regulate supply air A filter regulator can be integrally mounted onto the side of the digital valve controller casing mounted separate from the digital valve controller or mounted on the actuator mounting boss Supply and output pressure gauges may be supplied on the digital valve controller The output pressure gauges can be used as an aid for calibration Connect the nearest suitable supply source to the 1 4 NPT IN connection on the filter regulator if furnished or to the 1 4 NPT SUPPLY connection on the digital valve controller housing if a 67CFR filter regulator is not attached Output Connections A factory mounted digital valve controller has its output piped to the pneumatic input connection on the actuator If mounting the digital valve controller in the field or installing the remote mounted DVC6005f base unit connect the 1 4 NPT digital valve controller output connections to the pneumatic actuator input connections 2 20 LOOP CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX 1 2 NPT CONDUIT 7 CONNECTION d Lm gt c DAT Tn B AL FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX W8371 1 FF DVC6005f BASE UNIT 1 2 NPT CONDUIT CONNECTIONS BOTH SIDES OUTPUTA CONNECTION SUPPLY CONNECTION OUTPUT CONNECTION W7963 1FF VALVE MOUNTED INSTRUMENT NOTE PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS APPLICABLE TO BOTH VALVE MOUNTED INSTRUMENT
460. lers Index 10 January 2012 Neither Emerson Emerson Process Management nor any of their affiliated entities assumes responsibility for the selection use or maintenance of any product Responsibility for proper selection use and maintenance of any product remains solely with the purchaser and end user Fisher FIELDVUE ValveLink PlantWeb DeltaV and Baumann are marks owned by one of the companies in the Emerson Process Management business division of Emerson Electric Co Emerson Process Management Emerson and the Emerson logo are trademarks and service marks of Emerson Electric Co HART is a mark owned by the HART Communication Foundation FOUNDATION fieldbus is a mark owned by the Fieldbus Foundation All other marks are the property of their respective owners The contents of this publication are presented for informational purposes only and while every effort has been made to ensure their accuracy they are not to be construed as warranties or guarantees express or implied regarding the products or services described herein or their use or applicability All sales are governed by our terms and conditions which are available upon request We reserve the right to modify or improve the designs or specifications of such products at any time without notice Emerson Process Management Marshalltown lowa 50158 USA Sorocaba 18087 Brazil Chatham Kent ME4 4QZ UK Dubai United Arab Emirates eS Singapore 128461 Singapore
461. lert is transducer Actual mode is for the valve position detected placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of Service results in the instrument output pressure s and actuator position being at the Zero Power Condition AO or DO function block has not executed within the user configured time limit If configured for Self Test Shutdown the transducer Actual mode is set to Out of Service 1 Download the control schedule from the host configuration device 2 Make sure the Time Out Alert Point is greater than the block execution schedule This alert should only be utilized in very critical loops where execution time is critical Blocks Set to Default Configuration Failed Blocks Set to Default Enabled If the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults The transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service when the defaults are applied Out of service results in the actuator being at the Zero Power Condition Download device configuration When restoring power to the device the configuration parameters could not be recalled from non volatile memory When the instrument detects this condition the transducer Actual mode is set to Out of Service To correct this situation download the configuration to the device and set the Target Mode of the Resource block Shutdown Alert Configuration Failed N A A user configured Self Test Shutdow
462. lert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Hi Alert point e Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable When enabled Travel Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Travel Hi Hi Alert e Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TVL HI HI ALRT PT 77 18 is the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Alert Hi Hi alert e Travel Hi Hi Deadband Travel Hi Hi Deadband TVL HI HI DB 77 19 is the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Hi Hi alert once it has been set See figure 4 2 e Travel Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is lower than the Travel Lo Lo Alert point e Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable When enabled Travel Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Travel Lo Lo Alert e Travel Lo Lo Alert Point The Travel Lo Lo alert is set when the value of the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel goes below the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point TVL LO LO ALRT PT 77 12 e Travel Lo Lo Deadband Travel Lo Lo Deadband TVL LO LO DB 77 13 is the travel in percent 96 of ranged travel required to clear a Travel Lo Lo alert once it has been set See figure 4 3 4 32 TRAVEL ALERT 7 DEADBAND TRAVEL ALERT ALERT IS SET LO POINT A6532 1 IL Figure 4 3 Travel Lo Alert Deadband Travel Hi Lo e Travel Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel exceeds the Travel Hi Alert point e Travel Hi Alert Enable When ena
463. librated Travel 9796 sticking Test the Drive Signal gt 90 and control valve assembly Calibrated Travel gt 3 for proper operation ValveLink diagnostics can be used for this purpose Continued January 2012 C 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Processor Impaired Alert Condition and Default Program Memory What the Alert is Detecting A pending Flash or NVM Effect on Valve Instrument If configured for Self Test Recommended Action Replace PWB Help An error has been Electronics Enabled failure is present Shutdown then the assembly detected in the printed Maintenance Static Memory A failure of the FRAM memory transducer Actual mode is wiring board PWB Enabled where static parameters are placed Out of Service until the assembly Replace the stored problem is fixed Out of PWB assembly 2 Service results in the ient oe of the main instrument output pressure s 9r and actuator position being at Processor A failure of the I O Processor the Zero Power Condition Enabled Output Block Timeout Output Block If the AO or DO block has not If configured for Self Test Check Output The function block Configuration Timeout executed for longer than the Shutdown then the Block providing the setpoint Maintenance Disabled configured timeout this a
464. libration There are three pressure sensors Supply Output A and Output B Select the appropriate menu depending upon which pressure sensor you are calibrating Note The pressure sensors are calibrated at the factory and should not require calibration Supply Pressure Calibration TB Configure Setup Calibration Supply Press For a Zero Only calibration select Zero Only and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator To calibrate for Zero and Span connect an external reference gauge to the output side of the supply regulator The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure Select Zero and Span and follow the prompts on the Field communicator When finished place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto Verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure 5 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers C D D Q CAP SCREW HEX SOCKET MOUNTING KEY 116 ADAPTER KEY 117 MOUNTING BRACKET 74 82 BIAS SPRING g SCREW HEX HEAD KEY 92 9 o ARM ASSEMBLY PIN o o ARM ASSEMBLY KEY 91 FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY FEEDBACK ARM KEY 84 TORSION SPRING KEY 93 A7024 2 IL Figure 5 5 FIELDVUE DVC6020f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Fisher 1052 Si
465. life Maintenance configured limit data to set cycle limits Continued January 2012 Using PlantWeb Alerts Table C 2 Setting PlantWeb Alerts Continued Alert Alert Condition What the Alert is Related Parameters and TT 2 Group and Default Detecting Default Guidelines ror Setting Default Alert Category Packing Bonnets enable the alert in the Maintenance Alert Category When Travel umul tor Travel Accumulator The accumulated travel has Alert Point 1 000 000 packing sre discovered gt etthe Travel History Disabled exceeded the configured limit Deadband 1 Travel Accumulator alert to 90 of the Maintenance current Travel Accumulator Value triggering an alert prior to anticipated leak Performance Critical Performance Critical Critical performance issues Performance Enabled based on continuous PD tests None Use default setting Failed internal to the instrument Performance Reduced Performance Reduced performance issues Performance Reduced based on continuous PD tests None Use default setting Maintenance Enabled internal to the instrument Performance Information Performance Performance Information Performance Information based on continuous PD tests None Use default setting Advisory Enabled internal to the instrument Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts i cr Alert Condition What the Alert i
466. llow the values of a set of parameters to be Number accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain 1 ST REV operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE View 4 contains static parameters with configuration 5 8 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE defined by the manufacturer 6 BLOCK ERR 7 PV 8 OUT Table 4 57 Al Function Block View 1 19 FIELD VAL Index 22 1 ALARM SUM CURRENT Number Parameter 22 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 1 STREV 22 8 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 224 ALARM SUM DISABLED 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 37 OUT D 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 38 ALM SEL 54 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 39 STDDEV 6 BLOCK ERR 40 STDDEV 7 PV 8 OUT 19 FIELD VAL Table 4 60 Al Function Block View 4 224 ALARM SUM CURRENT Index Parameter 22 2 ALARM_SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED Number 22 3 ALARM_SUM UNREPORTED 1 ST_REV 22 4 ALARM_SUM DISABLED 3 STRATEGY 4 ALERT_KEY 13 5 14 STATUS OPTS 15 CHANNEL 16 L TYPE 17 LOW CUT Table 4 58 Al Function Block View 2 18 PV FTIME Index Parameter 23 ACK OPTION Number 24 ALARM HYS 1 ST REV 25 PRI 10 XD SCALE 26 LIM 11 OUT SCALE 27 PRI 12 1 GRANT_DENY GRANT 28 HI LIM 12 2 GRANT DENY DENY 29 LO PRI 30 LO LIM 81 LO LO PRI 32 LO LO LIM 41388 January 2012 Al Function Block
467. located in the manufacturer ID Folder 005100 for xxxxxx in directory structure above A readme file is included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding DD installation Device descriptions furnished by the Fieldbus Foundation on CD ROM or diskette contain the files for each registered manufacturer and their associated device s It is placed on the media starting with the release folder which then contains a folder for each manufacturer as defined above For Fisher this folder is 005100 A readme file may be included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD For the DVC6000f Digital Valve Controller The device type parameter for this unit is 4602 This device includes the PID ISEL OS MAI DO and DI function blocks From Windows Explorer select the release v005100 4602 folder e The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www fisher com If you are downloading from the internet the file on the website will be compressed zipped and must be decompressed unzipped before proceeding Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting up the DD on your system Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed This information will be required later in the installation procedure Note This procedure will install the necessary Device Description files
468. lowed modes for 7 005 Target Normal Most common mode NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL 3 AUTO NONE for Target 3 Simulate Active 10 Static Memory Failed Functional or Di thermal data missing Data Type Bit String 2 byte Block Error 6 RO N A 13 Maintenance N A N A Error status associated with BLOCK_ERR hardware or firmware for the Needed Now Functional or thermal transducer block data missing 15 Out of Service Update Event 7 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 74 RW ALL 1 Acknowledged 0 NONE 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 73 UPDATE STATE 7 2 RO N A 1 Updated reported 0 N A Alert generated by change to static 2 Update Not reported data TIME STAMP 7 3 RO N A 0 N A 5 REVISION 7 4 RO N A 0 N A RELATIVE INDEX 7 5 RO N A 0 N A 4 42 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita Value category Block Alarm 8 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 8 1 RW ALL 1 Acknowledged 0 NONE 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined 1 Clear reported ALARM_STATE 8 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported 0 N A 3 Active reported Data Type DS 72 Achelives FO reported Used to report the BLOCK ERR TIME STAMP 8 3 RO N A 0 N A alarm to the host system Subcode Bit Number in SUBCO
469. lowing applicable local and national electrical codes Route the 3 conductor shielded cable between the two units refer to figure 2 24 3 Install the fixed resistor R1 across the unlabeled bottom Terminal and Terminal 1 The bottom terminal does not have a screw The screw on the 30 kOhm terminal can be used R1 must be properly insulated when installed in the terminal box to prevent personal injury or property damage 4 Connect one wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the unlabeled bottom Terminal on the base unit and an end lead on the external potentiometer Rpot 5 Connect the second wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between the middle lead wiper of the external potentiometer and Terminal 2 on the base unit 6 Connect the third wire of the 3 conductor shielded cable between a lead on fixed resistor Ro and Terminal of the base unit 7 Connect the available end lead on the potentiometer Rpot with the available lead on fixed resistor Ro 8 Connect the cable shield or drain wire to the ground screw in the feedback connections terminal box of the base unit Do not connect the shield or drain wire to any lead on the three resistor series January 2012 Installation 9 Replace and tighten the base unit cover Example Using a linear potentiometer rated at 400 Ohms inch on an actuator with 16 of travel Root max is 400 Ohms in x 16 6 4 kOhm e Ry 6 4 kOhm x 4 25
470. lt 62 PER DWG GE42990 2 TO 80 C MAX VOLTAGE 32 VDC Ex d 5 lt 80 C T6 Ta lt 75 C T8545 PSI MAX Ex nC T5 Ta lt 809C T6 Ta lt 75 INPUT Figure B 16 IECEx Nameplate for FIELDVUE DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f and DVC6005f i O GE48451 B 12 January 2012 DVC6015 DVC6025 Loop Schematics Nameplates HAZARDOUS LOCATION ZONE 0 Ex IIC NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION IECEx APPROVED BARRIER I accede DVC6005F Vmax 30 VDC Voc 24 VDC Vmax 24 VDC 1 x Isc 1775 Imax 380 mA APPROVED max e 121 Ci 5 nF ENTITY DEVICE Ci 0 uF La 100 mH Li 0 mH g EARN 105 mW _ SEE CHART Pi 105 mw d bh NOTE 1 3 EE 1 1 t NOTE 5 APPROVED FISCO DEVICE APPROVED FISCO TERMINATOR GE42990 A Sheets 6 and 7 of 8 January 2012 8 ENTITY DEVICE HAZARDOUS LOCATION ZONE 0 Ex ia DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 Vmax 30 VDC Imax 17 5 mA Ci 0 uF Li 0 mH Pi 105 mw NOTE 2 lt 1 DVC6005F Voc 24 VDC Vmax 17 5 VDC Isc 17 5 Imax 380 mA Ca 121 Ci 5 La 100 mH Li 0 mH Pi 105 mW 532W 1 SEE NOTES IN FIGURE B 15
471. lt 75 C MFG LOCATION 433 AMB TEMP TO 80 C tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb lt 80 C e Ex tD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb lt 75 I3G amp D DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING C FOUNDATION 1 COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL GE49646 DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6005f AMB TEMP 60 C 125 C IP66 10VDC MAX 5mADC LCIE 02 ATEX 6003X Ex 3 G amp D F SHER Ex nA T4 Tamb lt 125 C T5 Tamb lt 95 C T6 Tamb lt 80 C tD A22 66 T130 C Tamb lt 125 C Ex tD A22 IP66 T100 C Tamb lt 95 C Q GE35090 Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb lt 80 C DISCONNECT POWER BEFORE OPENING FISHER CONTROLS INTL LLC MARSHALLTOWN IOWA USA SERIAL NO MFG LOCATION 433 DVC6015 DVC6025 DVC6035 Figure B 13 ATEX Nameplates Type n and Dust B 10 January 2012 Loop Schematics Nameplates HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION ZONE 0 Ex ia DVC6010F DVC6020F DVC6030F DVC6010FS DVC6020FS DVC6030FS 24 VDC 380 mA 5 nF O mH SEE CHART Vmax APPROVED max EVICE Li Pi NOTE 1 3 Dp IECEx APPROVED BARRIER NOTE 5 lt 1 NOTE 4 3 4 T CODE T amb T5 ENTITY DEVICE HAZARDOUS LOCATION NON HAZARDOUS LOCATION ZONE 0 Ex ia IIC DVC6010F DVC6020F DVC6030F DVC6010FS DVC6020FS DVC6030FS Vmax 17 5 VDC Imax 380 mA IECEx APPROVED Ci S
472. lue 0 25 IN 5 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 26 IN 6 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 27 IN 7 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 28 IN 8 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 29 DISABLE 5 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 30 DISABLE 6 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 31 DISABLE 7 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 32 DISABLE 8 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 33 AVG USE 0 34 ALARM SUM DISABLED 0 35 ACK OPTION 0 36 ALARM HYS 0 5 37 HI HI PRI 0 4 10 Continued Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number ISEL Block continued 38 HI HI LIM 0 39 PRI 0 40 HI LIM 0 41 LO PRI 0 42 LO LIM 0 43 LO LO PRI 0 44 LO LO LIM 0 49 OUT D 50 ALM SEL All bits O DI Block 1 ST REV 0 2 TAG DESC Spaces 3 STRATEGY 0 4 ALERT KEY 0 5 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL Auto 8 OUT_D 10 XD_STATE 0 11 OUT_STATE 0 13 OPTS All off 14 STATUS OPTS All off 15 CHANNEL 0 16 PV FTIME 0 20 ALARM SUM DISABLED 0 21 ACK OPTION All off 22 DISC_PRI 0 23 DISC 0 OS Block 1 ST REV 0 2 TAG DESC Spaces 3 STRATEGY 0 4 ALERT KEY 0 5 MODE BLK TARGET Out of Service PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL AUTO CAS 7 SP 8 OUT_1 9 OUT_2 10 OUT 1 RANGE EU 10095 100 EU 0 0 Engineering Units Decimal Places 2 11 OUT 2 RANGE EU 10095 100 EU 0 0 Engineering Units 96 Decimal Places 2 13 STATUS OPTS disabled 14 CAS IN Status BAD NC const Value 0 19 BKCAL 1 IN Status BAD NC const Value 0 Continued
473. lue and status track the actual value and status O Not initialized ENABLE DISABLE 10 5 ALL 1 Simulation Disabled 1 2 Simulation Active Continued January 2012 4 154 DO Function Block Table 4 71 Discrete Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Data Type Uint16 Process Valle State 11 ALL 0 Index to the text describing the states of a discrete PV_STATE output Data Type Uint16 AE 12 ALL 0 Index to the text describing the states of a discrete for the value obtained from the transducer Grant Deny 13 Data Type DS 70 GRANT DENY Options for controlling access of host computers x and local control panels to operating tuning and GRANT 13 1 t oci dE All bits 0 alarm parameters of the block 2 Alarm GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 13 2 N A All bits 0 DENY 0 1 denied 3 Local Valid Bits 0 Invert 1 SP tracks PV in Man 3 SP tracks PV in LO EE EN 4 SP Track retained cn on Bit String target in Man or LO 3 1 Enable 6 Fault State to value 0 freeze n to e and the output value when a fault condition occurs VO Options 14 oos 1 90 to Fault State All bits 0 Supported I O options for the DO function block 5 A are SP Tracks PV in Man SP T
474. lure with the hardware or software components 14 Power Up associated with a block It is a bit string so that 15 Out of Service multiple errors may be shown Status Output 7 MAN OUT RANGE Dynamic Data Type DS 65 OUT OOS The block output value and status Value EU at 100 100 Data Type DS 67 Output Range 8 ALL EU at 096 0 High and low scale values engineering units code OUT RANGE Units Index 96 and number of digits to the right of the decimal point Decimal Point 2 associated with OUT Grant Deny 9 Data Type DS 70 GRANT DENY Options for controlling access of host computers and local control panels to operating tuning and alarm 0 Program GRANT 9 1 ALL 1 All 0 parameters of the block Not used by device 2 Alarm 7 GRANT 0 1 granted DENY 9 2 ALL 3 Local All bits DENY O N A 1 denied Data Type Bit String Status Options 2 Use Uncertain as Allows you to select options for status handling and STATUS OPTS 10 OOS GOOD All bits O processing The supported status option for the input 8 Uncertain if MAN selector block is Use Uncertain as Good Uncertain if Man mode BAD Input 1 ALL Status NC Data Type DS 65 IN 1 constant The block input value and status Value 0 Continued January 2012 4 109 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 39 Input Selector Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial
475. m Contents of Fieldbus Device Alarms ly ADVISE ADVISORY Ly COMM ALM Yes WARNING Yes WARNING Ly MAINT_ALM Yes ADVISORY THE PRIORITY OF A DEVICE ALARM DEFINES WHETHER THE ALARM IS ANNUNCIATED ON A PARTICULAR WORKSTATION IN ADDITION TO THE COLOR OF THE ALARM AND THE HORN SOUND Figure F 9 Default PlantWeb Alert Priorities Deciding Device Alarm Priorities Each device alarm just like every process alarm has a priority assigned to it When a device is created the device alarms are assigned default alarm priorities as shown in figure F 9 The DeltaV workstation default is to annunciate device alarms above the ADVISORY 7 priority Therefore by default both the FAILED and COMM PlantWeb alerts annunciate to the operator The priority of each alarm needs to be considered The priority of a device alarm is determined by how important that device problem is and the consequences to the process The priority is not based solely on the type of device This means that while some DVC6000 s may be January 2012 critical to operation other DVC6000 s may not In this example the DVC6000 s would have different default alarm priorities Note 1 If your installation has the Fieldbus devices but is not ready to use PlantWeb alerts then you can disable the individual alarms at the device or through the System Alarm Management application Later on individual alarms can be enabled without havi
476. m 0 to 2 e Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Hi TVL INTEG HI 44 21 provides an upper limit to the integrator output The high limit is configurable from 0 to 100 of the I P drive signal e Travel Integral Limit Lo The Travel Integral Limit Lo TVL INTEG LIM LO 44 3 provides a lower limit to the integrator output The low limit is configurable from 100 to 0 of the I P drive signal e Performance Tuner During the performance tuning the valve may move To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process Performance Tuner is used to optimize digital valve controller tuning It will move the valve slightly and monitor the effects of small tuning changes until an January 2012 Transducer Block optimum control response is achieved Because the Performance Tuner can detect internal instabilities before they become apparent in the travel response it can generally optimize tuning more effectively than manual tuning e Stabilize Optimize During Stabilize Optimize the valve may move To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process If after completing initial setup and calibration the valve cycles or overshoots or is sluggish you can improve operation running Stabilize Optimize S
477. m rotates counterclockwise from A to B as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases For air to close actuators i e the actuator stem extends from the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked B For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates clockwise from B to A as air pressure to the casing or upper cylinder increases Note When performing the following steps ensure there is enough clearance between the adjustment arm and the feedback arm to prevent interference with the bias spring 7 Apply lubricant to the pin of the adjustment arm As shown in figure 2 3 place the pin into the slot of the feedback arm or feedback arm extension so that the bias spring loads the pin against the side of the arm with the valve travel markings 8 Install the external lock washer on the adjustment arm Position the adjustment arm in the slot of the connector arm and loosely install the flanged hex nut 9 Slide the adjustment arm pin in the slot of the connector arm until the pin is in line with the desired valve travel marking Tighten the flanged hex nut 10 Remove the alignment pin key 46 and store it in the module base next to the I P assembly 11 After calibrating the instrument attach the shield with two machine screws DVC6025 on Long Stroke 4 to 24 Inch Travel Sliding Stem Actuators and Rotary Actuat
478. m the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to adjust the output until the valve is near mid travel 50 Selecting large medium and small adjustments causes changes of approximately 10 0 1 0 and 0 1 respectively to the feedback arm rotation Selecting Next will implement the adjustment If another adjustment is required repeat step 1 Otherwise select Done and go to step 2 2 If the feedback connection is SStem Roller Pot go to step 4 If the feedback connection is SStem Pot adjust the feedback arm to the crossover point by pressing OK to get to the adjustment menu Continue on with step 3 3 From the adjustment menu select the method of crossover manual last value or default Manual adjustment is recommended If you select Last Value the crossover setting currently stored in the instrument is used and there are no further user interactions with the auto calibration routine go to step 4 If you select Default an approximate value for the crossover is sent to the instrument and there are no further user interactions with the calibration routine go to step 4 If you select Manual the Field Communicator prompts 5 4 you to adjust the arm until the feedback arm is 90 to the actuator stem as shown in figure 5 1 If another adjustment is required repeat step 3 Otherwise select Done and go to step 4 4 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change req
479. max 380 mA Isc 17 5 mA Ci 5 nF 121 nF Li 0 mH La 100 mH Pi 5 32 W Po 105 mW Flameproof Gas T5 Tamb lt 80 C IP66 Ex d T5 T6 oS T6 Tamb lt 75 C Natural Gas Approved Typen Gas T5 Tamb lt 80 IP66 Ex nC IIC T5 T6 T6 Tamb lt 75 Natural Gas Approved Ui 30 VDC Intrinsically Safe li 17 5 mA T4 Tamb x 125 Gas Ci 0 uF T5 Tamb lt 95 C IP66 Ex ia T4 T5 T6 Li 0 mH T6 Tamb lt 80 C Pi 105 mW DVC60x5 Flameproof T4 Tamb lt 125 C x 1 2 3 Gas T5 Tamb lt 95 C IP66 Ex d TA T5 T6 T6 Tamb lt 80 C Type n T4 Tamb lt 125 C Gas T5 Tamb lt 95 C IP66 Ex nA IIC T4 T5 T6 T6 Tamb lt 80 1 12 January 2012 Table 1 7 Hazardous Area Classifications NEPSI Introduction and Specifications Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating irpo iili Enclosure Rating FIELDBUS Ui 24 VDC li 226 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Safe Pi 1 4W T5 Tamb lt 80 C TN DUCERE Ex ia T5 T6 FISCO T6 Tamb lt 75 1 2 3 Ui 2 17 5 VDC li 2 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Pi 2 5 32W Co SD M T5 Tamb 80 C Ex d 2 T5 T6 T Tamb 75 FIELDBUS Ui 24 VDC Uo 8 6 VDC li 226 mA lo 2 3 mA NEPSI Ci 5 nF Co 6 2 Li 0 mH Lo 100 mH Intrinsically Safe Pi 1 4W 5 mW T5 Tamb lt 80 C IP66 DVC6005f Ex IIC T5 T6 FISCO T6 Tamb lt 75 C Ui 17 5 VDC Uo
480. mbly to the travel sensor shaft 5 Remove the arm assembly key 91 from the travel sensor assembly key 77 shaft If disassembling a DVC6020f digital valve controller use step 6a If disassembling a DVC6025 remote feedback unit use step 6b 6 a Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure b Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminals 7 Remove the screw key 72 that fastens the travel sensor assembly to the housing 8 Pull the travel sensor assembly key 223 straight out of the housing DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 4 for DVC6030f and 8 9 for DVC6035 key number locations January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting 1 Remove piping and fittings from the instrument 2 Remove the digital valve controller from the actuator Loosen the screw key 80 that secures the feedback arm key 79 to the travel sensor shaft Remove the feedback arm from the travel sensor shaft If disassembling DVC6030f digital valve controller use step 3a If disassembling a DVC6035 remote feedback unit use step 3b 3 a Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure b Disconnect the three potentiometer assembly wires from the terminals 4 From within the housing unscrew the travel sensor assembly key 223 from the housing Assembly DVC
481. ment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Lo Alert Point Temperature Sensor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Temperature Sensor gt Temperature Sensor Alert Temperature Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Temperature Sensors gt Temperature Sensor Alert Enable Temperature Units gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Temperature Units Travel TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Travel DeChar TB gt Device Variables gt AO Control Pre Char gt Travel DeChar Travel Accumulator gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Travel Accumulator gt Travel Accumulator TB gt Device Variables gt Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Travel Accumulator gt Travel Accumulator Alert Travel Accumulator Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Travel Accumulator gt Travel Accumulator Alert Enable Travel Accumulator Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Travel Accumulator gt Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Accumula
482. meter TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Shaft Stem Diameter Simulate Active TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Block Error Simulate Active Simulate Jumper ON TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Simulate Jumper ON Spring Rate TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Spring Rate Spring Rate Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Spring Rate Units Static Memory Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Static Memory Alert Static Memory Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Static Memory Alert Enable Static Memory Manual Recovery TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Static Memory Manual Recovery Static Memory Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Static Memory Shutdown Stroke Time Close TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Stroke Time Close Stroke Time Open TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Stroke Time Open Supply T
483. mode O Standby The instrument enters this state if the resource block mode is Out of Service OOS In this state all function block modes are forced to Out of Service The transducer block mode is not affected When the resource block mode is changed to Auto the instrument state moves to Online O Failure The instrument moves to this state whenever a hardware or memory failure is detected which would prevent reliable operation All function blocks and the transducer block modes are Out of Service Write Lock RB Device Diagnostics Write Lock e Write Alarm Alarm State e Write Lock Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 determines if writes are permissible to other device parameters The Soft Write Lock feature must be selected to be able to use Write Lock see Selecting Features When Write Lock is set to Locked no writes are permitted to any parameters within the device except to set Write Lock to Not Locked When locked the block functions normally updating inputs and outputs and executing algorithms When Write Lock is set to Not Locked the Write Alarm alert is active Block Alarm RB Device Diagnostics Block Alarm The Block Alarm BLOCK ALM 36 is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block e Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Alarm State BLOCK ALM ALARM STATE 36 2 indicates the state of the Block Alarm Five states are possible o Undefin
484. mpaired Output Block Timeout Blocks Set to Defaults Travel Sensor Outlet Pressure Sensor 7 Supply Pressure Sensor 8 Temperature Sensor 9 Supply Pressure 10 Temperature Limit 11 Travel Deviation 12 Travel Limit 13 Travel Accumulator 14 Cycle Counter 15 Performance Critical 16 Performance Reduced 17 Performance Information 18 Shutdown Alert All bits 0 N A Data Type Bit String 4 byte O inactive 1 active Maintenance Alert Status 1 These parameters can be written when PWA_SIMULATE is active and Protect Category is not ALL January 2012 Continued 4 51 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect FAILED MASK FAILED ACTIVE above PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description 0 Drive Current 1 Drive Signal 2 Processor Impaired 3 Output Block Timeout 4 Blocks Set to Defaults 5 Travel Sensor 6 Outlet Pressure Sensor 7 Supply Pressure Sensor Advise Active Be Sensor 61 RO 9 Supply Pressure All bits 0 N A x ADVISE ACTIVE 10 Temperature Limit 1 active nee Advise Alert Status 11 Travel Deviation 12 Travel Limit 13 Travel Accumulator 14 Cycle Counter 15 Performance Critical 16 Performance Reduced 17 Performance Inform
485. ms High High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 HI_HI_PRI 25 ALL 15 9 The priority of the hi hi alarm High High Limit Data Type Float HI HI LIM ACE OUT_SCALE 0 Value of analog input which will generate an alarm High Priority Data Type Unsigned8 PRI e ABE 91919 9 The priority of the high alarm Hi Limit Data Type Float HI LIM 28 AIL OUT SCALE Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO PRI 29 ALL 91919 9 The priority of the low alarm Low Limit Data Type Float LO LIM 90 ALL QUT SCALE 0 Value of analog input which will generate an alarm Low Low Priority Data Type Unsigned8 LO LO PRI 91 ALL 0 The priority of the low low alarm Low Low Limit Data Type Float LO LO LIM 32 OUT_SCALE 0 Value of analog input which will generate an alarm High High Alarm 33 HI HI ALM UNACKNOWLEDGED 33 1 RW 0 Data Type DS 71 ALARM STATE 33 2 RO 0 The status of the hi hi alarm and its associated TIME STAMP 33 3 RO N A 0 time stamp SUBCODE 33 4 RO 0 VALUE 33 5 RO 0 High Alarm HI ALM 54 UNACKNOWLEDGED 34 1 RW 0 Data Type 05 71 ALARM STATE 34 2 0 The status of the hi alarm and its associated time TIME STAMP 34 3 RO N A 0 stamp SUBCODE 34 4 RO 0 VALUE 34 5 RO 0 Continued 4 136 January 2012 Al Function Block Table 4 56 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Write Block Initial
486. n Pneumatic Relay Refer to figures 8 2 through 8 6 for key number locations The pneumatic relay key 24 is located on the front of the module base 7 8 RELAY SEAL W8074 Note After relay submodule replacement calibrate the digital valve controller to maintain accuracy specifications Figure 7 5 Pneumatic Relay Assembly Removing the Pneumatic Relay 1 Loosen the four screws that attach the relay key 24 to the module base These screws are captive in the relay 2 Remove the relay Replacing the Pneumatic Relay 1 Visually inspect the holes in the module base to ensure they are clean and free of obstructions If cleaning is necessary do not enlarge the holes 2 Apply silicone lubricant to the relay seal and position it in the grooves on the bottom of the relay as shown in figure 7 5 Press small seal retaining tabs into retaining slots to hold relay seal in place 3 Position the relay with shroud on the module base Tighten the four screws in a crisscross pattern to a final torque of 2 Nem 20 7 Ibfein 4 Using the Field Communicator verify that the value for the relay type parameter matches the relay type installed 5 After replacing the relay and verifying the relay type calibrate travel to maintain accuracy specifications Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valves Depending on the options ordered the DVC6000f digital valve controller will be equipped with either gauges key 47 pipe pl
487. n condition has taken the instrument to OOS None Indicates why the instrument remains OOS Same as the configured Self Test Shutdown The instrument Actual mode remains OOS due to a configured Self Test Shutdown where Manual Recovery was specified even though the condition may have cleared Check Recommended Action for the indicated condition C 8 Continued January 2012 Using PlantWeb Alerts Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Travel Sensor Sensors Failed Alert Condition and Default Travel Sensor Enabled What the Alert is Detecting The travel feedback is within acceptable limits Effect on Valve Instrument If configured for Self Test Shutdown then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of Service results in the actuator being at the Zero Power Condition Recommended Action Check mounting and linkage Help Travel feedback value is outside expected limits If this problem occurs during instrument set up the most likely cause is faulty mounting or improper adjustment of the travel sensor If this problem occurs during normal operation the most likely cause is a failure of the travel sensor or damaged linkage To correct 1 Insure proper mounting and linkage adjustment 2 Inspect and test travel sensor 3 Toggle the tra
488. n failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade in other words the remote cascade target mode stays in effect Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the highest permitted non remote mode until remote cascade is restored Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a remote mode On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to attain Auto if permitted until remote cascade is restored Man On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sheds to Man until a remote cascade connection is restored Shed With No Return Options For any shed with no return option the target mode changes as determined by the option Therefore there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure The behavior on change to the remote cascade target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non remote mode Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next highest permitted non
489. n the printed wiring board This sensor is used for the minor loop feedback MLFB reading The master module can be rebuilt by replacing the submodules See figures A 1 and A 2 DVC6000f digital valve controllers are bus powered instruments that provide a control valve position in response to a digital setpoint from the control room The following describes a direct acting DVC601 Of digital valve controller mounted on a sliding stem piston actuator where the valve is closed with zero power to the instrument The setpoint is routed into the terminal box through a single pair of wires and then to the printed wiring A 2 board assembly submodule where it is read by the microprocessor processed by a digital algorithm and converted into an analog I P drive signal As the setpoint increases the drive signal to the I P converter increases increasing the I P output pressure The I P output pressure is routed to the pneumatic relay submodule The relay is also connected to supply pressure and amplifies the small pneumatic signal from the I P converter The relay accepts the amplified pneumatic signal and provides two output pressures With relay A an increasing setpoint will produce increasing pressure at output A and decreasing pressure at output B With relay B an increasing setpoint will produce decreasing pressure at output B output A is not available With relay C an increasing setpoint will produce an increasing pressure on output
490. nabled value and status used for READBACK D 16 is supplied by the user manually To enable simulation in the DO function block the simulate jumper must be installed For information on the installation of this jumper see the page 2 30 Installation section January 2012 DO Function Block Note When simulate is active the output block no longer writes values to the transducer block If the Output Timeout period is exceeded the transducer block may move the valve to the Zero Power Condition depending on the configuration of the Output Block Timeout Alert The SIMULATE D 10 parameter has three components e Simulate Enable Disable determines whether the function block will use the actual valve position value and status or Simulate Value and Simulate Status e Transducer Value and Status reflect the process values provided by the transducer block e Simulate Value and Status may be entered by the user when Simulate Enable Disable is set to Enabled To use simulate first install the simulate jumper in the terminal box then set Simulate Enable Disable to Enabled then enter the desired values for Simulate Value and Status When SIMULATE D 10 is Enabled the Simulate Active bit of the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter is set refer to the Block Errors description When the simulate jumper is installed the Simulate Jumper bit of the transducer block parameter SELFTEST STATUS 78 is set 4 153 DVC6000f Digital V
491. nabled Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Hi Alert e Proximity Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Deadband e Proximity Hi Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Hi Alert Enable activates the Proximity Hi Alert e Proximity Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Deadband e Proximity Lo Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Alert e Proximity Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband e Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable When enabled Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable activates the Proximity Lo Lo Alert Travel History Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts Cycle Counter Cycle Counter The Cycle Counter CYCLE COUNT 73 records the number of times the travel changes direction The change in direction must occur after the deadband has been exceeded before it can be counted as a cycle 4 33 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Deadband exceeded and direction changed new Reference Point established Point at which Deadband Reference cycle is counted Point A6533 1 IL Deadband 5 Figure 4 4 Cycle Counter Dead
492. nagement Information for setting up network communications including Virtual Communication Relationships VCRs host timer recommendations and other network parameters can be found in the capabilities file cff available from the website www FIELDVUE com or from the Fieldbus Foundation website D 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers January 2012 Device Description Installation Appendix E Device Description Installation OVOtVIOW Device Descriptions and Methods Installing DDs on a DeltaV ProfessionalPLUS Workstation Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems Displaying the Device Description Revision January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Overview Several support files are required for the DVC6000f digital valve controller They are rr Device Description DD files These files define the data interface to the digital valve controller file extensions sym and ffo Capabilities File These files allow a host to dd configure the control system off line e g without having a device physically attached to the host file extension cff DeltaV Registry File This file is used by DeltaV to define the device interface file extension reg DeltaV fhx File This file is used by DeltaV to
493. nance Active Permits simulating an active Maintenance alarm MAINT ACTIVE 60 Advise Active Permits simulating an active Advisory alarm ADVISE ACTIVE 61 PlantWeb Alert Handling e PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status When selected PlantWeb alerts will set the PV status according to table 4 10 e Block Error Reporting When enabled the AO or DO BLOCK ERR 6 parameter will report PlantWeb Alerts the same as Block Error in the resource block Block Error bit 6 Device Needs Maintenance Soon will report any active PlantWeb Maintenance Alert Block Error bit 13 Device Needs Maintenance Now will report any active PlantWeb Failed Alert January 2012 Transducer Block Block Errors Table 4 12 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 and XD ERR 11 parameters Conditions in italics are not applicable for the transducer block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 12 Transducer Block BLOCK ERR and XD ERROR Conditions Condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other N A Block Configuration Error Indicates that one of the 1 following parameters have been configured out of the proper range 15 16 47 1 47 2 46 3 46 5 42 7 42 8 2 Link Configuration Error N A Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals This is not an indication 3 that the blocks are using simulation data See AO block parameter SIMULATE
494. nd Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband and Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband in table 4 78 Oz Not Active 12 Active Table 4 78 lists the transducer block parameters used for proximity detection with DI block channels 30 through 33 Field Value Processing The Invert bit of the IO OPTS 13 parameter may be used to logically invert the value of FIELD VAL D 17 before it is stored as PV D 7 PV FTIME 16 may January 2012 DI Function Block Table 4 77 Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 26 through 29 Variable Limit Switch Transducer Block Parameter Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Parameter Function Lo Lo Limit Switch Trip Point Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Limit Switch Deadband Travel Lo Alert Point Lo Limit Switch Trip Point Travel Lo Alert Deadband Lo Limit Switch Deadband Travel Hi Alert Point Hi Limit Switch Trip Point Travel Hi Alert Deadband Hi Limit Switch Deadband Travel Hi Hi Alert Point Hi Hi Limit Switch Trip Point Travel Hi Hi Alert Deadband Hi Hi Limit Switch Deadband Table 4 78 Transducer Block Parameters Used with Discrete Input Function Block Channels 30 through 33 Transducer Block Parameter Travel Lo Lo Alert Point Parameter Function Lo Lo Proximity Detection Center Point Travel Lo Lo Alert Deadband Lo Lo Proximity Detection Width Travel Lo Alert Point Lo Proximity Detection Center Point
495. ned target mode is the previous target mode before it was changed to RCAS or ROUT On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode January 2012 AO Function Block RCAS _ OUT RCAS _ IN SP RATE DN SP RATE UP Operator Setpoint READ _ BACK Convert and Status Calculation SP LOW LIM SP HI LIM Access Analog Input Access Analog Output 1 s 7 Position Analog BERE EM Feedback Output Figure 4 9 Analog Output Function Block Schematic Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Auto if permitted Man On failure of remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Man if permitted The user may configure SHED 27 so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted When doing this the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic e Shed logic never results in a non permitted target mode e Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted Status Handling Output or readback fault detection is reflected in the status of PV 7 OUT 9 and BKCAL OUT 25 A limited SP 8 condition is reflected in the BKCAL_OUT 25 status When simulation is enabled through the SIMULATE 10 attribute you can set the value and status for PV 7 and READBACK 16 January 2012 When the block
496. nfigure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel gt MAI Channel 4 MAI Channel 5 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 5 MAI Channel 6 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 6 MAI Channel 7 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 7 MAI Channel 8 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 8 Maint Active gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt Simulate Active Alerts gt Maint Active Maintenance Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Enable gt Maintenance Enable Maintenance Suppress TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt PlantWeb Alert Reporting gt Maintenance Suppress Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Maximum Recorded Temperature gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature Time gt Device Diagnostics gt Device Record gt Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Maximum Supply Pressure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt
497. ng DVC6010f 7 10 DVC6015 7 10 DVC6020f 7 10 DVC6025 7 10 DVC6030f 7 10 DVC6035 7 10 Replacing DVC6010f 7 11 DVC6015 7 11 DVC6020f 7 12 DVC6025 7 12 DVC6030f 7 14 DVC6035 7 14 Travel Sensor Adjust 5 5 Travel Sensor High Error 4 60 6 8 Travel Sensor Low Error 4 60 6 8 Travel Sensor Motion 4 38 4 39 January 2012 Index Travel Sensor Span Error 4 60 6 8 Travel target 4 31 6 11 Travel Tuning Set 4 22 travel units 4 36 Travel Velocity Gain 4 22 Trim Style 1 4 39 Trim Style 2 4 39 Troubleshooting 7 15 Tuning 3 6 Tuning Set 4 22 4 24 Tvi Integ DeadZ 4 23 Tvl Integ Lim Hi 4 23 Tvl Prop Gain 4 22 U Unbalanced Area 4 37 Upper Bench Set 4 39 Using PlantWeb Alerts C 3 V Valve and Actuator Actuator 4 37 Detailed Setup 4 36 Reference 4 39 Trim 4 37 Valve 4 36 Valve Class 4 37 Valve Manufacturer ID 4 36 Valve Model Number 4 36 Valve Serial Number 4 37 Valve Size 4 37 Valve Style 4 37 Variable Limit Switch using the DI block as 4 162 View Lists 6 3 Al Function Block 4 138 AO Block 4 79 DI Function Block 4 169 DO Function Block 4 157 ISEL Function Block 4 114 MAI Function Block 4 145 OS Function Block 4 126 PID Function Block 4 98 Resource Block 4 18 Transducer Block 4 64 W Write Lock Setting 4 4 Write Priority Setting 4 4 Z Zero Power Condition 4 36 Index January 2012 Index 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Control
498. ng the terminal box cover in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous 1 Loosen the set screw key 58 in the cap key 4 so that the cap can be unscrewed from the terminal box 2 After removing the cap key 4 note the location of field wiring connections and disconnect the field wiring from the terminal box 3 Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure 4 Remove the screw key 72 Pull the terminal box assembly straight out of the housing 5 Remove two wire retainers key 44 internal and external to the terminal box Replacing the Terminal Box Note Inspect all O rings for wear and replace as necessary 1 Install two wire retainers key 44 internal and external to the terminal box 2 Apply silicone lubricant to the O ring Key 35 and install the O ring over the stem of the terminal box 3 Insert the terminal box assembly stem into the housing until it bottoms out Position the terminal box assembly so that the hole for the screw key 72 in the terminal box aligns with the threaded hole in the housing Install the screw key 72 4 Connect the terminal box connector to the PWB assembly key 50 Orientation of the connector is required 5 Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure 6 Reconnect the field wiring as noted in step 2 in the Remov
499. ng to download the device 2 When you first begin to use device alarms be sure that your alarm priority settings for the workstations or the individual device alarm priorities are such that they don t cause undue operator burden This could mean only having a few device alarms set at WARNING or above or changing the DeltaV Operate default such that only CRITICAL device alarms or even perhaps NO device alarms annunciate to the operator 3 DO NOT enable ALL of the PlantWeb alerts in a device Only enable the alerts that are needed F 17 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers F 18 January 2012 Glossary Algorithm A set of logical steps to solve a problem or accomplish a task A computer program contains one or more algorithms Alphanumeric Consisting of letters and numbers ANSI acronym The acronym ANSI stands for the American National Standards Institute ANSI Class Valve pressure temperature rating Bench Set Pressure supplied to an actuator required to drive the actuator through rated valve travel Expressed in pounds per square inch Byte A unit of binary digits bits A byte consists of eight bits Configuration Stored instructions and operating parameters for a FIELDVUE Instrument Control Loop An arrangement of physical and electronic components for process control The electronic components of the loop continuously measure one or more aspects of the process then alter those aspe
500. not Undefined 9 9 reported TIME STAMP 23 3 RO N A 0 5 REVISION 23 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE INDEX 23 5 RO N A 0 4 124 Continued January 2012 OS Function Block Table 4 47 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Bande Initial Description PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode ang Value Block Alarm 24 BLOCK ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 24 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 2 Unacknowledged 0 Undefined Data Type DS 72 1 Clear reported The block alarm is used for all configuration hardware ALARM STATE 242 RO N A 2 Clear not reported connection failure or system problems in the block The 3 Active reported cause of the alert is entered in the subcode field 4 Active not reported TIME_STAMP 24 3 RO N A SUBCODE 24 4 RO N A VALUE 24 5 RO N A January 2012 4 125 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers View Lists View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus Table 4 50 OS Function Block View 3 Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and Index Parameter View 4 contains static parameters with configuration Number and maintenance information Views 3 and 4
501. nput 4 Value Disable Analog Input 1 Status Disable Analog Input 1 Value Disable Analog Input 2 Status Disable Analog Input 2 Value Disable Analog Input 3 Status Disable Analog Input 3 Value Disable Analog Input 4 Status Disable Analog Input 4 Value Select Type Min Good Selected Status Selected Value Operator Select Status Operator Select Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Analog Input 5 Status Analog Input 5 Value Analog Input 6 Status Analog Input 6 Value Analog Input 7 Status Analog Input 7 Value Analog Input 8 Status Analog Input 8 Value Disable Analog Input 5 Status Disable Analog Input 5 Value Disable Analog Input 6 Status Disable Analog Input 6 Value Disable Analog Input 7 Status Disable Analog Input 7 Value Disable Analog Input 8 Status Disable Analog Input 8 Value Number Used to average continued Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High A
502. nput changes state when the valve position passes a configurable trip point This can be used to indicate if the valve position is above or below the trip point With the proximity discrete input a configurable band can be established about a central point Whenever the valve position enters this configurable band the discrete input changes state A proximity discrete input is useful for applications which require knowing the location of the valve when the valve is not near 0 or 100 4 165 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Discrete Input Function Block Parameter List e Read Write Capability Read Only RW Read Write e Mode The block mode s required to write to the parameter Double indentation and shaded Index Number indicates sub parameter Table 4 80 Discrete Input Function Block Parameter Definitions Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description Data Type Unsigned16 The revision level of the static data Static Revision associated with the function block The ST REV RO 701085555 0 revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Tag Description Data Type Octet String TiO 2 RW ALL 7 bit ASCII Spaces The user description of the intended application of the block Data Type Unsigned16 Strategy The strategy field can be used to
503. nput function block can provide limit switch functionality and valve position proximity detection DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Using This Manual Procedures that require the use of the Field Communicator have the Field Communicator symbol in the heading Also included is the path required to accomplish various tasks the sequence of steps through the Field Communicator menus For example the path to Resource Block Mode is RB Configure Setup Setup Resource Block Mode An overview of the Field Communicator resource block and transducer block menu structures are shown at the beginning of this manual Menu structures for the function blocks are included with each function block section in Detailed Setup Blocks Throughout this document parameters are typically referred to by their common name or label followed by the parameter name and index number for example Write Priority WRITE PRI 39 However not all interface systems support the use of the parameter label and instead use only the Parameter Name followed by the index number when referring to the block parameters Specifications Specifications for DVC6000f digital valve controllers are shown in table 1 1 Related Information Fieldbus Installation and Wiring Guidelines This manual describes how to connect the fieldbus to the digital valve controller For a technical description planning and installation information for a FOUNDA
504. ns can be used with natural gas as the supply medium If using natural gas as the pneumatic supply medium natural gas will be used in the pneumatic output connections of the DVC6000f to any connected equipment In normal operation the unit will vent the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere unless it is remotely vented January 2012 Installation Not all DVC6000f digital valve controllers are suitable for use with natural gas as the supply medium If using natural gas as the supply medium the DVC6000f must be Gas Certified Using natural gas as the supply medium in a non gas certified instrument can result in personal injury or property damage Gas Certified instruments can be identified by the natural gas approval label shown in figure 2 16 Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for information on obtaining a Gas Certified DVC6000f digital valve controller NATURAL GAS APPROVED SINGLE SEAL DEVICE MAX SEAL PRESS 145 PSI SEAL TEMP 52 C TO 85 CONDITION NOT TO EXCEED MAIN NAMEPLATE RATING o Figure 2 16 Gas Certified Label To avoid personal injury and property damage resulting from bursting of parts do not exceed maximum supply pressure e Personal injury or property damage may result from fire or explosion if natural gas is used as the supply medium and appropriate preventive measures are not taken Preventive measures may include but are not limite
505. nsducer Block View 4 4 Table 4 22 Transducer Block View 4 5 Index Number Parameter Index Number Parameter 1 ST REV 1 ST REV 76 1 INST ALERTS CONFIG SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 95 1 MAI CHANNEL 1 76 2 INST ALERTS CONFIG SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 95 2 MAI CHANNEL 2 76 3 INST ALERTS CONFIG OUTPUT BLK TIMEOUT 95 3 MAI CHANNEL 3 76 4 INST ALERTS CONFIG DRIVE CURRENT ALRT PT 95 4 MAI CHANNEL 4 76 5 INST ALERTS CONFIG DRIVE CURRENT TIME 95 5 MAI CHANNEL 5 76 6 INST ALERTS CONFIG TEMP HI ALRT PT 95 6 MAI CHANNEL 6 76 7 INST ALERTS CONFIG TEMP LO ALRT PT 95 7 CHANNEL 7 76 8 INST ALERTS CONFIG SUP PRES HI ALRT PT 95 8 MAI CHANNEL 8 76 9 INST ALERTS CONFIG SUP PRES LO ALRT PT 96 OUTBLOCK SEL 774 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL DEV ALRT PT 97 PWA SET STATUS 77 2 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL DEV TIME 77 3 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL DEV DB 774 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL ACCUM ALRT PT 77 5 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL ACCUM DB 77 6 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 CYCLE COUNT ALRT 77 7 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 CYCLE COUNT DB 77 8 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL OPEN ALRT PT 77 9 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL OPEN DB 77 10 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL CLOSED ALRT PT 77 41 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL CLOSED DB 7742 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL LO LO ALRT PT 7743 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL LO LO DB 77 14 INST 5 CONFIG2 TVL LO PT 77 15 INST ALERTS CONFIG2 TVL LO DB 77 16 INST
506. nsducer target mode If the problem persists replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly Output Press Sensor Sensors Maintenance Port A Pressure Sensor Enabled Port B Pressure Sensor Enabled The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor If configured for Self Test Shutdown then the transducer Actual mode is placed Out of Service until the problem is fixed Out of Service results in the actuator being at the Power condition None Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade diagnostic capability Confirm proper air supply The pressure sensor on board the device has failed This may be due to excessive supply pressure or contaminated air If it is verified that the air supply is ok replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly Supply Press Sensor Sensors Advisory Supply Press Sensor Enabled The pressure sensor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor None Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade diagnostic capability Confirm proper air supply The pressure sensor on board the device has failed This may be due to excessive supply pressure or contaminated air If it is verified that the air supply is ok replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly Temperature Sensor Sensors Advisory Temperature Sensor Enabled The temperature sen
507. nsing January 2012 DO Function Block Note Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain in IMAN and the block Readback status will be Bad Not Connected if the Output Block Selection is set incorrectly From the transducer block method Outblock Selection select the desired output block see page 4 26 Modes The DO block supports the following modes e Manual Man The block output OUT D 9 value may be entered manually Automatic Auto The block algorithm uses the local set point SP D 8 value to determine OUT D 9 Cascade Cas The block uses a set point supplied by another function block Note The transducer block must be in Auto for the mode to go to AUTO CAS or MAN e RemoteCascade RCas The block uses a set point supplied by a host computer Out of Service OOS The block is not processed and the output is not transferred to I O BLOCK ERR 6 attribute shows Out of service 4 149 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Mode Handling Shed Options RCAS Mode Only Shed from or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED OPT 23 A block climbs and sheds through the same path For example if SHED OPT 23 specifies that a block should shed to Auto then if the block target mode is set to RCas the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas You can configure the shed option as follows Shed With Return Options Remote cascade connectio
508. nspecific gt AN INPUT STATUS MAY BE BAD GOOD OR UNCERTAIN IF BAD THE INPUT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON SPECIFIC IF GOOD IT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD NON CASCADE IF UNCERTAIN AND STATUS_OPTS IS USE UNCERTAIN AS GOOD THEN THE INPUT IS USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS GOOD NON CASCADE OTHERWISE IT IS NOT USED AND THE STATUS IS PROPAGATED AS BAD WITH SUBSTATUS NON SPECIFIC Figure 4 16 Input Selector Block Substatus Propagation 4 106 January 2012 If the status of OUT 7 is Bad then the substatus will be as follows Out of Service if the Target mode is Out of Service e Configuration Error with a BLOCK ERR 6 of Configuration Error if the Actual mode is Out of Service e Otherwise a substatus of Non Specific STATUS OPTS Supported In the STATUS OPTS 10 parameter you can select from the following options to control the status handling Use Uncertain as Good sets the OUT 7 status to Good when the selected input status is Uncertain Uncertain if in Manual mode sets the OUT 7 status to Uncertain when the mode is Manual Note The block mode must be Out of Service to set STATUS OPTS 10 Input Selection The ISEL function block reads the values and statuses of as many as eight inputs IN 1 11 IN 2 12 IN 3 13 IN 4 14 IN 5 25 IN 6 26 IN 7 27 IN 8 28 To use any of the six selection algorithms t
509. nstallation Section 9 c Instrument is in fault state 9 c Set Clear FState to Clear Refer to Fault State on page 4 5 of the Detailed Setup Blocks Section or host system documentation 9 d The valve has failed 9 d Apply a pneumatic pressure to the valve actuator and check valve action The I P converter or relay has failed 9 e Replace the I P converter or relay see Replacing the I P Converter on page 7 7 10 Valve does not stroke from 0 to 100 with set point change 10 a Insufficient supply pressure or leak in pneumatic connections 10 a Check supply pressure and supply pressure regulator setting Check for leaks around pneumatic connections 10 b Setpoint may be limited 10 b Check the AO Block values of SP HI LIMIT and SP LO LIMIT see page 4 77 of the Detailed Setup Blocks Section or host system documentation 11 Deviation between set point and actual valve position remains 11 a Digital valve controller output is in cutoff 11 a Check values for Travel Cutoff High and Travel Cutoff Low see page 4 25 of the Detailed Setup Blocks Section or host system documentation 11 b Digital valve controller is not calibrated correctly 11 b Perform Auto or Manual Travel Calibration Travel Calibration on page 5 2 11 c Incorrect turning Tuning that is too conservative will result in excess error 11 c Perform Stabilizing Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust t
510. ntWeb Alerts January 2012 2 2 C 3 C 3 C 3 C 3 C 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Set Alert Points and Deadband in the Transducer Enable Instrument Alert Condition in the Transducer Block Block LIMITS EXCEEDED TO CAUSE ALERT NO ACTIVE INSTRUMENT ALERT CONDITION NOTE 1 gt CERTAIN PLANTWEB ALERTS ARE MODE BASED SEE TABLE C 1 FOR DETAILS Enable PlantWeb Alert in the Transducer Block Use Resource and Transducer Block Parameters to Configure PLANTWEB ALERT ACTIVE RANSDUCER BLOCK MODE NO ACTIVE PLANTWEB ALERT Select Reports Supported from FEATURE SEL in the Resource Block REPORT ALERTS Set Priority with PlantWeb Alarm Priority parameters in Transducer Block using DeltaV PRIORITY 1 Suppress Alert Condition Reporting with Alarm Suppress Parameters in Transducer Block Instrument Alert Conditions active but not reported PLANTWEB ALERTS REPORTED Figure C 1 Alert Handling Instrument Alert Conditions Instrument Alert Conditions when enabled detect many operational and performance issues that may be of interest To view these alerts the user must open the appropriate status screen on a host such as a DeltaV system ValveLink Software or a Field Communicator PlantWeb Alerts Some instrument alert conditions can also be used to trigger PlantWeb alerts that will be reported in Failed
511. ntegrator Limited Lo gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Integrator Limited Lo Integrator Suspended gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Integrator Suspended IOP Failure TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt IOP Failure Last Calibration Type TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Last Calibration Type Leak Class TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Leak Class Length Units gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Length Units Lever Arm Length TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Lever Arm Length Lever Style TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator Lever Style Lost Static Data gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Block Error gt Lost Static Data Lower Bench Set gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Lower Bench Set MAI Channel 1 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 1 MAI Channel 2 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 2 MAI Channel 3 gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt MAI Channel Map gt MAI Channel 3 MAI Channel 4 TB gt Co
512. nu Structure Parameter Label Processor Alert Menu Structure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Processor Alert Processor Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Processor Alert Enable Program Memory Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Program Memory Alert Program Memory Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Program Memory Alert Enable Program Memory Manual Recovery gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Program Memory Manual Recovery Program Memory Shutdown TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Program Memory Shutdown Protection TB gt Device Variables gt Protection Proximity Hi Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Hi Alert Proximity Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Hi Alert Enable Proximity Hi Hi Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Pr
513. nvited Good C Not Selected Good C Local Override Good C Fault State Active Good C Initiate Fault State Bad Non specific Bad Configuration Error Bad Not Connected Bad Device Failure Bad Sensor Failure Bad No Comm with LUV Bad No Comm no LUV Bad Out of Service NC Non cascade C Cascade Status Propagation The transducer block accepts the output from the AO block or DO block if the output parameter status is D 6 Good Non cascade or Good Cascade When the AO or DO block is Out of Service the output parameter status is Bad In this case the transducer block holds the last value If the transducer block actual mode is Out of Service the AO block READBACK parameter status is Bad Out of Service This could be caused by a Failed Alert If a Failed Alert is active the block error parameter parameter name BLOCK ERR for the Resource block will indicate Device Needs Maintenance Now For more information on the Resource and Transducer block error indications refer to the Viewing Device Information section of this manual If the transducer block is functioning correctly the AO block READBACK parameter status is Good Non cascade Non specific If a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the substatus will reflect a Unacknowledged or Active advisory alert When a Maintenance or Advisory alert is active the block error for the resource block indicates Device Needs Maintenance Soon Limit Propag
514. o select the output OP SELECT 22 must be 0 To specify which algorithm to use configure the selector type parameter SELECT 19 as follows Maximum selects the input with the highest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled e Minimum selects the input with the lowest value from the inputs that are not bad and not disabled Average calculates the average value of the inputs that are not bad and not disabled and provides it as the output For example if the number used to January 2012 ISEL Function Block average USE 33 is 4 and the number of connected inputs is 6 then the highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average If AVG USE 33 is 2 and the number of connected inputs is 7 then the two highest and lowest values would be dropped prior to calculating the average and the average would be based on the middle three inputs e Middle lf the number of good usable inputs is odd then it selects the middle value If the number of good usable inputs is even then it averages the middle two values and selects status as worst of two If both inputs limit status are not the same then it sets limit status of Not Limited First Good selects the first input that is not bad and not disabled starting with IN 1 11 Hot Spare initially uses the input selected as first good If the selected input goes bad the first good selection is repeate
515. o Calibration 3 Manual Calibration TRAVEL TUNE 4 Travel Integral Enable MAN 1 Off TVL INTEG ENABLE 441 RW OOS 2 On 2 On SETUP Data Enum Uint8 Travel Integral Limit Hi MAN e INTEG HI 442 RW oos 0 100 30 SETUP Data Type Float Travel Integral Limit Lo MAN EA INTEG LIM LO 44 8 RW OOS 100 0 30 SETUP Data Float Travel Integral Dead Zone MAN INTEG DEADZ 44 4 RW OOS 0 2 0 25 SETUP Data Type Float Travel MLFB Gain MAN TVL MLFB GAIN 44 5 RW oos gt 0 35 SETUP Data Type Float January 2012 Continued 4 47 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label PARAMETER NAME TRAVEL CAL RUN Index Number 45 RO RW Mode Range Initial Value Protect Category Description Travel Calibration Command TVL CAL CMD 45 1 RW MAN 1 Operating 2 Autocalibrate 3 Mark Crossover 4 Mark Full Open 5 Mark Full Closed 6 Manual Calibrate Final 7 Abort 8 Clear Cal Status Manual Calibrate Init 10 Manual Calibrate Restore 11 Reset Travel Sensor Error 12 Reserved 13 Execute Performance Tuner 14 Execute Performance Tuner Graphite Packing 16 Execute Performance Tuner Booster 17 Execute Performance Tuner Graphite Packing and Booster 19 Autocalibration Set Filter 20 Auto
516. o goes above this of span the stem position goes to M uim 15 RW DAR 2510 125 99 5 SETUP the upper limit Cutoffs are OFF s e when Low is at 25 and high is at 12590 Must be gt low cutoff 625 Data Type Float When the servo goes below this of span the stem position goes to a vate Sores 16 RW DAR 2510 125 0 5 SETUP the lower limit Cutoffs are OFF when Low is at 25 and high is at 125 Must be lt hi cutoff 625 Continued January 2012 4 43 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description Data Type DS 65 FINAL POSITION VALUE 17 In Travel Control Valve travel in 96 decharacterized to correlate with Setpoint FINAL VALUE 13 Travel Status De haracterizad 174 RO NA N A N A In Pressure Control Implied valve STATUS travel as a of pressure range Travel Decharacterized decharacterized to correlate with MALE 17 2 RO N A 25 to 12596 N A Setpoint FINAL VALUE 13 Controls channel 3 Travel Proportional Gain MAN 2 Data Type Float SERVO GAIN 18 m OOS gt 50 oA SETUP Travel Control Only Gain of servo Data Type Float BEEN 19 RW ace 1 0 PSPS IAG
517. ociated output channels depends on the specific application CHANNEL 7 Channel must always be set to 21 The output parameters OUT 1 to OUT 8 8 through 15 are set through the transducer block Instrument menu Each output has a channel assigned to it in MAI Channel Map TB MAI CHANNEL MAP 95 in the transducer block For additional information refer to table 4 63 4 141 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Block Errors Table 4 61 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are inactive for the MAI block and are given here only for your reference Table 4 61 BLOCK ERR Conditions Troubleshooting Refer to table 4 62 to troubleshoot any problem that you encounter Table 4 62 Troubleshooting Symptom Mode will not leave OOS Possible Causes Target mode is not set Corrective Action Set target mode to something other than OOS 4 142 Condition Condition Name and Description The actual mode of the Number Resource block is OOS 0 Other Resource block See Resource Block Block Configuration Error the selected channel carries Diagnostics for corrective 1 a measurement that is incompatible with the engineering action units selected in XD_SCALE the L_TYPE parameter is Block is not scheduled and not configured or WRITE CHECK 0 therefore cannot execute to go to Target Mode 2
518. ock Block Errors Table 4 1 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the Resource block and are provided only for your reference Table 4 1 Resource Block BLOCK Conditions Condition Condition Name and Description Number 0 Other Set if a device initialization error occurred Block Configuration Error Set if FEATURE SEL CYCLE SEL or CYCLE TYPE is set incorrectly 2 Link Configuration Error N A 1 Simulate Active Indicates that the simulation jumper is in place on the aux terminals This is not an indication 3 that the blocks are using simulation data See block parameter SIMULATE 10 and DO block parameter SIMULATE D 10 4 Local Override N A 5 Device Fault State Indicates the device is in Fault State Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates 6 Maintenance or Advisory PlantWeb Alert condition is active 7 Input failure process variable had Bad status N A 8 Output failure N A 9 Memory failure Indicates a pending Flash or failure Lost Static Data Indicates failure of the memory 10 m containing static parameters Lost NV Data Indicates failure of the memory containing 11 non volatile parameters 12 Readback Check Failed NA Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates a Failed 18 PlantWeb Alert condition is active 14 Power Up Indicates the
519. ock Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Status Process Value Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Output Status Output Value Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Output Scale EU at 100 Output Scale EU at 0 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Control Options Status Options Input Status Input Value Process Value Filter Time Bypass Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Setpoint Rate Down Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit Gain Reset Balance Time Rate Back Calculation Input Status Back Calculation Input Value Output High Limit Output Low Limit Back Calculation Hysteresis Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Remote Out Input Status Remote Out Input Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Remote Out Output Status Remote Out Output Value Tracking Scale EU at 100 Tracking Scale EU at 0 Tracking Scale Units Index Tracking Scale Decimal Tracking Input Discrete Status Tracking Input Descrete Value Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Feed Forward Value Status Feed Forward Value Value Feed Forward Scale EU at 100 Feed Forward Scale EU at
520. of the digital valve controller Push the feedback arm assembly key 84 toward the housing and engage the pin of the arm assembly into the slot in the feedback arm 14 Install the mounting bracket key 74 15 Install the bias spring key 82 as shown in figure 7 7 16 For the DVC6020f only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 17 Travel sensor replacement is complete Install the digital valve controller on the actuator 7 13 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Travel Sensor Adjustment with the Field Communicator The next two steps do not apply if you used a multimeter to adjust the travel sensor Perform these steps only if you elected to adjust the travel sensor using the Field Communicator 18 For the DVC6020f only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 19 For both the DVC6020f and the DVC6025 perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section DVC6030f Digital Valve Controller and DVC6035 Remote Feedback Unit Refer to figure 8 4 for DVC6030f and 8 9 for DVC6035 key number locations 1 Apply lubricant key 63 to the travel sensor assembly threads 2 Screw the travel sensor assembly key 223 into the housing until it is tight If assembling a DVC6030f digital valve controller use step 3a If assembling DVC6035 remote feedback unit use step 3b 3 a Conn
521. of the alert such as the instrument plant unit etc Enter a value between 1 and 255 e Confirm Time Confirm Time CONFIRM TIME 33 determines the time in 1 32 of a millisecond the instrument waits for confirmation of receipt of a report before trying again If Confirm Time is 0 the instrument does not retry to send the report Enter 0 or a value between 320000 10 secs and 640000 20 secs Limit Notify Limit Notify LIM NOTIFY 32 is the number of alert reports that the device can send without getting a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in Maximum Notify MAX NOTIFY 31 If Limit Notify is Set to zero no alerts are reported Enter a value between 0 and 3 To have the instrument report alerts without having the host poll the alerts parameters select the Reports feature see Feature Select e Maximum Notify Maximum Notify MAX NOTIFY 31 indicates the maximum number of alert reports that the device can send without getting a confirmation This limit is determined by the amount of memory available for alert messages The number can be set lower to control alert flooding by adjusting Maximum Alerts Allowed LIM NOTIFY 32 e Block Alarm Disabled The Block Alarm BLOCK ALM 36 is used for all configuration hardware connection failure or system problems in the block Alarm Summary ALARM SUM 37 determines if the Write Alarm WRITE ALM 40 and Block Alarm BLOCK ALM 36 are disabled e
522. oken and the AO block output will remain at the last position This means the transducer block mode is Out of Service or Manual or configured to respond to the DO block Local Override LO The output of the block is not responding to inputs because the fault state action is active OUT 9 freezes or goes to value per OPTS 14 The target mode of the block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes Man Auto Cas RCas or OOS Mode Handling Shed Options RCAS Mode Only Automatically changing through the permitted modes when starting from a remote mode fall from or shed or climb to a remote mode is determined by the parameter SHED 27 A block climbs and sheds through the same path For example if SHED OPT 27 specifies that a block should shed to Auto then if the block target mode is set to RCas the block goes through Auto on the way to RCas When the block is in Cas mode and the CAS IN 17 input goes bad the block sheds mode to the next lower permitted mode You can configure the shed option as follows Shed With Return Options Remote cascade connection failure shifts actual mode but keeps trying to restore remote cascade in other words the remote cascade target mode stays in effect 4 70 Note During Shed with Return Options the actual mode is changed while the target mode stays the same Normal On failure of a remote cascade connection the block attempts to
523. olarity sensitive Refer to f Replace the terminal box cap on the terminal figure 2 20 Connect the blue wire to one of the box LOOP terminals in the terminal box Connect the brown wire to the other LOOP terminal Cut the 3 Connect the field wiring connector to the installed green yellow wire off inside of the DVC6000 and quick connector January 2012 2 25 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX coe pbi W8475 FF IL GROUND BASE UNIT SCREW W8476 IL FEEDBACK CONNECTIONS TERMINAL BOX TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 3 TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 2 TO FEEDBACK UNIT TERMINAL 1 W8477 IL TERMINAL 1 TERMINAL 2 TERMINAL 3 W8478 1 IL FEEDBACK UNIT Figure 2 22 Terminal Details for Connecting Base Unit and Feedback Units of Remote Mounted Digital Valve Controllers Feedback Unit Connections for Remote Mounting The DVC6005f base unit is designed to receive travel information via a remote sensor The remote can be any of the following e Emerson Process Management supplied DVC6015 DVC6025 or DVC6035 feedback unit e An under traveled 10 kOhm potentiometer used in conjunction with onboard 30 kOhm resistor potentiometer travel is greater than actuator travel A potentiometer used in conjunction with two fixed resistors potentiometer travel is the same as actuator travel 2 26 Personal injury or property damage caused by wiring
524. oller use step 2a If assembling a DVC6025 remote feedback unit use step 2b 2 a Connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base b Connect the three travel sensor wires to the terminals January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Note For the DVC6025 feedback unit connect the potentiometer assembly key 223 wires to the terminals as follows red terminal 1 white terminal 2 black terminal 3 3 Loosely assemble the screw key 80 plain washer key 163 and nut key 81 to the arm assembly key 91 if not already installed 4 Attach the arm assembly key 91 to the travel sensor assembly key 223 shaft Two methods are available for adjusting the travel sensor You can use a multimeter to measure the potentiometer resistance or if you have a Field Communicator you can use the procedure in the Calibration section To use the multimeter perform steps 5 through 17 To use the Field Communicator skip to step 18 Travel Sensor Adjustment with a Multimeter 5 Connect a multimeter set to a resistance range of 50 000 ohms Measure the resistance between pins 1 and 3 of the travel sensor connector Refer to figure 7 6 for pin location The resistance should be between 40 000 and 50 000 ohms 6 Multiply the result in step 5 by 0 142 to get a calculated resistance The calculated resistance should be in the range of 5680 to 7100 ohms 7 Re rang
525. oller to maintain accuracy specifications DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Removing the Printed Wiring Board Assembly 1 Separate the module base from the housing by performing the Removing the Module Base procedure 2 Remove three screws key 33 3 Lift the PWB assembly key 50 straight out of the module base key 2 4 Ensure that the O rings key 40 remain in the pressure sensor bosses on the module base assembly key 2 after the PWB assembly key 50 has been removed Replacing the PWB Assembly 1 Apply silicone lubricant to the pressure sensor O rings key 40 and install them on the pressure sensor bosses in the module base assembly 2 Properly orient the PWB assembly key 50 as you install it into the module base The two electrical leads from the I P converter key 41 must guide into their receptacles in the PWB assembly and the pressure sensor bosses on the module base must fit into their receptacles in the PWB assembly 3 Push the PWB assembly key 50 into its cavity in the module base 4 Install and tighten three screws key 33 to a torque of 1 Nem 10 1 Ibfein 5 Reassemble the module base to the housing by performing the Replacing the Module Base procedure 6 Setup and calibrate the digital valve controller Note Calibration is required for either Travel or Pressure Control after PWB Assembly replacement Note that only one calibration is needed depending on control selectio
526. ommunicator 15 For the DVC6030f only connect the travel sensor connector to the PWB as described in Replacing the Module Base 16 For both the DVC6030f and the DVC6035 perform the appropriate Travel Sensor Adjust procedure in the Calibration section Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output After completing maintenance procedures confirm proper valve operation by stroking the digital valve controller output Refer to page 6 10 of the transducer block section of Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Instrument Troubleshooting What to Do First When a problem occurs check the following first Mounting 5 the feedback linkage connected correctly See the beginning of this section Utility Connections Are pneumatic connections correct Are there any air leaks See the Installation section 5 the air supply pressure sufficient to drive the valve 5 the digital valve controller correctly connected to the fieldbus See the Installation section 5 there power to the device Is the terminal voltage between 9 and 32 volts See the Installation section 5 the segment terminated correctly See host system documentation 5 the host system connected to the segment See host system documentation If communication or output difficulties are experienced with the instrument refer to the troubleshooting information provided in table 7 2 Also see the Troubleshooting Checklist found
527. on Device ID Device Revision RB Configure Setup Setup Version Version Information Device Revision RB Device Variables Instrument Version Information Device Revision Device State RB Device Diagnostics Status Device State Device Type RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Device Type RB Device Variables Identification Device Type DD Revision RB Configure Setup Setup Version Version Information DD Revision RB Device Variables Identification DD Revision Diagnostic Options RB Configure Setup Setup Options Diagnostic Options RB Device Variables Options Diagnostics Options Electronics S N RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Electronics S N gt Device Variables gt Identification Electronics S N Factory S N RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Identification gt Identification Factory S N RB gt Device Variables gt Identification Factory S N Fault State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Fault State Function Block Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Function Block Options RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Function Block Options Features Available RB gt Configure Setup gt Setup gt Options gt Features Available RB gt Device Vari
528. on page 7 20 Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Possible Cause 1 a No power to device Symptom 1 Instrument will not communicate Action 1 a1 Ensure device is connected to the segment see host system documentation 1 a2 Measure the terminal voltage Terminal voltage should be between 9 and 32 VDC 1 83 Check to be sure device is drawing current There should be approximately 19 mA 1 b Internal device wiring problems 1 b1 Verify connectors are plugged into the printed wiring board correctly see Printed Wiring Board Assembly on page 7 7 1 b2 Check continuity of cable between terminal box and printed wiring board If necessary replace the terminal box assembly see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 7 9 1 b3 Check for damaged printed wiring board lands and terminals If necessary replace the terminal box assembly see Replacing the Terminal Box on page 7 9 1 c Incompatible network settings 1 c Change host parameters Refer to host documentation for procedure 1 d Defective printed wiring board PWB assembly 1 d Replace printed wiring board see Replacing the PWB Assembly on page 7 8 Continued January 2012 7 15 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause 1 e Defective terminal box Action 1 e Check continuity from each screw terminal to the corresponding PWB connector pin
529. on revision of firmware in STBY DIAG CAL REV 555 RO NA 0 255 Standby Data Type Visible String Describes firmware revision information Initial value depends on revision of firmware in SOENGSTIBMIMIARESHENUREE ma RO DA NA standby The nde of this parameter consists of 55 1 through 55 5 values converted to text and linked together View Lists Table 4 5 Resource Block View 2 View lists allow the values of a set of parameters to be Parameter accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain operating parameters are defined by the Fieldbus GRANT DENY GRANT Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and qun GRANT DENY DENY View 4 contains static parameters with configuration 18 FEATURE SEL and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are 20 CYCLE SEL defined by the manufacturer 23 CYCLE Table 4 4 Resource Block View 1 a RHEE SERGE 26 SHED_RCAS rino Parameter 27 SHED ROUT 1 ST REV 32 LIM NOTIFY 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 33 CONFIRM TIME 5 2 MODE_BLK ACTUAL_MODE cs 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 54 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE Table 4 6 Resource Block View 3 Index E dee Parameter 25 FREE TIME 1 ST REV 28 FAULT STATE 5 1 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 371 ALARM SUM CURRENT 5 2 MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE 37 2 ALARM SUM UNACKNOWLEDGED 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 37 3 ALARM SUM UNREPORTED 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 374 ALARM SUM DISABLED 6 BLOCK ERR 7 RS STATE 25 FREE TIME 28 FAU
530. open alert point Travel Closed Travel Closed Alert This alert is active if the travel is greater than the travel closed alert point Proximity Proximity Hi Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Hi Deadband Proximity Hi Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Hi Alert Point and the Travel Hi Deadband Proximity Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Deadband Proximity Lo Lo Alert This alert is active if the Travel is within the detection band set by the Travel Lo Lo Alert Point and the Travel Lo Lo Deadband e Travel History Alerts lf a travel history alert is active it will appear under TVL HIST ALERTS 6 8 Cycle Counter Cycle Counter Alert This alert is active if the Cycle Counter exceeds the Cycle Count Alert Point Travel Accumulator Travel Accumulator Alert This alert is active if the Travel Accumulator exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point e Performance Alerts if a performance alert is active it will appear under PERF ALERTS Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert This alert is active if the instrument is no longer able to control the valve or performance has been dramatically reduced Performance Reduced Alert This alert is active if the instrument has de
531. or Travel Target TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Travel Travel Target Travel Target TB Device Variables Overview AO Control Post Characterization Travel Target Travel Tuning Set TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel Tuning Set Travel Units TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Units Travel Units Travel Velocity Gain TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Travel Velocity Gain Travel Pressure Select TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Pressure Control Travel Pressure Select Travel Pressure State TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Response Control Travel Pressure Control Travel Pressure State TB Device Variables Overview Travel Pressure State Unbalanced Area TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Trim Unbalanced Area Upper Bench Set TB Configure Setup Deta iled Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Upper Bench Set Valve Class TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Valve Class Valve Manufacturer ID TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Valve Manufacturer ID Valve Model Number TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valv
532. or reduce the life of the instrument C 10 Continued January 2012 Using PlantWeb Alerts Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued inco Alert Condition What the Alert is Effect on Valve Instrument Recommended Help nd Default Detectin Action Default Alert Category and De 9 Travel Deviation Travel Deviation The Travel Deviation has None Indicates a reduced Check valve The valve travel is not Travel Enabled exceeded the Travel Deviation performance condition friction supply following setpoint Maintenance Alert Point by more than the air instrument Check operation of the Travel Deviation Time tuning valve and instrument Possible items include Sticking valve low supply pressure broken feedback linkage instrument pneumatic components actuator instrument tubing poor instrument tuning etc Test the control valve assembly for proper operation ValveLink software diagnostics can be used for this purpose Travel Limit Travel Limit Hi Hi The Travel has exceeded the None Check process The actual valve Travel Disabled Travel Limit Hi Hi Alert Point position has exceeded Advisory Travel Limit Lo Lo The Travel is lower than the None Check process the configurab e travel Disabled Travel Limit Lo Lo Alert Point oop Travel Limit Hi The Travel has exceeded the None
533. or Adjust Stroke Valve Performance Tuner Stabilize Optimize and Relay Adjust Refer to figures F 1 F 2 and F 3 and the following steps to access these methods 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu 2 Locate the the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane the left panel and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click F 10 5 Locate Methods in the Actions menu as shown in figure F 3 and right click once 6 Select the desired method from the the Actions menu and left click to start the method Resource Block The Restart Options method and the DD Information method are available via the resource block Refer to figure F 3 and the following steps to access these methods 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu 2 Locate the digital valve controller icon in the All Containers pane the left panel and right click once on the digital valve controller icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click 5 Locate Methods in the A
534. or Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable Supply Sensor Failure TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Supply Sensor Failure Tag Description TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Tag Description Continued vi Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Parameter Label Temperature Menu Structure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Temperature Hi Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Hi Alert Temperature Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Hi Alert Enable Temperature Hi Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Hi Alert Point Temperature Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Lo Alert Temperature Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment Alerts gt Temperature Limit gt Temperature Lo Alert Enable Temperature Lo Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environ
535. or arm adjustment arm and feedback arm similar to the linkage shown in figure 3 1 enter SStem Pot If the feedback linkage consists of a roller that follows a cam similar to the linkage shown in figure 3 2 enter SStem Roller Pot e Travel Sensor Motion Select Clockwise or Counterclockwise Travel Sensor Motion establishes the proper valve travel sensor feedback rotation Determine the rotation by viewing the end of the travel sensor shaft If you answer YES to the prompt for permission to move the valve when setting the Travel Sensor Motion the instrument will move the valve through its full travel range To avoid personal injury and property damage caused by the release of pressure or process fluid provide some temporary means of control for the process For instruments with relay A or C If increasing air pressure at output A causes the shaft to turn clockwise enter Clockwise If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise enter Counterclockwise For instruments with relay If decreasing air pressure at output B causes the shaft to turn clockwise enter Clockwise If it causes the shaft to turn counterclockwise enter Counterclockwise January 2012 Table 3 2 lists the required Travel Sensor Motion selections for Fisher and Baumann actuators e Tuning Set There are twelve tuning sets to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set B
536. ors If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the remote feedback unit on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the instrument If you 2 15 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers purchased the remote feedback unit separately you will need a mounting kit to mount the remote feedback unit on the actuator See the instructions that come with the mounting kit for detailed information on mounting the remote feedback unit to a specific actuator model Note Refer to the DVC6005f Base Unit mounting instructions for off actuator mounting instructions DVC6025 remote feedback units use a cam and roller as the feedback mechanism Figure 2 4 shows an example of mounting on sliding stem actuators with travels from 4 inches to 24 inches Some long stroke applications will require an actuator with a tapped lower yoke boss Figures 2 5 and 2 6 show an example of mounting on rotary actuators Note While the housing differs on the DVC6025 and the DVC6020f feedback parts are the same As shown in figure 2 5 two feedback arms are available for the remote feedback unit Most long stroke sliding stem and rotary actuator installations use the long feedback arm 62 mm 2 45 inches from roller to pivot point Installations on Fisher 1051 size 33 and 1052 size 20 and 33 actuators use the short feedback arm b4 mm 2 13 inches from roller to pivot point
537. ory S N or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Factory Serial Number Fault State RB gt Device Diagnostics gt Maintenance gt Fault State Features Available RB gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Features Available or RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Features Available Features Selected RB gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Features Selected Field Serial Number RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Field S N or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Field Serial Number Firmware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Firmware Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt Firmware Revision Function Block Options RB gt Configure Setup gt Options gt Function Block Options or RB gt Device Variables gt Options gt Function Block Options Hardware Revision RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt Hardware Revision or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt Hardware Revision ITK Version RB gt Configure Setup gt Version gt ITK Version or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Version gt ITK Version Limit Notify RB gt Configure Setup gt Alarm Handling gt Limit Notify RB gt Configure Setup gt Identification gt Manufacturer or RB gt Device Variables gt Instrument gt Identification gt Manufacturer Manufacturer M
538. ostics gt Status gt Self Test Status Pressure A Sensor Failure Pressure B TB Device Variables Overview Pressures Pressure B Pressure B Sensor Failure TB Device Diagnostics Status Self Test Status Pressure B Sensor Failure Pressure Differential TB Device Variables Overview Pressures Pressure Diff Pressure Fallback Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Sensor Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert Pressure Fallback Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Sensor Pressure Fallback Pressure Fallback Alert Enable Pressure Units TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Instrument Units Pressure Units Processor Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Processor Alert Processor Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Processor Alert Enable Program Memory Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert Enable Program Memory Manual Recovery TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Program Memory Manual Recovery Program Memory Shutdown TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Program Memory Shutdo
539. otentiometer is used with the same or slightly longer travel than the actuator s travel Note The potentiometer must be capable of resistance close to 0 Ohms CAUTION To prevent damage to the potentiometer ensure that it is free to travel the entire length of the actuators travel 2 28 BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX DVC6005f THREE RESISTOR SERIES Figure 2 24 Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit and a Three Resistor Series Note The digital valve controller must be configured using the SStem Roller selection on the menu of the appropriate setup device This procedure uses three resistors connected in series two fixed resistors and one potentiometer Three conditions must be met for the resistor combination to correctly operate the digital valve controller refer to figure 2 24 e The maximum resistance of the potentiometer must be between 3 9 kOhm and 10 kOhm The resistance of R4 is 4 25 times greater than e The resistance of is 4 times less than To avoid personal injury or property damage from an uncontrolled process ensure that the R1 resistor is properly insulated before installing it in the terminal box January 2012 1 On the base unit remove the feedback connections terminal box cap see figure 2 17 2 f necessary install conduit between the base unit and the remote travel sensor fol
540. ou have attempted to write a value that is outside the valid range 3 c Check the range values listed for the parameter refer to Detailed Setup Blocks Section 4 3 d Function block or in out block mode may be incorrect 3 4 Confirm that block is in correct mode for writing to any given parameter 4 Function block actual mode does not change with target mode 4 a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service 4 a Change Resource block target mode to Auto see page 4 4 Resource Block Mode or host system documentation 4 b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto 4 b Change transducer block target mode to Auto see page 4 21 Transducer Block Mode or host System documentation 4 c Schedules that define when function blocks execute are not set correctly 4 c Set the schedules using host system or configuration tool All function blocks must be in a schedule that is downloaded to the device 4 d Configuration error 4 d Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK ERR By default all enumerature type parameters are initialized to 0 undefined They must be configured before the block can be put into service 5 Input or Output Block does not go to mode target 5 a Resource block actual mode is Out of Service 5 a Change Resource block target mode to Auto see page 4 4 Resource Block Mode or host system documentation 5 b Transducer block actual mode is not Auto 5 b Change transd
541. ource Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Initial PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description Update Event 35 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined ue pee oe UNACKNOWLEDGED 35 1 RW ALL 1 O Undefined 15 a ert 18 generated any change to n static data To support tracking changes in 2 Unacknowledged static parameter values the blocks static revision parameter will be incremented each O Undefined time a static parameter value is changed Also UPDATE STATE 35 2 RO NA reported 0 Undefined the blocks static revision parameter may Update not incremented if a static parameter is written but reported the value is not changed If the Actual Mode is not Out of Service and Reports is selected in TIME STAMP 35 3 RO NA 0 the Feature Select parameter then this parameter will be sent to the host system STATIC REVISION 354 RO NA 0 providing the hast has setup alit communications Changes to static data while the block is Out of Service will be reported RELATIVE INDEX 35 5 RO NA 0 when the block transitions to another mode Block Alarm 36 BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 36 1 RW ALL 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined Data 05 72 2 Unacknowledged This alarm is generated by a nonzero value in the Block Error parameter This alarm has a 0
542. ovided QUID Output Discrete 24 RO N A Dynamic to a supervisory host for back calculation and to allow action to be taken under limiting conditions or mode change Update Event 25 UPDATE_EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 25 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged O Undefined Z Unackiowledgeg Data Type DS 73 0 Undefined This alert is generated by any change to the static UPDATE_STATE 25 2 RO N A 1 Update reported O Undefined gata 2 Update not reported TIME STAMP 25 3 RO N A 0 STATIC_REVISION 25 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE_INDEX 25 5 RO N A 0 Block Alarm 26 BLOCK_ALM 0 Undefined Data Type DS 72 UNACKNOWLEDGED 26 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 The block alarm is used for all configuration 2 Unacknowledged hardware connection failure or system problems O Undefined in the block The cause of the alert is entered in 1 Clear reported the subcode field The first alert to become active ALARM STATE 26 2 RO N A 2 Clear not reported 0 will set the active status in the status parameter gt 3 Active reported As soon as the Unreported status is cleared by the 4 Active not reported alert reporting procedure and other block alert may be reported without clearing the Active status TIME_STAMP 26 3 RO N A 0 if the subcode has changed SUBCODE 26 4 RO N A 0 VALUE 26 5 RO N A 0 Extended Blocks Data Float pn UB 27 gt 0 0 ramp rate for SP up in AUTO CAS and RCAS modes Measured in PV units sec Data Float Setpoint Rate Down 28 gt 0 0
543. oximity Hi Hi Alert Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable Proximity Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Alert Proximity Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Lo Alert Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Proximity gt Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable Push Down To gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Push Down To Rated Travel gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Rated Travel Relay Type TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Relay Seat Type TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Seat Type Setpoint TB gt Device Variables gt AO Control Pre Char gt Setpoint Setpoint Status TB gt Device Variables gt AO Control Pre Char gt Setpoint Status Setpoint D TB gt Device Variables gt DO Control gt Setpoint D Shaft Stem Dia
544. parameter When both BKCAL IN 1 and BKCAL IN 2 indicate that the downstream blocks are not in Cas mode or have Bad status the first downstream block that goes to Cas mode causes the upstream block to initialize so January 2012 that there is no difference between the calculated output and the back calculation input This provides bumpless transfer for the first downstream block Limit Handling The splitter function block is designed to combine the limit information from the two downstream blocks into limits for the upstream block The general principle is to allow the upstream block to continue control for as long as possible The upstream block is high limited BKCAL OUT of the Splitter block has high limited status when e Both downstream blocks are high limited both BKCAL INS of the Splitter block have high limited status Or One downstream block is high limited the associated output slope is positive and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode Or e One downstream block is low limited the associated output slope is negative and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode Or e SP is greater than or equal to X22 The upstream block is low limited when e Both downstream blocks are low limited or One downstream block is low limited the associated output slope is positive and the other block has Bad status or is not in Cas mode Or e One downstream block is high limited the associated
545. pe DS 68 Output 1 Range 10 RO EU at 0 0 The high and low scale values engineering units code OUT 1 RANGE Unit Index 96 and number of decimal places to be used in displaying the Decimal Point 2 OUT value this parameter has no effect on this block Continued January 2012 4 123 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 47 Output Splitter Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Value Description EU at 100 100 Data Type DS 68 Output 2 Range T RO EU at 0 0 The high and low scale values engineering units code OUT 2 RANGE Unit Index and number of decimal places to be used displaying the Decimal Point 2 OUT value this parameter has not effect on this block Grant Deny GRANT DENY 12 Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of host computers and local GRANT 124 N A 0 Program All bits O control panels to operating tuning and alarm parameters 1 Tune of the block GRANT 0 N A 1 granted 2 Alarm DENY 0 N A 1 denied DENY 12 2 N A 3 Local All bits O Data Type Bit String STU DTE 13 oos a Allbits 0 O Disabled 1 Enabled z User option for status BAD Cascade Input j Status NC Data Type DS 65 CAS IN const The remote setpoint from another block Value 0 i Data Type DS 65 Output 15 RO Sta
546. pe Visible String Valve Class VR VALVE CLASS 83 2 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type Visible String Rated Travel RATEDTRAVEL 83 8 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Actual Travel ACTUAL TRAVEL 83 4 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Shaft Stem Diameter SHAFT STEM DIA 83 5 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Packing Type SUM 7 PACKING 83 6 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type Visible String Inlet Pressure INLET PRESSURE 83 7 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Outlet Pressure OUTLET PRESSURE 83 8 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float SPEC SHEET TRIM M Seat Type Ru SEAT TYPE 84 1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Type Visible String ANSI Seat Leakage Classification 1 1 2 11 3 II 4 IV 6 VI Leak Class 7 LEAK CLASS 84 2 RW ALL 8 STD AIR 1 1 Data Type Enum Uint8 9 BFW II 10 BFW III 11 BEW IV 12 BEW V 13 BFW VI 14 1 10th of IV 15 Bubble Tight Port Diameter p PORT DIAMETER 84 3 RW 0 00 Data Type Float Port Type 1 balanced PORT TYPE 84 4 RW ALL 2 unbalanced 0 ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 Flow Direction 1 up a FLOWDIRECTION 84 5 RW ALL 2 down 0 ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 Push Down To 1 PA PAR PUSH_DOWN_TO 84 6 RW ALL 2 close 0 ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 Flow Tends To 1 M FLOW TENDS TO 84 7 RW ALL 2 close 0 ALL Data Type Enum Uint8 Unbalanced Area Tyne UNBALANCED AREA 84 8 RW ALL 0 00 ALL Data Type Float Trim Style 1 SE TRIM STYLE 1 84 9
547. pen 3 3 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 3 2 Actuator Information for Basic Setup Starting Actuator Actuator Feedback Travel Sensor Motion Manufacturer Model Actuator Size Actuator Style g Connection Relay A or C 25 Piston Dbl w or w o F SStem Pot for 50 60 Spring See actuator J travels up to Depends upon pneumatic connections 585C amp 585CR 68 80 instruction manual and L 4 inches SStem See description for Travel Sensor 100 130 nameplate M Roller Pot for Motion longer travels 30 H 34 40 K 657 45 50 Spring amp Diaphragm L SStem Pot Clockwise 46 60 70 76 amp 80 100 M 30 H 34 40 K 667 45 50 Spring amp Diaphragm L SStem Pot Counterclockwise 46 60 70 76 amp 80 100 M 20 30 H 1051 amp 1052 Spring amp Diaphragm RShaft Pot Clockwise 60 70 M 30 J 40 K Depends upon pneumatic connections 1061 60 Piston Dbl w o Spring L RShaft Pot See description for Travel Sensor 68 80 100 amp Motion Fisher 130 M Depends upon pneumatic connections 1066 20 27 75 Piston Dbl w o Spring Specify RShaft Pot See description for Travel Sensor Motion 7 Travel Sensor Mounting Style Motion Clockwise 1066SR a Piston Sgl w Spring h RShaft Pot B Counterclockwise Counterclockwise D Clockwise 1 H 2052 2 Spring amp Diaphragm K RShaft Pot Clockwise 3 M For operating mode air op
548. perate alarm settings annunciate device alarms that are of the priority WARNING 8 or higher Device alarms below this priority will not sound the horn or show up in the alarm banner Operator Station displays can be configured to show any alarms reporting to that workstation Along with typical display configuration alarm summaries can be configured to display alarms that match the alarm banner settings or user specified ranges The standard AlarmSum display is configured to show all alarms reporting to that workstation see figure F 8 F 15 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Delta Alarm Summary Configuration General Layout Columns Soring Filters Colors Time Format Actions Iv Only Alarms from Plant Areas Units Equipment Modules Modules Devices Use Current Context 7 Only With Specified Priorities C Same as the Alarm Banner Show Device Alarms with Priorities v Show SIS Process Alarms with Priorities v Show SIS Device Alarms with Priorities Show SIS Hardware Alarms with Priorities Only Recent Alarms that have occurred within v Show Process Alarms with Priorities 21 BOILER_1 Filtered Units E quipment Modules r 4 through 15 4 through 15 4 through 15 through 15 4 through 15 Minutes fo 4 Days o 4 Hours 4 Cancel Apply Help EACH DISPLAY ALARM SUMMARY CAN
549. portion of the input Back calculation support is provided using the same linear function in reverse Cascade initialization is supported by a decision table for combinations of input and output conditions This block is normally used in split ranging or sequencing of multiple valve applications A typical split range application has both valves closed when the splitter input is 5096 One valve opens fully as the input drops to 0 The other valve opens as the input rises above 50 A typical sequencing application has both valves closed at 0 input One valve fully opens as the input rises to 5096 and the other stays shut The second valve opens as the input rises above 50 and the first valve may remain open or shut off quickly Because this block is in the control path it is able to pass limit and cascade initialization information back to the upstream block Table 4 47 lists the OS block parameters and their descriptions units of measure and index numbers Figures 4 18 and 4 19 illustrate the internal components of the OS function block Modes The Output Splitter function block supports the following actual modes Out of Service OOS The block is not processed FIELD VAL and PV are not updated and the OUT status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR parameter shows Out of Service In this January 2012 OS Function Block mode you can make changes to all configured parameters By using permitted mode the
550. pproved IP66 DVC6005F Intrinsically Safe Gas Ex IIC TA T5 T6 Ga Dust Ex iaD 20 100 Tamb lt 80 Da Ex iaD 20 T100 C Tamb lt 77 C Da Ex iaD 20 85 Tamb lt 62 Da Natural Gas Approved FIELDBUS Ui 24 VDC li 380 mA Ci 5 nF Li 0 mH Pi 1 4W Uo 24 VDC lo 2 17 5 mA Ca 121 La 100 mH Po 105 mW FISCO Ui 2 17 5 VDC li 380 mA Ci 5nF Li 0 mH Pi 5 32 W Uo 24 VDC lo 17 5 mA Ca 121 nF La 100 mH Po 105 mW IP66 Flameproof amp I2GD Gas Ex d IIC T5 T6 Dust Ex tD A21 IP66 T90 C Tamb x 85 Ex tD A21 IP66 T80 C Tamb x 75 Natural Gas Approved IP66 Typen Gas Ex nCnL T5 T6 Dust Ex tD A22 IP66 T85 C Tamb x 80 Ex tD A22 IP66 T80 C Tamb x 75 Natural Gas Approved IP66 1 10 continued January 2012 Introduction and Specifications Table 1 5 Hazardous Area Classifications A TEX continued Certificate Type Certification Obtained Entity Rating T Enclosure Rating Intrinsically Safe Ui 30 VDC li 17 5 mA T4 Tamb lt 125 C s lC va Ci 0 uF T5 Tamb lt 95 C IP66 20 T135 C Tamb 125 C 500 Temps 8070 Ex 20 T100 C Tamb lt 95 C Da Ex iaD 20 T85 C Tamb lt 80 Da Flameproof amp I2GD Gas T4 Tamb lt 125 C DVC60x5 ae TEN
551. provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response Table 3 3 lists the values for preselected tuning sets In addition you can select Expert which allows you to modify tuning of the digital valve controller by specifying the gain values Table 3 2 provides tuning set selection guidelines for Fisher and Baumann actuators These tuning sets are only recommended starting points After you finish setting up and calibrating the instrument use the performance tuner to adjust the tuning set to get the desired response Note When selecting a tuning set for a DVC6015 DVC6025 or DVC6035 remote mount unit it may be necessary to reduce the tuning set due to the effects of the long tubing between the digital valve controller and the actuator DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers For an actuator not listed in the table you can estimate a starting tuning set by calculating the casing or cylinder volume Then in the table find an actuator with the closest equivalent volume and use the tuning set suggested for that actuator Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly When Device Setup is complete you are asked if you wish to run Auto Calibration now Select yes to automatically calibrate instrument travel at this time Follow the prompts
552. psig supply pressure 29 5 normal m hr 1100 scfh continued January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 1 1 Specifications continued Independent Linearity 9 40 595 of output span Electromagnetic Compatibility Meets EN 61326 1 First Edition Immunity Industrial locations per Table 2 of the EN 61326 1 standard Performance is shown in table 1 2 below Emissions Class A ISM equipment rating Group 1 Class A Lightning and Surge Protection The degree of immunity to lightning is specified as Surge immunity in table 1 2 For additional surge protection commercially available transient protection devices can be used Vibration Testing Method Tested per ANSI ISA 75 13 01 Section 5 3 5 A resonant frequency search is performed on all three axes The instrument is subjected to the ISA specified 1 2 hour endurance test at each major resonance plus an additional two million cycles Operating Ambient Temperature Limits 40 to 85 40 to 185 F for most approved valve mounted instruments 60 to 125 C 76 to 257 F for remote mounted feedback unit 52 to 85 62 to 185 F for valve mounted instruments utilizing the Extreme Temperature option fluorosilicone elastomers Electrical Classification 5 Intrinsically Safe and FISCO Explosion proof Division 2 Dust Ignition proof FM Intrinsically Safe and FISCO Explosion proof Non incendive Dust Ignition proof ATEX Intrin
553. ption fluorosilicone 264 Terminal Box Assembly 18 1F463606992 10B9207X012 January 2012 Parts Key Description Part Number Pressure Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valve Assemblies see figure 8 6 47 Pressure Gauge nickel plated brass case brass connection Double acting 3 req d Single acting 2 req d PSI MPA Gauge Scale To 60 PSI 0 4 MPa 18B7713X042 To 160 PSI 1 1 MPa 18B7713X022 PSl bar Gauge Scale To 60 PSI 4 bar 18B7713X032 To 160 PSI 11 bar 18B7713X012 PSI KG CM Gauge Scale To 60 PSI 4 KG CM 18B7713X072 To 160 PSI 11 KG CM 18B7713X082 66 Pipe Plug hex hd For double acting and single acting direct w gauges none req d For Single acting reverse w gauges 1 req d For all units w o gauges 3 req d 67 Tire Valve Assembly 3 req d Stainless Steel Construction DVC6010f oversized 4 req d Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators Feedback Remote Travel Sensor Parts Common Feedback Parts DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6030f DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 see figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 8 7 8 8 and 8 9 46 Alignment 6 19 for DVC6010f DVC6030f DVC6015 and DVC6035 64 Anti seize compound not furnished with the instrument 65 Lubricant silicone sealant not furnished with the instrument Recommended spare 1 Available in the Elastomer Spare Parts Kit 2 Available in the Small Hardware Spare Parts Kit 6 Available in Alignment Pin Kit 9 Available in the Terminal Bo
554. r 95 6 4 63 MAI Channel 7 MAI_CHANNEL_7 Transducer 95 7 4 63 Continued January 2012 4 177 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 85 Block Parameter Index Continued Label Parameter Name Block E Page Numbers MAI Channel 8 CHANNEL 8 Transducer 95 8 4 63 MAI Channel Map CHANNEL MAP Transducer 95 4 63 Maintenance Active MAINT ACTIVE Transducer 60 4 40 4 51 Maintenance Alarm MAINT ALM Transducer 57 4 50 Maintenance Enable MAINT ENABLE Transducer 63 4 35 4 52 Maintenance Priority MAINT PRI Transducer 69 4 53 C 3 Maintenance Suppress MAINT MASK Transducer 66 4 35 4 53 C 8 Manufacturer ID MANUFAC D Resource 10 4 13 6 5 Math Form MATHFORM PID 70 4 83 4 95 Maximum Notify MAX NOTIFY Resource 31 4 6 4 15 Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure SUPP PRESS MAX Transducer 86 5 4 62 6 9 Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time SUPP PRESS MAX TIME Transducer 86 6 4 62 6 9 Maximum Recorded Temperature TEMP MAX Transducer 86 1 4 62 6 9 Maximum Recorded Temperature ime TEMP MAX TIME Transducer 86 2 4 62 6 9 Maximum Supp Press MAX SUPP PRESS Transducer 42 6 4 36 4 46 Memory Size MEMORY SIZE Resource 22 4 14 Minimum Good MIN GOOD ISEL 20 4 110 Minimum Cycle Time MIN CYCLE T Resource 21 4 14 Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure SUPP PRESS MIN Transducer 86 7 4 62 6 9 Minimum Recor
555. r drain wire to any terminal on the feedback unit or to the earth ground or any other alternative grounds 8 Replace and hand tighten all covers January 2012 BASE UNIT TERMINATION BOX Installation INTERNAL 3RD PARTY FEEDBACK ELEMENT DVC6005f WITH 10k POTENTIOMETER Figure 2 23 Terminal Details for Connecting a FIELDVUE DVC6005f Base Unit and a 10 kOhm External Potentiometer Using an External 10 kOhm Potentiometer as a Remote Travel Sensor Note Potentiometer travel must be between 1 3 and 1 6 times greater than the actuator travel For example if an actuator has a travel of 9 inches then a linear potentiometer must be selected with a rated travel between 11 7 and 14 4 inches The resistive element must be tapered from 0 kOhm to 10 kOhm over rated travel of the potentiometer The actuator will only use 63 to 76 of the potentiometer s rated travel Note The digital valve controller must be configured using the SStem Roller selection on the menu of the appropriate setup device The base unit DVC6005f was designed to work with a 40 kOhm potentiometer for travel feedback However there are linear potentiometers that are readily available with a rated resistance of 10 kOhm Therefore the feedback connections terminal box on the DVC6005f contains an additional 30 kOhm fixed resistor that may be added to the circuit This brings the total resistance up to the required 40 kOhm 2 27
556. r millimeter e Spring Rate Units Define the units for actuator spring rate SPRING RATE UNITS 94 in Ibs in or N M e Relay Type Enter the Relay Type RELAY TYPE 42 5 There are three categories of relays that result in combinations from which to select Relay Type The relay type is printed on the label affixed to the relay body A double acting or single acting B single acting reverse single acting direct Special App This is used in single acting applications where the unused output port is configured to read the pressure downstream of a solenoid valve See page 2 21 for additional 4 36 information Lo Bleed The label affixed to the relay body indicates it is a low bleed version e Zero Power Condition Zero Power Condition ZERO PWR COND 42 2 identifies whether the valve is open or closed when instrument power is lost If you are unsure how to set this parameter disconnect the segment loop power to the instrument The resulting valve travel is the Zero Power Condition e Maximum Supply Pressure Enter the maximum supply pressure MAX SUPP PRESS 42 6 in psi bar or kPa depending on what was selected for pressure units e Calibration Person Name of the person performing last calibration XD CAL WHO 311 e Calibration Location Indicates the location of the last instrument calibration XD CAL LOC 29 e Calibration Date Enter a date with the format MM DD YY Date is a user
557. racks PV in LO 7 Use Fault State SP Tracks Retained Target in Man or LO Fault value on restart i State to Value Use Fault state on Restart Target 8 Target to Man if 4 to Man if Fault State Activated and Use PV for Fault State activated BKCAL OUT 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT 0 SP 1 PV Data Type Bit String 0 Disable Status Options 4 Propagate Failure 15 OOS All bits O 1 Enable STATUS_OPTS Backward Options the user may select for the block processing of status Data Type DS 66 Readbaok 16 RO N A Dynamic O closed 1 5 10 15 30 etc are position READBACK D in 596 increments BAD Cascade Input Discrete 17 ALL Status NC Data Type DS 66 CAS IN D const The remote set point value from another block Value 0 Data Type Unsigned16 DO Channel 18 OOS O undefined 22 Defines which transducer parameter receives the CHANNEL 22 Setpoint D Setpoint D DO output Select Setpoint D to control valve position Data Type Float pss je puse 19 ALL Positive 0 Time from detection of a fault in the remote set in point to the Fault State output action Date Type Unsigned8 Fault State Value Discrete 20 ALL 0 Preset discrete SP D value to use if 5 FSTATE_VAL_D Fault State to Value is set Data Type DS 66 Back Calculation Output Discrete The value and status required by the OUT D 21 2 IENA Dynamic BKCAL_IN_D input of another block for output tracking BAD No
558. ral Derivative Function Block 4 82 IS Input Selector Function 4 102 OS Output Splitter Function 4 116 Al Analog Input Function 4 128 MAI Mulitple Analog Input Function Block 4 140 DO Discrete Output Function Block 4 148 DI Discrete Input Function Block 4 160 BIOCKS eoi 4 172 Block Parameter Index 4 173 Block Channel Index 4 186 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers 4 2 January 2012 Resource Block Resource Block Overview 4 4 Configure Setup 4 4 cc rmn tics Pb avrete 4 4 Resource Block Mode 4 4 Wirite da TEE 4 4 Communication Time Out 4 4 OPTlONS ED EET 4 5 Diagnostic Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available Feature Selected Alarm Handling dst eas etn oie wen eic Res eet ES 4 6 Idenitiflcatlon se eras Ennio Sieg
559. rameter does not need to be changed The unit will be operational using the default values assigned by the factory Fault State Software Write Lock and Output Readback are set by default Features Selected FEATURE SEL 18 indicates which Resource Block Options features have been selected and is used to select the desired features O Reports Selecting reports enables alert and event reporting Reporting of specific alerts may be suppressed See Alerts on page 4 26 Fault State Selecting fault state enables the ability of the output block to react to various abnormal conditions by shedding mode See parameter descriptions for Set Fault State SET FSTATE 29 and Clear Fault State CLR FSTATE 30 in table 4 3 and Action on Fault Detection O Soft Write Lock When selected permits using Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 to prevent any external change to parameter values Block connections and calculation results will proceed normally but the configuration is locked Also see Write Lock on page 4 4 O Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support When selected the instrument will allow the instrument to treat each PlantWeb alert separately when broadcast to the Host DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Alarm Handling RB Configure Setup Alarm Handling e Alert Key Alert Key ALERT KEY 4 is a number that permits grouping alerts This number may be used to indicate to the operator the source
560. rameter the feature Fault State must be selected see Features Selected on page 4 5 Maximum Notify MAX_NOTIFY 31 RO N A Data Type Unsigned8 The maximum number of alert reports that this device can send without getting a confirmation To control alert flooding the number can be set lower by adjusting the LIM_NOTIFY parameter value For DVC6000f instruments this value is fixed at 3 Maximum Alerts Allow LIM_NOTIFY 32 RW ALL 0 to MAX_NOTIFY MAX_NOTIFY Data Type Unsigned8 The number of alert reports that this device can send without getting a confirmation up to the maximum permitted in the parameter MAX NOTIFY If set to zero then no alerts are reported Confirm Time CONFIRM TIME 33 RW ALL gt 0 Set by FCS 640000 Data Type Unsigned32 The time in 1 32 millisecond the device waits for confirmation of receipt of an alert report before trying again Write Lock WRITE LOCK 34 RW ALL O Undefined 1 Unlocked 2 Locked 1 Unlocked Data Type Unsigned8 If set to Locked no writes from anywhere are allowed except to clear WRITE_LOCK by entering Unlocked Block inputs will continue to be updated if they are subscribers The feature Soft Write Lock must be selected to enable writing to this parameter see Device Features in this section January 2012 Continued 4 15 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 3 Res
561. range For the digital valve controller PV SCALE 11 is typically set between 0 and 100 If you are using the CAS IN 17 connector wired from another block wire the BKCAL OUT 25 attribute to the other block s BKCAL IN 27 attribute Set the type of tracking and action upon fault state Set the action to be taken when the Set point or output are not updated in a remote mode for your reference Table 4 23 BLOCK ERR Conditions Condition Number 0 Condition Name and Description Other N A 1 Block Configuration Error CHANNEL and SHED OPT set to 0 2 Link Configuration Error N A 3 Simulate active Simulation is enabled and the block is using a simulated value in its execution 4 Local Override Device in fault state Actual mode LO Device Fault State Set AO block in fault state after 5 FSTATE TIME because of Bad status or IFS substatus on CAS or Resource block commanded fault state Device Needs Maintenance Soon Indicates 6 Maintenance PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is enabled See page 4 40 7 Input failure process variable has Bad status N A 8 Output failure PV has bad status 9 Memory Failure N A 10 Lost Static Data N A 11 Lost NV Data N A 12 Readback Check Failed N A Device Needs Maintenance Now Indicates Failed 13 PlantWeb Alert condition is active if Block Error Reporting is ena
562. ree different types of communication e Publisher Subscriber This type of communication is used to transfer critical process loop data such as the process variable The data producers publishers post the data in a buffer that is transmitted to the subscriber S when the publisher is issued the Compel Data CD message from the LAS The buffer contains only one copy of the data New data completely overwrites previous data Updates to published data are transferred simultaneously to all subscribers in a single broadcast Transfers of this type are scheduled on a precisely periodic basis D 8 Figure D 4 diagrams the method of scheduled data transfer Scheduled data transfers are typically used for the regular cyclic transfer of process loop data between devices on the fieldbus Scheduled transfers use publisher subscriber type of reporting for data transfer The Link Active Scheduler maintains a list of transmit times for all publishers in all devices that need to be cyclically transmitted When it is time for a device to publish data the LAS issues a Compel Data CD message to the device Upon receipt of the CD the device broadcasts or publishes the data to all devices on the fieldbus Any device that is configured to receive the data is called a subscriber Unscheduled Transfers Figure D 5 diagrams an unscheduled transfer Unscheduled transfers are used for things like user initiated changes including set point changes mo
563. remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the target mode for the block before changing the target mode to a remote mode On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode 4 150 Auto On failure of a remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Auto if permitted Man On failure of remote cascade connection the block sets the target mode to Man if permitted The user may configure SHED OPT 23 so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted When doing this the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic e Shed logic never results in a non permitted target mode e Shed logic never attempts to attain an actual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted Block Initialization The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters have initial values of uninitialized in function blocks In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO the control system or the user must change those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of Service mode For the DO function block the parameters that must be initialized are SHED_OPT 23 see page 4 150 for valid values CHANNEL 18 Status Handling Under normal operating conditions the statu
564. rent Shutdown Drive Current Manual Recovery Drive Current Alert Point Drive Current Alert Time Static Memory Shutdown 3 Drive Signal Static Memory Manual Recovery Drive Signal Brocsssor AR Enable Drive Signal Alert SOCOGOSSOIU VOU Drive Signal Alert Enable Processor Alert O Processor Alert Enable Processor Shutdown O Processor Man Recovery Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Output Block Timeout Alert Enable Output Block Timeout Shutdown Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Output Block Timeout Travel Sensor Travel Sensor Alert Travel Sensor Alert Enable Travel Sensor Shutdown Travel Sensor Manual Recovery Pressure Sensors Temperature Limit Temperature Sensor Alert Travel Alerts Temperature Sensor Alert Enable Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts 4 Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting PlantWeb Alert Reporting Failed Suppress Maintenance Suppress Advise Suppress PlantWeb Alert Enable Failed Enable Maintenance Enable Advise Enable Performance Alerts amp PD Inside Status PD Run Pe Pe Pe ormance Reduced ormance Information Performance Information _ Pe Pe ormance Information Alert ormance Information Alert En
565. reshold that is used to CHANNEL set the output Data Type Enum Linearization type Determines whether the field i value is used directly Direct is converted linearly Linearization a Indirect or is converted with the square root yp 16 OOS MAN 5 pa 0 Undefined Indirect Square Root The OUT SCALE is L TYPE 2 Indirect lly th h if 3 Ind Sqr Root normal yt e same ast e transducer but i L TYPE is set to Indirect or Ind Sqr Root OUT SCALE determines the conversion from FIELD VAL to the output Data Type Float Low Cutoff us LOW CUT 17 ALL Positive 0 d calculated output is below this value the output is Data Type Float Process valueikiter Time 18 ALL Positive 0 Time constant of first order filter on PV in PV FTIME seconds i Data Type DS 65 Field Value 19 RO 0 Value of the field device analog input with a status FIELD VAL 8 T reflecting the Transducer condition Updated Event 20 UPDATE EVT 0 Undefined UNACKNOWLEDGED 20 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged 0 Undefined Data DS 73 0 Undefined This alarm is generated whenever a static UPDATE STATE 20 2 RO N A 1 Update reported 0 Undefined parameter is changed 2 Update not reported TIME_STAMP 20 3 RO N A 0 5 REVISION 20 4 RO N A 0 RELATIVE INDEX 20 5 RO N A 0 January 2012 Continued 4 135 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 56 Analog Input Block Parameter Definitions
566. resource block must be set to Unlocked refer to page 4 4 In addition protection is provided for various transducer block parameters as indicated in the Protect Category column of table 4 13 to prevent inadvertently overwriting key data by the host system or user All will protect all transducer block Parameters Setup and Calibration will protect only Setup and Calibration transducer block parameters O Calibration will protect only Calibration transducer block parameters None will not protect any transducer block parameters Note The Device Setup Auto Travel and Manual Travel methods automatically change transducer block protection for the user 4 21 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers See table 4 13 for individual parameter details Response Control Travel Tuning TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Travel Tuning Changes to the tuning set may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly e Travel Tuning Set There are eleven Travel Tuning Sets TVL TUNING SET 42 10 to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set C provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response Table 4 8 lists the proportional gain velocity g
567. ressure Sensor A 11 Supply Pressure Sensor 13 IOP Failure 14 Drive Current 15 Simulate Jumper ON Initial Value All bits 0 Protect Category Description Data Type Bit String 2 byte O inactive 1 Indicates the status of the instrument self test Integrator Limited Low Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further High valve friction may cause this situation Integrator Limited High Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further High valve friction may cause this situation Travel Sensor Span Error Indicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart This error is reported during automatic calibration MLFB Error Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non valid value during automatic calibration Travel Sensor High Error Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal operating range and has failed Travel Sensor Low Error Indicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal operating range and has failed Pressure B Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed Pressure A Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the no
568. return to Target mode when the condition that caused Processor Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of January 2012 Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled Configuration Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert This alert is active if the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Enable When enabled Output Block Timeout Alert Enable activates the Output Block Timeout Alert Output Block Timeout Shutdown The Shutdown Trigger SHUTDOWN TRIGGER 76 1 permits enabling or disabling Self Test Shutdown When enabled and the Output Block Timeout Alert is active the transducer Actual mode is placed out of service The instrument will attempt to drive the valve to the zero power condition and will no longer execute transducer control function Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Shutdown Recovery SHUTDOWN RECOVERY 76 21 permits enabling or disabling Manual recovery from Self Test Shutdown When enabled the transducer block will return to Target mode when the condition that caused O
569. rictions Manufacturer Part Number Material Description No 74 drilled orifice bleed adapter with 1 4 NPT Fisher 1D4835X0012 316 SST Connections Enlarge orifice using No 65 drill and cross out the 74 stamp O Keefe 0 035 inch orifice bleed Controls Co 9 35 55 303 SST wien 1 4 NPT connections Electrical Connections The following describes how to make fieldbus connections to the digital valve controller For information on making other connections such as connecting a personal computer with ValveLink software or connecting a simulate jumper see the Installation section Refer to the Installation WARNING at the beginning of this section NITIDO To avoid personal injury resulting from electrical shock do not exceed the maximum input voltage specified in table 1 1 of this instruction manual or on the product nameplate If the input voltage specified differs do not exceed the lowest specified maximum input voltage NITIDO Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion may occur if this connection is attempted in a potentially explosive atmosphere or in an area that has been classified as hazardous Confirm that area classification and atmosphere conditions permit the safe removal of the terminal box cover before proceeding January 2012 Installation Connecting Fieldbus Wiring The digital valve controller is normally powered over the
570. right of the Decimal Point 2 decimal point associated with OUT Grant Deny 12 GRANT DENY 0 Program Data Type DS 70 1 Tune Options for controlling access of host computers GRANT 12 1 ALL 2 Alarm All bits 0 and local control panels to operating tuning and 3 Local alarm parameters of the block Not used by the device 2 Pogam GRANT 0 N A 1 granted DENY 12 2 ALL s Alann All bits 0 DENY 0 N A 1 denied 3 Local 0 Bypass Enable 1 SP tracks PV in MAN 2 SP tracks PV in ROUT 3 SP tracks PV in LO or MAN 4 SP tracks RCAS or CAS in IMAN LO MAN or Data Type Bit String Control Options ROUT O disable CONTROL_OPTS 13 005 5 Direct Acting All bits 0 4 orale 7 Track Enable Allows you to specify control strategy options 8 Track in Manual 9 Use PV for BKCAL OUT 10 Act on IR 12 Restrict SP to limits in Cas and RCas 13 No output limits in MAN 0 IFS Initiate Fault State Data Type Bit String Status Options if BAD IN O disable STATUS OPTS 14 OOS 1 IFS if BAD CAS_IN All bits O 1 enable 2 Use Uncertain as Good Allows you to select options for status handling 5 Target to MAN if BAD IN and processing BAD Input a Status NC Data Type DS 65 IN const The primary input value of the block Value 0 Data Type Float Process Value Filter Time 16 ALL Positive 0 The time constant of the first order PV filter It is PV_FTIME the time in seconds required for a 63 percent change in the IN value Data Type Enum
571. rite Lock Block Alarm Maintenance Device Variables xvi oce ree D ee D ret De re AS 6 5 COMI eda a iei 6 5 Identification Version 6 sistent ioe nied carn eet eid perderte edat 6 6 Diagnostic Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available 3l Seer Slc 6 6 Transducer Block 20324 6 7 Device Diagnosis aime set eid t ei bend nime qid ates 6 7 Active PlantWeb Alerts 6 7 Aler Conditions i aser RI TM 6 7 ierra teer ect Ae ace dae den 6 8 Self Test Status Block Error DEVICE RECORG sitter ires strate 6 9 sesh oit arise verdad atat o d sus Dat ate atl aedes P draft 6 10 20 M RE RR RM AP C MCI MT RT EIE 6 10 DEVICE Variable Serey cerit tr E Oo or EORUM SUDO ite Cs 6 10 All Block 1 6 10 AO Control Pre Characterization 6 10 AO Control Post Characterization 6 11 oo niter utto oap aed E Pr Pre eur m er 6 11 ehe erc Ee cc eue 6
572. rm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value January 2012 MAI Function Block January 2012 4 147 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Discrete Output DO Function Block Overview 4 149 MOES e aser erc era uoa caius 4 149 Mode Handling oro p or a 4 150 Shed dipon ain nE and sr exce Gu 4 150 Shed with Return Options 4 150 Shed with No Return Options 4 150 Block Initialization vectra epe ELI ete 4 150 Status Handling 4 150 I O Selection s o ake ees esp eL sio soleo elata oo un obo 4 151 Setting the Output ocior et bid etes Pad 4 151 Output Block PV Status suuin t i E Cni s 4 152 Block ETOT S Iren bad eine dei me ped ab dS 4 152 Action On Fault Detection 4 152 ote test te ee 4 153 Parameter List eoe Il pue e RA 4 154 VIEW LISTS eb eL LO scele 4 157 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 158 4 148 January 2012 BkcAL our p CAS IN D READBACK_D CAS IN D z The remote set point value from another function block BKCAL OUT D
573. rmal operating pressure and has failed Supply Sensor Failure Indicates the pressure sensor is reporting a pressure that is significantly outside of the normal operating pressure and has failed IOP Failure Indicates the I O processor has failed Drive Current Indicates that the Drive Current has exceeded the Drive Current Alert Point for more than the Drive Current Alert Time Simulate Jumper ON Indicates the simulate jumper is connected to the DVC6000f between the two AUX terminals Health Index HEALTH_INDEX 79 RO N A 0 100 100 N A Data Type Uint8 Represents overall health of device 100 is perfect 0 is completely bad Settings for DVC6000f will range from 10 to 100 Reserved A RESERVED A 80 RW ALL N A SETUP Data Type Array 118 x Unit8 Reserved Reserved Al RESERVED_AI 81 RW ALL SETUP Data Type Uint16 Reserved 4 60 Continued January 2012 Transducer Block Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Mod R Initial Val Protect D ipti PARAMETER NAME Number RW ode ange nita Value Category escripson Upgrade Progress Data Type Enum Uint8 UPGRADE PROGRESS 824 BOT ENA 1 Not used by the DVC6000f 83 SPEC SHEET VALVE Valve Size EM VALVE SIZE 83 1 RW ALL NULL ALL Data Ty
574. rmance 1 Performance Performance Alerts Enable Information Reduced Continued January 2012 4 57 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description 76 INST ALERTS CONFIG 0 Drive Current 1 Program Memory 2 Static Memory pes 3 Processor or 4 byte Shutdown Trigger Processor TELS 76 1 RW ALL All bits 0 SETUP 1 fail to zero drive e g OOS mode SRUTBOWN TRIGGER 4 Travel Sensor Action on specific instrument alerts 5 Port A Pressure Sensor 6 Output Block Timeout 7 31 Reserved 0 reserved 1 Program Memory 2 Static Memory mee 3 Processor or I O Data Type Bit String 4 byte Shutdown 762 ALL Processor All bits 0 SETUP ae SHUTDOWN RECOVERY BA Recovery action after a shutdown 5 trigger fail to zero drive above ensor 6 Output Block Timeout 7 31 Reserved Data Type Float Output BIk Timeout Time gt 0 800 The maximum time between OUTPUT BLK TIMEOUT 763 RW ALL seconds 900 596 SETUP updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint Data Type Float Drive Current Alert Point 7 DRIVE CURRENT ALRT PT 76 4 RW ALL gt 5 lt 100 25 SETUP percent different drive signal not reaching I P
575. rmitted attribute to ensure the requested mode is permitted When setting the Permitted mode there is no check against any of the other attributes Normal or Target modes Therefore the normal or target mode attributes may have a value that is not permitted because the permitted attribute was modified after the Normal or Target mode was set This will have no effect on the instrument until the user attempts to modify the Target or Normal mode At this time these attributes are tested against the Permitted modes thus the user cannot change the Normal or Target modes to what was formerly permitted Block Mode Normal The normal NORMAL 5 4 mode is the mode the block should be in during normal operating conditions The normal mode is set by the user or host system and can only be set to a permitted mode see permitted mode The user or host system can compare the actual mode to the normal mode and based on the results determine if the block is operating normally AO Control Pre Characterization TB gt Device Variables gt AO Control Pre Char e Setpoint Setpoint FINAL_VALUE VALUE 13 2 shows the value of the setpoint in percent of ranged travel or pressure Setpoint is used for both travel and pressure control This parameter will be written directly if the transducer block is in MAN mode or will be written automatically by the AO block if the transducer block is in AUTO mode January 2012 Viewing Device Var
576. rohibited while it is active must be abided by when using and maintaining the controller in the field 6 The user must follow the relevant rules specified by the product instruction manual the 13th Section of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment Maintenance of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment of GB3836 13 1997 standard the 15th Section of Electric Equipment Used in Explosive Gaseous Environment Electric Installation in Hazardous Locations except for coal mine of GB3836 15 2000 standard and the Electric installation construction and acceptance test code for electric equipment mounting engineering in an explosive and fire hazardous environment of GB50257 1996 standard while performing installation operation and maintenance for the product Refer to figure B 19 for NEPSI nameplates January 2012 CAP SCREW FLANGED SHIELD ADJUSTMENT ARM CONNECTOR ARM CAP SCREW 29B1674 A DOC 2983403 A PLAIN WASHER MACHINE SCREW Installation Figure 2 1 FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding Stem Actuators with up to 2 Inches Travel Mounting Guidelines DVC6010f on Sliding Stem Actuators Up to 102 mm 4 Inches of Travel If ordered as part of a control valve assembly the factory mounts the digital valve controller on the actuator makes pneumatic connections to the actuator sets up and calibrates the
577. rol signal ge Calibrate Tuner changes RESOURCE gt si Resource RESOURCE RESOURCE 4 2 Configure Setup DEVICE 00 Device Diagnostics DIAGNOSTICS Device Variables A DEVICE _ VARIABLES TRANSDUCER1200 last synchronized 6 25 2007 11 39 16 AM 2 Figure F 4 Accessing Configure Setup Device Diagnostics and Device Variables Resource Block For detailed information on the parameters that are changed via the resource block refer to the Detailed Setup section of this manual Refer to figures F 2 F 3 and F 4 for information on accessing resource block parameters 1 Start DeltaV Explorer by selecting DeltaV Explorer from the Start menu 2 Locate the digital valve controller icon in the Containers pane and right click once on the block icon or name 3 Locate Open with AMS Device Manager in the context menu and left click to bring up the Device Connection View 4 Navigate to the digital valve controller icon or name as shown in figure F 2 and left click 5 Locate Configure Setup in the Actions menu see figure F 3 and left click to access Configuration and Setup parameters 6 Left click on Resource RESOURCE to access the resource block parameters Refer to table F 2 for the resource block configuration menu F 12 Note To access diagnostic parameters left click on Device Diagnostics and then on Resource RE
578. rs Travel Crossover TVL CROSSOVER Transducer 43 4 4 47 Travel Cutoff Hi FINAL VALUE CUTOFF HI Transducer 15 4 25 4 43 Travel Cutoff Lo FINAL VALUE CUTOFF LO Transducer 16 4 25 4 43 Travel Deviation Alert Point DEV ALRT PT Transducer 77 1 4 31 4 59 Travel Deviation Deadband TVL DEV DB Transducer 77 3 4 31 4 59 Travel Deviation TRAVEL DEVIATION Transducer 52 4 31 4 50 Travel Deviation Time TVL DEV TIME Transducer 77 2 4 31 4 59 Travel Factory Hi TVL FAC HI Transducer 43 5 4 47 Travel Factory Lo TVL FAC LO Transducer 43 6 4 47 Travel Hi Alert Point TVL HI ALRT PT Transducer 77 16 4 32 4 59 Travel Hi Calibration TVL HI CAL Transducer 43 2 4 47 Travel Hi Deadband TVL HI DB Transducer 77 17 4 32 4 59 Travel Hi Hi Alert Point TVL HI HI ALRT PT Transducer 77 18 4 32 4 59 Travel Hi Hi Deadband TVL HI HI DB Transducer 77 19 4 32 4 59 Travel History Active TVL HISTORY ACTIVE Transducer 74 6 4 54 Travel History Enable TVL HISTORY ENABLE Transducer 75 6 4 57 Travel Integral Deadzone TVL INTEG DEADZ Transducer 44 4 4 23 4 47 Travel Integral Enable TVL INTEG ENABLE Transducer 44 1 4 23 4 47 Travel Integral Limit Hi TVL INTEG LIM HI Transducer 44 2 4 23 4 47 Travel Integral Limit Lo TVL INTEG LIM LO Transducer 44 3 4 23 4 47 Travel Integral Gain SERVO RESET Transducer 19 4 23 4 44 Travel IP Bias TVL IP BIAS Transducer 43 7 4 47 Travel Lo Alert Point LO ALRT PT Transducer 77 14 4 32 4 59 Travel Lo Calibration TVL LO CAL Transduc
579. rs include the resource and transducer block e Resource Block The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device it has no input or output parameters The resource block monitors and controls the general operation of other blocks within the device For example when the mode of the resource block is Out of Service it impacts all function blocks e Transducer Block The transducer block connects the analog output function block to the I P converter relay and travel sensor hardware within the digital valve controller Function Blocks In addition to the resource and transducer block the digital valve controller may contain the following function blocks For additional information on function blocks refer to Appendix D FOUNDATION fieldbus Communication January 2012 Analog Output AO Function Block The analog output function block accepts the output from another function block such as a PID block and transfers it as an actuator control signal to the transducer block If the DO block is selected the AO block is not functional e Proportional Integral Derivative PID Function Block The PID function block performs proportional plus integral plus derivative control Input Selector ISEL Function block The input selector function block selects from up to four inputs and may provide the selected signal as input to the PID block The input selection can be configured to
580. rted in Failed 125 1 10 Travel Target Set Point 100 125 Input Characteristic Linear 125 100 Travel Target Set Point 100 125 Input Characteristic Equal Percentage PIU 100 MM Travel Target Set Point 100 125 eit Input Characteristic Quick Opening Figure 4 1 Travel Target Versus Ranged Set Point for Various Input Characteristics Zero Power Condition Closed January 2012 4 26 Maintenance or Advisory categories as configured by the user PlantWeb alerts when enabled can participate in the DeltaV alarm interface tools such as the alarm banner alarm list and alarm summary When a PlantWeb alert occurs the DVC6000f sends an event notification and waits a specified period of time for an acknowledgment to be received This occurs even if the condition that caused the alert no longer exists If the acknowledgment is not received within the pre specified time out period the event notification is retransmitted This reduces the possibility of alert messages getting lost PlantWeb alerts are mode based Refer to table C 1 for details Note Additional details on setting up and using PlantWeb Alerts can be found in Appendix C of this manual Electronics Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts
581. rts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Information Alert Enable Performance Reduced Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Reduced Alert Performance Reduced Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Reduced Alert Enable Performance Tuner TB gt Configure Setup gt Basic Setup gt Performance Tuner TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Performance Tuner PlantWeb Alert Simulate TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alert Handling gt PlantWeb Alert Simulate Port Diameter TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Port Diameter Port Type TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Port Type Pressure A TB gt Device Variables gt Pressures gt Pressure A Pressure A Sensor Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure A Sensor Alert Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts gt Pressure Sensors gt Pressure A Sensor Alert Enable Pressure A Sensor Failure TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Pressure A Sensor Error Pressure A Sensor Manua
582. s Function Block Options AO DO Al DI PID IS oS MAI Miscellaneous Options Diagnostics Options Function Block Options Miscellaneous Options Features Available Features Selected 34 Firmware Download Travel Control Capable Pressure Control Capable Pressure Fallback Features Available Alarm Handling Alert Key Confirm Time Limit Notify Maximum Notify Block Alm Disabled Block Alarm Auto Acknowledge Disc Alm Disabled Discrete Alarm Auto Acknowledge Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Features Selected Reports Fault State Soft W Lock Multi bit Alarm Bit Alarm Support Identification Device ID Electronics Serial Number DL Factory Serial Number Field Serial Number Tag Description Strategy Manufacturer Device Type Diagnostics Options Resource Block Error Resource Block Error Device State Maintenance Block Alarm 4 Write Lock 3 Write Lock Other Block Configuration Error Simulate Active Device Needs Maintenance Soon Memory Failure Lost Static Data Lost NV Data Device Needs Maintenance Now Power Up Out of Service Write Alarm Alarm State Write Lock p Identification
583. s Effect on Valve Recommended Help Default Alert Category and Default Detecting Instrument Action Drive Current Drive Current The difference between the If configured for Self Test Check I P The instrument has Electronics Enabled expected Drive Current and Shutdown then the module detected that the Failed the actual Drive Current has transducer Actual mode is difference between the exceeded the Drive Current placed Out of Service until the expected Drive Alert Time problem is fixed Out of Current and the actual Service results in the Drive Current is instrument output pressure s greater than the and actuator position being at configured limit the Zero Power Condition 1 Replace the I P module 2 Calibrate the device If the problem persists replace the printed wiring board PWB assembly Drive Signal Drive Signal If one of the following None Indicates reduced Check The instrument Electronics Enabled conditions exist performance instrument drive signal necessary Maintenance pneumatics to generate the Where Zero Power Condition pressure output from is defined as closed the instrument is not Drive Signal 1096 and within the expected Calibrated Travel gt 3 range Potential Drive Signal gt 90 and causes include Calibrated Travel 9796 filter plugged instrument pneumatic Where Zero Power Condition relay failure low is defined as open supply pressure air Drive Signal 1096 and leaks or valve Ca
584. s IMan When cascade initialization is requested by IR substatus on a BKCAL it is first necessary to determine if the other BKCAL has NI substatus If so the value at the BKCAL asserting IR is taken as the Y value for its curve and the resulting X value is sent on BKCAL OUT to PID1 If the other substatus is OK then the internal offset and BAL TIME is used If both blocks have IR substatus then one output is processed until its cascade is closed The choice is based on the presence of limit status in BKCAL_IN If BKCAL 1 is limited then if BKCAL IN 2 is not limited then OUT 2 is processed first else OUT 1 is processed first 4 121 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Cascade initialization is also required when the block transitions from Auto to Cas mode This action is identical to that described for the PID block The required actions are summarized in table 4 46 The BKCAL OUT status shows limited high if an increase in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output because the BKCAL IN n of both outputs indicates that a move in the needed direction is limited Similarly limited low is set if a decrease in SP cannot be effectively passed on to either output The slope of the limited line s affects the limit 4 122 direction BKCAL OUT also shows limit status at the X extremes X11 and X22 Initialization is not automatic under all circumstance because some situations have conflicting needs
585. s attained At this point the printed wiring board assembly stabilizes the drive signal This prevents any decrease in the pneumatic signal from the I P converter January 2012 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers A 4 January 2012 Loop Schematics Nameplates Appendix B Loop Schematics Nameplates CSA Loop Schematics for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 2 Notes for CSA Loop Schematics der pip B 3 Nameplates for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 3 Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 B 4 Nameplates for DVC6005f DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 B 5 FM Loop Schematics for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 6 Notes for FM Loop Schematics por Y Rn sn det B 7 Namplates for for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 7 Loop Schematics for DVC6005f with DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 B 8 Namplates for for DVC6005f DVC6015 DVC6025 and DVC6035 B 9 ATEX Nameplates Intrinsically Safe B 9 Nameplates Flameproof B 10 Nameplates Type n Dust Tight B 10 IECEx Loop Schematics for DVC6010f DVC6020f and DVC6030f B 11 Notes for IECEx Loop Schematics B 12 Nameplates
586. s being used 8 Specify if factory defaults should be used for basic setup If you select YES for factory default the Field Communicator sets the setup parameters to the values listed in table 3 1 If you select NO for the factory defaults the setup parameters listed in the table remain at their previous settings Typically Device Setup determines the required setup information based upon the actuator manufacturer and model specified However if you enter other for the actuator manufacturer or the actuator model then you will be prompted for setup parameters such as e Actuator Style Select spring amp diaphragm piston double acting without spring piston single acting with spring piston double acting with spring e Valve Style Select the valve style rotary or sliding stem Zero Power Condition ldentifies whether the valve is fully open or fully closed when the instrument is outputing the smallest signal to the I P module Typically this setting matches the valve position when the instrument is not powered For instruments with relay A or C if increasing air pressure at output A causes the valve to open the Zero Power Condition is Closed If the valve closes under these conditions the Zero Power Condition is Open For instruments with relay B if decreasing air pressure at output B causes the valve to open the Zero Power Condition is Closed If the valve closes under these conditions the Zero Power Condition is O
587. s min No Travel Integral Enable Travel Integral Limit Hi Travel Integral Limit Lo Travel Integral Deadzone On 30 30 0 25 Pressure Cutoff Hi Pressure Cutoff Lo Pressure Integral Deadzone Pressure Integral Hi Limit Pressure Integral Lo Limit 99 5 0 5 0 25 50 0 50 0 Shutdown Trigger Shutdown Recovery Output Block Timeout Timeout Alert Point Linear Off All Auto Recovery 600 sec If you have a host system that overrides transducer block parameters ensure that the Protection setting is not left as None Doing so will result in transducer block parameters being overwritten Transducer Block Mode TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Transducer Block Mode To setup and calibrate the instrument the transducer block mode must be in Manual For more information about transducer block mode refer to page 4 21 Protection TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Protection To setup and calibrate the instrument the protection must be set to None with the Field Communicator For more information about configuration protection refer to page 4 21 Device Setup TB Configure Setup Basic Setup Device Setup To have the Field Communicator automatically setup the instrument using specified actuator information from the Menu select Transducer Block Configure Setup Basic Setup and Device Setup Follow the prompts on
588. s of OUT_D 9 is Good Non Cascade and the status of BKCAL_OUT_D 21 is Good Cascade If the output hardware fails the status of BKCAL_OUT_D 21 is set to Bad Device Fail and the BLOCK_ERR 6 shows Output Failure If the hardware used for output feedback fails the status of READBACK_D 16 and PV_D 7 is set to Bad DeviceFail and the BLOCK_ERR 6 shows Process Variable has Bad Status If the transducer block mode is Out of Service the status of READBACK_D 16 and PV_D 7 is set to Bad Out of Service January 2012 DO Function Block RCAS OUT D RCAS IN D STATUS CAS IN D CALCULATION OUT D BkcaL our p CONVERT AND 2 Vl TRANSDUCER TRANSDUCER BLOCK FEEDBACK BLOCK Figure 4 29 Discrete Output Function Block Schematic 1 0 Selection Table 4 68 Channel Selections for the Discrete Output Function Block To select the I O associated with the discrete output Transducer Block Transducer configure the value of the CHANNEL 18 parameter Selection Parameter block Index Description Table 4 68 lists the valid Channel selections for the DO block S 5 ae Control 0 Uninitialized SP tracks PV in LO SP Track retained target in Man or LO Fault State to Value Use Fault State value on Setting the Output restart Target to Man if Fault State activated and US To set the output for the DO block you must first set PV for BKCAL
589. s to attain Auto if permitted until the remote connection is restored Man On failure of a remote connection the block sheds to Man until a remote connection is restored Shed With No Return Options For any shed with no return option the target mode changes as determined by the option Therefore there is no attempt to restore the connection following failure The behavior on change to a remote target mode is identical to that for Shed With Return Options Normal On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to the highest permitted non remote mode Cas is the highest permitted non remote mode and Auto is is the next permitted non remote mode If Cas or Auto are not available the block will shed by default to Man Retained Target The retained target mode is the mode the block was in before changing to one of the remote target modes On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to the retained target mode Auto On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to Auto if permitted Man On failure of a remote connection the block sets the target mode to Man if permitted The user may configure SHED_OPTS 84 so that it calls for a target mode that is not permitted When doing this the mode logic uses the following rules as applied by the remote logic e Shed logic never results in a non permitted target mode e Shed logic never attempts to attain an act
590. se default setting Processor Impaired Electronics Maintenance Program Memory Enabled A pending Flash or NVM failure is present Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto Use default settings Static Memory A failure of the FRAM memory where static parameters are Self Test Shutdown No Use default settings Enabled stored Shutdown Recovery Auto Processor A failure of the main Self Test Shutdown No Enabled Processor Shutdown Recovery Auto Use default settings Processor Self Test Shutdown No Enabled A failure of the I O Processor Shutdown Recovery Auto Use default settings Output Block Timeout Configuration Maintenance Output Block Timeout Disabled If the analog or discrete output block has not executed for longer than the configured timeout Timeout Alert Point 600 s Self Test Shutdown No Shutdown Recovery Auto Enable this alert for loops where the execution is critical If the AO or DO block is not scheduled or scheduled incorrectly it will trigger an alert after the Timeout Alert Point has been exceeded Set the Timeout Alert Point to a value between a 30 seconds and b the maximum time before a user should be notified The minimum number depends on the time it takes for a host to download a configuration to the device Shutdown can be enabled if it is desired to move the valve to the Zero Power Condition at the same time t
591. select the first good input signal a maximum minimum or average value or a hot spare Output Splitter OS Function Block The output splitter function block accepts the output from another function block such as a PID block and creates two outputs that are scaled or split according to the user configuration This block is typically used for split ranging of two control valves Analog Input Al Function Block The analog input function block monitors the signal from a DVC6000f sensor or internal measurement and provides it to another block Multiple Analog Input MAI Function Block The Multiple Analog Input MAI function block has the ability to process up to eight DVC6000f measurements and make them available to other function blocks e Discrete Output DO Function Block The discrete output function block processes a discrete set point and sends it to a specified output channel which can be transferred to the transducer block for actuator control In the digital valve controller the discrete output block provides both normal open closed control and the ability to position the valve in 596 increments for course throttling applications If the AO block is selected the DO block is not functional e Discrete Input DI Function Block The discrete input function block processes a single discrete input from a DVC6000f and makes it available to other function blocks In the digital valve controller the discrete i
592. sically Safe FISCO and Dust Flameproof and Dust Type n and Dust IECEx Intrinsically Safe and FISCO Flameproof Typen NEPSI Intrinsically Safe Flameproof Refer to Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installation in Hazardous Locations in section 2 tables 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 and 1 7 and Appendix B for specific approval information Electrical Housing CSA Type 4X 66 FM NEMA 4X ATEX IP66 IECEx IP66 NEPSI IP66 Other Classifications Certifications TIIS Japan GOST R Russian GOST R FSETAN Russian Federal Service of Technological Ecological and Nuclear Inspectorate INMETRO Brazil CCOE India KGS Korea Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for classification certification specific information Connections Supply Pressure 1 4 NPT internal and integral pad for mounting 67CFR regulator Output Pressure 1 4 NPT internal Tubing 3 8 inch recommended Vent 3 8 NPT internal Stem Shaft Travel Linear Actuators with rated travel between 6 35 mm 0 25 inch and 606 mm 23 875 inches Rotary Actuators with rated travel between 50 degrees and 180 degrees Mounting 9 Designed for direct actuator mounting or remote pipestand or wall mounting Mounting the instrument vertically with the vent at the bottom of the assembly or horizontally with the vent pointing down is recommended to allow drainage of moisture that may be introduced via the instrument air supply
593. side Status TB Device Variables Overview PD Inside Status PD Run TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Performance PD Run Performance Critical Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Performance Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert Performance Critical Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Performance Performance Critical Performance Critical Alert Enable Performance Information Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Performance Performance Information Performance Information Alert Performance Information Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai Enable ed Setup Alerts Performance Performance Information Performance Information Alert Performance Reduced Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Performance Performance Reduced Performance Reduced Alert Performance Reduced Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai Enable ed Setup Alerts Performance Performance Reduced Performance Reduced Alert Performance Tuner TB gt Configure Setup gt Basic Setup gt Performance Tuner Port Diameter TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Port Diameter Port Type TB gt Configure Setup gt Detai led Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Port Type Pr
594. sor reading is outside the functional range of the sensor None Indicates a possible hardware problem that would degrade instrument calibration and diagnostic capability Replace PWB assembly The temperature sensor on board the device has failed or the unit has been exposed to an temperature extreme beyond the recommended limits January 2012 Continued C 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table C 3 Using PlantWeb Alerts Continued PlantWeb Alert Group Default Alert Category Pressure Fallback Sensors Maintenance Alert Condition and Default Pressure Fallback Enabled What the Alert is Detecting A travel sensor failure or large travel deviation has resulted in fallback to pressure control Effect on Valve Instrument None Indicates a reduced performance condition Recommended Action Check instrument feedback linkage and travel sensor Help The instrument has detected that the travel sensor is outside its normal range of operation or that a gross deviation exists between set point and actual travel It has Switched to Pressure Control and is no longer using the travel sensor to position the valve Supply Pressure Environment Maintenance Supply Press High Enabled The supply pressure has exceeded the Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point None Indicates a condition that could cause damage to the instrument or actua
595. ssociated with DEV TYPE 1 RO N A 4602 the resource used by an interface device to ocate the DD file for the resource Data Type Unsigned8 Device Revision 12 RO N A Varies with Manufacturer s revision number associated DEV REV release with the resource used by an interface device to locate the DD file for the resource Data Type Unsigned8 The minimum revision of the device description DD Revision 13 RO N A Varies with DD than can be used with the device revision DD REV release of the instrument Used by the interface device to prevent the use of DDs that are incompatible with the firmware in the instrument Grant Deny 14 GRANT DENY Data Type DS 70 Options for controlling access of a host GRANT 14 1 RW ALL Ae ay Allbits 0 computer and to block parameters Parameter Valid Bits contains two attributes Grant and Deny each 0 Program 1 Tune with program tune alarm and 2 Alarm permissions Clearing a grant permission sets 3 Local the corresponding deny permission 0 N A 1 DENY 14 2 RW ALL All bits 0 granted Deny permissions may be cleared through the Deny attribute but not set 0 N A 1 denied 0 Scalar Input 0 1 pata Type Bit String E Inactive Hard Types 15 RO N A 1 Scalar Output 1 1 1 Active HARD TYPES 2 Discrete Input 2 1 Thet f hard ilabl h 3 Discrete Output 3 1 e types of hardware available as channe numbers in this resource e hend resource Data Type Urisigneda m Restart 16 BW A
596. supervisory host Used when mode is RCAS Value 0 Trk BAD NoCom D DS Status ata DS 65 jc Input 33 ALL NoVal Target output and status that is provided by a const supervisory host Used when mode is ROUT Value 0 Trk Continued January 2012 4 91 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 31 PID Function Block System Parameters Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Description O Invalid 1 Normal Shed Normal Return 2 Normal Shed No Return 3 Shed to Auto normal to Auto no return paa TE bate Target mode changes to efines action to be taken on remote contro Auto on detection of a shed device timeout condition Normal Return actual mode changes to the M next lowest priority non remote mode permitted M ERE 34 ALL isis 15 Mandal fone O Invalid but returns to the target remote mode when the E 6 Shed to Manual No completes the initialization 321 Hes No Return Target mode changes to the next detection of a shed lowest priority non remote mode permitted The condition target remote mode is lost so no return occurs 7 Shed to retained target normal return 8 Shed to retained target no return Change target to retained target Data Type DS 65 Block setpoint and status after ramping filtering Remote Cascade Output and limiting that is provided a supervisory host RCAS
597. sure Hi Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Hi Alert Point Supply Pressure Lo Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Enable Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Supply Pressure Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point January 2012 Continued DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameter Configuration Index PARAMETER LABEL Supply Pressure Sensor Alert PATH TO PARAMETER TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Sensor Pressure Sensors Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Sensor Pressure Sensors Supply Pressure Sensor Alert Enable Supply Sensor Failure TB Device Diagnostics Status Self Test Status Supply Sensor Failure Tag Description TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Instrument Tag Description Temperature Hi Alert Point TB gt Configure Setup Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Environment gt Temperature Limit Temperature Hi Alert Po
598. t Environment Alerts 4 31 Temperature Sensor Sensor Alerts 4 30 Temperature Units 4 31 4 36 Terminal Box Parts List 8 5 Removing 7 9 Replacing 7 9 Tracking 4 86 Transducer Block Block Errors 4 41 6 9 Definition D 3 Initial Setup Zero Power Condition 4 36 Limit Propagation AO Block D 6 DO Block D 7 MAI Channel Map 4 39 Modes 4 21 Overview 4 21 Parameter List 4 42 Status Propagation D 6 Detailed Setup 4 21 View Lists 4 64 Transducer Block Mode 3 2 Travel 4 31 Travel Accumulator 4 34 Travel Alerts 4 31 High and Low 4 32 Travel 4 31 Travel Hi Lo 4 32 Travel Limit 4 32 Travel Target 4 31 Deviation 4 31 Travel Calibration 5 2 Index 8 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Travel Closed 4 33 Travel Cutoffs 4 25 Travel Deviation 4 31 Travel Hi Lo 4 32 Travel History Alerts 4 33 Cycle Counter 4 33 Travel Accumulator 4 34 Travel Integral Dead Zone 4 23 Travel Integral Enable 4 23 Travel Integral Gain 4 23 Travel Integral Limit Lo 4 23 Travel Limit 4 32 Travel MLFB Gain 4 22 Travel Open 4 33 Travel Press Control Travel Cutoff Hi 4 25 Travel Pressure Control 4 25 Press Cutoff Closed 4 25 Pressure Cutoff Open 4 25 Pressure Range Hi 4 25 Pressure Range Lo 4 25 Travel Cutoff Lo 4 25 Travel Presssure Select 4 25 Travel Sensor 4 29 Adjusting DVC6010f 5 5 DVC6015 5 5 DVC6020f 5 6 DVC6025 5 5 5 6 DVC6030f 5 5 Parts List 8 5 Removi
599. t 5 MODE BLK Value 0 Trk TARGET Out of Service 34 SHED OPT 0 PERMITTED OOS MAN AUTO 37 TRK_SCALE Auto EU 10095 100 EU 0 0 8 OUT RANGE Engineering Units 96 EU 100 100 Decimal places 2 EU 0 0 38 TRK IN D Engineering Units 96 Status BAD Decimal Places 2 NC 10 STATUS OPTS All off const 11 1 Value 0 Status BAD 39 TRK VAL NC Status BAD cons NC Value 0 const 12 IN 2 Value 0 Status BAD 40 FF VAL NC Status BAD cons NC Value 0 cons 13 IN 3 Value 0 Status BAD 41 FF SCALE NC EU 100 100 cons EU 0 0 Value 0 Engineering Units 96 14 IN 4 Decimal Places 2 Status BAD 42 FF GAIN 0 NC 45 ALARM SUM cons DISABLED 0 Value 0 46 ACK OPTION Disabled 15 DISABLE 1 47 ALARM HYS 0 5 Status BAD 48 HI HI PRI 0 NC 49 HI HI LIM cons 50 PRI 0 Value 0 51 HI LIM 16 DISABLE 2 52 LO PRI 0 Status BAD 53 LO LIM INF Ne 54 LO_LO_PRI 0 55 LO LO INF 9 56 DV PRI 0 Continued 57 DV HI LIM INF 58 DV_LO_PRI 0 59 DV LO LIM INF Continued January 2012 4 9 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Table 4 2 Parameters Affected by Restart with Defaults Continued Index Parameter Name Initial Value Number ISEL Block continued T7 DISABLE 3 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 18 DISABLE 4 Status BAD NC cons Value 0 19 SELECT TYPE All off 20 MIN_GOOD 0 22 OP SELECT Status BAD NC constant Va
600. t Scale EU at 10096 Output Scale EU at 096 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Options Status Options Al Channel Linearization Type Low Cutoff Process Value Filter Time Field Value Status Field Value Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Alarm Summary Current Alarm Summary Unacknowledged Alarm Summary Unreported Alarm Summary Disabled Acknowledge Option continued Alarm Hysteresis High High Priority High High Limit High Priority High Limit Low Priority Low Limit Low Low Priority Low Low Limit High High Alarm Unacknowledged High High Alarm Alarm State High High Alarm Time Stamp High High Alarm Subcode High High Alarm Float Value High Alarm Unacknowledged High Alarm Alarm State High Alarm Time Stamp High Alarm Subcode High Alarm Float Value Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Alarm Alarm State Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Alarm Subcode Low Alarm Float Value Low Low Alarm Unacknowledged Low Low Alarm Alarm State Low Low Alarm Time Stamp Low Low Alarm Subcode Low Low Alarm Float Value Alarm output Status Alarm output Value Alarm select StdDev Cap StdDev 4 139 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controll
601. t Selection and Limiting 4 85 Parameter List 4 89 Set Point Selection and Limiting 4 85 Shed Options 4 84 Status Handling 4 85 Tracking 4 86 View lists 4 98 PlantWeb Alarms Simulate 4 40 PlantWeb Alert Enable 4 35 Advise Enable 4 35 Failed Enable 4 35 Maintenance Enable 4 35 PlantWeb Alert Reporting 4 35 Advise Suppress 4 35 Failed Suppress 4 35 Maint Suppress 4 35 PlantWeb Alerts 4 26 C 2 Alert Handling C 3 Alert Reporting C 3 Detecting Through Other Blocks C 3 Setting C 4 Using C 7 Pneumatic Relay Adjusting 5 4 Parts List 8 4 Removing 7 8 Replacing 7 8 Port Diameter 4 37 Port Type 4 37 Press Fallback Sensor Alerts 4 30 Pressure A Sensor Failure 4 60 6 9 Pressure B Sensor Failure 4 60 6 9 Index 6 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 8 Pressure Sensors Sensor Alerts 4 30 Pressure Tuning 4 24 Press Tuning Set 4 24 Pressure Integral Dead Zone 4 24 Pressure Integral Gain 4 24 Pressure Integral Limit Hi 4 25 Pressure Integral Limit Lo 4 25 Pressure MLFB Gain 4 24 Pressure Proportional Gain 4 24 Pressure Units 4 35 Principle of Operation A 2 Printed Wiring Board Assembly Parts List 8 6 Removing 7 8 Replacing 7 8 Processor Impaired 4 28 Protection 3 2 Transducer Block 4 21 Proximity 4 33 Proximity Alerts 4 33 Proximity 4 33 Travel 4 33 Travel Closed 4 33 Travel open 4 33 Proximity Detection using the DI block for
602. t allowed in this data type Strate Data Type Unsigned16 3 RW ALL 0 to 65535 0 Used to identify groupings of blocks The data is not checked or processed by the block Data Type Unsigned8 Alert Ke The identification number of the plant unit 4 RW ALL 1 to 255 0 Devices in a loop or plant section can be assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts Block Mode 5 MODE BLK TARGET MODE 5 1 RW ALL 3 Auto Data 05 69 3 Auto The actual target permitted and normal ACTUAL MODE 52 na modes initialization Target The requested block mode 7 OOS Actual The current mode of the block 3 Auto 3 Auto Permitted Allowed modes for Target PERMITTED_MODE 5 3 RW ALL 7 oos 7 008 Normal Most common mode for Target NORMAL MODE 5 4 RW ALL 3 Auto 3 Auto 0 Other 1 Block Configuration Error 3 Simulate Active 6 Device needs Data Type Bit String Maintenance Soon 0 Inactive Block Error 9 Memory Failure 1 Active BLOCK ERR 6 RO N A 10 Lost Static Data Dynamic Error status associated with hardware or 11 Lost Non Volatile software for the resource block When an error Memory is shown it may be broadcast to the host 13 Device needs through BLOCK_ALM Maintenance Now 14 Power up 15 Out of Service MSB 2 Initialization Actual mode IMAN 4 On line Actual j Data Type Unsigned8 Device State Mode Auto T RS STATE 7 R
603. t may cause the valve actuator assembly to stroke To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by moving parts keep hands tools and other objects away from the valve actuator assembly e Pressure Tuning Set There are twelve Pressure Tuning Sets PRESS TUNING SET 42 11 to choose from Each tuning set provides a preselected value for the digital valve controller gain settings Tuning set B provides the slowest response and M provides the fastest response Tuning set B is appropriate for controlling a pneumatic positioner Table 4 9 lists the proportional gain pressure integrator gain and minor loop feedback gain values for preselected tuning sets Note When selecting a tuning set for a DVC6015 DVC6025 or DVC6035 remote mount unit it may be necessary to reduce the tuning set due to the effects of the long tubing between the digital valve controller and the actuator In addition you can specify Expert tuning and individually set the pressure proportional gain pressure integrator gain and pressure minor loop feedback gain Individually setting or changing any tuning parameter will automatically change the tuning set to X expert 4 24 Table 4 9 Gain Values for Preselected Pressure Tuning Sets Pressure Pressure Minor Gain Gain B 0 5 0 3 35 2 2 0 1 35 D 2 4 0 1 35 E 2 8 0 1 35 F 3 1 0 1 35 G 3 6 0 1 34 H 4 2 0 1 31 4 8 0 1 27 J 5 6 0 1 23 K 6 6 0 1 18 L 7 8 0 1 12 M
604. t used by the DVC6000f PEEL ne 4740 RW gt 100 10095 1296 Not used by the DVC6000f 4741 RW Dos gt 0 lt 100 35 SETUP Data Type Float Temperature Data Type Float TEMPERATURE 48 RO N A N A N A Electronics temperature Controls Al channel 11 Target Travel TRAVEL TARGET 49 RO Data Type DS 65 im 5 49 1 RO od N A In Travel Control Setpoint for valve travel in 96 post characterization In Pressure Control Setpoint for Value MAN implied valve travel as a 96 or VALUE 49 2 RO OOS N A pressure range post characterization 1 Linear Mut 2 Equal pursue e 50 RW 3 Quick Opening 1 Linear SETUP Data Type Enum Uint8 zi 4 Reserved 5 Custom Continued January 2012 4 49 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 4 13 Transducer Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Protect PARAMETER NAME Number RW Mode Range Initial Value Category Description Data Type Unit16 Array 43 Each item 2500 to 12500 First integrator is number of valid points Followed by up to 21 X values and then 21 Y values Custom Points MAN X values must be increasing CUSTOM POINTS OOS binge Ts SETUP Y values must be increasing or same A value of 2050 represent 20 50 Custom Points can be written only if Input Characterization INPUT_CHAR 50 is not custom Data Type Float Trave
605. tabilize Optimize is included with the device description DD firmware Stabilize Optimize is accessible from the transducer block and permits changing the transducer block set point a small amount to see if the valve is unstable or unresponsive If valve response is unsatisfactory the method permits adjusting the digital valve controller tuning to improve response If the valve is unstable select Decrease Hesponse to stabilize valve operation This selects the next lower tuning set e g F to E If the valve response is sluggish select Increase Response to make the valve more responsive This selects the next higher tuning set e g F to G If after selecting Decrease Hesponse or Increase Response the valve travel overshoot is excessive Increase Damping or Decrease Damping can be used to select a damping value not represented in a predefined tuning set Select Decrease Damping to select a damping value that allows more overshoot Select Increase Damping to select a damping value that will decrease the overshoot When valve operation is satisfactory select Exit Before exiting you are asked if you want to return the transducer block mode to Auto Select Yes to change the transducer block mode to Auto Select No to leave the transducer block in its current mode 4 23 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Pressure Tuning TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Response Control Pressure Tuning Changes to the tuning se
606. tal valve controller housing 2 7 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers CAP SCREW FLANGED MACHINE SCREW LOCK WASHER HEX NUT CONNECTOR ARM FEEDBACK ARM EXTENSION BIAS SPRING MACHINE SCREW bl SHIELD ADJUSTMENT ARM MACHINE SCREW FLAT HEAD HEX NUT LOCK WASHER HEX NUT FLANGED LOCK WASHER PLAIN WASHER Figure 2 2 FIELDVUE DVC6010f Digital Valve Controller Mounted on Sliding Stem Actuators with 2 to 4 Inches Travel 4 If valve travel exceeds 2 inches a feedback arm extension is attached to the existing 2 inch feedback arm Remove the existing bias spring key 78 from the 2 inch feedback arm key 79 Attach the feedback arm extension to the feedback arm key 79 as shown in figure 2 3 5 Mount the digital valve controller on the actuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 6 Set the position of the feedback arm key 79 on the digital valve controller to the zero drive position zero pressure from Port A with Relay A by inserting the alignment pin key 46 through the hole on the feedback arm as follows For air to open actuators i e the actuator stem retracts into the actuator casing or cylinder as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases insert the alignment pin into the hole marked A For this style actuator the feedback arm rotates counterclockwise from A to B as air pressure to the casing or lower cylinder increases For air to
607. target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the following modes Cas Auto or OOS Note The output splitter function block must be in Auto for the mode to go to CAS e Initialization Manual IMan The output path is not complete for example the cascade to slave path might not be open In IMan mode OUT tracks BKCAL IN which allows for bumpless transfer of control Automatic Auto The block outputs OUT 1 and OUT 2 reflect the target operating point specified by the setpoint SP parameter e Cascade Cas The SP parameter is set by another function block through a connection to CAS The SP value is used to set the OUT parameters automatically This is the most frequently used mode in this block The block s normal mode is Cascade Cas You can isolate the block for testing by using Automatic Auto mode and adjusting the setpoint When a block attached to an output requests initialization one of the following actions might occur e When the other output is not in Cas mode the block attached to the input is initialized e When the other output is in Cas mode this output returns to the value calculated from its slope in a specified time period Status Handling Sub status value received at CAS IN 14 is passed to both outputs except for those used in the cascade handshake An IFS goes to both outputs The status option IFS if Bad CAS IN is available If the Status Option to Propaga
608. te Not Limited Yes Propagate Constant No Input a constant No Propagate 1 Low Limit a Propagate SELECT_TYPE 2 High Limit Minimum Propagate selected input limit status Illegal Select Type should never be reached NOTES 15 LIMIT MANIPULATION FOR A CONSTANT INPUT FOR MAXIMUM AND MINIMUM IS BASED UPON THE FOUNDATION FIELDBUS SPECIFICATION THE REASONING IS BASED ON HIGH SELECT PROVIDING A LOW LIMIT STATUS AND LOW SELECT PROVIDING A HIGH LIMIT STATUS Figure 4 15 Input Selector Block Limit Propagation January 2012 4 105 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers MODE BLK 005 MODE BLK MAN STATUS OPTS Uncertain if Man Mode sELECT N Bad status Good Yes Selected in OP SELECT put status value gt 0 Bad At least 1 good input Yes SELECT TYP Yes Yes Middle or Average Multiple Inputs Propagate Nonspecific SELECT TYP Maximum or Minimum Multiple Inputs Propagate input substatus as is No All inputs with same value Yes ELECT_TYP Must be First Good or Hot No Illegal Select Type should never be reached NOTES Propagate Bad Out of Service Propagate Uncertain Propagate Good Noncascade Propagate Bad Nonspecific Propagate Good Noncascade Propagate Bad Nonspecific Propagate input substatus as is Propagate No
609. te failure is set the block propagates device failure only if both BKCAL IN show failed status Otherwise the upstream cascade would be broken by a failure at either output The statuses of OUT 1 8 and OUT 2 9 are determined by the statuses of BKCAL IN 1 and BKCAL IN 2 and the actual mode of the block 4 117 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers RCAS IN dQ CAS IN L Q 9 Auto BKCAL 1 BKCAL IN 2 27 IN ARRAY OUT ARRAY Lockvat OUT 1 OUT 2 RCAS OUT CAS OUT Figure 4 18 Output Splitter Function Block Schematic CAS IN Lj Mope BKCAL IN 1 1 BKCAL IN 2 Shed Mode MI Balance Ouput Setpoint Rate Limiting SP RATE DN SP RATE UP IN ARRAY OUT ARRAY LOCKVAL DUE BKCAL OUT 4 E Ouput m E our Balance Jour 2 Figure 4 19 Output Splitter Function Block Schematic Diagram When a BKCAL input sees that its downstream block is not in Cas mode the Splitter function block sets the corresponding OUT value to the BKCAL IN value However this may not be the same value that is calculated by the splitter algorithm When the mode of the downstream block is changed to Cas the difference between the calculated output and the back calculation input is computed and the difference 4 118 is added to the calculated output Next the difference is reduced to zero over the time defined by the BAL TIME
610. te whether a selected alarm condition is active Alarm detection is based on the OUT 8 value and user specified alarm limits Figure 4 26 illustrates the internal components of the AI function block and table 4 56 lists the Al block parameters and their units of measure descriptions and index numbers Analog Input Block Modes The AI function block supports three modes of operation as defined by the MODE BLK 5 parameter e Manual Man The block output OUT 8 may be set manually Automatic Auto OUT reflects the analog input measurement or the simulated value when simulation is enabled January 2012 Al Function Block Out of Service OOS The block is not processed FIELD VAL 19 and PV 7 are not updated and the OUT 8 status is set to Bad Out of Service The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service In this mode you can make changes to all configured parameters The target mode of a block may be restricted to one or more of the supported modes Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR 6 has an error bit set The types of block errors for the Al block are defined in table 4 54 Process Alarm detection is based on the OUT 8 value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms e High HI LIM 28 e High high HI HI LIM 26 Low LO 30 Low low LO LO LIM 32 In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is osc
611. tected a reduction in performance Performance Information Alert This alert is active if the instrument has detected a condition that may pertain to control performance Status TB Device Diagnostics Status Self Test Status Integrator Suspended The integrator function is temporarily suspended The integrator is suspended if any of the following conditions are met e The setpoint and actual travel are greater than 98 or less than 2 e The set point is in cutoff e The Transducer block is Out of Service OOS Integrator Limited Lo Indicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further High valve friction may cause this situation Integrator Limited Hi lndicates the integrator reached its limit and cannot move the valve any further High valve friction may cause this situation Travel Sensor Span Error ndicates that span between the endpoints of travel are not far enough apart This error is reported during automatic calibration MLFB Error Indicates that the Minor Loop Feedback sensor gave a non valid value during automatic calibration Travel Sensor Hi Error ndicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly above the normal operating range and has failed Travel Sensor Lo Error lndicates the travel sensor has reported a travel position that is significantly below the normal operating range and has failed January 2012 Viewing Devi
612. ted 4 150 January 2012 Index Open Closed Limit Switch using the DI block as 4 162 Outblock Selection 4 26 Outlet Pressure 4 37 Output A Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 8 Output B Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 8 Output Block PV Status AO Block 4 72 DO Block 4 152 Output Block Timeout 4 29 Output Splitter OS Block Parameters 4 123 View lists 4 126 Output Splitter Function Block Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 127 P Packing Type 4 37 Parameters Index 4 173 Parameter List Block 4 134 AO Block 4 75 DO Block 4 154 ISEL Block 4 109 MAI Block 4 143 OS Block 4 123 PID Block 4 89 Resource Block 4 12 Transducer Block 4 42 Parts Common Parts 8 4 Feedback Parts 8 5 Gauges Tire Valves amp Pipe Plugs 8 5 Converter Assembly 8 4 Kits 8 2 Module Base 8 4 Ordering 8 2 Printed Wiring Board Assembly 8 6 Relay 8 4 Terminal Box 8 5 Pass Token PT D 8 PD Inside Status 4 35 PD Run 4 35 Performance Alerts 4 34 PD Inside Status 4 35 Index 5 PD Run 4 35 Performance Critical 4 35 Performance Information 4 35 Performance Reduced 4 35 Performance Critical 4 35 Performance Information 4 35 Performance Reduced 4 35 Performance Tuner 3 6 PID Block 4 83 Alarm Detection 4 87 Block Errors 4 88 Diagram 4 83 Equation Structures 4 86 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 100 Filtering 4 85 Modes 4 83 Outpu
613. testing you can enable simulation which allows the measurement value to be supplied manually through the SIMULATE D 9 parameter Figure 4 31 illustrates the internal components of the DI function block and table 4 80 lists the definitions of the block parameters Modes The Discrete Input function block supports the following modes e Manual Man The block output OUT D 8 is disconnected from the field and set manually Automatic Auto The block algorithm determines output Out of Service OOS The block is not processed The OUT D 8 status is set to Bad Out of January 2012 DI Function Block Service The BLOCK ERR 6 parameter shows Out of Service Block Initialization The Fieldbus Foundation specification requires that certain parameters in the function blocks have initial values of uninitialized In addition to setting the Resource block mode to AUTO the control system or the user must change those parameters from their uninitialized value to a valid value in order for the function block to move from the Out of Service mode For the DI function block the CHANNEL 15 parameter must be initialized Status Handling Under normal conditions a Good Non Cascade status is passed through to OUT D 8 The block also supports the Status Action On Failure and BLOCK ERR 6 indications When SIMULATE D 9 is enabled FIELD VAL D 7 PV D 7 and OUT D 8 change to the simulated status Wh
614. that the cable assemblies wiring are positioned in the cavity of the module base so they do not get compressed or damaged when attaching the cover to the module base assembly in step 6 6 Attach the cover key 43 to the module base assembly 7 For sliding stem applications only install the protective shield onto the side of the replacement module base assembly see figures 2 1 and 2 2 7 6 Submodule Maintenance To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before replacing a submodule in an area which contains a potentially explosive atmosphere or has been classified as hazardous The digital valve controller s module base contains the following submodules converter PWB assembly and pneumatic relay If problems occur these submodules may be removed from the module base and replaced with new submodules After replacing a submodule the module base is replaced in the instrument and calibrated prior to returning to service CAUTION Exercise care when performing maintenance on the module base Reinstall the cover to protect the I P converter and gauges when servicing other submodules In order to maintain accuracy specifications do not strike or drop the I P converter during submodule maintenance I P Converter Refer to figures 8 2 through 8 6 for key number locations The I P converter key 41 is located on the front of the module bas
615. the 475 or 375 Field Communicator For information on using Fisher ValveLink software with the instrument refer to the appropriate user guide or help Do not install operate or maintain a DVC6000f digital valve controller without being fully trained and qualified in valve actuator and accessory installation operation and maintenance To avoid personal injury or property damage it is important to carefully read understand and follow all of the contents of this manual including all safety cautions and warnings If you have any questions about these instructions contact your Emerson Process Management sales office before proceeding Instrument Description DVC6000f digital valve controllers for FOUNDATION fieldbus are interoperable communicating microprocessor based digital to pneumatic instruments In addition to the primary function of converting a digital input signal to a pneumatic output the DVC6000f using FOUNDATION fieldbus communications protocol gives easy access to information critical to process operation as well as process control This can be done using a DeltaV console another FOUNDATION fieldbus system console or with ValveLink software DVC6000f digital valve controllers can be mounted on single or double acting sliding stem actuators as shown in figure 1 1 or on rotary actuators as shown in figure 1 2 The DVC6000f mounts on most Fisher and other manufacturers rotary and sliding stem actuators
616. the Tag Description field This parameter is read write e Strategy Strategy STRATEGY 31 permits strategic grouping of blocks so the operator can identify where the block is located The blocks may be grouped by plant area plant equipment etc Enter a value between 0 and 65535 in the Strategy field e Manufacturer Manufacturer Identification 10 identifies the manufacturer of the instrument It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For Fisher the Manufacturer ID is 0x5100 Device Type Device Type DEV TYPE 11 identifies the type of device It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device For a DVC6000f digital valve controller with Standard Control the device type is 0x4602 Version Device Revision Device Revision DEV REV 12 identifies the device revision number It is used by the host system to locate the DD file for the device e Firmware Revision Firmware Revision FIRMWARE REV ALL 47 6 shows all device firmware revisions currently in operation 6 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers e Standby Firmware Revision Standby Firmware Revision STBY FIRMWARE REV ALL 55 6 shows all device firmware revisions currently in standby e Hardware Revision Hardware Revision HARDWARE REV A8 identifies the electronic hardware revision e ITK Version ITK Version ITK VER 41 identifies the major version of the Interoper
617. the Travel Accumulator Alert Point The Travel Accumulator Alert is set when the Travel Accumulator value exceeds the Travel Accumulator Alert Point It is cleared after you reset the Travel Accumulation to a value less than the alert point e Travel Accumulator Alert Enable When enabled Travel Accumulator Alert Enable activates checking of the difference between the Travel Accumulator value and the Travel Accumulator Alert Point e Travel Accumulator Alert Point Travel Accumulator Alert Point TVL ACCUM ALRT PT 77 4 is the value of the Travel Accumulator in percent 96 of ranged travel which when exceeded sets the Travel Accumulator Alert e Travel Accumulator Deadband Travel Accumulator Deadband ACCUM DB 77 5 is the area around the travel reference point in percent 96 of ranged travel that was established at the last increment of the accumulator This area must be exceeded before a change in travel can be accumulated See figure 4 5 Performance Alerts TB Configure Setup Detailed Setup Alerts Performance Alerts Note Performance Alerts are only available with a PD tier instrument Additionally for the PD alerts to function properly e The transducer block mode must not be out of service e The travel pressure control state must be in travel control mode and e Bench Set Hi Bench Set Lo and Nominal Supply Pressure must be set in the Spec Sheets then enable the Performan
618. the input selector block The revision value will be incremented each time a static parameter value in the block is changed Tag Description TAG DESC 7 bit ASCII spaces Data Type Octet String The user description of the intended application of the block Strategy STRATEGY 0 to 65535 Data Type Unsigned16 The strategy field can be used to identify grouping of blocks This data is not checked or processed by the block Alert Key ALERT KEY 110255 Data Unsigned8 The identification number of the plant unit This information may be used in the host for sorting alarms etc Block Mode MODE BLK TARGET 5 1 RW ALL OOS MAN AUTO OOS ACTUAL 5 2 RO ALL OOS PERMITTED 5 8 RW ALL OOS MAN AUTO OOS MAN AUTO NORMAL 5 4 RW ALL AUTO AUTO Data Type DS 69 The actual target permitted and normal modes of the block Target The requested block mode Actual The current mode of the block Permitted Allowed modes for Target Normal Most common mode for Target Block Error BLOCK_ERR RO 1 Block Configuration Error 7 Input Failure Bad PV Status 14 Power up 15 Out of Service Data Type Bit String 0 Inactive 1 Active This parameter reflects the error status associated with the hardware or software components associated with a block It is a bit string so that multiple errors may be shown
619. then contains a folder xxxxxx for each manufacturer as defined above For Fisher this folder is 005100 A readme file may be included at the top level Read this file for any additional information regarding the DD For the DVC6000f The device type parameter for this unit is 4602 This device includes the AO PID ISEL OS MAI DO and DI function blocks From DeltaV Explorer select the amsdevices 005100 4602 folder refer to figure E 2 e The most recent device description for Fisher devices can be downloaded from the internet at www FIELDVUE com If you are downloading from the internet the file on the website will be compressed zipped and must be decompressed unzipped before proceeding Refer to the website download and installation procedures for setting up the DD on your system Note the folder where the decompressed files are placed This information will be required later in the installation procedure Note Record any warning error messages from the message window in DeltaV Explorer so that it can be communicated to the DeltaV Technical Support Group E 4 Installing DDs on Other Fieldbus Host Systems The following is a generic procedure for installing the device descriptions on a host system Refer to your host system documentation for specific information In general the following may apply Device descriptions furnished by Fisher contain only those files applicable to Fisher All the files are
620. then the highest input is selected The status of OP SELECT 22 must 4 107 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers be Good Good Cascade or Uncertain with a STATUS OPTS 10 of Use Uncertain as Good in order to be evaluated If the status of OP SELECT 22 is Bad then the OUT 7 status is Bad Identification of Selected Inputs For a SELECT TYPE 19 of Maximum Minimum Middle First Good and Hot Spare SELECTED 21 indicates the number of the selected input When Middle is computed from more than one input SELECTED 21 is set to 0 For a SELECT TYPE 19 of Average SELECTED 21 indicates the number of inputs used in the average calculation When the block mode is Manual SELECTED 21 is set to 0 Alarm Detection A block alarm will be generated whenever the BLOCK ERR 6 has an error bit set The types of block error for the PID block are defined above Process alarm detection is based on OUT 7 value You can configure the alarm limits of the following standard alarms e High 401 e High high HI HI LIM 38 e Low LO LIM 42 e Low low LO LO LIM 44 In order to avoid alarm chattering when the variable is oscillating around the alarm limit an alarm hysteresis in percent of the PV span can be set using the ALARM HYS 36 parameter The priority of each alarm is set in the following parameters e HI PRI 39 e HI HI PRI 37 e LO PRI 41 e LO LO PRI 43 ACK OPTION
621. ther a starting point For more information refer to the following sources Section 3 Basic Setup and Tuning for detailed information regarding initial setup and stabilizing and optimizing valve response Section 4 Detailed Setup for detailed information on configuring all of the blocks in the instrument and an overview of the function blocks Section 5 Calibration for complete calibration information Appendix A Principle of Operation for information on how digital valve controller operation Appendix D FouNDATION fieldbus Communication for an overview of function block and block modes as well as additional information pertaining to fieldbus communication Appendix E DD Installation for information on installing the device description DD software on your host system DeltaV On Line Help or Documentation for complete and current information about navigating in the DeltaV system Software Functionality System Requirements DVC6000f digital valve controllers are designed to permit remote setup calibration and testing using Process Systems DeltaV system as the host system To use the methods accessed as described in this appendix requires that the device description DD for the DVC6000f digital valve controller be installed on the host system For information on installing the device description refer to DD Installation Appendix E and the host system documentation January 2012 Exploring Delta
622. ther fieldbus instruments and the control system Fieldbus is an all digital serial two way communication system which interconnects field equipment such as transmitters digital valve controllers and process controllers Fieldbus is a local area network LAN for instruments used in both process and manufacturing automation with built in capability to distribute the control application across the network Function Block Overview A fieldbus system is a distributed system composed of field devices and control and monitoring equipment integrated into the physical environment of a plant or factory Fieldbus devices work together to provide I O and control for automated processes and operations The Fieldbus Foundation provides a framework for describing these systems as a collection of physical devices interconnected by a fieldbus network One of the ways that the physical devices are used is to perform their portion of the total system operation by implementing one or more function blocks Function Blocks Function blocks within the fieldbus device perform the various functions required for process control Because each system is different the mix and configuration of functions are different Therefore the Fieldbus Foundation has designed a range of function blocks each addressing a different need Analog Input Block Al Multiple Analog Input MAI Discrete Input Block DI Manual Loader Block ML Bias Gain Station Block B
623. tion 4 153 Status Handling 4 150 View lists 4 157 Drive Current 4 27 Drive Signal 4 27 DVC6000f Series Description 1 2 E Educational Services 1 4 Effective Area 4 39 Electronics Alerts 4 27 Drive Current 4 27 Drive Signal 4 27 Processor Impaired 4 28 Environment Alerts 4 30 Supply Pressure 4 30 Temperature Limit 4 31 January 2012 Index F Failed Active 4 40 Failed Enable 4 35 Failed Suppress 4 35 Feedback Connection 4 38 Feedforward Calculation 4 86 Field Communicator Menu Structure Analog Input Function Block 4 139 Analog Output Function Block 4 80 Discrete Input Function Block 4 170 Discrete Output Function Block 4 158 Input Selector Function Block 4 115 Multiple Analog Input Function Block 4 146 Output Splitter Function Block 4 127 PID Function Block 4 100 Field Value Processing DI Block 4 163 Fieldbus Control 1 2 Fieldbus Logic 1 2 Fieldbus Wiring Connecting 1 23 Quick Connect Cable Entry 1 24 Twisted Shielded Pair 1 23 Flow Direction 4 37 Flow Tends To 4 37 FM Loop Schematics B 6 B 8 Nameplates B 9 FOUNDATION Fieldbus Communication Principle of Operation D 2 Function Block Overview D 2 Function Blocks Operation D 2 Scheduling D 9 G Gas Certified 1 19 Gauges Tire Valves amp Pipe Plugs Parts List 8 5 Replacing 7 8 Hot Spare 4 107 Index 3 Options AO Block 4 73 Selection DI Block
624. tion to function blocks fieldbus devices contain two other block types to support the function blocks These are the resource block and the transducer block The resource block contains the hardware specific characteristics associated with a device Transducer blocks couple the function blocks to local input output functions Resource Blocks The resource block contains hardware specific characteristics associated with the device it has no January 2012 FouNDATION Fieldbus Communication i utput Execution Control Input Parameter Linkages B2711 IL Processing Algorithm Output Parameter Linkages Output Snap Figure D 1 Function Block Internal Structure input or output parameters The algorithm within a resource block monitors and controls the general operation of the physical device hardware The execution of this algorithm is dependent on the characteristics of the physical device as defined by the manufacturer As a result of this activity the algorithm may cause the generation of events There is only one resource block defined for a device For example placing the resource block in Out of Service mode stops all function block execution by setting their modes to Out of Service as well The actual mode of the function blocks is changed to Out of Service but the function block target modes will not change Placing the resource block in the Out of Service mode does not affect the mode of t
625. to be accessed at the same time Views 1 and 2 contain Table 4 27 AO Function Block View 3 operating parameters and are defined by the Fieldbus are Parameter Foundation View 3 contains dynamic parameters and ST REV View 4 contains static parameters with configuration MODE BLK TARGET MODE and maintenance information Views 3 and 4 are MODE BLK ACTUAL MODE defined by the manufacturer 53 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 5 4 MODE_BLK NORMAL_MODE Table 4 25 AO Function Block View 1 6 BLOCK_ERR Parameter 1 ST_REV 9 OUT 5 1 MODE_BLK TARGET_MODE 16 READBACK 5 2 MODE_BLK ACTUAL_MODE 17 CAS IN 5 3 MODE BLK PERMITTED MODE 25 BKCAL OUT 5 4 MODE BLK NORMAL MODE 26 RCAS IN 6 BLOCK ERR 28 RCAS OUT 7 PV 31 STDDEV 8 SP 32 CAP STDDEV 9 OUT 16 READBACK 17 CAS IN Table 4 28 AO Function Block View 4 e Parameter 1 ST REV Table 4 26 AO Function Block View 2 3 STRATEGY Index 4 ALERT KEY Number Parameter 14 IO OPTS 1 ST REV 15 STATUS OPTS 11 PV_SCALE 18 SP_RATE_DN 12 XD_SCALE 19 SP_RATE_UP 13 1 GRANT_DENY GRANT 22 CHANNEL 13 2 GRANT_DENY DENY 23 FSTATE_TIME 20 SP_HI_LIM 24 FSTATE_VAL 21 SP_LO_LIM 27 SHED_OPT January 2012 4 79 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Field Communicator Menu Structure ANALOG OUTPUT FUNCTION BLOCK Quick Config Alert
626. to figures 8 2 8 3 8 4 and 8 5 for identification of parts Personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion can result from the discharge of static electricity Connect a 14 AWG 2 08 mm ground strap between the digital valve controller and earth ground when flammable or hazardous gases are present Refer to national and local codes and standards for grounding requirements To avoid static discharge from the plastic cover do not rub or clean the cover with solvents Clean with a mild detergent and water only To avoid personal injury or property damage do not use the Quick Connect option on instruments in explosion proof installations 1 The quick connect cable entry should be installed on the digital valve controller at the factory If it is proceed to step 3 If not continue with step 2 January 2012 Installation 2 To install the Quick Connect ensure that the shield is totally isolated at the instrument end a Remove the terminal box cap key 4 from the terminal box key 3 b Apply sealant to the threads of the quick 2 connector e Note c Insert the wire pigtail into the desired conduit The Groen yellow wire iS mm opening on the terminal box Tighten the quick cA connector in the conduit opening should be installed and left on the connector are the two signal wires d Cut and trim the wire ends e The instrument is not p
627. tor Supply Press Low Enabled The supply pressure is lower than the Supply Pressure Lo Alert Point None Indicates a condition that could reduce performance or prevent the valve from shutting tightly Confirm proper air supply The Supply Pressure sensor on board has detected an abnormally high supply pressure Verify the proper supply pressure and that the alert is properly set The Supply Pressure sensor on board has detected an abnormally low supply pressure Verify the proper supply pressure and that the alert is properly set Temperature Limit Environment Advisory Temperature High Enabled The temperature is greater than the Temperature Hi Alert Point Temperature Low Enabled The temperature is lower than the Temperature Lo Alert Point None Indicates a condition that could shorten service life or lead to reduced performance Check instrument environment The instrument temperature has exceeded the user configured high temperature limit Operation of the instrument above the rated temperature may degrade instrument components This may affect instrument performance and or reduce the life of the instrument The instrument temperature has dropped below the user configured low temperature limit Operation of the instrument below the rated temperature may degrade instrument components This may affect instrument performance and
628. tor Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel History Alerts gt Travel Accumulator gt Travel Accumulator Deadband Travel Closed Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Closed gt Travel Closed Alert Travel Closed Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Closed gt Travel Closed Alert Enable Travel Closed Alert Point gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Closed gt Travel Closed Alert Point Travel Closed Deadband gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Prox Alerts gt Travel Closed gt Travel Closed Deadband Travel Count TB Device Variables Travel Count Travel Cutoff Hi TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Cutoff Hi Travel Cutoff Lo TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Cutoff Lo Travel Deviation TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Travel Deviation Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Travel Alerts gt Travel Deviation gt Travel Deviation Alert Travel Deviation Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt
629. tput Status Output Value Process Value Status Process Value Value Remote Cascade Input Status Remote Cascade Input Value Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Readback Status Readback Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Status Block Error Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value StdDev Cap StdDev Characteristics Static Revision Tag Description Strategy Alert Key Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Block Error Process Value Status Process Value Value Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Output Status Output Value Simulate Simulate Status Simulate Simulate Value Simulate Transducer Status Simulate Transducer Value Simulate Simulate En Disable Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 096 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Transducer Scale EU at 10096 Transducer Scale EU at 0 Transducer Scale Units Index Transducer Scale Decimal Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Options Status Options Readback Status Readback Value Cascade Input Status Cascade Input Value Setpoint Rate Down S
630. tput Discrete Status Back Calculation Output Discrete Value Remote Cascade Input Discrete Status Remote Cascade Input Discrete Value Shed Options Remote Cascade Output Discrete Status Remote Cascade Output Discrete Value Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value Setpoint Rate Up Setpoint Rate Down January 2012 DO Function Block January 2012 4 159 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Discrete Input DI Function Block Overview 4 161 reas adsum us teak ace Nadeau 4 161 Block Initialization occ aT rite aes 4 161 Status Handling ntes Pet eia d ates 4 161 l Selec Hol TER EUR E ER TUR E EE ERES 4 161 Valve 4 162 Open Closed Limit Switch eA De x Rx Re e ce it x Ron 4 162 WIC Ns aa aic dear p ESO PRO A cd paca basen ass 4 162 Valve Position Proximity Detection 4 163 Field Value Processing 4 163 Alarm unco d EL fpe 4 163 Block ete Henne Ee Oe
631. transducer READBACK is the Value Dynamic simulated input if SIMULATE is enabled or the transducer block feedback if SIMULATE is disabled BAD Cascade Input 17 ALL Status NC Data Type DS 65 CAS IN const The setpoint value from another function block Value 0 4 76 Continued January 2012 AO Function Block Table 4 24 Analog Output Function Block Parameter Definitions Continued Label Index RO Block Initial 422 PARAMETER Number RW Mode Range Value Description Data Type Float Setpoint Rate Down 18 ALL Positive 0 disables Ramp rate for downward set point changes SP RATE DN E rate limiting PV units When the ramp rate is set to zero the set point is used immediately Data Type Float Setpoint Rate Up 19 ALL Positive O disables Ramp rate for upward set point changes When SP RATE UP x rate limiting PV units the ramp rate is set to zero the setpoint is used immediately NS es Data Type Float Edd kimit 20 ALL PV Scale 10 100 The highest set point value allowed SP_HI_LIM 75 must be greater than LO ae Data Type Float secure 21 ALL PV Scale 10 0 The lowest set point value allowed SP LO r must be less than SP HI Data Type Unsigned16 AO Channel Defines which transducer parameter receives the CHANNEL ee 008 1 Setpoint 1 Setpoint output Sele
632. troke Valve Self Test Stai Trend Block Error us J Self Test Status Integrator Suspended Device Record Integrator Limited Lo Integrator Limited Hi Maximum Recorded Temperature Maximum Recorded Temperature Time Minimum Recorded Temperature Minimum Recorded Temperature Time Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Maximum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Minimum Recorded Supply Pressure Time Travel Sensor Span Error MLFB Error Travel Sensor Hi Error Travel Sensor Lo Error Pressure B Sensor Failure Pressure A Sensor Failure IOP Failure Drive Current Alert AO Control Pre Char Setpoint Setpoint Status Travel DeChar Control Post Char Travel Target Travel Travel Status Setpoint D Travel D Simulate Jumper ON Block Error Valve Manufacturer Valve Model Number Valve Serial Number Valve Style Valve Size Valve Class Rated Travel Actual Travel Stem Diameter Packing Type Inlet Pressure Outlet Pressure Trim Seat Type Leak Class Port Diameter Port Type Flow Direction Push Down To Flow Tends To Unbalanced Area Supply Sensor Failure a Actuator Block Configuration Error Simulate Active Lost Static Data Device Needs Maint
633. troller connected to a double acting piston actuator To have the actuator stem extend from the cylinder with Zero Power Condition connect OUTPUT A to the lower actuator cylinder connection Connect OUTPUT B to the upper cylinder connection Special Construction to Support Logic Solver Initiated Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring In single acting actuator applications with a solenoid valve installed the DVC6000f can be configured to monitor the health of the solenoid valve test which is initiated by the Logic Solver This is accomplished by connecting the unused output port B from the DVC6000f to the pneumatic monitoring line between the solenoid valve and the actuator as shown in figure 2 18 When single acting direct relay C is installed the unused output port is port B When single acting reverse relay B is used the unused port is port A 2 21 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Note Solenoid valve testing is only available for instrument level PD Note This application is called special application in the Device Setup relay selection This configuration is not possible with a double acting actuator or when using relay A in single acting mode Vent Connection This unit vents the supply medium into the surrounding atmosphere When installing this unit in a non hazardous non classified location in a confined area with natural gas as the supply medium you must remotely vent this unit to
634. tting Started F 2 Software Functionality System Requirements F 9 Starting Methods Resource Block F 10 Transducer Block F 10 DeltaV Tune 4 87 Detailed Setup Transducer Block 4 21 Device Communication Scheduled Transfers D 8 Client Server D 9 Publisher Subscriber D 8 Report Distribution D 8 Unscheduled Transfers D 8 Device Description DD Description D 5 E 3 Installation E 2 On a DeltaV ProfessionalPlus Workstation E 3 Other Fieldbus Host Systems E 4 Device Diagnostics Transducer Block 6 7 Device Record 6 9 Device Setup 3 2 Device Variables Resource Block 6 5 Transducer Block AO Control Pre Char 6 10 Direct Action 4 87 January 2012 Discrete Input DI Block 4 161 Action on Failure 4 164 Alarm Detection 4 163 Block Initialization 4 161 Channel 23 4 162 Diagram 4 161 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 170 Field Value Processing 4 163 Selection 4 161 Modes 4 161 Open Closed Limit Switch 4 162 Parameter 4 166 Simulation 4 164 Status Handling 4 161 Valve Position Proximity Detection 4 163 Valve Travel 4 162 Variable Limit Switch 4 162 View lists 4 169 Discrete Output DO Block 4 149 Action on Fault Detection 4 152 Block Errors 4 152 Block Initialization 4 150 Diagram 4 149 Field Communicator Menu Structure 4 158 Selection 4 151 Modes 4 149 Output Block PV Status 4 152 Parameters 4 154 Setting the Output 4 151 Shed Options 4 150 Simula
635. tuator perform basic setup only to verify setup is correct and valve operation is satisfactory Device Commissioned For information on commissioning a device see DeltaV books online Additional configuration required such as setting alarms cutoffs and other resource block and transducer block parameters See the Detailed Setup section of this manual Control strategy defined For information on defining a control strategy see DeltaV books online Associate with device See DeltaV books online Download device See DeltaV books online I mq wg F 2 January 2012 Operating with a DeltaV System Table F 1 Transducer Block TB Parameter Configuration Index PARAMETER LABEL Actual Travel TB Configure Setup Detai PATH TO PARAMETER ed Setup Valve and Actuator Valve Actual Travel Actuator Fail Action TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Actuator Fail Action Actuator Manufacturer ID TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Actuator Manufacturer ID Actuator Model Number TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Actuator Model Number Actuator Serial Number TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Actuator Actuator Serial Number Actuator Size TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator
636. tuator as described in the mounting kit instructions 4 Refer to figures 2 9 and 2 10 The travel indicator assembly can have a starting position of 7 30 or 10 30 Determine the desired starting position then proceed with the next step Considering the top of the digital valve controller as the 12 o clock position in the next step attach the travel indicator so that the pin is positioned as follows If required attach the spacer to the actuator shaft e If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft clockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 10 30 position as shown in figure 2 9 e If increasing pressure from the digital valve controller output A rotates the potentiometer shaft counterclockwise as viewed from the back of the instrument mount the travel indicator assembly such that the arrow is in the 7 30 position as shown in figure 2 10 January 2012 MOVEMENT OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY WITH INCREASING PRESSURE FROM OUTPUT A 19B3879 A DOC 2 STARTING POSITION OF TRAVEL INDICATOR ASSEMBLY Installation DVC6030f FEEDBACK ARM MOVEMENT ACTUATOR SHAFT MOVEMENT DIGITAL VALVE CONTROLLER OUTPUT A 0 PSI IN THIS POSITION THE A HOLE IN THE FEEDBACK ARM WILL BE ALIGNED WITH THE REFERENCE HOL
637. tup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Feedback Connection Flow Direction TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Flow Direction iii Continued Transducer Block TB Menu Structure Parameter Label Flow Tends To Menu Structure TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Flow Tends To Processor Alert gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Processor Alert Processor Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Processor Alert Enable Processor Man Recovery gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Processor Man Recovery Processor Shutdown gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Elect Alerts gt Processor Impaired gt Processor Shutdown Inlet Pressure gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Inlet Pressure Input Characterization TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Input Characterization TB Device Variables Input Characterization Integrator Limited Hi TB gt Device Diagnostics gt Status gt Self Test Status gt Integrator Limited Hi I
638. tus Limits Output value to another block for backwards output BKCAL OUT tracking Data Type Float Input Aray 16 All 0 Used with OUT_ARRAY to map input to output See Input IN_ARRAY to Output Mapping page 4 119 Data Type Float Av 17 Used with IN ARRAY to map input to output See Input to Output Mapping page 4 119 Lockval 0 Undfined 0 Data Type Enum LOCKVAL 18 1 no lock Un define d Used with OUT ARRAY to map input to output See Input 2 lock to Output Mapping page 4 119 BAD Data Type DS 65 Back Calculation Input 1 19 Status NC The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the BKCAL_1_IN const lower block associated with OUT_1 It is used for Value 0 initialization and to prevent windup in upstream blocks BAD Data Type DS 65 Back Calculation Input 2 20 Status NC The value and status reflecting the BKCAL_OUT of the BKCAL_2_IN const ower block associated with OUT_2 It is used for Value 0 initialization and to prevent windup in upstream blocks Data Type Float Balance Time 21 Positive 0 Specifies the time for the internal working value of bias or BAL TIME eos ratio to return to the operator set bias or ratio in seconds Hystval HYSTVAL 22 Update Event UPDATE EVT 23 0 Undefined 0 UNACKNOWLEDGED 23 1 RW N A 1 Acknowledged p Undefined 2 Unacknowledged AAE 0 Data Type DS 3 x This alert is generated by any change to the static data UPDATE STATE 23 2 RO N A 2 Updated
639. ual mode of Auto or Cas if that mode is not permitted Status Handling If the input status on the PID block is Bad the mode of the block reverts to Manual In addition you can select the Target to Manual if Bad IN status option to direct January 2012 PID Function Block Operator Set point SP HI LIM SP RATE UP SP LO LIM SP RATE DN Setpoint Rate Limiting Limiting Figure 4 13 PID Function Block Set Point Selection Auto 0 Man 5 B2722 IL the target mode to revert to manual You can set the status option in Manual or Out of Service mode only Set Point Selection and Limiting The set point of the PID block is only valid when the block is in Auto Cas or RCas Figure 4 13 illustrates the method for set point selection You can configure the SP HI LIM 21 and SP LO 22 parameters to limit the set point In Cascade or Remote Cascade mode the set point is adjusted by another function block or by a host computer and the output is computed based on the set point In Automatic mode the set point is entered manually by the operator and the output is computed based on the set point In Auto mode you can also adjust the set point limit and the set point rate of change using the RATE UP 20 and SP RATE DN 19 parameters In Manual mode the output is entered manually by the operator In Remote Output mode the output is entered by a host computer Output Selection and Limit
640. uality can be Good Cascade Good Non Cascade Uncertain and Bad Each quality can have a substatus as shown in table D 3 Each status attribute also has four possible limit states Not limited Low limited High limited and Constant Refer to the Fieldbus Foundation specifications for a more detailed description The following describes how the transducer block passes status information to the AO block For information on status handling by the function blocks within the digital valve controller refer to the Detailed Setup section D 5 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers LINK MASTER LAS Link Active Scheduler B2712 1 IL JL JE JE Fieldbus Segment BASIC DEVICES Figure D 3 Simple Single Link Fieldbus Network Table D 3 Status Attribute Quality and Substatus Components Quality Substatus Good NC Non specific Good NC Active Block Alarm Good NC Active Advisory Alarm Good NC Active Critical Alarm Good NC Unack Block Alarm Good NC Unack Advisory Alarm Good NC Unack Critical Alarm Uncertain Non specific Uncertain Last Usable Value Uncertain Substitute Manual Entry Uncertain Initial Value Uncertain Sensor Conversion not Accurate Uncertain Engineering Unit Range Violation Uncertain Sub normal Good C Non specific Good C Initialization Acknowledge Good C Initialization Request Good C Not I
641. ually entered SP D 8 value is 14 mode is not Out of Service overwritten on the block s next execution cycle This 15 Out of Service The block is in Out of Service OOS mode option can prevent a state change when transitioning from Manual to Automatic mode You can disable this option in Manual or Out of Service mode only The Invert option inverts the set point at SP D 8 before it is stored in OUT D 9 With this option enabled OUT D 9 becomes an inverted copy of D 8 where non zero values of SP D 8 are considered a logic 1 With this option disabled OUT D 9 is a direct copy of SP D 8 The readback value is processed through the Invert option to become PV D 7 The Use PV for BKCAL OUT option specifies that BKCAL OUT equal the value of the process variable PV D 7 instead of the set point SP D 8 If you do not enable this option BKCAL OUT will equal SP D 8 Output Block PV Status The Output Block PV Status is determined by the value of the PlantWeb Alerts Set PV Status parameter in the transducer block SET STATUS 97 the Transducer Block mode and enabled Active PlantWeb alarms Refer to table 4 10 4 152 Block Errors Table 4 70 lists conditions reported in the BLOCK ERR 6 parameter Conditions in italics are not applicable for the DO block and are provided only for your reference Action on Fault Detection Fault State is caused by one of three sources A status
642. ucer block target mode to Auto see page 4 21 Transducer Block Mode or host System documentation 5 c Transducer has detected a hardware failure 5 c A bad status is passed to the blocks READBACK or FIELD_VAL parameter See transducer section of Detailed Setup for repair information 5 d Wrong output block is active 5 d Use Outblock Selection to select the desired output block The deselected block will have a bad status for READBACK This will keep it in IMAN mode when target is other than OOS 5 e Output block is not licensed 5 e The Actual Block Mode MODE BLK ACTUAL 5 2 will remain out of service and the block cannot be scheduled if the block has not bee licensed Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office to upgrade product licensing 7 16 Continued January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause 5 f Schedules that define when function blocks execute are not set correctly Action 5 f Set the schedules using host system or configuration tool All function blocks must be in a schedule that is downloaded to the device 5 0 Configuration error 5 9 Look for configuration error bit in BLOCK ERR By default all enumerature type parameters are initialized to 0 undefined They must be configured before the block can be put into service 6 Block dynamic parameters do not update 6 a
643. uctions included with the mounting kit For sliding stem actuators the cam is installed on the stem connector 3 If a mounting plate is required fasten the mounting plate to the actuator 4 For applications that require remote venting a pipe away bracket kit is available Follow the instructions included with the kit to replace the existing mounting bracket on the digital valve controller with the pipe away bracket and to transfer the feedback parts from the existing mounting bracket to the pipe away bracket 5 Larger size actuators may require a follower arm extension as shown in figure 2 6 If required the follower arm extension is included in the mounting kit Follow the instructions included with the mounting kit to install the follower arm extension 6 Apply anti seize key 64 to the arm assembly pin as shown in figure 2 8 7 Mount the DVC6020f on the actuator as follows e f required a mounting adaptor is included in the mounting kit Attach the adaptor to the actuator as shown in figure 2 5 Then attach the digital valve controller assembly to the adaptor The roller on the digital valve controller feedback arm will contact the actuator cam as it is being attached January 2012 MOUNTING BRACKET MOUNTING ADAPTER BIAS SPRING Ss AT a ARM ASSEMBLY PIN ARM ASSEMBLY FEEDBACK ARM ASSEMBLY Figure 2 8 Locating Adjustment Arm Pin in F
644. ue Back Calculation Output Status Back Calculation Output Value Input Array 1 Input Array 2 Input Array 3 Input Array 4 Output Array 1 Output Array 2 Output Array 3 Output Array 4 Lockval Back Calculation Input 1 Status Back Calculation Input 1 Value Back Calculation Input 2 Status Back Calculation Input 2 Value Balance Time Hystval Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm Value January 2012 4 127 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Analog Input Al Function Block Overview 4 129 4 129 1 occorre peor S ROC pti bre aen 4 129 Status Handling eiae ates 4 130 er or 4 130 Signal GONnVEFSION dent uve EM ebd e elu 4 130 Diret ee ne he bag A Lt etre Iv talon 4 131 eta ER Ceiba ERE Oe ea PRA Ci RR ES 4 131 direct Square tranny sat eterna oup iu dete 4 131 Advanced Features 4 132 Simulation E o
645. ugs key 66 or tire valves January 2012 Maintenance and Troubleshooting key 67 Single acting direct instruments will also have a screen key 236 figure 8 6 These are located on the top of the module base next to the relay Perform the following procedure to replace the gauges tire valves or pipe plugs Refer to figures 8 2 through 8 6 for key number locations 1 Remove the front cover key 43 2 Remove the gauge pipe plug or tire valve as follows For gauges key 47 the flats are on the gauge case Use a wrench on the flats of the gauge to remove the gauge from the module base To remove the supply gauge remove one of the output gauges For pipe plugs key 66 and tire valves key 67 use a wrench to remove these from the module base 3 Apply sealant key 64 to the threads of the replacement gauges pipe plugs or tire valves 4 Using a wrench screw the gauges pipe plugs or tire valves into the module base Terminal Box Refer to the Maintenance WARNING at the beginning of this section Refer to figures 8 2 through 8 6 for key number locations The terminal box is located on the housing and contains the terminal strip assembly for field wiring connections Note This procedure also applies to the DVC6005f remote terminal box January 2012 Removing the Terminal Box To avoid personal injury or property damage caused by fire or explosion remove power to the instrument before removi
646. uired to set the travel to 0 move the valve to close If another adjustment is required repeat step 4 Otherwise select Done and go to step 5 5 From the adjustment menu select the direction and size of change required to set the travel to 10096 move the valve to open If another adjustment is required repeat step 5 Otherwise select Done and go to step 6 6 Enter the name of the person performing the calibration procedure 7 Enter the location of the calibration procedure 8 Enter the date of the calibration procedure 9 Place the Transducer Block Mode in Manual and verify that the travel properly tracks the setpoint changes Relay TB Configure Setup Calibration Relay Note Relay B and C are not user adjustable For relay A it is recommended that you check the relay adjustment for double acting installations before proceeding with travel calibration Double Acting Relay The double acting relay is designated by Relay A on a label affixed to the relay itself For double acting actuators the valve must be near mid travel to properly adjust the relay The Field Communicator will automatically position the valve when Adjust is selected Rotate the adjustment disc shown in figure 5 2 until the output pressure displayed on the Field Communicator is between 50 and 70 of supply pressure This adjustment is very sensitive Be sure to allow the pressure reading to stabilize befor
647. ult State enables the ability to manually set and clear the fault state e Set Fault State Selecting Set Fault State SET FSTATE 29 changes the Fault State FAULT STATE 28 to Active Setting Set FState SET FSTATE 29 to SET manually places the instrument in the fault state Clear Fault State Setting Clear FState CLR FSTATE 30 to CLEAR clears the device fault state if no faults are currently active You can test the actions the output blocks will perform by manually setting fault state active Device Variables Instrument RB Device Variables Instrument The following parameters are contained in the the Instrument menu of the resource block Identification e Device ID The 32 character Device ID DEVICE ID 54 January 2012 e Electronics Serial Number The Electronics Serial Number ELECTRONICS SN 49 set at the factory e Factory Serial Number The Factory Serial Number FACTORY SN 50 is the instrument serial number set at the factory e Field Serial Number The Field Serial Number FIELD SN 51 is the serial number of the valve and actuator on which the instrument is mounted Tag Description The Tag Description TAG DESC 2 is unique description of each block within the digital valve controller used to describe the intended application for the block Follow the prompts on the Field Communicator to enter an up to 32 character description for the block in
648. uning and stabilize optimize valve response see Stabilize Optimize on page 4 23 12 The valve cycles does not stay on set point 12 a Large amount of packing friction 12 a1 Perform Stabilizing Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize optimize valve response see Stabilize Optimize on page 4 23 12 a2 Use a larger size actuator 13 Valve responds too slowly 13 a Insufficient instrument gain 13 a Perform Stabilize Optimize Valve Response procedure to adjust tuning and stabilize valve response see Stabilize Optimize on page 4 23 13 b I P converter input filter clogged or air blockage in ass y nozzle block 13 b1 Replace converter filter see Replacing the V P Filter on page 7 6 January 2012 Continued 7 17 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Table 7 2 Instrument Troubleshooting Continued Symptom Possible Cause Action 13 b2 Replace I P converter see Replacing the I P Converter on page 7 7 13 c O ring s between I P converter missing or hard and flattened losing seal 13 c Replace O ring s refer to the I P Converter section on page 7 6 13 Valve responds too slowly 13 4 I P ass y out of spec 13 4 I P ass y nozzle have been adjusted Verify drive signal 5596 to 8096 refer to Elect and Config on page 4 27 of Detailed Setup Blocks or host system documentation Replace ass y if dri
649. upply Pressure Pressure A Pressure B Travel Target Travel 96 Pressure B 12 What is the safe position of the valve Fail Closed Fail Open Interface and Diagnostic Tools 13 What interface and diagnostic tools are available 14 Provide any available supporting documentation such as Status Monitor Detailed Setup any alert readings Mounting Reference 1 Actuator application Sliding Stem Rotary 2 2 Which digital valve controller do you have DVC6010f_ DVCeo20f DVC6030 or Remote mount digital valve controller DVC6005f with DVC6010f 1 DVC6020f_ DVC6030f 3 What Make Brand Style Size etc actuator is the DVC6000f mounted on Operational 4 Whatis the full travel of the valve 5 What is the Mounting Kit part number Other 6 If mounting kits are made by LBP Customer please provide pictures of installation 7 For a DVC6010f or a DVC6030f During full travel of the actuator does the DVC6000f feedback arm move below the A or above the B alignment positions It should not Yes No 7 20 January 2012 Section 8 Parts Parts Ordering Parts Kits Parts List HOUSING iv tero PRU ike January 2012 Common Parts PWB Assembly Pressure Gauges Pipe Plugs or Tire Valve Assemblies Feedback Remote Travel Sensor Parts Parts 8 2 8 2 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 4 8 5 8 5 8 6 8 5 8 5
650. ure State PD Inside Status Protection Drive Signal Temperature Cycle Counter Travel Accumulator Travel Count Pressures Pressures amp Supply Pressure Pressure A Minus DO Control Auto Calibration Manual Calibration Relay Travel Sensor Supply Pressure Pressure A Pressure B t Device Diagnostics Active PlantWeb Alerts Alert Conditions Status Status L Instrument Calibration Valve and Actuator Tag Description Pressure Units Temperature Units Travel Units Length Units Area Units Spring Rate Units Relay Type Zero Power Condition Maximum Supply Pressure Calibration Person Calibration Location Calibration Date Last Calibration Type I 4 Valve Trim Pressure Tuning Set Pressure Proportional Gain Pressure MLFB Gain Pressure Integral Gain Pressure Integral Dead Zone Pressure Integral Limit Hi Pressure Integral Limit Lo Alerts Elect Alerts Configuration Alerts Sensor Alerts Environment Alerts Travel Alerts Prox Alerts Travel History Alerts Performance Alerts PlantWeb Alert Enable PlantWeb Alert Reporting Valve Actuator Reference Soha Eg ee I Reference amp Trim Style 1 Trim Style 2 Stroke Time Open Stroke Time Close Device Record S
651. urer s identification number as defined by the Fieldbus Foundation For Fisher the manufacturer ID hex value is 005100 4 37 DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers ACTUATOR 47 STEM TRAVEL SENSOR SHAFT A O 20 30 40 60 5 76 1 112 1 11 ADJUSTMENT ARM 2 Figure 4 6 Feedback Connection for Typical Sliding Stem Actuator Up to 4 inch Travel Actuator Model Number Enter the type number for the actuator ACT MODEL NUM 23 on which the instrument is mounted Actuator Style Select the Actuator Style ACTUATOR STYLE 42 1 spring amp diaphragm piston double acting without spring piston single acting with spring or piston double acting with spring Actuator Serial Number Enter the serial number ACT SN 24 for the actuator on which the instrument is mounted Actuator Size Enter the size of the actuator ACTUATOR SIZE 85 1 on which the instrument is mounted Actuator Fail Action Sets actuator action to be performed upon loss of actuator air pressure FAIL ACTION 21 e Feedback Connection Select the Feedback Connection FEEDBACK CONN 42 4 RShaft Pot SStem Roller Pot or SStem Pot For rotary valves enter RShaft Pot For sliding stem valves if the feedback linkage consists of a connector arm adjustment arm and feedback arm sim
652. us Remote Cascade Input Value Remote Cascade Output Status Remote Cascade Output Value Remote Out Input Status Remote Out Input Value Remote Out Output Status Remote Out Output Value Gain Input Value High High Limit Output Status Setpoint Status High Limit Ouput Value Setpoint Value Low Limit Tracking Input Discrete Status Tracking Input Discrete Status Low Low Limit Tracking Input Descrete Value Tracking Input Descrete Value Block Mode Target Block Mode Actual Block Mode Permitted Block Mode Normal Output High Limit Output Low Limit Output Scale EU at 10096 Output Scale EU at 096 Output Scale Units Index Output Scale Decimal Process Value Filter Time Process Value Scale EU at 100 Process Value Scale EU at 0 Process Value Scale Units Index Process Value Scale Decimal Rate Reset Setpoint Status Setpoint Value Setpoint High Limit Setpoint Low Limit 4 100 Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Tracking Value Status Tracking Value Value Status Block Error menu continued on next page January 2012 PID FUNCTION BLOCK cont Other Tag Description Grant Deny Grant Grant Deny Deny Balance Time Update Event Unacknowledged Update Event Update State Update Event Time Stamp Update Event Static Rev Update Event Relative Index Block Alarm Unacknowledged Block Alarm Alarm State Block Alarm Time Stamp Block Alarm Subcode Block Alarm
653. us gt Travel Sensor Span Error Travel Status TB gt Device Variables gt AO Control Post Char gt Travel Status Travel Tuning Set gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Tuning Set Travel Units TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Instrument gt Travel Units Travel Velocity Gain TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Tuning gt Travel Velocity Gain Travel D gt Device Variables gt DO Control gt Travel D Travel Pressure Select TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Pressure Select Travel Pressure State gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Response Control gt Travel Pressure Control gt Travel Pressure State TB gt Device Variables gt Travel Pressure State Trend gt Device Diagnostics gt Trend Trim Style 1 TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Trim Style 1 Trim Style 2 TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Reference gt Trim Style 2 Unbalanced Area gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Trim gt Unbalanced Area Upper Bench Set TB gt Configure Setup Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Actuator gt Upper Bench Set Valve Class TB
654. utput Block Timeout gt Output Block Timeout Alert Output Block Timeout Alert Enable gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout Output Block Timeout Alert Enable Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout gt Output Block Timeout Manual Recovery Output Block Timeout TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Configuration Alerts gt Output Block Timeout gt Output Block Timeout Shutdown Shutdown Packing Type TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Valve and Actuator gt Valve gt Packing Type PD Inside Status TB gt Configure Setup gt Device Variables gt PD Inside Status PD Run TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt PD Run Performance Critical Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Performance Critical Alert Performance Critical Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Performance Critical Alert Enable Performance Information Alert TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Performance Alerts gt Peformance Information Alert Performance Information Alert Enable TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Ale
655. utput Block Timeout Shutdown clears If not enabled the transducer block will remain Out of Service until power is removed and restored or the user changes the transducer block target mode to Manual or Auto In any case the target mode will remain Out of Service if the condition that caused the shutdown remains or until the shutdown trigger is disabled January 2012 Transducer Block Output Block Timeout The Output Block Timeout OUTPUT BLK TIMEOUT 76 31 is the maximum time between updates from the AO or DO block to the transducer block setpoint Blocks Set to Default e Blocks Set to Defaults Alert This alert is active if the resource block has undergone Restart with Defaults This will stay active until the transducer block is changed from Out of Service e Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable When enabled Blocks Set to Defaults Alert Enable activates the Blocks Set to Default Alert Alert Key The Alert Key KEY 4 is the identification number of the plant unit Devices in a loop or plant section can be assigned with a common alert key to aid the operator in determining location of alerts Sensor Alerts TB gt Configure Setup gt Detailed Setup gt Alerts gt Sensor Alerts Travel Sensor e Travel Sensor Alert This alert is active if the Travel Sensor reading is outside the functional range e Travel Sensor Alert Enable When enabled Travel Sensor Alert Enable activates the Travel Sensor
656. ve signal is continuously high or low see Replacing the Converter on page 7 7 13 e Defective gasket 13 e Check gasket for closed holes excessive deformation due to overtightening or oozing If necessary replace gasket see the beginning of this section 13 f Defective relay 13 f Remove relay inspect for missing Belleville washer missing valve spring missing valve plug Inspect lip under top O ring for breakage due to relay removal Inspect O rings and replace if hard or damaged Replace parts or relay if I P ass y good and air passages not blocked see Replacing the Pneumatic Relay on page 7 8 13 9 If responds slowly only upon air demand there may be a restriction in the air line the supply run may be excessively long or the supply regulator may be defective or capacity not large enough 13 g1 Check supply line to ensure it is not clogged or damaged Replace if necessary 13 g2 If supply run is excessively long a volume tank may need to be installed on the the supply side of the pressure regulator 13 03 Replace supply regulator 14 Instrument will not calibrate has sluggish performance or oscillates 14 a Travel sensor seized will not turn 14 a Rotate feedback arm to ensure it moves freely If not replace the pot bushing ass y 14 b Broken travel sensor wire s 14 b Inspect wires for broken solder joint at pot or broken wire Replace pot bushing ass y 1
657. wn Program Memory Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Electronic Processor Impaired Program Memory Alert Protection TB Device Variables Overview Protection Proximity Hi Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Hi Alert Proximity Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Hi Alert Enable Proximity Hi Hi Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Hi Hi Alert Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Hi Hi Alert Enable Proximity Lo Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Lo Alert Proximity Lo Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Lo Alert Enable Proximity Lo Lo Alert TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Lo Lo Alert Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Alerts Proximity Proximity Proximity Lo Lo Alert Enable Push Down To TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup Valve and Actuator Trim Push Down To Simulate PlantWeb Alerts TB Configure Setup Detai ed Setup
658. x Kit 18 Available in the Remote Terminal Box Kit 19 Available in Feedback Unit Kit DVC6000f Digital Valve Controllers Key Description Part Number PWB Assembly Note Contact your Emerson Process Management sales office for PWB Assembly FS Numbers Key Description Part Number 50 PWB Assembly Standard Control Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Dlagnostic Fieldbus Control Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Diagnostics Fieldbus Logic Fieldbus Diagnostics Advanced Diagnostics Performance Diagnostics 72 Screw hex socket 2 19 2 req d for DVC6010f DVC6020f DVC6015 and DVC6025 78 Bias Spring 5572 19 for DVC6010f DVC6030f DVC6015 and DVC6035 79 Feedback Arm for DVC6010f DVC6015 DVC6030f and DVC6035 80 Screw hex socket SST 19 81 Square Nut 55712 19 104 Screw hex hd 19 4 req d Aluminum Construction DVC6010f and DVC6015 Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are included in the mounting kit for these actuators 107 Mounting Bracket 4 19 DVC6010f and DVC6015 only Not for mounting on 1250 and 1250R actuators Mounting parts for 1250 and 1250R actuators are included in the mounting kit for these actuators Feedback Linkage Shield see figures 2 1 and 2 2 Up to 50 4 mm 2 inch travel All sliding stem actuators except 585C size 60 39B2268X012 50 4 mm 2 inch to 104mm 4
659. y 6 5 Reverse Acting Relay 5 5 Reverse Action 4 87 S Seat Type 4 37 Segment Definition D 7 January 2012 Index Self Test Status 4 60 Sensor Alerts 4 29 Press Fallback 4 30 Temperature Sensor 4 30 Travel Sensor 4 29 Set Point Selection and Limiting AO Block 4 72 PID Block 4 85 Setting PlantWeb Alerts C 3 Setting the Output AO Block 4 71 DO Block 4 151 Shaft Stem Diameter 4 37 Shed Options AO Block 4 70 DO Block 4 150 PID Block 4 84 Simulate Active Alerts 4 40 Simulate Jumper 1 30 Simulate Jumper ON 4 60 6 9 Simulation Al Block 4 132 AO Block 4 73 DI Block 4 164 DO Block 4 153 Solenoid Valve Health Monitoring 1 21 special application 1 22 Special Instructions for Safe Use and Installation in Hazardous Locations 1 4 NEPSI 1 5 Specifications 1 4 Spring Rate 4 39 Spring Rate Units 4 36 Stabilize Optimize 4 23 Standard Control 1 2 Status Handling Al Block 4 130 AO Block 4 71 DI Block 4 161 DO Block 4 150 MAI Block 4 141 PID Block 4 85 Stroking the Digital Valve Controller Output 7 15 Index 7 Stroking the Output with Field Communicator 6 10 Stroking Time Close 4 39 Stroking Time Open 4 39 Subscriber S D 8 Supply Pressure Environment Alerts 4 30 Supply Pressure Sensor Calibration 5 7 Supply Sensor Failure 4 60 6 9 System Management D 7 T Tag Description 4 35 Temperature Limi
660. ze 33 Actuator Pressure A Calibration TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Press A For a Zero Only calibration select Zero only and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator To do a Zero and Span calibration on the pressure A sensor connect an external reference gauge to pressure A The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure Select Zero and Span and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator When finished place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto Verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure 5 8 Pressure B Calibration TB gt Configure Setup gt Calibration gt Press B For a Zero Only calibration select Zero only and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator To do a Zero and Span calibration on pressure sensor B connect an external reference gauge pressure sensor B The gauge should be capable of measuring maximum instrument supply pressure Select Zero and Span and follow the prompts on the Field Communicator When finished place the Transducer Block Mode in Auto Verify that the displayed pressure matches the measured output pressure January 2012 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics Section 6 Viewing Device Variables and Diagnostics DIIS CIIM 6 3 Resource Block oer rco mated Vei Letto ki gute iet et cce vata 6 3 Device DiaGgnOsiGs tient ed Mata hed 6 3 Resource Block Error Device State Fault State W

4 - Process Centre Of Excellence.

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents